#################################################### MUKTABODHA INDOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE Use of this material (e-texts) is covered by Creative Commons license BY-NC 4.0 Catalog number: M00206 Uniform title: lakṣmītantra Main title: lakṣmītantra edited with sanskrit gloss by: paṇḍita kṛṣṇamacarya Commentator : paṇḍita kṛṣṇamacarya Description: Notes: Transcribed by the staff of Muktabodha under the supervision of Mark S. G. Dyczkowski. Revision 0: April 5, 2010 Revision 1: Sept. 18, 2010 chapters 45 to end added. Publisher : Adyar Library and Research Center Publication year : 1959 Publication city : Adyar Publication country : India #################################################### śrīḥ lakṣmītantram prathamo'dhyāyaḥ namo nityānavadyāya jagataḥ sarvahetave | jñānāya nistaraṅgāya lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmane [B and C add the following verses in the beginning: tuṣārādrisamacchāyaṃ tulasīdāmabhūṣaṇam | turaṃgamamukhaṃ vande tuṅgasārasvatapradam || jñānānandamayaṃ devaṃ nirmalasphaṭikākṛtim | ādhāraṃ sarvavidyānāṃ hayagrīvamupāsmahe ||] || 1 - 1 || khagāsanaṃ ghṛṇādhāramīdṛśaṃ somabhūṣitam | akalaṅkendusūryāgniṃ lakṣmīrūpamupāsmahe || 1 - 2 || vedavedāntatattvajñaṃ [āll ṃss. read wrongly: ṛṇādhāraṃ] sarvaśāstraviśāradam | sarvasiddhāntatatvajñaṃ dharmāṇāmāgatāgamam || 1 - 3 || jitendriyaṃ jitādhāraṃ rāgadveṣāvaśīkṛtam | caturdaśāṅgayogasthaṃ prasaṃkhyānaparāyaṇam || 1 - 4 || ṭippaṇī namasyāmaḥ śriyaṃ devīṃ devo dīvyati yatsakhaḥ | traiguṇyaphalake citre kṣiptairbrahmādipāśakaiḥ || lakṣmītantramahāmbhodhau tattvaratnāni cinvatām | tattvaprakāśanī ṭīkā sāhāyyaṃ kartumīhate || 1. nama iti viśiṣṭopāyasya, lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmana iti viśiṣṭopeyasya ca nirdeśaḥ | nityānavadyāyeti nārāyaṇasya jagadupādānatvaśaṅkitasavikāratvanirāsaḥ baddhamuktajīvavailakṣaṇyaṃ coktam | jagataḥ sarvahetave ityaupaniṣadamabhinnanimittopādānatvaṃ nityajīvavailakṣaṇyaṃ coktam | jñānāyeti jagatkāraṇatvaupayikaguṇagaṇapūrtiḥ svarūpanirūpakadharmaścoktaḥ | nistaraṅgāyeti ṣaḍūrmirāhityaṃ satatapariṇāmyacidvailakṣaṇyaṃ coktam | 2. īdṛśamityādi | īkārarūpamityarthaḥ | akalaṅketyādi | svarasparśavyāpakākṣararūpamiti devyā vāksvarūpatvamuktaṃ bhavati | yathoktaṃ prapañcasāre - svarākhyāḥ ṣoḍaśa proktāḥ sparśākhyāḥ pañcaviṃśatiḥ | vyāpakāśca daśaite syuḥ somenāgnyātmakāḥ kramāt || iti | p. 2) viddhe svarbhānunā bhānau purā tapanatāṃ gatam | nidānaṃ tapasāmādyaṃ tejorāśimanāmayam || 1 - 5 || atrimatriguṇopetamatrivargasthamavyayam | prātaḥ saṃdhyāmupāsīnamṛṣiṃ hutahutāśanam || 1 - 6 || pativratānāṃ paramā dharmapatnī yaśasvinī | brahmaviṣṇumaheśānāṃ jananī kāraṇāntare || 1 - 7 || devairabhiṣṭatā śaśvacchāntinityā tapasvinī | viduṣī sarvadharmajñā nityaṃ patimanuvratā || 1 - 8 || patyuḥ śrutavatī tāstā vividhā dharmasaṃhitāḥ | praṇipātapuraskāramanasūyā vaco'bravīt || 1 - 9 || anasūyā - bhagavan sarvadharmajña mama nātha jagatpate | tvatta eva śrutā dharmāste te bahuvidhātmakāḥ || 1 - 10 || jñānāni ca vicitrāṇi phalarūpādibhedataḥ | etebhyo bhagavaddharmo viśiṣṭo vidhṛto mayā || 1 - 11 || tvayā kathayatā tāstā bhagavaddharmasaṃhitāḥ [bhagavan B.C.] | sūcitaṃ tatra tatraiva lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam || 1 - 12 || rahasyatvādapṛṣṭatvānna tvayā prakaṭīkṛtam | tadahaṃ śrotumicchāmi lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam || 1 - 13 || yatsvabhāvā hi sā devī yatsvarūpā yadudbhavā | yatpramāṇā yadādhārā yadupāyātha [ca C.E.] yatphalā || 1 - 14 || tadahaṃ śrotumicchāmi tvatto brahmavidāṃ vara | bhaveyaṃ kṛtakṛtyāhaṃ yasya vijñānayogataḥ || 1 - 15 || [tanme B.ṅ.] taṃ me darśaya panthānamupasannāsmyadhīhi [smyahaṃ vibho] bho | [B.C.E. omit this line] iti tasyā vacaḥ śrutvā bhagavānatrirabravīt || 1 - 16 || atriḥ - [samyak C.ḍ.E.ṅ.] sādhu saṃbodhito'smyadya dharmajñe dharmacāriṇi | mayā pṛṣṭena vaktavyamiti noddhāṭitaṃ purā || 1 - 17 || arhā tvamasi kalyāṇi lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam | śrotuṃ śrutiśiraḥśreṇihṛdayasthaṃ sanātanam || 1 - 18 || purā malayaśailasthā munayo dharmatatparāḥ | śrutasāttvatavijñānā nāradāddevadarśanāt || 1 - 19 || apṛcchannetamevārthaṃ bhagavantaṃ sanātanam | nāradaṃ brahmasaṃkāśaṃ bhagavaddharmavedinam || 1 - 20 || ṛṣayaḥ [bhagavattaḥ ā.B.C.] bhagavaṃstvacchruto'smābhiḥ sāttvataḥ sattvasaṃśrayaḥ | śuddho [bhagavato ā.B.C.ṅ.] bhāgavato dharmo mokṣaikaphalalakṣaṇaḥ || 1 - 21 || ṭippaṇī 4. caturdaśeti | bhaktinyāsayogetyarthaḥ | 5. viddha iti | atra mahābhāratānuśāsanike 260 adhyāyoktamanusaṃdheyam | 6. atriguṇetyādinā mahaṣeratrināmno'nvarthatvaṃ vyajyate | 7. brahmetyādi | purā trimūrtayo'nasūyāyāḥ pātivratyaṃ parīkṣitumayatanta | tena kruddhayā tayā te dvihāyanāḥ śiśavo'kriyanta | tatastanmahiṣībhiḥ prasāditā sā tān yathāpuramakaroditi paurāṇikī kathātrānusaṃdheyā | 11. bhagavaddharmaḥ | bhagavatprāptiphalo nivṛttidharmaḥ | 13. apṛṣṭatvāditi | nāpṛṣṭaḥ kasyacid brūyāt iti vidhiratrābhipretaḥ | 16. upasanneti | tasmai sa vidvānupasannāya samyak provāca tāṃ tattvato brahmavidyām iti śrutyartho'bhipretaḥ | panthānamiti | sadupāyamityarthaḥ | mahājano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ itivat | 21. sāttvataḥ sattvasaṃśrayaḥ | sattvaguṇaikapradhāno dharma ityarthaḥ | p. 3) mūla tatra tattvārthakathane lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam | sūcitaṃ tatra tatraiva nāpṛṣṭatvātprakāśitam || 1 - 22 || icchāmastadidaṃ śrotuṃ bhavasāgaratārakam | padminīvaibhavaṃ sarvaṃ prajñāpayatu no bhavān || 1 - 23 || natāḥ sma śirasā pādau tava saṃsāratārakau | adhīhi bho mune divyaṃ prapannāstvāṃ ciraṃ vayam || nāradaḥ - sādhu saṃbodhito'smyadya munayaḥ saṃśitavratāḥ | prasannaḥ kathayāmyadya lakṣmītantraṃ sanātanam || 1 - 25 || yatra sā dṛśyate devī svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ padminī padmanābhasya mahiṣī padmasaṃbhavā || 1 - 26 || purā durvāsasaḥ śāpādabhibhūte puraṃdare | niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre bhraṣṭaśrīke jagattraye || 1 - 27 || daridre devavarge ca kṛśe dharme nisaṃtate | pitāmahe suraiḥ sārdhaṃ kṣīrodārṇavameyuṣi [mīyuṣi ṅ; kṣīrārṇavamupeyuṣi ī.] || 1 - 28 || [bahuvarṣa E.ī.] bahūn varṣagaṇān divyāṃstaptvā tīvraṃ mahattapaḥ | saṃbodhite jagannāthe devadeve janārdane || 1 - 29 || pitāmahena devāya kārye ca vinivedite | śrīrode mathite devaistadādiṣṭena vartmanā || 1 - 30 || pārijāte hayaśreṣṭhe gajendre'psarasāṃ gaṇe | kālakūṭe samudbhūte vāruṇyāmamṛte tathā || 1 - 31 || saha candramasā devyāmutthitāyāṃ [sudhā ḍ.E.F.ī.] mahārṇavāt | padminyāṃ padmanābhasya vakṣaḥsthāyāmanantaram || 1 - 32 || tayāvalokite devavarge śriyamupeyuṣi | tayānavekṣite daityavarge caiva [purā ṅ.] parājite || 1 - 33 || svārājyamakhilaṃ prāpya modamāne puraṃdare | bṛhaspatirupāgamya rahasīdaṃ vaco'bravīt || 1 - 34 || bṛhaspatiḥ - kāle saṃbodhayāmyetacchṛṇu vākyaṃ puraṃdara | anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ lakṣmyāste kathitā [viditā ḍ.E.ī; gaditā ṅ.] purā || 1 - 35 || mahattā mahatāṃ nātha tasyāmāyatate [māyāti te ā.B.C.] sthitiḥ | [ā.B.C.ṅ. omit this line.] na bhraśyeta yathaivaiṣā tava rājyasthitiḥ parā || 1 - 36 || [parāṃ yajasva ā.B.C.ṅ.] tathā yatasva deveśa śaraṇaṃ gaccha padminīm | eṣā hi śreyaso mūlameṣā hi paramā gatiḥ || 1 - 37 || ṭippaṇī- anena sāttvataśabdanirvacanamapi sūcitam | yathā - sattva sattvaguṇaḥ asyāstīti sattvataḥ | parvatādivat matvarthe tappratyayaḥ | sattvata eva sāttvata iti | tasyaiva vivaraṇaṃ śuddho bhāgavato dharma iti | 24. ciramiti | nāsaṃvatsaravāsine brūyāt iti vidhirabhipretaḥ || 25. lakṣmītantramiti granthanāma | idaṃ ca tantraṃ śatakoṭigranthaparimitāt mūlabhūtalakṣmītantrāt sāramuddhṛtya kathitamiti vakṣyate'traiva (44-52) | 27. puretyādi | iyamākhyāyikā viṣṇupurāṇe prathamāṃśe draṣṭavyā | niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāratva bhraṣṭaśrīkatve hetuḥ | 28. nisaṃtate | vicchinna ityarthaḥ | 33. anenānvayavyatirekābhyāṃ lakṣmīkaṭākṣapātasya sarvasaṃpannidānatvaṃ nirūpyate | yatsattve yatsattvamityanvaye yathā deveṣu iti dṛṣṭāntaḥ | yadabhāve yadabhāva iti vyatireke yathā daityeṣu iti dṛṣṭāntaḥ | imameva viṣayamanantarameva 35. tamaśloke vakṣyati | p. 4) mūla- śrutīnāmabhisaṃdhiśca saiva devī sanātanī | eṣaiva jagatāṃ prāṇā eṣaiva jagatāṃ kriyā [priyā C.] || 1 - 38 || [eṣā hi ā.B.C.ṅ.] eṣaiva jagatāmicchā jñānameṣā parāvarā | eṣaiva sṛjate kāle saiṣā pāti jagattrayam || 1 - 39 || jagatsaṃharate cānte tattatkāraṇasaṃsthitā | mātaraṃ jagatāmenāmanārādhya mahat kutaḥ || 1 - 40 || [etattadvai E.ī.] etattu vaiṣṇavaṃ dhāma yato nāvartate yatiḥ [punaḥ E.] | eṣā sā paramā niṣṭhā sāṃkhyānāṃ viditātmanām || 1 - 41 || eṣā sā yogināṃ niṣṭhā yatra gatvā na śocati | eṣā pāśupatī niṣṭhā saiṣā vedavidāṃ gatiḥ || 1 - 42 || [pāñca E.ṅ.] pañcarātrasya kṛtsnasya saiṣā niṣṭhā sanātanī | saiṣā nārāyaṇī devī sthitā nārāyaṇātmanā || 1 - 43 || pṛthagbhūtāpṛthagbhūtā jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ | taistairjñānaiḥ pṛthagbhūtairāgamaiśca pṛthagvidhaiḥ || 1 - 44 || ekaivaiṣā parā devī bahudhā samupāsyate [tadu ḍ.F.] | tāmupehi mahābhāgāṃ śaraṇaṃ padmasaṃbhavām || 1 - 45 || tapoviśeṣairvividhaistaistaiśca [niyamaistaistaiśca vividhaiḥ E.F.ī.] niyamaiḥ śubhaiḥ | ārādhya mahiṣīṃ viṣṇoḥ sthirīkuru nijaśriyam || 1 - 46 || eṣā prasādasumukhī svaṃ padaṃ prāpayiṣyati | abhipsitārthadā devī kāmināmapi kāmadā || 1 - 47 || nāradaḥ - iti saṃbodhitaḥ śakro guruṇā guruṇā svayam | ārādhayitukāmastāṃ kṣīrodasyottaraṃ yayau || 1 - 48 || tatra divyaṃ tapastepe bilvamūlaniketanaḥ | [E. omits 8 lines from here] ekapādasthito maunī [bhūmau F.] kāṣṭhabhūto'nilāśanaḥ || 1 - 49 || ūrdhvadṛgbāhuvaktraśca niyato niyatātmavān | divyaṃ varṣasahasraṃ vai tapastepe suduścaram || 1 - 50 || tapaso'vabhṛthe tasya sā devī padmasaṃbhavā | prasannavadanā viṣṇormahiṣī darśanaṃ yayau || 1 - 51 || agrataḥ saṃsthitāṃ devīṃ jagatāṃ mātaraṃ parām | tāṃ śakraścakṣuṣā vīkṣya vismayaṃ paramaṃ yayau || 1 - 52 || vihvalaḥ praṇipatyātha prāñjalirbalasūdanaḥ | [śriya. ī.] śriyaṃ sūktena tuṣṭāva padminīṃ pākaśāsanaḥ || 1 - 53 || ṭippaṇī - 38. śrutīnāmiti | vedaiśca sarvairahameva vedyaḥ ityuktarītyā sarvavedatātparyaparyavasānabhūmirityarthaḥ | ubhayorapṛthagbhāvānna vacanavirodhaḥ | 39. jagatkāraṇatvasya brahmāsādhāraṇatvasiddhānte'pi tacchaktirūpatvena tadapṛthaksiddhatvāt śaktikṛtasyāpi śaktimatkṛtatvavyapadeśo yujyata eva | vakṣyate caitat suspaṣṭaṃ devyaiva (11-6, 7). 44. nārāyaṇyā nārāyaṇātmanāvasthānaṃ pūrvaślokoktamevopapādayati - pṛthagbhūteti apṛthagbhūteti ca | dharmadharmiṇorapṛthaksiddhayoḥ niṣkarṣavivakṣāyāṃ dharmasya pṛthagvyapadeśaḥ | aniṣkarṣe tu dharmitayā | yathā śuklaṃ rūpam, śuklaḥ paṭaḥ iti | 47. devīprasāde paramapadarūpamokṣaprāptiḥ, ānuṣaṅgikatrivargaphalaprāptiścānenocyate | iti prathamo'dhyāyaḥ p. 6) mūla - ekāntabhāvamāpannamavyājāṃ bhaktimāsthitam | taṃ vīkṣyajagatāṃ mātā vākyametaduvāca ha || 1 - 54 || śrīḥ - vatsa śakra prasannāsmi tapasā tava suvrata | varaṃ vṛṇu mahābhāga kimiṣṭaṃ karavāṇi te || 1 - 55 || śakraḥ - adya me tapaso devi yamasya niyamasya ca | sadyaḥ phalamavāptaṃ yad dṛṣṭā bhagavatī mayā || 1 - 56 || yadi vāpi varo deyastvayā me parameśvari | tattvaṃ kathaya deveśi [me devi E. ī.] yāsi tvaṃ yatprakārikā || 1 - 57 || yatpramāṇā yadādhārā yadupāyā sanātanī | yasya tvaṃ tena [kena E. ī.] vā devi saṃbandhastava yadvidhaḥ || 1 - 58 || yaccānyadveditavyaṃ te nānāśāstropabṛṃhitam | kathayeśvari tatsarvamupasanno'smyadhīhi bho || 1 - 59 || iti prasāditā [saṃbodhitā E.] tena vatseneva payasvinī | snihyatā manasā padmā pākaśāsanamabravīt || 1 - 60 || śrīḥ - śṛṇu śakra mahābhāga yā hyahaṃ [smyahaṃ ḍ.F.ṅ.ī.] yatprakārikā | yasyāhaṃ tena vā yādṛk saṃbandho mama vṛtrahan || 1 - 61 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpañcarātre tantre E. śrīpañcarātrasāre B. śrīpāñcarātre F.] lakṣmītantre śāstrāvatāro [ā.B.C.ḍ.F. read sarvādhiṣṭhānaprakāśo; ā.ī. omit the title] nāma prathamo'dhyāyaḥ || dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ śrīruvāca - asti nirduḥkhaniḥsīmasukhānubhavalakṣaṇaḥ | paramātmā paraṃ yasya padaṃ paśyanti sūrayaḥ || 2 - 1 || kaścitkeṣāṃcidātmā syāttāsyānyeṣāṃ ca kaścana | tasyāpyanya [evam ā.] itītthaṃ tu yatraiṣā [eṣaḥ E.ī.] vyavatiṣṭhate || 2 - 2 || [adhvānam ā.B.C.] adhvanāmadhvanaḥ pāraṃ paramātmānamūcire | ahaṃ nāma smṛto yo'rthaḥ sa ātmā samudīryate || 2 - 3 || anavacchinnarūpo'haṃ paramātmeti śabdyate [śasyate B.C.] | kroḍīkṛtamidaṃ sarvaṃ cetanācetanātmakam || 2 - 4 || yena so'haṃsmṛto bhāvaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ | sa vāsudevo bhagavān kṣetrajñaḥ paramo mataḥ || 2 - 5 || viṣṇurnārāyaṇo viśvo viśvarūpa itīryate | ahaṃtayā samākrāntaṃ tasya viśvamidaṃ [sarvaṃ B.E.] jagat || 2 - 6 || [vastutastu ā.B.C.] vastvavastu ca tannāsti yannākrāntamahaṃtayā | [ā.B.C.ḍ. omit this line] idaṃtayā yadālīḍhamākrāntaṃ tadahaṃtayā || 2 - 7 || [sarvaḥ śāntaḥ sa B.] sarvataḥ śānta evāsau nirvikāraḥ sanātanaḥ | ananto deśakālādiparicchedavivarjitaḥ || 2 - 8 || mahāvibhūtirityukto vyāptiḥ sā mahatī yataḥ | tad brahma paramaṃ dhāma nirālambanabhāvanam [nirālambamabhāvanam ī.] || 2 - 9 || nistaraṅgāmṛtāmbhodhikalpaṃ ṣāḍguṇyamujjvalam | ekaṃ tacciddhanaṃ śāntamudayāstamayojjhitam || 2 - 10 || apṛthagbhūtaśaktitvād brahmādvaitaṃ taducyate | tasya yā paramā śaktirjyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ || 2 - 11 || ṭippaṇī - 1. nirduḥkhetyādinā nikhilaheyapratyanīkatvānantakalyāṇaguṇākaratvarūpomayaliṅgatvaṃ paramātmana uktaṃ bhavati | 2. ātmā | niyantetyarthaḥ | eṣeti | vyavastheti śeṣaḥ | vyavatiṣṭhate samāpnoti, sa paramātmeti pūrveṇānvayaḥ | 3. adhvanāmiti | traivargikādhvāpekṣayā paramo yo'dhvā mokṣādhvā arcirādiḥ, tasya pāraṃ prāpyamityarthaḥ; so'dhvanaḥ pāramāpnoti tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam iti vacanāt | adhvanāmadhvapate iti śrutyuddharaṇamatra | ahamiti | yaḥ ahaṃpratyayagocaraḥ sa ātmetyarthaḥ | 4. anavacchinneti | vastvādyaparicchedena yo'haṃśabdāparyavasānavṛttyā pratīyate sa paramātmetyarthaḥ | 6. āha ca śakro'nyatra - tvayaitadviṣṇunā cāmba jagadvyāptaṃ carācaram iti | 7. idaṃtayeti | idaṃsabdārthatayā pratītaṃ sarvaṃ jagadityarthaḥ | 10. nistaraṅgetyādinā bhagavataḥ śāntoditāvasthocyate | tadevāha - śāntamiti | 11. brahmādvaitamiti | svāpṛthaksiddhaśaktyahaṃtāviśiṣṭatvāt tadviśiṣṭaṃ brahmaikameva tattvamityarthaḥ | p. 7) mūla - sarvāvasthāgatā devī svātmabhūtānapāyinī | ahaṃtā brahmaṇastasya sāhamasmi sanātanī || 2 - 12 || ātmā sa sarvabhūtānāmahaṃbhūto hariḥ smṛtaḥ | ahaṃtā sarvabhūtānāmahamasmi sanātanī || 2 - 13 || yena bhāvena bhavati vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ | bhavatastasya devasya sa [sahāyo B.C.] bhāvo'hamitīritā || 2 - 14 || bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ brahma tatastacchāśvataṃ padam | bhavannārāyaṇo devo bhāvo lakṣmīrahaṃ parā || 2 - 15 || lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyātamato [ṇākhyaṃ tat E.ī.] brahma sanātanam | ahaṃtayā samākrānto hyahamarthaḥ prasidhyati || 2 - 16 || ahamarthasamutthā ca sāhaṃtā parikīrtitā | anyonyenāvinābhāvādanyonyena samanvayāt || 2 - 17 || tādātmyaṃ viddhi saṃbandhaṃ mama nāthasya cobhayoḥ | ahaṃtayā vināhaṃ hi nirupākhyo na sidhyati || 2 - 18 || ahamarthaṃ vināhaṃtā nirādhārā na sidhyati | bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ rūpaṃ samastavyastagocaram || 2 - 19 || parokṣamaparokṣaṃ ca jagati pravicintyate [vibhāvyate E; vibhajyate ī.] | nirunmeṣe nirunmeṣā sāhaṃtā parameśvarī || 2 - 20 || kroḍīkṛtyākhilaṃ sarvaṃ [viśvaṃ B.] brahmaṇi vyavatiṣṭhate | unmeṣastasya yo nāma yathā candrodaye'mbudheḥ || 2 - 21 || ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktiḥ sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā tadā | nimeṣastasya yo nāma saṃhṛtau paramātmanaḥ || 2 - 22 || ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktiḥ suṣupsālakṣaṇā hi sā | [sisṛkṣāyāṃ mamodyantyāṇ E.] sisṛkṣāyā mamodyantyā devāllakṣmīpateḥsvayam || 2 - 23 || avyāhatamasaṃkocamaiśvaryaṃ pravijṛmbhate | jñānaṃ tatparamaṃ brahma [sarvādeśi B.] sarvadarśi nirāmayam || 2 - 24 || jñānātmikā tathāhaṃtā sarvajñā sarvadarśinī | jñānātmakaṃ paraṃ rūpaṃ brahmaṇo mama cobhayoḥ || 2 - 25 || śeṣamaiśvaryavīryādi jñānadharmaḥ sanātanaḥ | ahamityāntaraṃ rūpaṃ jñānarūpamudīryate [mitīryate E.] || 2 - 26 || prakāśakādikaṃ rūpaṃ sphaṭikādisalakṣaṇam | [atastat ī.] atastu jñānarūpatvaṃ mama nārāyaṇasya ca || 2 - 27 || ṭippaṇī - svasvarūpasya tadapṛthaksiddhatvameva dṛṣṭāntamukhenāha - jyosneti | 12. sarvāvasthāgatānapāyinītyanena rāghavatve'bhavatsītā rukmiṇī kṛṣṇajanmani | anyeṣu cāvatāreṣu viṣṇoreṣānapāyinī iti maharṣivacanaṃ smāryate | 16. śrīviśiṣṭameva paraṃ brahma | na tu niḥśrīkamityarthaḥ | lakṣmīnārāyaṇayorubhayorātmahaviḥśeṣitve'pi āgnāvaiṣṇavādiṣviva viśiṣṭasyaiveddeśyatvāt tasya caikatvāt na śeṣidvitvaprasaktiriti bhāvaḥ | 18. nirupākhyo nirviśeṣaḥ | loke sarvamapi vastu idamitthamiti prakāraviśeṣapuraskāreṇaiva sidhyati; na tu nirviśeṣamiti bhāvaḥ | 22. devyāḥ śaktirūpatvaṃ pūrvamuktam | adhunā tadbheda ucyate - sisṛkṣāśaktiḥ suṣupsāśaktiśceti | prathamayā sṛṣṭiḥ, dvitīyayā saṃhāraśca jāyate | tatra nityavibhūtiviṣaye prathamāyā eva pravṛttiḥ | dvitīyāyāstu līlāvibhūtāvevopayogaḥ | 24. jñānādiṣu ṣaṭsu guṇeṣu jñānaṃ tatsvarūpanirūpakadharmaḥ | anye guṇāstu nirūpitasvarūpaviśeṣaṇabhūtā iti vivekaḥ | tadeva vakṣyatyuttaratra śeṣamaiśvaryavīryādi jñānadharmaḥ iti | jñānākhyasya svarūpasya dharma ityarthaḥ | p. 8) mūla - avyāhatiryadudyatyāstadaiśvaryaṃ paraṃ mama | iccheti socyate tattattattvaśāstreṣu paṇḍitaiḥ || 2 - 28 || jagatprakṛtibhāvo me yaḥ sā śaktiritīryate | sṛjantyā yacchramābhāvo mama tadbalamiṣyate || 2 - 29 || bharaṇaṃ yacca kāryasya balaṃ tacca pracakṣate | [śakyaṃ śaktena ca ā.C.ṅ.] śaktyaṃśakena tatprāhurbharaṇaṃ tattvakovidāḥ || 2 - 30 || vikāraviraho vīryaṃ prakṛtitve'pi me sadā | svabhāvaṃ hi jahātyāśu payo dadhisamudbhave || 2 - 31 || jagadbhāve'pi sā nāsti vikṛtirmama [prakṛtiḥ ī] nityadā | vikāraviraho vīryamatastattvavidāṃ matam || 2 - 32 || vikramaḥ kathito vīryamaiśvaryāṃśaḥ sa tu smṛtaḥ | sahakāryanapekṣā me sarvakāryavidhau hi yā || 2 - 33 || tejaḥ ṣaṣṭhaṃ guṇaṃ prāhustamimaṃ tattvavedinaḥ | parābhibhavasāmarthyaṃ tejaḥ kecitpracakṣate || 2 - 34 || aiśvarye yojayantyeke tattejastattvakovidāḥ | iti pañca guṇā ete jñānasya srutayo'malāḥ [sphūrtayaḥ E.ī.] || 2 - 35 || jñānādyāḥ ṣaḍguṇā ete ṣāḍguṇyaṃ mama tadvapuḥ | udyatītthaṃ sisṛkṣāyā mamāyutatamī kalā || 2 - 36 || śuddhāśuddhātmako vargastayā kroḍīkṛto'khilaḥ | tatra śuddhamayaṃ mārgaṃ vyākhyāsyāmi sureśvara || 2 - 37 || abhivyaktānabhivyaktaṣāḍguṇyakramamujjvalam | ālambitacatūrūpaṃ rūpaṃ tatpārameśvaram || 2 - 38 || [guṇānāṃ kalpanāvastho ī.] guṇakalpanayādhyasto guṇonmeṣakṛtakramaḥ | mūrtīkṛtaguṇaśceti tridhā mārgo'yamadbhutaḥ || 2 - 39 || yugāni trīṇi ṣaṇṇāṃ yānyāhurjñānādikāni vai [vedinaḥ E.] | samāsavyāsatasteṣāṃ cāturātmyaṃ vivicyate [amūrtimat ā.B.C.ḍ.] || 2 - 40 || [ā.B.C.ḍ. omit verses 41 and 42.] samastavyastabhedena guṇānāṃ tadyugatrayam | vivakṣyate yadā sā me śāntāyāścāturātmyatā [caturātmatā ī.] || 2 - 41 || ṭippaṇī - 28. iccheti | sisṛkṣāśakteraiśvaryarūpatvaṃ pūrvaṃ caturviṃśe śloke varṇitamatra smartavyam | sisṛkṣā hi sraṣṭumicchā | 29. devyā jagatprakṛtibhāvo na svarūpataḥ, tathātve vikāritvaprasaṅgāt | kiṃtu svaprakārabhūtacidacidātmaneti draṣṭavyam | eṣaiva hi brahmaṇo jagatprakṛtitve gatiḥ | 31. vikāravirahitvaṃ, pūrvoktarītyā prakārāṃśe pariṇāmaḥ na tu prakāryaṃśa iti svīkārāt | prakāribhūte svarūpa eva pariṇāmamaṅgīkṛtya aghaṭitaghaṭanāsāmarthyāt vikārābhāvanirvāhastu na yuktisahaḥ | ata eva māyāṃ tu prakṛtiṃ vidyāt ityatreśvaropādhibhūtamāyāyāṃ prakṛtitvamartha iti keṣāṃcidabhyupagamaḥ | 36. udyatīti | udayaṃ prāptetyarthaḥ | 37. śuddhasṛṣṭiḥ, aśuddhasṛṣṭiśceti dvividhā sṛṣṭiḥ | tatra śuddhā traiguṇyarahitā śuddhasattvamayī | tasyāḥ svayaṃprakāśatvādajaḍatvamiti kecit | jaḍatvameveti pare | asyā eva nityavibhūtiriti vyavahāraḥ | aśuddhasṛṣṭistu traiguṇyamayī jaḍarūpā līlāvibhūtiriti vyavahṛtā | 38. na kevalaṃ nityavibhūtireva śuddhasṛṣṭiḥ | kiṃtu tatra vidyotamānāḥ vāsudevasaṃkarṣaṇapradyumnāniruddhākhyā vyūhā api tatheti mantavyam | tatra prathame vāsudeve ṣāḍguṇyakramasya na sphuṭāvabhāsaḥ | tadanantaravyūheṣu tu kiṃcitkiṃcit krameṇeti jñeyam | 39. teṣu kvacit vyūhe guṇānāṃ p. 9) mūla - ākṛtīranavekṣyāpi [guṇakalpanayā ī.] guṇānāṃ kalpanākṛtam | cāturātmyamidaṃ prāhuḥ śāntāyāstattvacintakāḥ || 2 - 42 || [ā.B.C.ḍ.F. omit this verse.] śāntātiśāntādunmeṣo mama rūpādyugatraye | kramavyaktaṃ tadādyaṃ me cāturātmyamamūrtimat || 2 - 43 || ataraṅgamanirdeśyaṃ niḥsattaṃ sattvamavyayam | saccinmātrākhya unmeṣaḥ sādyā me śāntatācyutiḥ || 2 - 44 || vyaktajñānabalākhyāyāṃ pūrvaṃ saṃkarṣaṇātmani | [tilakālika E.ī.] tilakālakavatsarvo vikāro mayi tiṣṭhati || 2 - 45 || tanmāṃ saṃkarṣaṇātmānaṃ vidurjñānabale budhāḥ | svayaṃ gṛhṇāmi kartṛtvamunmiṣantī tataḥ param [parā ā.B.C.ṅ.ī.] || 2 - 46 || pradyumna iti māmāhuḥ sarvārthadyotanīṃ tadā | yugaṃ prasphuritaṃ rūpaṃ [rūpe B.C.ḍ.ī.] tasminnaiśvaryavīryayoḥ || 2 - 47 || tatastayā kriyāśaktyā labdhāveśā [labdhāvasthā ā.B.C.ḍ.] cikīrṣayā | yujyamānāniruddhākhyāṃ lambhitā tattvakovidaiḥ || 2 - 48 || avasthāḥ kramaśo me tāḥ suṣuptisvapnajāgarāḥ | tisro mama svabhāvākhyā vijñānaiśvaryaśaktayaḥ || 2 - 49 || unmiṣantyaḥ pṛthaktattvatrayeṇa parikīrtitāḥ | balaṃ vīryaṃ tathā teja ityetattu [iti tattu E.ī.] guṇatrayam || 2 - 50 || [śramādyavidyā ā.B.C.ṅ.] śramādyavadyābhāvākhyaṃ jñānāderupasarjanam | itthaṃ śāntoditāvasthādvayabhedajuṣo mama || 2 - 51 || svadharmormisamullāso na bhedāyāmbudheriva | prāyo yadguṇakartavye varte kṛtyā yayā hyaham || 2 - 52 || tatra tadguṇayugmaṃ tu mama rūpatayocyate | ato jñānabale devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate [itīryate ā.B.C.ḍ.] || 2 - 53 || aiśvaryavīrye pradyumno'niruddhaḥ śaktitejasī | [ādyaṃ ḍ.] ādyastvabhinnaṣāḍguṇyo brahmatattvāpṛthaksthitau || 2 - 54 || eko'pyanunayaudāryakrauryaśauryādibhirguṇaiḥ | naṭaḥ pravartate yadvadveṣaceṣṭādibhedavān || 2 - 55 || ṭippaṇī - samyaganunmeṣāt na guṇātmatayā jñānam | kvacittu krameṇonmeṣāt kramādabhivyaktiḥ | kvacittu guṇānāmatiprakāśāt guṇātmanā parijñānamiti kramaḥ | 45. tilakālakavaditi | yathā prāṇināṃ dehe tilavat sūkṣmaḥ kālavarṇaśca binduviśeṣo'tyalpaparimite kvacitkoṇe dṛśyate, tadvat sarvo'pi prapañcaḥ mamaikadeśe tiṣṭhatītyarthaḥ | saṃkarṣatīti saṃkarṣaṇa ityanvarthaṃ nāma | atra jñānabalayoḥ samunmeṣaḥ | 47. prakṛṣṭaṃ dyumnaṃ balaṃ tejo vā yasyetyanvarthaṃ nāma | sṛṣṭikartṛtvāt atra vīryaiśvaryayoḥ samunmeṣaḥ | 48. aniruddheti | pālanakartaiṣaḥ | atra śaktitejasoḥ samunmeṣaḥ | tathā ca saṃjagṛhuḥ - ṣāḍguṇyādvāsudevaḥ para iti sa bhavānmuktabhogyo balāḍhyādbodhātsaṃkarṣaṇastvaṃ harasi vitanuṣe śāstramaiśvaryavīryāt | pradyumnaḥ sargadharmau nayasi ca bhagavan śaktitejo'niruddho bibhrāṇaḥ pāsi sattvaṃ gamayasi ca tathā vyūhya raṅgādhirāja || iti 49. suṣuptītyādi 1 saṃkarṣaṇapradyumnāniruddhānāṃ suṣuptyādyadhiṣṭhātṛtvam | vāsudevastu turīyādhiṣṭhāteti vivekaḥ | ayameva vibhāgaḥ māṇḍūkyopaniṣadi viśvataijasaprājñaturyanāmabhirnirdiṣṭaḥ | 51. śāntoditeti | śāntāvasthā paravāsudevāvasthā | uditāvasthā vyūhāvasthā | tatrāpi p. 10) mūla - tadvadekāpi saivāhaṃ jñānaśaktyādibhirguṇaiḥ [jñānaiśvaryā E.ī.] | saṃkarṣaṇādisadbhāvaṃ bhaje lokahitepsayā || 2 - 56 || [krameṇa ī.] kramaśaḥ pralayotpattisthitibhiḥ prāṇyanugrahaḥ | prayojanamathā?nyacca śāstraśāstrārthatatphalaiḥ || 2 - 57 || daśāsturyasuṣuptyādyāścaturvyūhe'pi lakṣayet | vibhavo'nantarūpastu padmanābhamukho vibhoḥ || 2 - 58 || aniruddhasya vistāro darśitastasya sāttvate | arcāpi laukikī yā sā bhagavadbhāvitātmanām || 2 - 59 || mantramantreśvaranyāsātsāpi ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā | [parādyarcāvatāre ā.B.C.] parādyarcāvasāne'sminmama rūpacatuṣṭaye || 2 - 60 || turyādyavasthā vijñeyā itīyaṃ śuddhapaddhatiḥ | īṣadbhedena vijñeyaṃ tadvyūhavibhavāntaram || śuddhetaraṃ tvatho mārgaṃ mama śakra niśāmaya || 2 - 61 || iti śrīpāñcārātrasāre [pāñcarātre ī.] lakṣmītantre śuddhamārgaprakāśo [ā.B.C.ḍ.F. omit the title; śuddhasṛṣṭi ṅ.] nāma dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - śāntoditāvasthaḥ prathamavyūhaḥ | nityoditāvasthā anye traya iti viśeṣaḥ | 57. saṃkarṣaṇaḥ pralayakartā śāstropadeṣṭā ca | pradyumnaḥ sṛṣṭikartā śāstrārthapravartayitā ca | aniruddhaḥ pālanakartā śāstrārthaphalanirvāhakaśceti pratyekaṃ vyāpāravibhāgaḥ | 58. paravyūhāvupavarṇya vibhavaḥ kathyate'tra | vibhavāvatārāḥ padmanābhādayo bahavaḥ | matsyakūrmādayo'pyatraiva parigaṇitā avatārāḥ | 59. arcā nāma devālayeṣu pratiṣṭhitā bimbaviśeṣāḥ | iti dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ p. 11) tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ śrīruvāca - nityanirdoṣaniḥsīmakalyāṇaguṇaśālinī | ahaṃ nārāyaṇī nāma sā sattā vaiṣṇavī parā || 3 - 1 || deśātkālāttathā rūpātparicchedo na me smṛtaḥ | saṃvittireva me rūpaṃ sarvaiśvaryādiko [saivai ḍ.] guṇaḥ || 3 - 2 || svasvātantryavaśenaiva vibhāgastatra vartate | vijñānaiśvaryaśaktyātmā [śaktyātmā E.ī.] vibhāgo yaḥ sa īritaḥ || 3 - 3 || vijñānaiśvaryaśaktīnāmunmeṣastvaparo'dhunā | atarkyāyā mamodyatyā niyogānarhayā [nuyogā E.ī.] sadā || 3 - 4 || icchayānyatkṛtaṃ rūpamāsījjñānādike trike | yathaivekṣurasaḥ svaccho guḍatvaṃ pratipadyate || 3 - 5 || tadvatsvacchamayaṃ jñānaṃ sattvatāṃ pratipadyate | rajastvaṃ ca mamaiśvaryaṃ tamastvaṃ śaktirapyuta || 3 - 6 || ete trayo guṇāḥ śakra traiguṇyamiti śabdyate | rajaḥpradhānaṃ tatsṛṣṭau traiguṇyaṃ parivartate || 3 - 7 || sthitau sattvapradhānaṃ tat saṃhṛtau tu tamomukham | ahaṃ saṃvinmayī pūrvā vyāpinyapi puraṃdara || 3 - 8 || adhiṣṭhāya guṇān sṛṣṭisthitisaṃhṛtikāriṇī | nirguṇāpi guṇānetānadhiṣṭhāyātmavāñchayā || 3 - 9 || cakraṃ pravartayāmyekā sṛṣṭisthityantarūpakam | śakraḥ - vidhādvayaṃ samāsthāya jñānādye tu yugatraye [guṇatraye ā.ṅ.ī.] || 3 - 10 || śuddhetaravibhāgena kimarthaṃ tvaṃ pravartase | vidhayoranayoḥ padme saṃbandhaḥ kaḥ parasparam || 3 - 11 || etatpṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste padmasaṃbhave | śrīḥ - aniyojyaṃ mamaiśvaryamicchaiva mama kāraṇam || 3 - 12 || ṭippaṇī - 2. svarūpanirūpako dharmaḥ jñānam | anye pañcāpi guṇāḥ nirūpitasvarūpaguṇabhūtā ityarthaḥ | 3. itthaṃ vibhāgo'pi madicchākṛta evetyāha - svasvātantryeti | 4. apara iti | pūrvaṃ śuddhasṛṣṭau eka unmeṣa uktaḥ | adhunā aśuddhātmakatraiguṇyasṛṣṭāvanya unmeṣa ityarthaḥ | 5. jñānāditrikarūpaṃ sattvāditrikātmanā anyathā kṛtamāsīdityarthaḥ | 6. tadevāha - tadvaditi | jñānaṃ sattvatayā, aiśvaryaṃ rajastayā, śaktiśca tamastayā jātamiti bhāvaḥ | 7. traiguṇyamiti cāturvarṇyamitivat svārthe ṣyañ | 9. nirguṇāpīti | pūrvaṃ ṣāḍguṇyasyoktatvāt atra nirguṇapadasya sattvarajastamorūpamiśraguṇarahitetyarthaḥ | ātmavāñchayetyanena jagatsṛṣṭyādau līlaiva prayojanamityuktaṃ bhavati | yathāha bhagavān bādarāyaṇaḥ - lokavattu līlākaivalyam iti | p. 12) mūla - muhyantyatra mahānto'pi tattvaṃ śṛṇu tathāpi me | īśeśitavyabhāvena parivarte sadā hyaham [sadāpyaham ā.B.C.ī.] || 3 - 13 || īśo nārāyaṇo jñeya īśatā tasya cāpyaham | īśitavyaṃ tu vijñeyaṃ cidacicca puraṃdara || 3 - 14 || cicchaktistu parā tatra bhoktṛtāṃ pratipadyate | bhogyopakaraṇasthānarūpaṃ tasyā acitpadam || 3 - 15 || anādyayā samāviddhā sā cicchaktiravidyayā | matpravartitayā nityaṃ cicchaktirbhoktṛtāṃ gatā || 3 - 16 || ahaṃmamatvasaṃbandhāddhyacitsvenābhimanyate | avidyā sā tirobhāvaṃ vidyayā yāti vai yadā || 3 - 17 || cicchaktirnirabhīmānā tadā madbhāvameṣyati | tāṃ vidyāṃ śuddhamārgasthāṃ paravyūhādirūpiṇī || 3 - 18 || pravartayāmi kāruṇyājjñānasadbhāvadarśinī | rakṣyarakṣakabhāvo'yaṃ saṃbandho vidhayordvayoḥ || 3 - 19 || vidhā rakṣati śuddhādyā rakṣyate ca vidhāparā [tathā F.] | etatte kathitaṃ śakra kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 3 - 20 || śakraḥ - īśeśitavyabhāvena kimarthaṃ tvaṃ [ca F.] pravartase | īśitavyaṃ kiyadbhedaṃ kiṃrūpaṃ tatra me vada || 3 - 21 || śrīḥ - svabhāvo [ananu ā.B.C.] nānuyojyo'yaṃ mama nārāyaṇasya ca | [īśo hi ī ā.B.C.ṅ.] īśo'hamīśitavyo na sa ca devaḥ sanātanaḥ || 3 - 22 || īśitavyaṃ dvidhā proktaṃ cidacidvyatirekataḥ | cicchaktirbhoktṛrūpātra sā ca cidrūpadhāriṇī [madrūpa E.] || 3 - 23 || bhogyopakaraṇasthānairacicchaktistridhā sthitā [matā ḍ; smṛtā ī.] | prasarantyāstṛtīyaṃ me sā ca parva smṛtaṃ budhaiḥ || 3 - 24 || vibhakte api te ete śaktī cidacidātmike | matsvācchandyavaśenaiva mama rūpe sanātane || 3 - 25 || cicchaktirvimalā śuddhā cinmayyānandarūpiṇī | anādyavidyāviddheyamitthaṃ saṃsarati dhruvam || 3 - 26 || acicchaktirjaḍāpyevamaśuddhā pariṇāminī | triguṇāpi mamaivedaṃ svācchandyāt pravijṛmbhitam || 3 - 27 || dhūmaketuryathā dhūmaṃ [dhūmāt ā.B.C.ḍ.ṅ.] dīpyamāno bhajet svayam | śuddhasaṃvitsvarūpāpi bhaje sāhamacidgatim || 3 - 28 || anākrāntā vikalpena [śabdenāpya E.ī.] śabdairapyakadarthitā | ādhyānopadhināpyevaṃ varte'hamacidātmanā || 3 - 29 || bahirantaḥpadārthe hi citsvarūpamakhaṇḍitam | viśinaṣṭi tathāpyetaccitrayopādhisaṃpadā || 3 - 30 || svātantryameva me heturnānuyojyāsmi kiṃcana | [idaṃprabhāvām ā.B.C.ṅ.] itthaṃ prabhāvāmevaṃ māṃ vidan buddho bhaviṣyasi || 3 - 31 || ṭippaṇī - 13. śuddhetarasṛṣṭyoḥ saṃbandha ucyate - īśeśitavyeti | rakṣyarakṣakabhāva ityarthaḥ | 28. jvalanasvabhāvo'pi dhūmaketuryathā malinadhūmarūpatāṃ pratipadyate, tathā jñānasvarūpāpyahamacidbhāvamāpadya ityarthaḥ | 29. ādhyānopadhineti | madicchārūpopādhinetyarthaḥ | dhyānālambanārthamiti vārthaḥ | p. 13) mūla - śakraḥ - kathaṃ sṛjasi vai lokān sukhaduḥkhasamanvitān | asṛṣṭirhi varaṃ yadvā sṛṣṭirastu sukhātmikā || 3 - 32 || śrīḥ - anādyavidyāviddhānāṃ jīvānāṃ sadasanmayam | saṃcitaṃ karma saṃprekṣya miśrāṃ sṛṣṭiṃ karomyaham || 3 - 33 || śakraḥ - kṣīrodasaṃbhave devi svācchandyaṃ te kathaṃ bhavet | karma cetsamavekṣya tvaṃ vidadhāsi sukhāsukhe || 3 - 34 || śrīḥ - kurvatyā mama kāryāṇi karma tatkaraṇaṃ smṛtam | kartuśca karaṇāpekṣā na svātantryavighātinī || 3 - 35 || niravadyā svatantrāhaṃ nānuyogapade sthitā | vibhaje bahudhātmānaṃ kartṛkarmakriyādinā || 3 - 36 || līlāyai kāraṇaṃ nātra mṛgyamevaṃ sthiro bhava | śakraḥ - yadvā tadvāstu taddevi svātantryaṃ te yadīdṛśam | sṛṣṭiprakāramākhyāhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 3 - 37 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpañcarātrasāre ā; śrīpāñcarātre ī.] lakṣmītantre traiguṇyaprakāśo [miśrasṛṣṭi ṅ; ā.B.C.ḍ.F. omit the title.] nāma tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - yathā vakṣyati - dhyānaviśrāmabhūmayaḥ (4-24) iti | 32. asṛṣṭiriti | atra sṛjecca sukhamevaikamanukampāpracoditaḥ iti ślokavārtikavacanaṃ smartavyam | iti tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ caturtho'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ [śrīruvāca B] - nirmalākāśakalpāhaṃ niḥsamānandacinmayī | ahaṃ nārāyaṇī nāma bhāvo'haṃ tādṛśo [tādṛśī B.] hareḥ || 4 - 1 || na śāntā noditā nāpi madhyamāhaṃ cidātmikā | tādṛśasya harerviṣṇoḥ svarūpamakhilātmanaḥ || 4 - 2 || [tasya citraika E.ī.] tasyācitraikarūpasya vikalpapadavījuṣaḥ | acitrāhaṃ tadākārā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā || 4 - 3 || tayornau saṃvidātmaiva kvacidunmeṣa utthitaḥ | koṭikoṭisahasraughakoṭikoṭitamī kalā || 4 - 4 || sisṛkṣā nāma tadrūpā sṛṣṭimiṣṭāṃ karomyaham | ekāṃśena viśuddhādhvarūpā varte'hamañjasā || 4 - 5 || vajraratnaprabhā yadvatparisphurati sarvataḥ | evaṃ śuddhamayo mārgo mama sphurati sarvataḥ [rūpataḥ ā.B.C.ṅ.ī.] || 4 - 6 || [ameyā ā.B.] ameghākāśasaṃkāśānniṣpandodadhirūpataḥ | mama jñānaghanādrūpācchuddhā [śuddha ā.ṅ.] sṛṣṭiḥ pravartate || 4 - 7 || [nirvāsanaṃ E.ī.] nirvyāpāraṃ sadānandaṃ śuddhaṃ sarvātmakaṃ param | vyajyate prathamaṃ jñānaṃ sa saṃkarṣaṇa ucyate || 4 - 8 || hetvantarānapekṣaṃ yat svātantryaṃ viśvanirmitau | tadaiśvaryaṃ tadāsīnme pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 4 - 9 || nilīnacitrarūpā yā sarvatra samavasthitā | avyāhatāsīcchaktirme so'niruddhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 4 - 10 || sṛṣṭisthityantakartāro vijñānaiśvaryaśaktayaḥ | mama rūpamamī devāḥ puruṣāḥ puṣkarekṣaṇāḥ || 4 - 11 || ataraṅgārṇavābhāsamastāmbhodāmbaropamam [anambhodāmbaropamam E.ī.] | rūpaṃ sisṛkṣamāṇāyā vāsudevo mamādimam [mamātmakaḥ ā.ṅ.] || 4 - 12 || jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejāṃsyaśeṣataḥ | unmiṣanti yadā tulyaṃ vāsudevastadocyate || 4 - 13 || teṣāṃ jñānabalonmeṣe [balonmeṣaḥ E.] saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate | bibharti sakalaṃ viśvaṃ tilakālakavatsvataḥ || 4 - 14 || balamityeva tannāma tato vedāntaśabditam | vīryaiśvaryasamunmeṣe [samunmeṣaḥ E.ī.] pradyumnaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 4 - 15 || vikāraviraho vīryamavikārī tataśca saḥ | śaktitejaḥsamunmeṣe hyaniruddhaḥ sa īritaḥ [samīritaḥ E.ī.] || 4 - 16 || tejastvanyānapekṣatvamaniruddhatvamapyuta [ataḥ E.ī.] | śāstraṃ saṃkarṣaṇādeva [saṃkarṣaṇāddevāt E.ī.] bhāti nirghātaśabdavat || 4 - 17 || tatkriyā sakalā devātpradyumnāt saṃbhavedyataḥ [saṃbhavatyuta E.ī.] | kriyāphalamaśeṣaṃ tadaniruddhātpracakṣate || 4 - 18 || p. 15) sṛjate hyaniruddho'tra pradyumnaḥ pāti tatkṛtam | sṛṣṭaṃ tadrakṣitaṃ cātti sa ca saṃkarṣaṇaḥ prabhuḥ || 4 - 19 || sṛṣṭisthityantakāryeṇa śāstradharmaphalena ca | anugrahamime devāḥ sadā vidadhatte svayam || 4 - 20 || yadyapyekaguṇonmeṣastathāpyete [tadāpyete E.] hi ṣaḍguṇāḥ | anyūnānadhikāḥ sarve vāsudevātsanātanāt [sanātanāḥ ā.B.ḍ.] || 4 - 21 || aṅgapratyaṅgabuddhyādirnaiṣāṃ bhūtamayaḥ smṛtaḥ | ṣāḍguṇyamaya evaiṣāṃ divyo dehaḥ sanātanaḥ || 4 - 22 || naivaiṣāṃ vāstavo bhedaścintanīyo divaspate [vipaścitā E.ī.] | tattatkāryaprasiddhyarthaṃ kṛto'sau kalpanāvaśāt || 4 - 23 || jñānānnānyattathaiśvaryaṃ tasmānnānyā ca śaktikā | mayaitāḥ kalpitāḥ śakra dhyānaviśrāmabhūmayaḥ [dhyeyāḥ ā.B.C.ḍ.] || 4 - 24 || vastu pūrvaṃ tato bhāvaḥ paścādarthastataḥ kriyā | cātūrūpyamidaṃ jñeyaṃ sarvabhāveṣu sarvadā || 4 - 25 || vāsudevādirūpeṇa caturdhātmānamātmanā | saṃvibhajyāvatiṣṭhe'haṃ sarvamāvṛtya [sarvadā ā.C.ḍ.; sarvadā satya B.] saṃvidā || 4 - 26 || vāsudevādayo devāḥ pratyekaṃ tu tridhā tridhā | keśavādisvarūpeṇa vibhajanti svakaṃ vapuḥ || 4 - 27 || etadvyūhāntaraṃ nāma pañcarātrābhiśabditam | [kālasya E.] kāryasya nayane devā dvādaśaite vyavasthitāḥ || 4 - 28 || vibhorapyaniruddhasya hitāya jagatāṃ hareḥ | prasaro vibhavo nāma padmanābhādayaḥ smṛtāḥ || āviśyāviśya kurute yatra devanarādikam | jagaddhitaṃ jagannāthastajjñeyaṃ vibhavāntaram || 4 - 30 || devarṣipitṛsiddhādyaiḥ svayaṃ vā jagatāṃ hite | nirmitaṃ bhagavadrūpamarcā sā śuddhacinmayī || 4 - 31 || ityeṣa leśato mārgaḥ śuddhaste saṃpradarśitaḥ | traiguṇyamaparaṃ mārgaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 4 - 32 || yatte jñānaṃ purā proktaṃ tatsattvena vivartate | rajastayā tadaiśvarya śaktiścāpi tamastayā || 4 - 33 || prādhānyena rajastatra sṛṣṭau saṃparivartate | abhitaḥ sattvatamasī guṇau dvau tasya tiṣṭhataḥ || 4 - 34 || yā sā pūrvaṃ mayā proktā koṭikoṭitamī kalā | tasyāḥ koṭitamenāhamaṃśena visṛje jagat || 4 - 35 || sarvasyādyā mahālakṣmīstriguṇāhaṃ maheśvarī | rajorūpamadhiṣṭhāya sṛṣṭimiṣṭāṃ karomyaham || 4 - 36 || agnīṣomamayau bhāvau divyau strīpuṃsalakṣaṇau | bibhratī cārusarvāṅgī lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā || caturbhujā viśālākṣī taptakāñcanasaṃnibhā | mātulaṅgaṃ gadāṃ kheṭaṃ sudhāpātraṃ ca bibhratī || 4 - 38 || ṭippaṇī - 19. atrāniruddhasya sṛṣṭikartṛtvaṃ pradyumnasya pālanakartṛtvaṃ cocyate | pūrvaṃ tu dvitīyādhyāye aniruddhasya pālanakartṛtvaṃ pradyumnasya sṛṣṭikartṛtvaṃ coktam | tattu kalpāntareṇeti dhyeyam | 22. buddhiratrāntaḥkaraṇam | naiṣāṃ bhūtamayaḥ iti vacanena na bhūtasaṅghasaṃsthāno deho'sya paramātmanaḥ iti śāntiparvavacanaṃ smāritam | 24. dhyāneti | upāsakānāṃ yathārucyālambanadānāya tatra bhedaparikalpanetyarthaḥ | 27. evaṃ ca keśavādidāmodarāntā dvādaśāpi vyūhāntarabhūtā dhyeyāḥ | 30. devanarādikam ityanena dattātreyabādarāyaṇādīnāmapi vibhavāntaratvaṃ dhyeyam | 31. svayamityanena svayaṃvyaktakṣetrasthārcā gṛhyante | 36. anena triguṇajagatsṛṣṭikartṛtvadaśāyāṃ p. 16) mūla - mahālakṣmīḥ samākhyātā sāhaṃ sarvāṅgasundarī | mahāśrīḥ sā mahālakṣmīścaṇḍā caṇḍī ca caṇḍikā || bhadrakālī tathā bhadrā kālī durgā maheśvarī | triguṇā bhagavatpatnī tathā bhagavatī parā || 4 - 40 || etāḥ saṃjñāstathā cānyāstatra me bahudhā smṛtāḥ | vikārayogādanyāśca tāstā vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ || 4 - 41 || lakṣayāmi jagatsarvaṃ puṇyāpuṇye kṛtākṛte | [mahatī yā B.] mahanīyā ca sarvatra mahālakṣmīḥ prakīrtitā || 4 - 42 || mahadbhiḥ śrayaṇīyatvānmahāśrīriti gadyate [gīyate E.] | caṇḍasya dayitā caṇḍī caṇḍatvāccaṇḍikā matā || 4 - 43 || kalyāṇarūpā bhadrāsmi kālī ca kalanātsatām | dviṣatāṃ kālarūpatvādapi kālī prakīrtitā || 4 - 44 || suhṛdāṃ dviṣatāṃ caiva yugapatsadasadvidheḥ | bhadrakālī samākhyātā māyāścaryaguṇātmikā || 4 - 45 || mahattvācca mahāmāyā mohanānmohinī matā | durgā ca durgamatvena bhaktarakṣāvidherapi || 4 - 46 || yojanāccaiva yogāhaṃ yogamāyā ca kīrtitā | māyāyogeti vijñeyā jñānayojanato nṛṇām || 4 - 47 || pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyarūpatvātsāhaṃ bhagavatī smṛtā | bhagavadyajñasaṃyogātpatnī bhagavato'smyaham || 4 - 48 || viśālatvātsmṛtā vyoma pūraṇācca purī smṛtā [puraḥ sthitā ā.B.C.ṅ.] | parāvarasvarūpatvāt smṛtā cāhaṃ parāvarā || 4 - 49 || śakanācchaktiruktāhaṃ rājñyahaṃ rañjanāt [rājanāt B.] sadā | sadā śāntavikāratvācchāntāhaṃ parikīrtitā || 4 - 50 || mattaḥ prakriyate viśvaṃ prakṛtiḥ sāsmi kīrtitā | śrayantī śrayaṇīyāsmi śṛṇāmi duritaṃ satām || 4 - 51 || śṛṇomi karuṇāṃ vācaṃ śṛṇāmi ca guṇairjagat | [āll the ṃss. and the printed book read wrongly śrayate] (śaye'ntaḥ) sarvabhūtānāṃ rame'haṃ puṇyakarmaṇām || 4 - 52 || īḍitā ca sadā devaiḥ śarīraṃ cāsmi vaiṣṇavam | etānmayi guṇān dṛṣṭvā vedavedāntapāragāḥ || 4 - 53 || guṇayogavidhānajñāḥ śriyaṃ māṃ saṃpracakṣate | sāhamevaṃvidhā nityā sarvākārā sanātanī || 4 - 54 || ṭippaṇī - daśāyāṃ mahālakṣmīsamākhyeti jñāyate | 45. māyāścaryeti | anenāścaryāvahatvaṃ māyāśabdārtha ityuktaṃ bhavati | anena māyāśabdasya mithyārthakatvakalpanaṃ vāryate | 47. jñānayojanata iti | anena māyā vayunaṃ jñānam iti yāskavacanāt māyāśabdasya jñānārthakatvamuktaṃ bhavati | saṃbhavāmyātmamāyayā ityatra ātmasaṃkalpenetyarthavarṇanamapyetanmūlakameva | 48. yajñasaṃyogāditi | patyurno yajñasaṃyoge ityanuśāsanasiddhaṃ rūpam | bhagadyajñaśca āśritajanarakṣaṇarūpo jñeyaḥ | tatrāsyāḥ saṃyogaḥ puruṣakāratvādinā | 51. śri śrayaṇe śṝ hiṃsāyām iti ca dhātuḥ | 52. śru śravaṇe śṝ prīṇane śī svapne ram krīḍāyām iti dhātavo vivakṣitāḥ | śrīnāmni śakāravivaraṇam - śaye'ntariti | rephavivaraṇam - rame'hamiti | 53. īkāravivaraṇam - īḍiteti | īḍa stutau iti dhātuḥ | viṣṇoḥ śarīraṃ rūpamityarthaḥ | iti caturtho'dhyāyaḥ p. 17) guṇatrayamadhiṣṭhātrī triguṇā parikīrtitā | [guṇairvaiṣamya ā.B.C.ḍ.] guṇavaiṣamyasargāya pravṛttāhaṃ sisṛkṣayā || 4 - 55 || taptakāñcanavarṇābhā taptakāñcanabhūṣaṇā | nirālokamimaṃ lokaṃ pūrayāmi svatejasā || 4 - 56 || śūnyaṃ tadakhilaṃ lokaṃ svena pūrayituṃ purā | bharāmi tvaparaṃ rūpaṃ tamasā kevalena tu || 4 - 57 || sā bhinnāñjanasaṃkāśā daṃṣṭrāñcitavarānanā [daṃṣṭānvita ā.B.C.ḍ.] | viśālalocanā nārī babhūva tanumadhyamā || 4 - 58 || khaḍgapātraśiraḥkheṭairalaṃkṛtamahābhujā | kabandhahārā śirasi bibhrāṇāhiśiraḥsrajam || 4 - 59 || sā māṃ provāca saṃbhūtā tāmasī pramadottamā | [śāntiḥ added before nāma ī.] nāmakarma ca me mātardehi tubhyaṃ namo namaḥ || 4 - 60 || śrīḥ [ā.B.C.F. omit śrīḥ] - tāmabravaṃ varārohāṃ tāmasīṃ pramadottamām | dadāmi tava nāmāni yāni karmāṇi tāni te || 4 - 61 || mahākālī mahāmāyā mahāmārī kṣudhā tṛṣā [kriyā ā.B.C.F.] | nidrā kṛṣṇā [tṛṣṇā ā.B.C.F.] caikavīrā kālarātrirduratyayā || 4 - 62 || etāni tava nāmāni pratipādyāni nāmabhiḥ | ebhiḥ karmāṇi te jñātvā yo'dhīte so'śnute sukham || 4 - 63 || aparyāptamimaṃ sargaṃ manyamānāhamādimam | sattvonmeṣamayaṃ rūpaṃ bharāmi smendusaṃnibham || 4 - 64 || akṣamālāṅkuśadharā vīṇāpustakadhāriṇī | sā babhūva varā nārī nāmakarma tadā hyadām || 4 - 65 || mahāvidyā mahāvāṇī bhāratī vāk sarasvatī | āryā brāhmī mahādhenurvedagarbhā ca dhīśca gīḥ [ā.B.C. read wrongly vedabhāgāścagaśca dhīḥ; gīśca dhīḥ ī.] || 4 - 66 || nāmānurūpaṃ karma [karmāsyāḥ E.ṅ.] syāt sāttvikyāḥ [sātvatyāḥ ā.B.C.ḍ.] kāryamadbhutam | vayaṃ tisro jagaddhātryo mātaraśca prakīrtitāḥ || 4 - 67 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpāñcarātre ī.; śrīpañcarātra ā.] lakṣmītantre mahālakṣmīsamudbhatirnāma [ā.B.C.ḍ.F. omit the title; sṛṣṭidvayaprakāśaḥ ṅ.] caturtho'dhyāyaḥ || pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrī [śrīruvāca B.] - yā sāhaṃtā harerādyā sarvākārā sanātanī | śuddhānandacidākārā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā || 5 - 1 || sāhaṃ sisṛkṣayā yuktā svalpālpenātmabindunā | sṛṣṭiṃ kṛtavatī śuddhāṃ [śuddhā ī.] pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahām [vigrahā ī.] || 5 - 2 || anujjhitasvarūpāhaṃ madīyenālpabindunā [madīyenātma ā.B.ḍ.] | mahālakṣmīḥ samākhyātā traiguṇyaparivartinī || 5 - 3 || rajaḥpradhānā tatrāhaṃ mahāśrīḥ parameśvarī | madīyaṃ yattamorūpaṃ [tattamo ā.E.] mahāmāyeti sā smṛtā || 5 - 4 || madīyaṃ sattvarūpaṃ yanmahāvidyeti sā smṛtā | ahaṃ ca te ca kāminyau tā vayaṃ tisra ūrjitāḥ || 5 - 5 || sṛṣṭavatyastu mithunānyanurūpāṇi ca tridhā | madīyaṃ mithunaṃ yattanmānasaṃ rucirākṛti || 5 - 6 || hiraṇyagarbhaṃ padmākṣaṃ sundaraṃ kamalāsanam | pradyumrāṃśādidaṃ viddhi saṃbhūtaṃ mayi mānasam || 5 - 7 || dhātā vidhirviriñciśca brahmā ca puruṣaḥ smṛtaḥ | śrīḥ padmā kamalā lakṣmīstatra nārī prakīrtitā || 5 - 8 || saṃkarṣaṇāṃśato dvandvaṃ mahāmāyāsamudbhavam | trinetraṃ cārusarvāṅgaṃ mānasaṃ tatra yaḥ pumān || 5 - 9 || sa rudraḥ śaṃkaraḥ sthāṇuḥ kapardī ca trilocanaḥ | tatra trayīśvarā bhāṣā vidyā caivākṣarā tathā || 5 - 10 || kāmadhenuśca vijñeyā sā strī gauśca [gaurī E.ī.] sarasvatī | aniruddhāṃśasaṃbhūtaṃ mahāvidyāsamudbhavam || 5 - 11 || mithunaṃ mānasaṃ yattatpuruṣastatra keśavaḥ | viṣṇuḥ kṛṣṇo hṛṣīkeśo vāsudevo janārdanaḥ || 5 - 12 || umā [mahā ā.B.C.ḍ.] gaurī satī caṇḍā tatra strī subhagā satī | brahmaṇastu trayī patnī sā babhūva mamājñayā || 5 - 13 || rudrasya dayitā gaurī vāsudevasya cāmbujā | rajasastamasaścaiva sattvasya ca vivartanam || 5 - 14 || ādyaṃ parva tadetatte kathitaṃ mithunatrayam | madhyamaṃ parva vakṣyāmi guṇānāṃ tadidaṃ śṛṇu || 5 - 15 || bhāṣayā saha saṃbhūya viriñco'ṇḍamajījanat | madājñayā [mamājñayā B.C.ṅ.] vibhedaitatsa gauryā saha śaṃkaraḥ || 5 - 16 || ṭippaṇī - atra śāntāvasthā | dvitīyaśloke uditāvasthā | tṛtīyaśloke traiguṇyāvasthā mahālakṣmīsamākhyā | caturthe rajaḥpradhānāvasthā mahāśrīḥ mahālakṣmyaparaparyāyā | tamaḥpradhānatayā pūrvādhyāyoktā mahāmāyā | pañcame pūrvādhyāyoktasattvapradhānā mahāvidyā | 15- ādya parveti | rājasyā lakṣmyāḥ pradyumnāṃśāt mānasī sṛṣṭiḥ - viriñciḥ śrīśca | tāmasyā mahāmāyāyāḥ mūla- p. 19) aṇḍamadhye pradhānaṃ yatkāryamāsīttu vedhasaḥ | tadetatpālayāmāsa padmayā saha keśavaḥ || 5 - 17 || tadetanmadhyamaṃ parva guṇānāṃ parikirtitam | tṛtīyaṃ parva vakṣyāmi tadihaikamanāḥ śṛṇu || 5 - 18 || aṇḍamadhye pradhānaṃ hi yattatsadasadātmakam | traiguṇyaṃ prakṛtirvyoma svabhāvo yonirakṣaram || 5 - 19 || tadetatsalilīkṛtya tattvamavyaktasaṃjñakam | hṛṣīkeśaḥ sa bhagavān padmayā saha vidyayā || 5 - 20 || apsu [abdhi C.] saṃśayanaṃ cakre nidrāyogamupāgataḥ | yā sā proktā mahākālī sā nidrā tāmasī hyabhūt || 5 - 21 || śayānasya tadā padmamabhūnnābhyāṃ puraṃdara | tatkālamayamākhyātaṃ paṅkajaṃ yadapaṅkajam || 5 - 22 || [kālā E.ī.] jalādhikaraṇaṃ padmamādhāraḥ puṣkaraṃ tathā | cakraṃ ca puṇḍarīkaṃ cetyevaṃ nāmāni tasya tu || 5 - 23 || śakraḥ - cidacittattvamākhyātaṃ cetanaścitprakīrtitaḥ | acit traiguṇyamityuktaṃ kīdṛk kālo'paraḥ smṛtaḥ || 5 - 24 || śrīḥ - acidaṃśo'paraḥ kālastraiguṇyamaparaṃ smṛtam | balādikaṃ tu yatpūrvaṃ ṣāḍguṇye trikamīritam || 5 - 25 || tadetatkālarūpeṇa sṛṣṭau saṃparivartate | svataścāpariṇāmīdaṃ [apariṇāmo'yaṃ E.ī.] traiguṇyaṃ pariṇāmi tat || 5 - 26 || kālakālyātmakaṃ [kalyātmaka ā,B.] dvandvamacidetatprakīrtitam | sṛjantyā vividhān bhāvānmama devyā mahāśriyaḥ || 5 - 27 || kālo'yaṃ karaṇatvena vartate manmayaḥ sadā | tasmātkālamayātpadmādviṣṇunābhisamudbhavāt || 5 - 28 || brahmā vedamayo jajñe sa trayyā [trayyā saha sa C.] saha vīryavān | hiraṇyagarbha ukto yaḥ [ayaṃ ā.] pūrvaṃ lakṣmīsamudbhavaḥ || 5 - 29 || mahākālīsamudbhūtā yā sā nārī trayī smṛtā | tadetanmithunaṃ jajñe [cakre E.ī.] viṣṇornābhisaroruhāt || 5 - 30 || padmaṃ padmodbhavadvandvaṃ [dharmādikaṃ caiva F.ṅ.] tadetat tritayaṃ saha | mahāṃstāmasa ākhyāto vikāraḥ pūrvakairbudhaiḥ [pūrvajo ī.] || 5 - 31 || prāṇo hiraṇyagarbhaśca buddhiśceti tridhā bhidā | padmapuṃstrīsamālambānmahattvaṃ tasya śabdyate || 5 - 32 || ṭippaṇī - saṃkarṣaṇāṃśāt mānasī sṛṣṭiḥ - rudraḥ trayī ca | sāttvikyā mahāvidyāyā aniruddhāṃśāt mānasī sṛṣṭiḥ - viṣṇuḥ gaurī ca | tataḥ rājasasya viriñceḥ tāmasyā trayyā tāmasasya rudrasya sāttvikyā gauryā sāttvikasya viṣṇoḥ rājasyā śriyā ceti dāṃpatyaparikalpanarūpamityarthaḥ | madhyamaṃ parveti | dhātrā aṇḍasṛṣṭiḥ | rudreṇa tadbhedanam | tatra punaśca dhātrā aṇḍamadhye pradhānasṛṣṭiḥ | viṣṇunā tatparipālanarūpamityarthaḥ | 18- tṛtīyaṃ parveti | viṣṇornābhisaroruhāt hiraṇyagarbhasya trayyā saha prādurbhāvaḥ | nābhipadmaṃ tadudbhūtaṃ dvandvaṃ ceti trayaṃ samuditaṃ mahaditi kathyate | tasmādahaṃkārādikrameṇa prapañcasṛṣṭirūpamityarthaḥ | 25 - trikamiti | balaiśvaryavīryarūpamityarthaḥ | 27 - kālaḥ kṣaṇādiḥ | kālyaṃ triguṇaṃ tadvikārajātaṃ ca | 31 - padmodbhavadvandvaṃ hiraṇyagarbhastrayī ca | 32 - prāṇaḥ p. 20) mūla - guṇaḥ prāṇasya tu spando buddheradhyavasāyatā | dharmādikamadharmādyaṃ dvayaṃ puṃso guṇo mataḥ [guṇottamaḥ ā.B.C.] || 5 - 33 || dharmo jñānaṃ ca vairāgyamaiśvaryaṃ ceti varṇitaḥ [varṇitam E.F.] | dharmādiko guṇo yasmādadharmādyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 5 - 34 || mahāntamāviśantyenaṃ prerayāmi svasṛṣṭaye [sisṛkṣayā ṅ.] | preryamāṇāttatastasmādahaṃkāraśca jajñivān || 5 - 35 || [yaḥ pūrvaṃ E.] pūrvaṃ yaḥ śaṃkaraḥ prokto mahāmāyāsamudbhavaḥ | yā patnī tasya gaurī sā jajñe'bhimatiratra tu || 5 - 36 || āviśyāmumahaṃkāraṃ sṛṣṭaye prerayāmyaham | sa babhūva tridhā pūrvaṃ guṇavyatikarāttadā || 5 - 37 || tāmasastatra bhūtādistasya sarvamidaṃ śṛṇu | bhūtādeḥ śabdatanmātraṃ tanmātrācchabdasaṃbhavaḥ || 5 - 38 || matpreritācchabdamātrātsparśamātraṃ babhūva ha | sparśastu sparśatanmātrāttanmātrātpreritānmayā || 5 - 39 || tadāsīdrūpatanmātraṃ tasmācca preritānmayā | rūpamāvirbabhūvādyaṃ rasamātraṃ tataḥ param || 5 - 40 || rasamātrānmayā kṣiptāttasmājjajñe [kṣubdhāt E.ī.] rasastataḥ | gandhatanmātramapyāsīttasmācca preritānmayā || 5 - 41 || śuddho gandhaḥ samudbhūta itīyaṃ bhautikī bhidā | mātrāṇi sūkṣmabhūtāni sthūlabhūtāni cāpare || 5 - 42 || śabdādayaḥ samākhyātā guṇāḥ śabdādayastu ye | sthūlabhūtavisargāste nānye śabdādayo guṇāḥ || 5 - 43 || śāntatvaṃ caiva ghoratvaṃ mūḍhatvaṃ ceti tat tridhā | satvādyunmeṣarūpāṇi tāni sūkṣmeṣu santi na || 5 - 44 || tena tanmātratā teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ parikīrtitā | sukhaduḥkhādidāyitvāt sthūlatvamitaratra tu || 5 - 45 || sthūlānāmeva bhūtānāṃ tridhāvasthā [avasthāḥ F.] prakīrtitā [prakīrtitāḥ ā.F.] | sūkṣmāśca pitṛjāścaiva prabhūtā iti bhedataḥ || 5 - 46 || ghaṭādyā vividhā [viṣayāḥ E.ī.] bāhyāḥ prabhūtā iti śabdyate | śuklaśoṇitasaṃbhūtā viśeṣāḥ pitṛjāḥ smṛtāḥ || 5 - 47 || sūkṣmāstu pañcabhūtāḥ syuḥ sūkṣmadehavyapāśrayāḥ | sargo bhūtādijo hyevaṃ kramaśaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 5 - 48 || ahaṃkārasya yāvaṃśau rajaḥsattvasamāśrayau | vaikārika iti proktaḥ sāttvikoṃ'śastayoḥ paraḥ [aṃśastu yo'paraḥ E.] || 5 - 49 || taijasaḥ kathitaḥ sadbhistayoḥ sṛṣṭimimāṃ śṛṇu | vaikārikādahaṃkārādāsīcchrotrādidhīndriyam || 5 - 50 || ṭippaṇī - hiraṇyagarbhaḥ buddhiriti mahato bhedāḥ | 33 - puṃsa iti | hiraṇyagarbhasyetyarthaḥ | 34 - yasmāditi | dharmādīnāṃ viparyāsā adharmaḥ, ajñānam avairāgyam anaiśvaryaṃ ceti jñeyā ityarthaḥ | 36 - ahaṃkārasyaivābhimatiriti guṇaḥ ākhyāntaraṃ ca | 38 - tāmasāhaṃkārasya bhūtādiriti sāttvikāhaṃkārasya vaikārika iti rājasāhaṃkārasya taijasa iti ca nāmāntaraṃ bodhyam | 48 - śabdatanmātrāt śabdaḥ sparśatanmātraṃ ca jātam | sparśatanmātrāt sparśaḥ rūpatanmātraṃ ca jātam | rūpatanmātrāt rūpaṃ rasatanmātraṃ ca jātam | rasatanmātrāt rasaḥ gandhatanmātraṃ ca jātam | gandhatanmātrāt gandho jāta ityatratyā prakriyā | sāṃkhyāstu - bhūtādereva sarveṣāṃ tanmātrāṇāmutpattiṃ vadanti | aupaniṣadaprakriyā tu - bhūtādeḥ śabdatanmātram tasmādākāśaḥ p. 21) mūla - karmendriyaṃ ca vāgādi taijasātsaṃpravartate | [ā.B.ḍ.F.ṅ. omit 9 lines from here.] ubhayasmāttataścāsīd buddhikarmendriyaṃ manaḥ || 5 - 51 || śrotraṃ tvak caiva cakṣuśca jihvā ghrāṇaṃ ca pañcamam | buddhīndriyāṇi pañcāhuḥ śaktireṣā madātmikā || 5 - 52 || vāk ca hastau ca pādau ca tathopasthaṃ ca pāyu ca | karmendriyāṇi pañcāhuḥ śaktireṣā madātmikā || 5 - 53 || yā sā vijñānaśaktirme pāraṃparyakramāgatā | buddhīndriyāṇyadhiṣṭhāya viṣayeṣu pravartate || 5 - 54 || kriyāśaktiśca yā sā me pāraṃparyakramāgatā | karmendriyāṇyadhiṣṭhāya kartavyeṣu pravartate || 5 - 55 || śrotrasya viṣayaḥ śabdaḥ śravaṇaṃ ca kriyā matā | tvacaśca viṣayaḥ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 56 || cakṣuṣo viṣayo rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca kriyā matā | jihvāyā viṣayo rasyo rasanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 57 || ghrāṇasya viṣayo gandha āghrāṇaṃ ca kriyā matā | vṛttayo viṣayeṣvasya śrotrādeḥ śravaṇādayaḥ || 5 - 58 || [ālocanādi ā.B.C.ṅ.] ālocanāni kathyante dharmimātragrahaśca saḥ | dik ca vidyuttathā sūryaḥ somo vasumatī tathā || 5 - 59 || adhidaivamiti proktaṃ kramācchrotrādipañcake | [C. omits this and the next line.] adhibhūtamiti proktaḥ śabdādyo viṣayaḥ kramāt || 5 - 60 || śrotrādipañcakaṃ tvetadadhyātmaṃ parikīrtitam | [śrotrādisātvikī ṅ.] śrotrādeḥ sāttvikātsṛṣṭirviyadādivyapekṣayā || 5 - 61 || tena bhautikamityuktaṃ kramācchrotrādipañcakam | vācastu viṣayaḥ śabdo vacanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 62 || [F.ṅ. omit this line.] hastendriyasya cādeyamādānaṃ ca kriyā matā | pādendriyasya gantavyaṃ gamanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 63 || upasthasya tadānandyamānandaśca kriyā matā | visṛjyaṃ viṣayaḥ pāyorvisargaśca kriyā matā || 5 - 64 || hastādikaṃ catuṣkaṃ yattatpañcaviṣayātmakam | agnirindraśca viṣṇuśca tathaivādyaḥ [tathaiva dyauḥ ā.ṅ.] prajāpatiḥ || 5 - 65 || mitraśceti kramājjñeyā adhidevā vicakṣaṇaiḥ | śabdaḥ pañcātmakaṃ caiva vāgāderviṣayo hi yaḥ || 5 - 66 || so'dhibhūta iti prokto vāgādyadhyātmamucyate | manastu sahakāryasminnubhayatrāpi pañcake || 5 - 67 || [jñānendriyagaṇe caitat ā.B.] jñānendriyagaṇaiścaitadvikalpaṃ tanute manaḥ | vikalpo vividhā kḷptistacca proktaṃ viśeṣaṇam || 5 - 68 || dharmeṇa saha saṃbandho dharmiṇaśca sa ucyate | vikalpaḥ pañcadhā jñeyo dravyakarmaguṇādibhiḥ || 5 - 69 || daṇḍīti dravyasaṃyogācchuklo guṇasamanvayāt | gacchatīti kriyāyogātpumān sāmānyasaṃsthiteḥ || 5 - 70 || ṭippaṇī - tasmāt sparśatanmātram tasmādvāyuḥ tasmāt rūpatanmātram tasmādagniḥ tasmāt rasatanmātram tasmāt jalam tasmāt gandhatanmātram tasmāt pṛthivī jāteti | 51 - vaikārikāt jñānendriyāṇāṃ taijasāt karmendriyāṇāṃ cotpattiriti bhedaparikalpanamatra | aupaniṣadāstu - sarveṣāmapīndriyāṇāṃ vaikārikādutpattimācakṣate | tathā manasa ubhayendriyatvaṃ sāṃkhyamatarītyā | aupaniṣadamate tu jñānendriyatvameva | 59 - ālocanaṃ nāma śabdādidharmāṇāṃ sphuṭagrahaṇamantarā vastumātragrahaṇam | tadapyasphuṭameva | āhuśca - asti hyālocanaṃ jñānaṃ prathamaṃ nirvikalpakam | p. 22) mūla- [ā.B.ḍ.F.ṅ. omit four lines from here.] ḍitthaḥ śabdasamāyogāditīyaṃ pañcadhā sthitiḥ | karmendriyagaṇaiścaitatsaṃkalpaṃ tanute manaḥ || 5 - 71 || audāsīnyacyutiryā sā saṃkalpodyoganāmikā | ahaṃkāreṇa caitasminnubhayatra gaṇe sthitiḥ || 5 - 72 || jñānendriyagaṇe so'yamabhimānena vartate | deśakālānvayo jñāturabhimānaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 5 - 73 || mamādya purato bhātītyevaṃ vastu pratīyate | karmendriyagaṇe tveṣa saṃrambheṇa pravartate || 5 - 74 || saṃkalpapūrvarūpastu [rūpaṃ tu E.] saṃrambhaḥ [saṃbhramaḥ ī.] parikīrtitaḥ | buddhiradhyavasāyena jñānendriyagaṇe sthitā || 5 - 75 || buddhiradhyavasāyārthāvadhāraṇamudīryate | avadhāraṇamarthānāṃ niścayaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 5 - 76 || karmendriyagaṇe buddhiḥ prayatnena pravartate | trayodaśavidhaṃ jñeyaṃ [tatra E.ī.] tadetatkaraṇaṃ budhaiḥ || 5 - 77 || bāhyaṃ daśavidhaṃ jñeyaṃ tridhāntaḥkaraṇaṃ smṛtam | trayoviṃśatirete tu vikārāḥ [virājaḥ B.] parikīrtitāḥ || 5 - 78 || karaṇāni daśa trīṇi sūkṣmāṃśāḥ sthūlasaṃbhavāḥ | etatsūkṣmaśarīraṃ tu virājaḥ parikīrtitam || 5 - 79 || [sṛṣṭayaḥ E.ī.] vyaṣṭayaḥ sūkṣmadehāśca [bhedāśca ā.B.] pratijīvaṃ vyavasthitāḥ | apavarge nivartante jīvebhyaste svayonijāḥ || 5 - 80 || anyonyānugraheṇaite trayoviṃśatirutthitāḥ [ūrjitāḥ ā.B.ḍ.] | mahadādyā viśeṣāntā hyaṇḍamutpādayanti te || 5 - 81 || tadaṇḍamabhavaddhaimaṃ sahasrāṃśusamaprabham [sahasrabham ṅ.] | tasmin prajāpatirjajñe virāḍ devaścaturmukhaḥ || 5 - 82 || virājaśca manurjajñe manoste mānavāḥ smṛtāḥ | marīcipramukhāstebhyo jagadetaccarācaram || 5 - 83 || prakāro'yaṃ mamodyatyā leśataste pradarśitaḥ | [svacchā F.] svataḥ śuddhāpi cicchaktiḥ saṃviddhānādyavidyayā || 5 - 84 || duḥkhaṃ janmajarādyutthaṃ tatrasthā pratipadyate | śuddhavijñānasaṃbandhācchuddhakarmasamanvayāt | yadā dhunotyavidyāṃ tāṃ tadā sānandamaśnute [sānantya E.] || 5 - 85 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpañcarātra ā.; śrīpāñcarātre ī.] lakṣmītantre prākṛtasṛṣṭiprakāśo [ā. omits the title; brahmādijagatsṛṣṭiḥ E.ṅ.ī.] nāma pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ || 5 || ṭippaṇī - bālamūkādivijñānasadṛśaṃ mugdhavastukam || iti | 82- atra pūrvokta eva sṛṣṭikramo manvādisṛṣṭyā saha saṃkalayyocyate | iti pañcamodhyāyaḥ ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śrīḥ [śrīruvāca B.] - pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyacidānandamahodadheḥ | ahaṃtāhaṃ harerādyā nistaraṅgārṇavākṛteḥ || 6 - 1 || sāhamevaṃvidhā śudhā kvaciducchūnatāṃ gatā | sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā devī svatantrā saccidātmikā || 6 - 2 || ṣaṭkośatāṃ samāpadye sattāhaṃ vaiṣṇavī parā | śaktirmāyā prasūtiśca prakṛtistriguṇātmikā || 6 - 3 || brahmāṇḍaṃ jīvadehaścetyete [jīvadehāśca B.] ṣaṭkośasaṃjñitāḥ | sisṛkṣā yā parā viṣṇorahaṃtāyāḥ samudgatā || 6 - 4 || śaktiḥ sā prathamaḥ kośaḥ śuddhamārgapravartanī | kośaḥ kulāyaparyāyaḥ śarīrāparanāmavān || 6 - 5 || śuddhe'smin prathame kośe prathamonmeṣalakṣaṇe | ahaṃmānī paro hyāsīddevaḥ saṃkarṣaṇaḥ prabhuḥ || 6 - 6 || tilakālakavattatra vikāro masṛṇaḥ sthitaḥ | tasyāhaṃtā tu yā devī [devī yā E.ī.] sāhaṃ sāṃkarṣaṇī [saṃkarṣaṇī B.] parā || 6 - 7 || śrīrityeva [evaṃ B.] samākhyātā vijñānabalaśālinī | yastasyā me samunmeṣaḥ pradyumnaḥ sa tu kīrtyate || 6 - 8 || saṃkarṣaṇasya devasya śaktikośābhimāninaḥ | [buddhivat ā.B.] buddhitve vartate devaḥ pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 6 - 9 || bhoktṛbhogyasamaṣṭistu nilīnā [nilīnaṃ B.] tatra tiṣṭhati | manobhūtasya devasya tasyāhaṃtā tu yā smṛtā || 6 - 10 || sāhaṃ sarasvatī nāma vīryaiśvaryavivartinī [vīryaśaurya ā.ī.] | yo me tasyāḥ samunmeṣaḥ so'niruddhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 6 - 11 || tasya saṃkarṣaṇasyāhamahaṃkāravidhau sthitā | saṃkarṣaṇādayo devāstraya ete purātanāḥ || 6 - 12 || jīvo buddhirahaṃkāra iti nāmnā prakīrtitāḥ | naivaite prākṛtā devāḥ kiṃtu śuddhacidātmakāḥ || 6 - 13 || ādivyūhasya [vyūḍhasya F.] devasya vāsudevasya dīvyataḥ | tattatkāryakaratvena tattannāmnā nirūpitāḥ || 6 - 14 || sarve te ṣaḍguṇāḥ proktāḥ sarve te purusottamāḥ | pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyasadānandamahodadheḥ || 6 - 15 || ṣaṇṇāṃ yugapadunmeṣo guṇānāṃ [unmeṣāt ṣāḍguṇyaṃ B.] kāryavattayā | yo'bhūtsa vāsudevastu vyūhaḥ prathamakalpitaḥ || 6 - 16 || tasya śāntirahaṃtā tu sāhaṃ śaktiḥ prakīrtitā | śaktikośasthitā devāḥ sūyante [trayaste E.ī.] yatra cintitāḥ || 6 - 17 || aniruddhasya yāhaṃtā ratirityeva saṃjñitā | saiva devī mahālakṣmīrmāyākośaḥ sa ucyate || 6 - 18 || ṭippaṇī - 3 - śaktimāyāprasūtiprakṛtibrahmāṇḍajīvadehākhyeṣu ṣaṭsu kośeṣu śaktikośaḥ śuddhamārgapravartakaḥ | tatraiva saṃkarṣaṇādīnāṃ trayāṇāmāvirbhāvaḥ | 8 - saṃkarṣaṇasya mahiṣī śrīḥ | pradyumnasya sarasvatī | aniruddhasya ratiḥ | vāsudevasya śāntiḥ || 18 - māyākośamārabhyāśuddhasṛṣṭiḥ | p. 24) mūla - mahālakṣmyā ya unmeṣo māyāyā guṇasaṃjñitaḥ | mahākālīmahāvidyādvayaṃ saṃparikīrtyate || 6 - 19 || mahālakṣmī mahāmāyāmahāvidyāmayo mahān | prasūtirnāma kośo me tṛtīyaḥ paripaṭhyate || 6 - 20 || trīṇyatra mithunānyāsan yāni pūrvoditāni te | pradhānaṃ salilīkṛtya yacchete puruṣottamaḥ || 6 - 21 || sā proktā prakṛtiryonirguṇasāmyasvarūpiṇī | viriñco'janayadyadvai pūrvamaṇḍaṃ svamātmani || 6 - 22 || tadeke prakṛtiṃ prāhustattvaśāstraviśāradāḥ | mahadādyaiḥ pṛthivyantairaṇḍaṃ yannirmitaṃ saha || 6 - 23 || tadbrahmāṇḍamiti proktaṃ yatra brahmā virāḍabhūt | aṅgapratyaṅgayuktaṃ yaccharīraṃ jīvināmiha [jīvatāmiha E.] || 6 - 24 || eṣā kośavidhā ṣaṣṭhī kramaśastanutāṃ gatā | avarohāḥ ṣaḍete me pūrṇāyāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 6 - 25 || ādye kośe svayaṃ devastridhaivāhaṃtayā sthitaḥ | pañcasvanyeṣu kośeṣu jīvā nānāvidhāḥ sthitāḥ || 6 - 26 || śubhāśubhavibhāgotthāṃ bhajante vividhāṃ daśām | divyāstisrastrayastāsāṃ [trayastvāsāṃ E.ī.] mithunāni ca yāni tu || 6 - 27 || aṇḍamadhye'vatārāśca tāsāṃ teṣāṃ ca ye smṛtāḥ | svātantryanirmitāstvete [nirmitāste te E.ī.] naiva karmavaśānugāḥ || 6 - 28 || aprākṛtāśca te dehā ubhayeṣāṃ prakīrtitāḥ | anye pañcasu kośeṣu devādyāḥ sthāvarāntimāḥ || 6 - 29 || nānāsthānajuṣo jīvāḥ karmabhiḥ saṃsaranti ye | adhikārakṣayaṃ [adhikāraṃ E.] nītvā śubhapākavaśādime || 6 - 30 || saṃprāpya jñānabhūyastvaṃ yogakṣapitakalmaṣāḥ | ārohanti śanaiḥ kośānārūḍhā na patanti te || 6 - 31 || satyalokātprabhṛtyete yāṃ bhūmimadhirohitāḥ | punaste na nivartante tiṣṭhantyūrdhvaṃ vrajanti vā || 6 - 32 || śakraḥ [śakra uvāca F.] - kṣīrodasaṃbhave devi padmanābhakuṭumbini | jīvaḥ ko nāma tad [taṃ E.] brūhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 6 - 33 || śrīḥ - pūrṇāhaṃtā harerādyā sāhaṃ sarveśvarī parā | tasyāḥ [satyāḥ E] smṛtāścatasro me daśāstridaśapuṃgava || 6 - 34 || pramāteti vidhā tvekā tadantaḥkaraṇaṃ parā | bahiḥ karaṇamanyā ca caturthī bhāvabhūmikā || 6 - 35 || pramātā cetanaḥ prokto matsaṃkocaḥ sa ucyate | ahaṃ hi deśakālādyairaparicchedamīyuṣī || 6 - 36 ||| mūla - mahālakṣmyā rājasatvaṃ prapañcasṛṣṭinidānatvaṃ ca pūrvamuktam | 20 - prasūtikośaḥ rājasyā mahālakṣmyāḥ tāmasyā mahāmāyāyāḥ sāttvikyā mahāvidyāyāśca samavāyarūpaḥ || 21 - trīṇi mithunāni pañcamādhyāye saptamādibhiḥ saptabhiḥ ślokairvarṇitāni | pradhānameva prakṛtikośa ityucyate | etāsāṃ māyāprasūtiprakṛtīnāṃ tamo'vyaktaprakṛtināmabhirupaniṣatsu vyavahāraḥ | 30 - adhikāreti | yāvadadhikāramavasthitirādhikārikāṇām iti bādarāyaṇasūtram | 35 - pramātā jīvaḥ | antaḥkaraṇaṃ manobuddhyahaṃkārarūpeṇa trividham | bahiḥ karaṇaṃ jñānendriya - p. 25) mūla - svātantryādeva saṃkocaṃ bhajāmyajahatī svatām | prathamastatra saṃkocaḥ pramāteti prakīrtyate || 6 - 37 || cidātmani yathā viśvaṃ mayi līnamavasthitam | pramātari tathaivaitaddarpaṇodaraśailavat || 6 - 38 || aikarūpyaṃ dvirūpatvaṃ trirūpatvaṃ caturbhidām | [ṣaṭsaptapañca ā.B.C.] saptapañcakarūpatvaṃ pramātā yatprapadyate || 6 - 39 || prakāśenātmano [ātmanā E.] hyeko grāhyagrāhakatāvaśāt | dvairūpyaṃ tattrirūpatvaṃ jñānākārakriyātmanā || 6 - 40 || saptapañcakarūpatvaṃ tattattattvasthitau sthitam | śakraḥ - [tāni F.] kāni tattvāni padmākṣi kati kīdṛgvidhāni ca || 6 - 41 || etatpṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste sindhusaṃbhave [padma B.] | śrīḥ [śrīruvāca B.] - sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena bhūtāni daśa khāni ca || 6 - 42 || jñānakarmavibhedena trīṇyantaḥkaraṇāni ca | prakṛtiśca prasūtiśca māyā sattvaṃ rajastamaḥ || 6 - 43 || kālaśca niyatiḥ śaktiḥ puruṣaḥ paramaṃ nabhaḥ | bhagavāniti tattvāni sāttvatāḥ samadhīyate || 6 - 44 || śakraḥ - mayā śrutāni tattvāni tvadvaktrasarasīruhāt | vyācakṣvaitāni me devi namaste sarasīruhe || 6 - 45 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpañcarātra ā.E.; śrīpañcarātre ī.] lakṣmītantre ṣaṭkośaprakāśo [ī. omits the title.] nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ || 6 || ṭippaṇī - karmendriyarūpeṇa daśavidham | bhāvabhūmikā prameyaprapañcajātam | 39 - catvāro bhedāḥ jāgradādyavasthāḥ | iti ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ saptamo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ [śrīruvāca B.] - vyācakṣe'haṃ tataḥ [tu te E.ī.] śakra kramaśastattvapaddhatim | śuddhāśuddhavimiśreyaṃ tattvapaddhatirucyate || 7 - 1 || nirambhodāmbarābhāso [ninīṃradā E.ī.] niṣpandodadhisaṃnibhaḥ | svacchasvacchandacaitanyasadānandamahodadhiḥ || 7 - 2 || ākāradeśakālādiparicchedavivarjitaḥ [viśeṣaṇavivarjitaḥ ā.B.C.F.] | bhagavāniti vijñeyaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 7 - 3 || tasyāhaṃtā parā tādṛgbhagavattā sanātanī | nārāyaṇī parā sūkṣmā nirvikalpā nirañjanā || 7 - 4 || jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejomahodadhiḥ | ṣaṇṇāṃ yugapadunmeṣo guṇānāṃ prathamo hi yaḥ || 7 - 5 || bhavadbhāvātmakatvena dvidhā sa vyapadiśyate | bhavaṃstu vāsudevo'tra bhāvo'smin vāsudevatā || 7 - 6 || śāntirnāmnā samākhyātā sāhaṃ devī sanātanī | saṃkarṣaṇādayo vyūhāḥ sāhaṃtāḥ prāṅnirūpitāḥ || 7 - 7 || trayaśca cāturātmyaṃ taccatvāro'mī sureśvara | etāvadbhagavadvācyaṃ nistattvaṃ [tattvataḥ ḍ.E.ī.] tattvamuttamam || 7 - 8 || nabhastu paramaṃ vyoma paramākāśaśabditam | yatra devo [deśe B.F.] mayā sārddhaṃ vibhajyātmānamātmanā || 7 - 9 || krīḍate ramayā viṣṇuḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ | ṣāḍguṇyasya samunmeṣaḥ sa deśaḥ paramāmbaram || 7 - 10 || puruṣo bhoktṛkūṭasthaḥ sarvajñaḥ sarvatomukhaḥ | aṃśataḥ prasarantyasmātsarve jīvāḥ sanātanāḥ || 7 - 11 || [pralaye tvapi yāntyenaṃ ā.; pralaye'pi viśantyenaṃ E.F.ī.] pralaye tvapiyantyenaṃ karmātmāno naraṃ param | iyaṃ mātṛdaśā sā me yā [pūrvameva B.F.] te pūrvaṃ mayoditā || 7 - 12 || mahālakṣmīḥ samākhyātā śaktitattvaṃ manīṣibhiḥ | niyatistu mahāvidyā kālaḥ kālī prakīrtitā || 7 - 13 || sattvaṃ rajastamaśceti guṇatrayamudāhṛtam | sukharūpaṃ smṛtaṃ sattvaṃ svacchaṃ jñānakaraṃ laghu [sura B.] || 7 - 14 || duḥkharūpaṃ rajo jñeyaṃ calaṃ raktaṃ pravartakam | [E. omits three lines from here.] moharūpaṃ tamo jñeyaṃ guru kṛṣṇaṃ niyāmakam || 7 - 15 || māyā caiva prasūtiśca prakṛtiśceti [prakṛtiścaiva B.] vāsava | purastādvyākṛtaṃ tubhyaṃ tadetatprakṛtitrikam || 7 - 16 || ṭippaṇī - pūrvādhyāyoktāni pañcatriṃśat tattvāni vyutkrameṇa nirūpyante | tatrādāvatra bhagavattattvanirūpaṇam | bhagavattattvaṃ ca śāntāvasthaḥ paravāsudevaḥ uditāvasthā vyūhāḥ teṣāmapṛthak siddhā devī ceti | 8 - nistattvam tattvāntarebhyo niṣkrāntam atiśayitamityarthaḥ | tadevāha tattvamuttamamiti | 10 - paravyomnaḥ ṣāḍguṇyasamunmeṣarūpatvakathanenājaḍatvamabhipretam jaḍatvapakṣo'pyasti p. 27) mūla - [ā.B.C.ī. omit this line.] bhūtāni daśasaṃkhyāni tathā khāni trayodaśa | trayoviṃśatirapyete suspaṣṭaṃ vyākṛtā purā [vyākṛtaṃ mayā B.] || 7 - 17 || tadayaṃ mama saṃkocaḥ pramātā śuddhacinmayaḥ | svāntaḥsphuritatattvaughaḥ sthito darpaṇavatsadā || 7 - 18 || cātūrūpyaṃ tu yattasya tadihaikamanāḥ śṛṇu | ādyaṃ śūnyamayo mātā mūrchādau parikīrtitaḥ || 7 - 19 || [B. omits this line.] tataḥ prāṇamayo mātā suṣuptau parikīrtitaḥ | prāṇā eva pratāyante suṣuptau puruṣasya tu || 7 - 20 || mūrchāviṣopaghātādau prāṇo'pi vinivartate | kevalaṃ svātmasattaiva [saṃjñaiva ṅ.] tataḥ śūnyastadā pumān || 7 - 21 || tṛtīyo'ṣṭapurīmātraḥ svapne mātā prakīrtitaḥ | prāṇā bhūtāni karmāṇi karaṇāni trayo guṇāḥ || 7 - 22 || prāgvāsanā avidyā ca liṅgaṃ puryaṣṭakaṃ smṛtam | svapne'ntaḥkaraṇenaiva svairaṃ hi parivartate || 7 - 23 || ceṣṭamānaḥ svadehena dehī jāgraddaśāṃ gataḥ | cātūrūpyamidaṃ puṃsastrairūpyamapi me śṛṇu || 7 - 24 || jñānakriyāsvarūpāṇāṃ saṃkocastrividhastu yaḥ [vidhaḥ smṛtaḥ B.] | tasya taddhi trirūpatvaṃ tasya vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 7 - 25 || māyayā jñānasaṃkoca ānaiśvaryātkriyāvyayaḥ [jñānai ī.] | aśakteraṇutā rūpe tridhaiva vyapadiśyate || 7 - 26 || aṇuḥ kiṃcitkaraścaiva kiṃcijjñaścāyamityuta [ucyate B.ḍ.] | dvairūpyamaikarūpyaṃ ca pūrvameva nirūpitam || 7 - 27 || evaṃ mātṛdaśāme'dya [mātṛdaśāmetya saviśeṣāḥ prakīrtitāḥ ā.B.] saviśeṣā prakīrtitā | āntaḥkaraṇikīṃ caiva daśāṃ śakrādya me śṛṇu || 7 - 28 || svacchandā saṃvidevāhaṃ svataścetanatāṃ gatā | hitvā cetanatāṃ tāṃ cāpyavarūḍhā tataḥ kramāt [padāt E.ī.] || 7 - 29 || caityasaṃkocanī cittamantaḥkaraṇamīritam | manobuddhirahaṃkāra ityetat tritayaṃ ca [tu B.ī.] tat || 7 - 30 || [vikalpo vyavasāyaḥ ā.ī.] vikalpo'dhyavasāyaścāpyabhimānaśca vṛttayaḥ | mano vikalpayatyarthamahaṃkāro'bhimanyate || 7 - 31 || adhyavasyati buddhiśca cetanādhiṣṭhitā sadā | buddhiradhyātmamityuktā nirṇayo'pyadhibhūtakam || 7 - 32 || ṭippaṇī - pareṣām | 11 - bhoktṛkūṭastho jīvasamaṣṭirūpaḥ puruṣo hiraṇyagarbhaḥ | 18 - evaṃ ṣaṣṭhādhyāye 42, 43, 44 - tamaiḥ ślokaiḥ prastutāni pañcatriṃśataṃ tattvāni nirūpya tatraiva 35 - tame śloke prastutā ātmanaścatasro daśā nirūpayati tadayamityārabhya yāvadadhyāyaparisamāpti | 22 - aṣṭapurīmātraḥ | mātraśabdaḥ pramāṇārthakaḥ kevalārthako vā | bāhyaceṣṭārahita ityarthaḥ | aṣṭapuryaścānantaraśloke vakṣyante | 23 - liṅgaṃ sūkṣmaśarīram | 26 - kriyāvyayaḥ abhīpsitakriyākaraṇāsāmarthyam | ānaiśvaryamityatra anīśvarasya bhāva ityarthe pyañi ubhayapadavṛddhiḥ | svarūpasaṃkocenāṇurūpa ityuktyā jīvasya svābhāvikaṃ vibhurūpatvamiti na mantavyam tasyāṇusvarūpatvasyānekapramāṇasiddhatvāt | tasmādatra viśiṣyāṇurūpatvavarṇanamasarvaśaktatvāsarvajñatvādiparaṃ veditavyam | tadevāśakterityanena vivriyate | 28 - pūrvādhyāye antaḥkaraṇadaśā dvitiyā nirdiṣṭā | sātra vivriyate | p. 28) mūla - buddhidarpaṇasaṃlīnaḥ kṣetrajñaścādhidaivatam | ahaṃkṛtistathādhyātmamabhimāno'dhibhūtakam || 7 - 33 || adhidaivamatho rudro mano'dhyātmaṃ prakīrtitam | vikalpo'pyadhibhūtastu candramā adhidaivatam || 7 - 34 || prāṇasaṃrambhasaṃkalpā guṇā eṣāṃ kriyāvidhau | [F. omits this line.] prāṇaḥ prayatna ityuktaḥ saṃrambho garva ucyate || 7 - 35 || [E. ī. omit this line; phalasvatvasvarūpaśca saṃrambho garva ucyate B.] phalasvāmyasvarūpaśca garvaḥ saṃrambhaḥ ucyate | audāsīnyacyutiḥ proktaḥ saṃkalpo mānaso budhaiḥ || 7 - 36 || vyākhyāteyaṃ dvitīyā me hyāntaḥkaraṇikī daśā | pracyavantī tato rūpādāntaḥkaraṇikādaham || 7 - 37 || styānatāṃ kramaśaḥ prāptā bahiṣkaraṇasaṃjñitā | karaṇāni tu bāhyāni vyākhyātāni mayā purā || 7 - 38 || jñānendriyapravṛttau tu mana ādi pravartate | cakṣurālokayatyarthaṃ vikalpayati tanmanaḥ [karmaṇaḥ E.ī.] || 7 - 39 || [ālocana ī.] ālokanavikalpasthamahaṃkāro'bhimanyate | adhyavasya tato buddhiḥ kṣetrajñāya prayacchati || 7 - 40 || karmendriyapravṛttau tu viparyastaḥ kramaḥ smṛtaḥ | saṃkalpādeḥ parācīnā vacanādikriyā yataḥ || 7 - 41 || adhyātmādiviśeṣo'tra sarvaḥ pūrvamudīritaḥ | tṛtīyeyaṃ vidhākhyātā bahiṣkaraṇavartinī || 7 - 42 || caturthīṃ tvamimāṃ koṭiṃ meyarūpāṃ tu me śṛṇu | meyaṃ tu [tad E.] dvividhaṃ tāvadbahirantarvyavasthayā || 7 - 43 || bāhyaṃ tu nīlapītādi sukhaduḥkhādyathāntaram | ābhiścatasṛbhiścāhaṃ vidhābhiḥ styānatāṃ gatā || 7 - 44 || svacittotthavikalpārthaiḥ pratyakṣāpyasmi vismṛtā | sadācāryopadeśena sattarkamanurundhatā || 7 - 45 || nirūpye nipuṇairyatra meye'pyasmi [meyevāsmi ā.B.ḍ.ī.] tadā sphuṭam | vilāpya sakalaṃ bhāvaṃ cetyarūpamimaṃ tathā || 7 - 46 || svacchandā pūrṇacidrūpā prakāśe'haṃ tadā svayam | svacchā svacchatarā sāhaṃ tataḥ karaṇasaṃjñitā || 7 - 47 || tato mātaryatisvacchā sphurāmi svacchacinmayī | ārohamavarohaṃ ca bhāvayanmāmakāvubhau | maccitto madgataprāṇo madbhāvāyopapadyate || 7 - 48 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [pañcarātra ā.; pāñcarātre ī.; pañcarātre sāre B.E.F.] lakṣmītantre pramātṛkaraṇaprakāśo [ā.B.C.ḍ.F.ī. omit the title; śuddhamiśratattvanirūpaṇaṃ ṅ.] nāma saptamo'dhyāyaḥ || 7 || ṭippaṇī - 30 - caityam cito bhāvaḥ caitanyamityarthaḥ | 31 - vikalpaḥ vividhaḥ kalpaḥ anirṇayātmakaṃ jñānam | abhimanyate svakīyatvena budhyate | 32 - adhyavasyati niścinoti | 40 - adhyavasya adhyavasāya adhyavasāyaṃ kṛtvetyarthaḥ | 41 - parācīnā paścādbhavā | 43 - meyeti | idameva bhāvabhūmiketi pūrvaṃ nirdiṣṭam | 46 - cetyam meyam | iti saptamo'dhyāyaḥ aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namaste sindhusaṃbhūte namaste padmasaṃbhave | namaḥ saroruhāvāse nārāyaṇakuṭumbini || 8 - 1 || avatārāstu ye proktāstvadīyāḥ kośapañcake | [tanme ā.] tānme vistarataḥ padme pṛcchate vaktumarhasi || 8 - 2 || kimarthāḥ kiṃprakārāste kiyantaḥ kiṃsvarūpakāḥ | tattvaṃ kathaya me devi sarvajñā hyasi śāśvatī || 8 - 3 || śrīḥ - ataraṅgamanirdeśyamaprakampyamanūpamam [arūpakam E.ī.] | [aprakāśa C.] aprakāramasaṃbhedyamavikalpamanākulam [avikāramanākulam B.] || 8 - 4 || ekaṃ nārāyaṇaṃ brahma śūnyaṃ śuddhaṃ nirāmayam | [B. omits 8 lines from here.] yadidaṃ dṛśyate kiṃcicchrūyate vānumīyate || 8 - 5 || pramāṇatrayasaṃbodhyaṃ [saṃbhedyaṃ ā.C.ī.] bhāvābhāvasvalakṣaṇam | carācaramaṇu sthūlaṃ cetanācetanaṃ jagat || 8 - 6 || tadidaṃ sakalaṃ brahma nārāyaṇamanuttaram [ahaṃ bhavat ā.F.; anuttamam E.ī.] | [F. omits 4 lines from here.] avidyāvidhurānandasvacchasvacchandacidghanam || 8 - 7 || bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ divyamadhvanaḥ pāramuttamam | śaktimacchaktibhāvena tad dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate || 8 - 8 || śaktimattat paraṃ brahma nārāyaṇamahaṃ bhavat | śaktirnārāyaṇī sāhamahaṃtā bhāvarūpiṇī || 8 - 9 || sa pradeśo na tasyāsti yena bhūtaṃ mayā vinā | sa pradeśo na me kaścidvinā tadyena bhūyate || 8 - 10 || ekadhā ca [tat B.] dvidhā caiva taistaistattvābdhipāragaiḥ | vyapadiśyāvahe śāstraistāvāvāṃ sarvakāraṇam || 8 - 11 || bhāvottarā kvacitsṛṣṭiḥ kvacitsā bhavaduttarā | bhavadbhāvottarā kvāpi vidvāṃstatra na muhyati || 8 - 12 || eka evāvatīrṇo hi devānāṃ kāryavattayā | nārāyaṇo yadā sāhaṃ tatra tadbhāvabhāvinī || 8 - 13 || ekaiva cāvatīrṇāhaṃ yadā devahitepsayā | ahaṃtāyāṃ mayi vyaktaḥ sa devo'haṃpadārthavān || 8 - 14 || avatīrṇau yadā tulyaṃ devakāryacikīrṣayā | anyonyayoḥ sthitāvāvāṃ bhavadbhāvātmakau dvayoḥ [dvayau ā.B.C.ḍ.] || 8 - 15 || ṭippaṇī - 2 - prathamaḥ śaktikośo bhagavataḥ pararūpasya caturvyūhānāṃ ca saṃbaddha iti suviditamiti kṛtvā tamupekṣya māyādipañcakośaviṣayaḥ praśnaḥ kriyate'tra kośapañcaka iti | 4 - prasaṅgādbhagavataḥ pararūpasya śaktikośāvasthitimāha ataraṅgamityādi | atra ṣaṣṭhādhyāyasaptadaśaślokoktamanusaṃdheyam | 5 - nārāyaṇa ityākhyātaṃ nārāyaṇam | 6 - pramāṇatraya pratyakṣānumānaśabdāḥ | 9 - aham ahaṃpratītiviṣayaḥ | 10 - vinā tat tat brahma vinetyarthaḥ | 17 - māyā - p. 30) mūla - itthaṃ vyavasthite tattve hyavatāragatiṃ śṛṇu | aniruddho vibhurdevo [abhavaddevaḥ ā.B.C.] devadevaḥ sanātanaḥ || 8 - 16 || mahāvidyāsamudbhūtastadāhamapi vāsava | matta eva mahālakṣmyā abhūvaṃ kamalākhyayā || 8 - 17 || tāvimau dampatī divyau pitarau jagatāṃ matau | padmanābhāvatāre tu tāvetau dvāvayonijau || 8 - 18 || nārāyaṇāvatāro yaḥ śaktīśo nāma nāmataḥ | prakārā bahavastasya sarvatrāhamanuvratā || 8 - 19 || ekadhā dvicaturdhā [ca caturdhā B.E.ī.] ca ṣoḍhā caiva tathāṣṭadhā | punardvādaśadhā caiva [ceti E.] tatra nāmāni me śṛṇu || 8 - 20 || śrīrnāma dvibhujasyāhamaṅkasthā [dvibhujā sāhaṃ ā.; dvibhujāsyāhaṃ ḍ.] varavarṇinī | tasyaivobhayatorūpe śrīśca puṣṭiśca vāsava || 8 - 21 || caturdiśaṃ tu tasyaiva śrīḥ kīrtiśca jayā tathā | māyeti kṛtvā rūpāṇi bhujye'haṃ [bhuñje'haṃ E.] tena viṣṇunā || 8 - 22 || tasyaiva koṇaṣaṭkasthā ṣoḍhāhaṃ śṛṇu nāma ca | śuddhirnirañjanā nityā jñānaśaktiśca vāsava || 8 - 23 || tathā parājitā caiva ṣaṣṭhī tu prakṛtiḥ parā | tasyaiva cāṣṭadhā dikṣu sāhaṃ rūpairvyavasthitā || 8 - 24 || lakṣmīḥ sarasvatī sarvakāmadā prītivardhanī | yaśaskarī śāntidā ca tuṣṭidā puṣṭiraṣṭamī || 8 - 25 || [koṇaṣaṭke tu B.; koṇaṣaṭke tu tasyaiva ṣaḍbhujasyāhamaṣṭadhā F.] koṇadviṣaṭke tasyaiva sthitā dvādaśadhāsmyaham [hyaham B.] | śrīśca kāmeśvarī kāntiḥ [śāntiḥ ā.; kīrtiḥ F.] kriyāśaktivibhūtayaḥ || 8 - 26 || icchā prītī ratiścaiva māyā dhīrmahimeti ca | evaṃ caturbhujasyāpi ṣoḍhāhaṃ kramaśaḥ sthitā [tathā E.] || 8 - 27 || tasyaiva ṣaḍbhujasyāhamaṣṭabāhośca [ṣaḍbhujasyaivaṃ B.E.] vāsava | dviṣaḍbāhostathā sāhaṃ dvisaptakabhujasya ca || 8 - 28 || tathā ṣoḍaśahastasya bhujadvinavakasya ca | vibhajya bahudhātmānamiyadbhedā vyavasthitā || 8 - 29 || avatāro hi yo viṣṇoḥ sindhuśāyīti saṃjñitaḥ | sthitāhaṃ paritastasya caturdhā rūpameyuṣī || 8 - 30 || lakṣmīrnidrā tathā prītirvidyā ceti vibhedinī | avatāro hi yo viṣṇoḥ śrīpatirnāma [śaktīśo ā.] nāmataḥ || 8 - 31 || śrīrityevākhyayā tatra tasyāhaṃ vāmataḥ sthitā | avatāro hi yo viṣṇornāmataḥ parijātajit || 8 - 32 || [tadānandakarā ā.ṅ.] tadaṃsasthakarā tasya vāmotsaṅge hareḥ sthitā | avatāro hi yo viṣṇornāmnā mīnadharaḥ śubhaḥ || 8 - 33 || [anugrahakramāttatra ā.B.ḍ.] anubhramāmi taṃ tatra sāhaṃ naurūpadhāriṇī | traivikramodayo viṣṇoravatāraḥ paraḥ smṛtaḥ || 8 - 34 || āhlādajananī gaṅgā tatpādātprabhavāmyaham | anantaśayano nāma yo'vatāro hareraham || 8 - 35 || ṭippaṇī - kośāvatāramāha - matta eva mahālakṣmyā iti | atra ṣaṣṭhādhyāyāṣṭādaśaślokoktamanusaṃdheyam | 18 - prasūtikośāvatāramāha padmanābhāvatara ityādinā | mahālakṣmīmahāvidyāmahāmāyānāmavatāro'tra ṣaṣṭhādhyāye viṃśaśloke pūrvamuktaḥ 30 - prakṛtikośāvatāramāha sindhuśāyīti | atra p. 31) mūla - sthitā caturdiśaṃ tasya cāturātmyamupeyuṣī | lakṣmīścintā tathā nidrā puṣṭiścetyākhyayā yutā || 8 - 36 || ityeṣu saha siddhāhamavatīrṇāṇḍamadhyataḥ | [ā.B.C.ḍ.F. omit six lines from here.] avatārāḥ pṛthagbhūtā yadā brahmāṇḍamadhyataḥ || 8 - 37 || anuvratā tathaivāhamavatīrṇā pṛthak pṛthak | avatāro hi yo nāma varāho vedaviśrutaḥ || 8 - 38 || tadāhamapi bhūrnāma pṛthagbhūtā bhajāmyaham | avatāro hi yo nāma dharmo viṣṇuḥ purātanaḥ || 8 - 39 || tadāhaṃ bhārgavī nāma khyātijā śrīḥ prakīrtitā | avatāro hi yo nāma dattātreyo'trinandanaḥ || 8 - 40 || tadā hi tasya bhogāya saraso'haṃ [sarasāhaṃ F.] samutthitā [saraḥsthitā B.] | avatāro hi yo nāma vāmano vaiṣṇavaḥ śubhaḥ || 8 - 41 || padmādahaṃ samutpannā tadā padmeti viśrutā | avatāro yadā viṣṇorbhārgavo rāmasaṃjñitaḥ || 8 - 42 || tadāhaṃ dharaṇī nāma śaktirāsamayonijā | avatāro hi yo nāma rāmo dāśarathiḥ śubhaḥ || 8 - 43 || jātā janakayajñe'haṃ kṣetrāddhalamukhakṣatāt | nāmnā sīteti vikhyātā daśānanavināśanī || 8 - 44 || avatāro hi yo viṣṇoścaturdhā saṃbhaviṣyati | madhurāyāmahaṃ vyaktiṃ caturdhaiṣyāmi vai tathā || 8 - 45 || revatī rukmiṇī caiva ratirnāmnā tathā hyuṣā | avatārāntaraṃ yattu mohanaṃ buddhasaṃjñakam || 8 - 46 || tārāhaṃ tatra nāmnā vai dhārā [dharā B. E.; dārā ṅ.] caiva prakīrtitā | dhruvādayo'vatārā ye kevalā vaiṣṇavāḥ smṛtāḥ || 8 - 47 || tattaccharīrabhūtāhaṃ teṣāṃ bhogyā vyavasthitā | yattu me mohanaṃ [tanmohanaṃ ḍ. E.; tanmohinī F.] rūpaṃ śrūyate'mṛtadhārakam || 8 - 48 || bhavadbhāvau tadā tatra rūpe tulyopalakṣitau | devaiḥ puruṣarūpeṇa strīrūpeṇa tathetaraiḥ || 8 - 49 || saha siddhaṃ pṛthaksiddhamityetajjanma [mayītyetajjanma me mahadbhutam ā.ṅ.] me'dbhutam | kīrtitaṃ tava deveśa kevalaṃ janma me śṛṇu || 8 - 50 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpañcarātra ā.; śrīpañcarātre E.ī.] lakṣmītantre lakṣmyavatāraprakāśo [E.ī. omit the title.] nāmāṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ || 8 || ṭippaṇī - pañcamādhyāyaikaviṃśaślokoktamanusaṃdheyam | 33 - brahmāṇḍakośāvatāramāha - nāmnā mīnadhara ityādi | 47 - jīvadehakośāvatāramāha dhruvādaya iti | ityaṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ navamo'dhyāyaḥ mūla [śrīruvāca B.] - ahaṃ nārāyaṇī devī nārāyaṇamanuvratā | jñānānandakriyātmānaṃ jñānānandakriyāmayī || 9 - 1 || [tasya ā.B.ḍ.] tasyā me na vinābhāvastena vā tasya vā mayā | [kartuṃ hi E.F.] prakartuṃ śakyate kāle kasmiṃściddeśa eva vā || 9 - 2 || tattatkāryavaśāccaivānyadbhūtādbhutarūpakau | ātmayogabalāttau svaḥ [tu ī.] sahaiva ca vinaiva ca || 9 - 3 || brahmādirdattavān yādṛktapoyogabalātkṛtaḥ | daityādibhyo jagaddhvaṃsakarebhyo varamuttamam || 9 - 4 || tādṛśaṃ tādṛśaṃ rūpamāsthāyāvāṃ sanātanau | tattatpriticikīrṣāyai carāvo devakāryataḥ || 9 - 5 || māyayā bhāvamācchādya paramārthaṃ svatejasā | ahamevāvatīrṇā hi tattaddhvaṃsijighāṃsayā || 9 - 6 || ādau devī mahālakṣmīḥ smṛtāhaṃ parameśvarī | abhūvaṃ ca punardvedhā kṛṣṇā brāhmīti rūpataḥ || 9 - 7 || guṇatrayavibhāgena rūpametatparaṃ mama | mahālakṣmīrahaṃ śakra punaḥ svāyaṃbhuve'ntare || 9 - 8 || hitāya sarvalokānāṃ [devānāṃ ā.B.ḍ.F.ṅ.] jātā mahiṣamardanī | madīyā śaktileśā ye tattaddevaśarīragāḥ || 9 - 9 || saṃbhūya te mamābhūvan rūpaṃ paramaśobhanam | āyudhāni ca devānāṃ yāni yāni sureśvara || 9 - 10 || tacchaktayastadākārā āyudhāni mamābhavan | abhiṣṭutā suraiḥ sāhaṃ mahiṣaṃ jaghnuṣī kṣaṇāt || 9 - 11 || mahiṣāntakarīsūktaṃ sarvasiddhipradaṃ tadā [tathā ā.B.ī.] | devyā yayādikaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ sendrairdevaiḥ saharṣibhiḥ || 9 - 12 || [utpattiḥ E.ī.] utpattiṃ yuddhavikrāntiṃ [vikrāntiḥ E.ī.] stotraṃ ceti sureśvara | kathayanti suvistīrṇaṃ brāhmaṇā vedapāragāḥ || 9 - 13 || [ā.B.C.ḍ. omit this line.] evaṃ prabhāvāṃ devīṃ tāṃ stuvan dhyāyannamannapi | labhate ca phalaṃ śaśvadādhipatyamanaśvaram || 9 - 14 || yoganidrā hareruktā yā sā devī duratyayā | [mahākālyāstanuṃ B.C.E.ī.] mahākālītanuṃ viddhi tāṃ māṃ devīṃ sanātanīm || 9 - 15 || madhukaiṭabhanāśe hi mohitau tau [ca ā.B.ḍ.] tayā tadā | jaghnāte varalābhena devadevena viṣṇunā || 9 - 16 || viśveśvaryādikaṃ sūktaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ tad brahmaṇā sadā [purā ṅ.] | stutaye yoganidrāyā mama devyāḥ puraṃdara || 9 - 17 || eṣā sā vaiṣṇavī māyā mahākālī duratyayā | stutyā vaśīkṛtā kuryādvaśe stotuścarācaram || 9 - 18 || ṭippaṇī - 12 - idaṃ ca sūktaṃ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe devīmāhātmye caturthādhyāye paṭhitaṃ draṣṭavyam | 13 - idaṃ copākhyānaṃ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe devīmāhātmye prathamādhyāye paṭhitam | p. 33) mūla- asyā devyāḥ samutpattiścaritaṃ stotramityapi | hitāya sarvabhūtānāṃ dhāryante [dhyāyante ḍ.E.] brahmavādibhiḥ || 9 - 19 || [tāpase ā.B.C.] tāmase tvantare śakra mahāvidyā hi yā [bhidhā B.ī.] parā | gaurīdehātsamudbhūtā kauśikīti tadā hyaham [tadāpyaham C.] || 9 - 20 || vadhāya duṣṭadaityānāṃ tathā [tadā ā.B.C.] sumbhanisumbhayoḥ | rakṣaṇāya ca lokānāṃ devānāmupakāriṇī || 9 - 21 || madīyāḥ śaktayo yāstā devaśreṣṭhaśarīragāḥ | tāstāstadrūpadhāriṇyaḥ sāhāyyaṃ [sahāyaṃ ā.ḍ.] vidadhurhi me || 9 - 22 || tābhirnihatya daityendrān hantavyā ye tathā tathā | saṃhṛtyātmani tāḥ sarvā madīyā vipruṣo'khilāḥ || 9 - 23 || ahaṃ nijaghnuṣī paścāttayoḥ sumbhanisumbhayoḥ | devi prapannātihare prasīdetyādikaṃ tathā || 9 - 24 || nārāyaṇīstutirnāma sūktaṃ paramaśobhanam | stutayo me [sadā E.] tadā dṛṣṭā devairvahnipurogamaiḥ || 9 - 25 || eṣā saṃpūjitā bhaktyā sarvajñatvaṃ prayacchati | kauśikī sarvadeveśa [deveśā ā.B.ṅ.] bahukāmapradā hyaham || 9 - 26 || utpattiryuddhavikrāntiḥ stutiśceti purātanaiḥ | paṭhyate [pāṭhyate F.] tritayaṃ viprairvedavedāṅgapāragaiḥ [vedāntapāragaiḥ E.] || 9 - 27 || vaivasvate'ntare caitau [śakra B.] punaḥ sumbhanisumbhakau | utpatsyete varonmattau devopadravakāriṇau || 9 - 28 || nandagopakule jātā yaśodāgarbhasaṃbhavā | tāvahaṃ nāśayiṣyāmi sunandā [sunandyā E.] vindhyavāsinī || 9 - 29 || punaścāpyatiraudreṇa rūpeṇa pṛthivītale | avatīrya haniṣyāmi vaipracittān mahāsurān || 9 - 30 || [B. omits this line; bhakṣayantyāgatānugrān F.] bhakṣayantyāśca tānugrān vaipracittān mahāsurān | raktā dantā bhaviṣyanti dāḍimīkusumopamāḥ || 9 - 31 || tato māṃ devatāḥ sarve martyaloke ca mānavāḥ | stuvanto vyāhariṣyanti satataṃ raktadantikām [ratna ā.C.] || 9 - 32 || tasminnevāntare śakra catvāriṃśattame yuge | sarvataḥ śatavārṣikyāmanāvṛṣṭyāmanambhasi || 9 - 33 || munibhiḥ saṃsmṛtā bhūmau saṃbhaviṣyāmyayonijā | tataḥ śatena netrāṇāṃ nirīkṣiṣyāmyahaṃ munīn [nirīkṣiṣyāmi yanmunīn E.] || 9 - 34 || kīrtayiṣyanti māṃ śakra śatākṣīmiti mānavāḥ | tadāhamakhilaṃ lokamātmadehasamudbhavaiḥ || 9 - 35 || bhariṣyāmi śubhaiḥ śākairāviṣṭaiḥ prāṇadhārakaiḥ [dhāraṇaiḥ ḍ.] | śākaṃbharīti māṃ devāstadā stoṣyanti vāsava || 9 - 36 || tatraiva ca haniṣyāmi durgamākhyaṃ mahāsuram | durgādevīti vikhyātiṃ tato yāsyāmyahaṃ bhuvi || 9 - 37 || śākaṃbharīṃ stuvan dhyāyan [tu saṃdhyāyāṃ B.] śakra saṃpūjayannaman | [akṣayā ā.B.C.] akṣayyāmaśnute śīghramannapānodbhavāṃ ratim || 9 - 38 || caturyuge ca pañcāśattame munibhirarthitā | sundaraṃ cātibhīmaṃ ca rūpaṃ kṛtvā himācale || 9 - 39 || rakṣāṃsi bhakṣayiṣyāmi munīnāṃ trāṇakāraṇāt | tato māṃ munayaḥ sarve stoṣyantyānamramūrtayaḥ || 9 - 40 || ṭippaṇī - 24 - nārāyaṇīstutiḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe devīmāhātmye ekādaśādhyāye paṭhitā | 28 - 43 - sunandā raktadantikā śatākṣī śākaṃbharī durgā bhīmā bhrāmarīṇāmupākhyānāni mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe devīmāhātmye ekādaśādhyāye draṣṭavyāni | mūla - p. 34) bhīme devi prasīdeti bhīmāmabhayadāyinim | yuge ṣaṣṭitame kaścidaruṇo nāma dānavaḥ || 9 - 41 || manujānāṃ munīnāṃ ca mahābādhāṃ kariṣyati | tatrāhaṃ bhrāmaraṃ [bhramaraṃ E.F.] rūpaṃ kṛtvāsaṃkhyeyaṣaṭpadā || 9 - 42 || trailokyasya hitārthāya badhiṣyāmi mahāsuram | bhrāmarīti ca māṃ lokāstadā stoṣyanti sarvadā [saṃyatāḥ ā.] || 9 - 43 || itthaṃ yadā yadā bādhā dānavotthā bhaviṣyati | tadā tadāvatīryāhaṃ haniṣyāmi mahāsurān || 9 - 44 || amī te leśataḥ śakra darśitāḥ paramādbhutāḥ | avatārā nirātaṅkā madīyāḥ kevalāhvayāḥ || 9 - 45 || eteṣāṃ paramā proktā kūṭasthā sā mahīyasī | mahālakṣmīrmahābhāgā prakṛtiḥ parameśvarī || 9 - 46 || amuṣyāḥ stutaye dṛṣṭaṃ brahmādyaiḥ sakalaiḥ suraiḥ | namo devyādikaṃ sūktaṃ sarvakāmapradaṃ varam [param B.] || 9 - 47 || imāṃ devīṃ stuvannityaṃ stotreṇānena māmiha | [B.F. omit this line.] kleśānatītya sakalānaiśvaryaṃ mahadaśnute || 9 - 48 || amuṣyāḥ sāvatārāyā mahālakṣmyā mamānagha | janmāni caritaiḥ sārdhaṃ stotrairvaibhavavādibhiḥ [kāribhiḥ E.] || 9 - 49 || kathitāni purā śakra vasiṣṭhena mahātmanā | svārociṣe'ntare rājñe surathāya mahātmane || 9 - 50 || samādhaye ca vaiśyāya [vaśyāya B.] praṇatāyāvasīdate | bhaktiśraddhāvatā nityaṃ vasiṣṭhena kṛteti me || 9 - 51 || hṛdi sthitā sadā seyaṃ janmakarmāvalistutiḥ | etāṃ dvijamukhācchrutvā hyadhīyāno naraḥ sadā || 9 - 52 || [C. omits this line.] vidhūya nikhilāṃ māyāṃ samyagjñānaṃ samaśnute | [sarva E.ī.] sarvāṃ saṃpadamāpnoti dhunoti sakalāpadaḥ || 9 - 53 || mama prabhāvāt saubhāgyaṃ kīrtiṃ caiva samaśnute | [kevalāḥ kathayantyete ā.B.C.] kevalā api yadyete madīyā viṣṇunā vinā || 9 - 54 || na me'sti saṃbhavaḥ so'yamahaṃbhūtaḥ sthito'tra tu | anyonyenāvinābhāvādanyonyena samanvayāt || 9 - 55 || [mayyevaṃ vartate devaḥ E.] mayyayaṃ devadeveśastatrāhaṃ ca sanātanī | ityete leśataḥ śakra darśitāḥ saprakārakāḥ || 9 - 56 || avatārā madīyāste saṃbhūtāḥ kośapañcake | śuddhe kośe samudbhūtā bhavadbhāvātmakāḥ pare [bhāvātmakātmake ā.B.C.] || 9 - 57 || tatrāpyeṣā sthitirjñeyā viṣṇormama saha sthitiḥ | evaṃ prakārāṃ [prakāraṃ E.F.] māṃ jñātvā pratyakṣāṃ sarvasaṃmatām || 9 - 58 || upāyairvividhaiḥ śaśvadupāsya bahudhātmikām [vividhā B.] | kleśakarmāśayātīto madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 9 - 59 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [śrīpañcarātra ā.; pāñcarātra B.; śrīpāñcarātre ī.] lakṣmītantre kevalāvatāraprakāśo [bhagavadavinābhāvakathanaṃ nāma ā.ṅ.; ī. omits the title.] nāma navamo'dhyāyaḥ || 9 || ṭippaṇī - 47 - idaṃ ca mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe devīmāhātmye pañcamādhyāye paṭhitam | 50 - idaṃ copākhyānaṃ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe devīmāhātmye prathamādhyāye dṛśyate | iti navamo'dhyāyaḥ daśamo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śakraḥ - kṣīrodamathanāyāsaphalarūpe madhudviṣaḥ | namaścandrasahodaryai namaste'mṛtayonaye || 10 - 1 || bhāvottarāḥ prakārāste śrutāstvadvaktrapaṅkajāt | idānīṃ śrotumicchāmi prakārān bhavaduttarān || 10 - 2 || vaiṣṇavā avatārāste kiṃrūpāḥ kati [kathitā budhaiḥ E.] vāmbuje | etatpṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste paṅkajāsane || 10 - 3 || śrīḥ - [ahaṃ te B.C.] hanta te śakra vakṣyāmi prakārān bhavaduttarān | vaiṣṇavā avatārāste yāvanto yadvidhāśca te || 10 - 4 || ṣāḍguṇyamamalaṃ brahma nirdoṣamajaraṃ dhruvam | sarvaśakti nirātaṅkaṃ nirālambanabhāvanam || 10 - 5 || tadunmiṣati vai pūrvaṃ śaktimacchaktibhāvataḥ | nārāyaṇaḥ paro devaḥ saṃsthitaḥ śaktimattayā || 10 - 6 || sthirā śaktirahaṃ tasya sarvakāryakarī vibhoḥ | tāvāvāṃ jagato'rthāya bahudhā vikriyāvahe || 10 - 7 || yathāhamāsthitā bhedaistathā te kathitaṃ purā | vikārānavikārasya viṣṇoḥ śṛṇu mayoditān || 10 - 8 || aprākṛtānanaupamyānacintyamahimojjvalān | svāṃ śaktiṃ māmadhiṣṭhāya prakṛtiṃ paramādbhutām || 10 - 9 || trairūpyeṇa jagannāthaḥ samudeti jagaddhite | ādyena pararūpeṇa vyūharūpeṇa cāpyatha || 10 - 10 || tathā vibhavarūpeṇa nānābhāvamupeyuṣā | vyāpako bhagavān devo bhaktānugrahakāmyayā || 10 - 11 || anaupamyamanirdaśyaṃ vapuḥ [punaḥ ā.B.ṅ.ī.] sa bhajate param | viśvāpyāyanakaṃ [karaṃ E.ī.] kāntyā pūrṇendvayutatulyayā || 10 - 12 || varadābhayahastaṃ ca dvibhujaṃ padmalocanam | rekhāmayena cakreṇa śaṅkhena ca karadvaye || 10 - 13 || aṅkitaṃ nirvikārāṅghristhitaṃ paramaśobhanam | anyūnānatiriktaiḥ svairguṇaiḥ ṣaḍbhiralaṃkṛtam || 10 - 14 || samaṃ samavibhaktāṅgaṃ sarvāvayavasundaram | pūrṇamābharaṇaiḥ śubhraiḥ sudhākallolasaṃkulaiḥ || 10 - 15 || raśmibhūtairamūrtaiḥ ravairacyutādyairavicyutam | ekā mūrtiriyaṃ divyā parākhyā vaiṣṇavī parā || 10 - 16 || yogasiddhā bhajantyenāṃ hṛdi turyapadāśritām [śrayām E.F.] | atha vyūhasvarūpaṃ te dvitīyaṃ varṇayāmyaham || 10 - 17 || vyūhyātmānaṃ caturdhā svaṃ devaḥ prāgādibhedataḥ [bhedinaḥ ā.] | vāsudevādibhedena sauṣuptādhvani [suṣuptyadhvani B.; suṣuptātmani E.] tiṣṭhati || 10 - 18 || saṃsthānamādimūrtervai [ā, B, C: sṛṣṭyādisaṃsthā mūrtirvai] sarveṣāṃ tu samaṃ smṛtam | ṣaḍguṇaṃ prathamaṃ rūpaṃ dvandvairjñānādisaṃbhavaiḥ || 10 - 19 || itarāṇi svarūpāṇi kathitāni mayā purā [E: punaḥ] | vahnyarkendusahasrābhamānandāspandalakṣaṇam [E, F: ānandaspandalakṣaṇam] || 10 - 20 || bījaṃ sarvakriyāṇāṃ tadvikalpānāṃ tadāspadam | sauṣuptaṃ cāturātmyaṃ tatprathamaṃ viddhi vāsava || 10 - 21 || p. 36) atha svāpre pade'pyevaṃ vibhajyātmānamātmanā | devaḥ prāgādibhedena vāsudevādirūpataḥ || 10 - 22 || samāsavyāsabhedena guṇānāṃ puruṣottamaḥ | sitaraktasuvarṇābhrasadṛśaiḥ paramādbhutaiḥ || 10 - 23 || ādimūtisamaiḥ [B: samo] rūpaiścaturdhā vyavatiṣṭhate [ā, B, C, F: hyava] | kaivalyabhogaphaladaṃ bhavabījakṣayaṃkaram || 10 - 24 || cāturātmyaṃ dvitīyaṃ tat sudhāsaṃdohasundaram | atha jāgratpade devaḥ sitaraktādibhedataḥ [ṅ: bheditaiḥ] || 10 - 25 || caturbhujairudārāṅgaiḥ śaṅkhacakrādicihnitaiḥ | nānādhvajavicitrāṅgairvāsudevādisaṃjñitaiḥ || 10 - 26 || vyūhaiḥ svaṃ [E, ī: svayaṃ vibhajya] pravibhajyāste vibhurnāma svalīlayā | tatrādyaṃ bhagavadrūpaṃ himakundendukāntimat || 10 - 27 || caturbhujaṃ saumyavaktraṃ puṇḍarīkanibhekṣaṇam | pītakauśeyavasanaṃ suparṇadhvajabhūṣitam || 10 - 28 || mukhyadakṣiṇahastena bhītānāmabhayapradam | tathā vidhena vāmena dadhānaṃ śaṅkhamuttamam || 10 - 29 || apareṇa dadhānaṃ ca dakṣiṇena sudarśanam | vāmena ca gadāṃ gurvīṃ niṣaṇṇāṃ vasudhātale || 10 - 30 || saṃcintayet puro bhāge vāsudevamitīdṛśam | sindūraśikharākāraṃ saumyavaktraṃ caturbhujam || 10 - 31 || atasīpuṣpasaṃkāśavasanaṃ tālalāñchitam [F: lāñchanaṃ] | mukhyena pāṇiyugmena tulyamādyasya vai vibhoḥ || 10 - 32 || sīraṃ taccakrahaste'sya musalaṃ tu gadākare [E: gadāṃ] | dakṣiṇe cintayedbhāge saṃkarṣaṇamitīdṛśam || 10 - 33 || prāvṛṇniśāsamuditakhadyotanicayaprabham | raktakauśeyavasanaṃ makaradhvajaśobhitam || 10 - 34 || saumyavaktraṃ caturbāhuṃ tṛtīyaṃ parameśvaram | mukhyahastadvayaṃ cāsya prāgvattulyaṃ mahāmate || 10 - 35 || vāme'parasmin śārṅgaṃ ca dakṣiṇe bāṇapañcakam | apare cintayedbhāge pradyamnamiti kīrtitam || 10 - 36 || añjanādripratīkāśaṃ supītāmbaraveṣṭitam [B, E, ī: susitāmbara] | caturbhujaṃ viśālākṣaṃ mṛgalāñchanabhūṣitam || 10 - 37 || ādivat pāṇiyugalamādyamasya [F: ādyaṃ tasya] vicintayet | dakṣiṇādikrameṇātha dvābhyāṃ vai khaḍgakheṭakau || 10 - 38 || dadhānamaniruddhaṃ tu saumyabhāge vicintayet | vanamālādharāḥ sarve śrīvatsakṛtalakṣaṇāḥ [E: lāñchanāḥ] || 10 - 39 || śobhitāḥ kaustubhenaiva ratnarājena vakṣasi | jāgratpade sthitaṃ devaṃ cāturātmyamanuttamam || 10 - 40 || sthityutpattipralayakṛtsarvopakaraṇānvitam | divyaṃ taccintayedyasya [ā, B: cintayettasya] viśvaṃ tiṣṭhati śāsane || 10 - 41 || trividhaṃ cāturātmyaṃ tu suṣuptyādipadatrike | suvyaktaṃ tatpade turye guṇalakṣyaṃ paraṃ sthitam || 10 - 42 || jñānakriyādibhirviṣṇorlokānanusisṛkṣataḥ | vyūhasaṃjñamidaṃ rūpaṃ dvitīyaṃ kathitaṃ mayā || 10 - 43 || tṛtīyaṃ vibhavākhyaṃ tu [F: taṃ] viśvamandiramadhyagam | nānākārakriyākartṛ rūpaṃ viṣṇorniśāmaya || 10 - 44 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B, E: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre paravyūhaprakāśo nāma daśamo'dhyāyaḥ || 10 || ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śrī [B: śrīruvāca] - nirdoṣo niradhiṣṭheyo [E, ī: niraniṣṭo] niravadyaḥ sanātanaḥ | viṣṇurnārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān [E, ī: śrīśaḥ] paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 11 - 1 || ṣāḍguṇyavigraho nityaṃ [E: nityaḥ] paraṃ brahmākṣaraṃ param | tasya māṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ nityaṃ taddharmadharmiṇīm || 11 - 2 || sarvabhāvānugāṃ viddhi nirdoṣāmanapāyinīm | sarvakāryakarī sāhaṃ viṣṇoravyayarūpiṇaḥ || 11 - 3 || śuddhāśuddhamayairbhāvairvitatyātmānamātmanā | paravyūhādisaṃbhedaṃ vyūhayantī hareḥ sadā || 11 - 4 || śuddhaṣāḍguṇyamādāya kalpayantī tathā tathā | tena [E: tenāpi vividhaṃ] nānāvidhaṃ rūpaṃ vyūhādyucitamañjasā [E: vyūhādyañcita] || 11 - 5 || unmeṣayāmi devasya prakāraṃ bhavaduttaram | vyāpārastasya devasya sāhamasmi na saṃśayaḥ || 11 - 6 || mayā kṛtaṃ hi yat karma tena tat kṛtamucyate | ahaṃ hi tasya devasya smṛtā vyāpriyamāṇatā [ā, ī: vyākriya] || 11 - 7 || iti śakra [ā, ī: kṛtvā] paraṃ rūpaṃ vyūharūpaṃ ca darśitam | tṛtīyaṃ vibhavākhyaṃ tu rūpamadya niśāmaya || 11 - 8 || turyādijāgradantaṃ yat proktaṃ padacatuṣṭayam | vāsudevādinā vyāptamaniruddhāntimena tu || 11 - 9 || tatra tatra pade caiva cāturātmyaṃ tathā tathā | avyaktavyaktarūpaiḥ svairuditaṃ te yathoditam || 11 - 10 || vyūhād vyūhasamutpattau padādyāvatpadāntaram | antaraṃ [ṅ: ānandaṃ] sakalaṃ deśaṃ saṃpūrayati tejasā || 11 - 11 || pūjitastejasāṃ [ṅ: pūritaḥ] rāśiravyakto mūrtivarjitaḥ | viśākhayūpa ityuktastattajjñānādibṛṃhitaḥ || 11 - 12 || tasmiṃstasmin pade tasmānmūrtiśākhācatuṣṭayam | vāsudevādikaṃ śakra prādurbhavati vai kramāt || 11 - 13 || evaṃ svapnapadājjāgratpadavyūhavibhāvane | svapnātpadājjāgradante taijasaḥ pūjyate mahān || 11 - 14 || ṭippaṇī - 2 - brahmākṣaraśabdayoḥ prakṛtijīvayorapi prayogāt tadvyudāsāya paramiti viśeṣaṇam | 12 - viśākhayūpo nāmāprākṛte divyaloke bhrājamāno jyotirmayaḥ stambhākāro bhagavadrūpaviśeṣaḥ | tatrādhobhāgamārabhya ūrdhvabhāgaparyantaṃ catvāri parvāṇi krameṇāniruddhapradyumnasaṃkarṣaṇavāsudevādhiṣṭhitāni spaṣṭataraspaṣṭakiṃcitspaṣṭāspaṣṭaśaṅkhacakrādilakṣmāṇi | pratiparva prāgādikrameṇa caturṣvapi pārśveṣu krameṇa vāsudevādayo vyūhā bhrājante | evaṃ vibhāgaśca yogināṃ dhyānālambanārthaṃ bhagavataiva p. 38) mūla - viśākhayūpo bhagavān sa devastejasāṃ nidhiḥ | turyādye svapnaparyante [ā, B, C, ḍ, F: cāturātmyādike] hi yat || 11 - 15 || tattadaiśvaryasaṃpanne ṣāḍguṇyaṃ suvyavasthitam | tadādāyākhilaṃ divyaṃ śuddhasaṃvitpuraḥsaram [B: śuddhaṃ] || 11 - 16 || vibhajannātmanātmānaṃ vāsudevādirūpataḥ [ā, B, C: rūpakam] | punavibhavavelāyāṃ [E: punarviśākha] vinā mūrticatuṣṭayam || 11 - 17 || viśākhayūpa evaiṣa vibhavān bhāvayatyuta | te devā vibhavātmānaḥ padmanābhādayo matāḥ || 11 - 18 || padmanābho dhruvo'nantaḥ śaktīśo madhusūdanaḥ | vidyādhidevaḥ kapilo viśvarūpo vihaṃgamaḥ || 11 - 19 || kroḍātmā [ā, C, ḍ, F, ī: krodhātmā] vaḍavāvaktro dharmo vāgīśvarastathā | ekārṇavāntaḥśāyī ca tathaiva kamaṭhākṛtiḥ || 11 - 20 || varāho narasiṃhaścāpyamṛtāharaṇastathā | śrīpatirdivyadeho'tha kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ || 11 - 21 || rāhujit kālanemighnaḥ pārijātaharastathā | lokanāthastu śāntātmā dattātreyo mahāprabhuḥ || 11 - 22 || nyagrodhaśāyī bhagavānekaśṛṅgatanustathā | devo vāmanadehastu sarvavyāpī trivikramaḥ || 11 - 23 || naro nārāyaṇaścaiva hariḥ kṛṣṇastathaiva ca | jvalatparaśubhṛdrāmo [ā, B, C, ḍ: dhṛgrāmo] rāmaścānyo dhanurdharaḥ || 11 - 24 || vedavidbhagavān kalkī pātālaśayanaḥ prabhuḥ | triṃśaccāṣṭāvime [ā, B, C, ḍ: triṃśadaṣṭāvime] devāḥ padmanābhādayo matāḥ || 11 - 25 || vibhorviśākhayūpasya tattatkāryavaśādime | sphūrtayo [ā, B, C, ḍ: mūrtayo] vibhavāḥ khyātāḥ kāryaṃ caiṣāmasaṃkaram [B: asaṃkaraḥ] || 11 - 26 || śuddhāśuddhādhvanormadhye padmanābho vyavasthitaḥ | dhruvādayo'pare devā vivṛtā [E: devāḥ pravṛttāḥ] viśvamandire || 11 - 27 || rūpāṇyastrāṇi caiteṣāṃ śaktayaścāparā vidhāḥ | sarvaṃ tat sāttvate siddhaṃ saṃjñāmātraṃ pradarśitam || 11 - 28 || śākhāstu vāsudevādyā vibhordevasya kīrtitāḥ | viśākhayūpo bhagavān vitatābhiḥ karoti tat || 11 - 29 || catasṛbhyo'tha śākhābhyaḥ keśavādyaṃ trayaṃ trayam | dāmodarāntamudbhūtaṃ tad vyūhāntaramucyate || 11 - 30 || tābhya eva hi [B, E: evātha] śākhābhyaḥ śriyādīnāṃ trayaṃ trayam | pūrvatrayānurūpeṇa śaktīnāṃ ca samudgatam [ā.B.E: samudbhavam] || 11 - 31 || parādivibhavāntānāṃ sarveṣāṃ devatātmanām | śuddhaṣāḍguṇyarūpāṇi vapūṃṣi tridaśeśvara || 11 - 32 || yāvantyastrāṇi devānāṃ cakraśaṅkhādikāni vai | bhūṣaṇāni vicitrāṇi vāsāṃsi vividhāni ca || 11 - 33 || dhvajāśca vividhākārāḥ kāntayaśca sitādikāḥ | vāhanāni vicitrāṇi satyādyāni sureśvara || 11 - 34 || śaktayo bhogadāścaiva vividhākārasaṃsthitāḥ | āntaḥkaraṇiko vargastadīyā vṛttayo'khilāḥ || 11 - 35 || yacca yaccopakaraṇaṃ sāmānyaṃ puruṣāntaraiḥ | ṣāḍguṇyanirmitaṃ viddhi tatsarvaṃ balasūdana || 11 - 36 || ṭippaṇī - kalpitaḥ | asya ca vistaraḥ sāttvatasaṃhitāyāṃ draṣṭavyaḥ | 19 - eta eva devā vyañjanādhiṣṭhātṛtayā tattanmahiṣībhiḥ sahātraiva viṃśādhyāye vakṣyante | p. 39) mūla - śuddhasaṃvinmayī sāhaṃ ṣāḍguṇyaparipūritā | tathā tathā bhavāmyeṣāmiṣṭaṃ yaddhi yathā yathā || 11 - 37 || na vinā devadevena sthitirmama hi vidyate | [C: omits this line] mayā vinā na devasya sthitirviṣṇorhi [E, ī: viṣṇośca] vidyate || 11 - 38 || tāvāvāmekatāṃ prāptau dvidhā bhūtau ca saṃsthitau | vidhāṃ bhajāvahe tāṃ tāṃ yadyadyatra hyapekṣitam [E, ī: vyapekṣitam] || 11 - 39 || śakraḥ - sindhukanye namastubhyaṃ namaste sarasīruhe | paravyūhādibhedena kiṃ prayojanamīśituḥ || 11 - 40 || śrīḥ - [B. omits verses 41 and 42.] anugrahāya jīvānāṃ [devānāṃ ḍ.] bhaktānāmanukampayā | paravyūhādibhedena devadevapravṛttayaḥ || 11 - 41 || śakraḥ - devadevapriye devi namaste kamalodbhave | anugrahāya bhaktānāmekaivāstu vidhā hareḥ || 11 - 42 || śrīḥ - jīvānāṃ [jīvināṃ B.] vividhāḥ śakra saṃcitāḥ puṇyasaṃcayāḥ | saṃcinvanti na te jīvāstulyakālaṃ kathaṃcana || 11 - 43 || kaściddhi sukṛtonmeṣāt kadācit puruṣo nṛṣu | śrīmatā kamalākṣeṇa jāyamāno nirīkṣyate || 11 - 44 || anyadā puruṣo'nyaścetyevaṃ bhinnāḥ śubhāśayāḥ | bhedo'dhikāriṇāṃ puṇyatāratamyena jāyate || 11 - 45 || vivekaḥ kasyacinmando bhagavattattvavedane | madhyamastu parasyātha divyo'nyasya tu jāyate || 11 - 46 || īśānugrahavaiṣamyādevaṃ bhede vyavasthite | tattatkāryānurodhena paravyūhādibhāvanā || 11 - 47 || kriyate devadevena śaktiṃ māmadhitiṣṭhatā | saṃsiddhayogatattvānāmadhikāraḥ [ā, C, ḍ, E, ṅ: susiddha] parātmani || 11 - 48 || vyāmiśrayogayuktānāṃ madhyānāṃ vyūhabhāvane | vaibhavīyādirūpeṣu vivekavidhurātmanām || 11 - 49 || ahaṃtāmamatārtānāṃ [B: mamatājñānāṃ] bhaktānāṃ parameśvare | adhikārasya vaiṣamyaṃ bhaktānāmanudṛśya [F: adhigamya] saḥ || 11 - 50 || bhajate vividhaṃ bhāvaṃ paravyūhādiśabditam | iti te leśataḥ śakra darśitā ubhayātmakāḥ || 11 - 51 || bhavadbhāvottarā vyūhā mama nārāyaṇasya ca | śuddhe śuddhetarasmiṃśca kośavarge madudbhave || 11 - 52 || sthitirnau darśitā te'dya pṛthak saha ca kevalā | evaṃ prakārāṃ [B, ḍ, E, ī: prakāraṃ] māṃ jñātvā pratyakṣāṃ sarvasaṃmatām || 11 - 53 || upāyairvividhai śaśvadupāsya vividhātmikām | kleśakarmāśayātīto madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 11 - 54 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā, ī: śrīpañcarātra] lakṣmītantre vibhavaprakāśo [ā, ī: vaibhava] nāma ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 11 || ṭippaṇī- kleśakarmāśayā anantarādhyāye vakṣyante | ityekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śakraḥ - cicchaktireva te śuddhā yadi jīvaḥ sanātanaḥ | kleśakarmāśayasparśaḥ kathamasya saroruhe || 12 - 1 || kleśāḥ ke kati te proktāḥ karma kīdṛk ca kiṃvidham | āśayo [E, ī: āśayā] nāma ko [E, ī: ke] devi tadetat [F: tadevaṃ] kiṃ phalaṃ smṛtam || 12 - 2 || sindhukanye tadetanme bruhi tubhyaṃ namo namaḥ | sarvajñe na tvadanyena vaktumetaddhi śakyate || 12 - 3 || śrīḥ - ahaṃ nārāyaṇī devī [ā, B ṅ: svacchā] svacchasvacchandacinmayī | svatantrā niravadyāhaṃ viṣṇoḥ śrīranapāyinī || 12 - 4 || īśeśitavyabhedena dvidhā rūpaṃ mayā kṛtam | īśitavyaṃ ca tadbhinna svācchandyādeva [ā, B, C: svacchandā] me dvidhā [ī: sthitā] || 12 - 5 || cicchaktirekā bhoktrākhyā parā bhogyādirūpiṇī | kālakālyavibhedena sā dvidhā bheditā mayā || 12 - 6 || tatra kālyātmikā śaktirmohinī bandhanī tathā | prakṛtiḥ savikāraiṣā cicchaktirbadhyate'nayā || 12 - 7 || kliśyate yena rūpeṇa cicchaktirbhoktṛtāṃ gatā | sa kleśaḥ pañcadhā jñeyo nāmānyasya ca me śṛṇu || 12 - 8 || tamo moho mahāmohastāmisro hyandhasaṃjñitaḥ | avidyā pañcaparvaiṣā tamaso gatiruttamā || 12 - 9 || asaṅginyapi cicchaktiḥ śuddhāpyapariṇāminī [ā, B, ṅ: śuddhātma] | āviddhamātmano rūpaṃ nairmalyena [C, ḍ: saṃkleśena] vibharti sā || 12 - 10 || śakraḥ - vyāhatāmiva paśyāmi cicchakteḥ [ḍ: cicchaktiḥ] kleśasaṅgitām | muhyatīva mano me'dya taṃ mohaṃ chindhi padmaje || 12 - 11 || śrīḥ - svatantrā sarvasiddhīnāṃ [ā, B, C, ḍ, ī: viśvasiddhānāṃ; ṅ: viśvasiddhīnāṃ] hetuścātra [E, ī: citrā] mahādbhutā | śaktirnārāyaṇasyāhaṃ nityā devī sadoditā || 12 - 12 || tasyā me pañca karmāṇi nityāni tridaśeśvara | tirobhāvastathā sṛṣṭiḥ sthitiḥ saṃhṛtireva ca || 12 - 13 || anugraha iti proktaṃ madīyaṃ karmapañcakam | eteṣāṃ karmaśo vyākhyāṃ karmaṇāṃ śakra me śṛṇu || 12 - 14 || tatra nāma tirobhāvo'nyadbhāvaḥ parikīrtyate | svacchāpi sā madīyā hi cichaktirbhoktṛsaṃjñitā || 12 - 15 || madīyayā yayā śaktyā vartate prakṛtervaśe | tirobhāvābhidhānā me sāvidyāśaktirucyate || 12 - 16 || madīyaṃ bheditaṃ rūpaṃ satyasaṃkalpayā mayā | yo'varoho madīyaste varṇitaḥ prathamaḥ purā || 12 - 17 || cicchaktirjīva ityevaṃ vibudhaiḥ parikīrtyate | matsvācchandyavaśādeva tasya bhedaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 12 - 18 || madīyaṃ caityarūpaṃ yat satyasaṃkalpayā kṛtam | mayā tadekīkaraṇaṃ cicchakteḥ kriyate hi yat || 12 - 19 || avidyā sā parā śaktistirobhāva iti smṛtaḥ | pañca parvāṇi tasyāstu santi tāni [ā, B, C, F: saṃtatāni] nibodha me || 12 - 20 || p. 41) tamastu prathamaṃ parva nāmāvidyeti tasya tu | anātmanyasvabhūte ca caitye jīvasya yā matiḥ || 12 - 21 || svatayāhaṃtayā caiva tamo'vidyā ca sā smṛtā | svīkṛte'haṃtayā caitye māno yastatra jāyate || 12 - 22 || asmitākhyo mahāmoho dvitīyaṃ kleśaparva tat | caityacetanayorekabhāvāpattiravidyayā || 12 - 23 || moho'smitā [ā, E, ī: rāgo] mahāmoha iti śabdairnigadyate | sukhānusmṛtiheturyā vāsanāsmitayāhitā || 12 - 24 || sa rāgo rañjyaviṣayastṛtīyaṃ [ā, B, C, ḍ, ī: ramya] kleśaparva tat | duḥkhānusmṛtiheturyā vāsanāsmitayāhitā || 12 - 25 || sa dveṣo dveṣyaviṣayaścaturthaṃ kleśaparva tat | [F: omits 3 line from here] duḥkhaṃ jihāsato yogaiḥ prepsataśca sukhaṃ tathā || 12 - 26 || tadantarāyairvitrāso madhye yo nāma jāyate | andhākhyo'bhiniveśaḥ sa pañcamaṃ kleśaparva tat || 12 - 27 || dehamātmatayā [ā, B, C: dehaṃ cātma] buddhvā tatastādātmyamāgataḥ | rañjanīyamabhiprepsurjihāsuśca tathetarat || 12 - 28 || tadantarāyavitrastastatpratīkāramācaran | iṣṭasya prāptaye'niṣṭavighātāya ca cetanaḥ [E: dehinaḥ] || 12 - 29 || yadayaṃ kurute karma trividhaṃ trividhātmakam | tatkarma gaditaṃ sadbhiḥ sāṃkhyayogavicakṣaṇaiḥ || 12 - 30 || tatprasūtaṃ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ tathā duḥkhasukhātmakam | vipākastrividhaḥ proktastattvaśāstraviśāradaiḥ || 12 - 31 || vāsanā āśayāḥ proktāḥ kleśakarmavipākajāḥ | antaḥkaraṇavartinyaḥ samantāccherate hi tāḥ || 12 - 32 || janyante vāsanā nityaṃ pañcabhiḥ kleśaparvabhiḥ | sadṛśārambhahetuśca vāsanā karmaṇā [E: karmaṇaḥ] tathā || 12 - 33 || sukhādivāsanā caiva vipākairjanyate tridhā | caturbhirlakṣaṇairitthaṃbhūtā kleśādināmakaiḥ || 12 - 34 || bandhanī jīvakośasya tirobhāvābhidhā vidhā [ā, B, C, ḍ, F: abhidhānayā] | śaktyānayaiva baddhānāṃ jīvānāṃ mama nityadā || 12 - 35 || sāṃtatyena [E, ī: sātatyena] pravartante mama sṛṣṭyādiśaktayaḥ | sṛṣṭiśaktirdvidhā sā me śuddhyaśuddhivaśānmayā || 12 - 36 || vivicya darśitā sā te sā punaḥ saptadhā sthitā | aniśaṃ [ḍ, F: anīśaṃ] kriyate tvekā prājāpatyena karmaṇā || 12 - 37 || ṣaṭkośasaṃbhavāstvanyāstattatkālasamudbhavāḥ | sargakrame prakṛtyutthe sṛṣṭirjñeyā tridhā punaḥ || 12 - 38 || bhāvikī laiṅgikī caiva bhautikī ceti bhedataḥ | yathā nyagrodhadhānāyāṃ traiguṇye prakṛtau tathā || 12 - 39 || yā sthitirmahadādeḥ sā bhāvasṛṣṭirnigadyate | samaṣṭivyaṣṭibhedena liṅgaṃ yatsṛjyate mayā || 12 - 40 || virājaśca tathānyeṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ liṅgajā tu sā | mahadādyā viśeṣāntā viṃśatiśca trayaśca ye || 12 - 41 || padārthā liṅgadehasthā [E: dehāste] virājaḥ parikīrtitāḥ | khānāṃ samaṣṭibhūtānāṃ tathāntaḥkaraṇasya ca || 12 - 42 || tridhā sthitasya ye yeṃ'śāḥ pratijīvaṃ vyavasthitāḥ | sthūlānāṃ caiva bhūtānāṃ ye sūkṣmāḥ kīrtitāḥ purā || 12 - 43 || vyaṣṭayo'ṣṭādaśemāśca kleśāḥ karmāṇi vāsanāḥ | prāṇāśceti taduddiṣṭaṃ liṅgaṃ jīvagaṇāśrayam | 44 || cicchaktayo hi liṅgasthāḥ saṃsaranti yathā tathā | śudde hi bhagavajjñāne jāte satkarmajīvinām || 12 - 45 || jīvānāṃ vinivartante liṅgānyetāni nānyadā [B: nānyathā] | virājaḥ sthūladeho yo brahmāṇḍāparanāmavān || 12 - 46 || p. 42) caturvidhāni cānyāni śarīrāṇi śarīriṇām | eṣā me bhautikī sṛṣṭiritīdaṃ sṛṣṭicintanam || 12 - 47 || sthitirnāma tṛtīyā me śaktiryā [ḍ, E, ī: sā śaktiryā] te puroditā | tasyāḥ svarūpaṃ vakṣyāmi tanme śakra niśāmaya || 12 - 48 || ādyasṛṣṭikṣaṇo yastu saṃjihīrṣākṣaṇaśca yaḥ | yatsthairyakaraṇaṃ nāma tayorantaravartinām [B: vartinā] || 12 - 49 || nānārūpairmadīyaiḥ sā sthitiśaktiḥ parā mama | viṣṇunā devadevena mayā caiva tathā tathā || 12 - 50 || yā sthitiḥ kathitā sā [E, ī: sādhu] tu prathamā tattvacintakaiḥ | manvantarādhipaiścaiva dvitīyā parikīrtitā || 12 - 51 || manuputraistṛtīyānyā kṣudrairiti caturvidha | caturthī saṃhṛtīśaktistasyā bhedamimaṃ śṛṇu || 12 - 52 || nāśo jarāyujādīnāṃ bhūtānāṃ nityadā tu yā | sā nityā saṃhṛtistvanyaḥ śakra naimittikī smṛtā || 12 - 53 || trailokyaviṣayā sā tu brahmaprasvāpahetukā | tṛtīyā prākṛtī [ā, B, C, ṅ: prakṛteḥ] proktā mahadādivyapāśrayā || 12 - 54 || prāsūtī tu caturthī syādavyaktaviṣayā tu sā | māyī yā pañcamī prokta prasūtiviṣayā tu yā || 12 - 55 || [E: omits this line] śākti ṣaṣṭhī tu vijñeyā māyāsaviṣayā tu sā | saptamyātyantikī proktā vilayo yogināṃ mayi || 12 - 56 || sūkṣmāṇi vinivartante śarīrāṇi tadā satām | eṣā saptavidhā śakra saṃhṛtiste mayoditā | pañcamyanugrahākhyā [ā, C, ḍ, ṅ, F: grahākhyāṃ] me śaktirvyākhyāmimāṃ [ā, C, ṅ: śaktiṃ mukhyāṃ] śṛṇu || 12 - 57 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; ī: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre tirobhāvādiśaktiprakāśo nāma dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 12 || trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śrīḥ - anugrahātmikā śakra śaktirme pañcamī smṛtā | tāmimāṃ tattvato vatsa vadāmi tava sāṃpratam || 13 - 1 || avidyayā samāviddhā asmitādivaśīkṛtāḥ | macchaktyaiva tirobhūtāstirodhānābhidhānayā || 13 - 2 || uccānnice patantaste nīcādutpatayālavaḥ | nibaddhāstrividhairbandhaiḥ sthānatrayavivartinaḥ || 13 - 3 || saṃsārāṅgāramadhyasthāḥ pacyamānāḥ svakarmaṇā | sukhābhimānino duḥkhe nityamajñānadharṣitāḥ || 13 - 4 || tā [ā, B, C: tayorniranu] yonīranudhāvantaścarācaravibhedinīḥ [ā, B, C, F, ṅ: bhedinaḥ] | apūrvāpūrvabhūtābhiścitritābhiḥ svahetubhiḥ || 13 - 5 || dehendriyamanobuddhivedanābhiraharniśam | jananāni prabandhnanto maraṇāni tathā tathā || 13 - 6 || kliśyamānā iti kleśaistaistairyogaviyogajaiḥ | udyatkāruṇyasaṃtānanirvāpitatadāgasā || 13 - 7 || mayā jīvāḥ samīkṣyante śriyā duḥkhavivarjitāḥ | so'nugraha iti proktaḥ śaktipātāparāhvayaḥ [E, ī: pātaparāhvayaḥ] || 13 - 8 || karmasāmyaṃ bhajantyete prekṣyamāṇā mayā tadā | apaścimā tanuḥ sā syājjīvānāṃ prekṣitā mayā || 13 - 9 || ahameva hi jānāmi [E: jānāni] śaktipātakṣaṇaṃ ca tam [E: kṣaṇāñcitam] | nāsau puruṣakāreṇa na cāpyanyena hetunā || 13 - 10 || kevalaṃ svecchayaivāhaṃ [E: ekā] prekṣe kaṃcit kadāpyaham | tataḥ prabhṛti sa svacchasvacchāntaḥkaraṇaḥ pumān || 13 - 11 || karmasāmyaṃ samāsādya śuklakarmavyapāśrayaḥ | vedāntajñānasaṃpannaḥ sāṃkhyayogaparāyaṇaḥ || 13 - 12 || samyaksāttvatavijñānādviṣṇau sadbhaktimudvahan | kālena mahatā yogī nirdhūtakleśasaṃcayaḥ || 13 - 13 || vidhūya vividhaṃ bandhaṃ dyotamānastatastataḥ | prāpnoti paramaṃ brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakam || 13 - 44 || eṣā tu pañcamī śaktirmadīyānugrahātmikā | svācchandhyameva me hetustirobhāvādikarmaṇi || 13 - 15 || itthaṃ śakra vijānīhi nānuyojyamataḥ [E: itaḥ; ī: yojyāsmyataḥ] param | śakraḥ - namaḥ saroruhāvāse namo nārāyaṇāśraye || 13 - 16 || namo nityānavadyāyai kalyāṇaguṇasindhave | tvadvāgamṛtasaṃdohakṣālitaṃ me mahattamaḥ || 13 - 17 || [B: omits verses 18 anad 19] bhūyo'haṃ śrotumicchāmi cicchakte rūpamuttamam | śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇo deva paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 13 - 18 || sadā jñānabalaiśvaryavīryaśaktyojasāṃ nidhiḥ | anādiraparicchedyo deśakālasvarūpataḥ || 13 - 19 || p. 44) tasyāhaṃ paramā devī ṣāḍguṇyamahimojjvalā | sarvakāryakarī śaktirahaṃtā nāma śāśvatī || 13 - 20 || saṃvidekā svarūpaṃ me svacchasvacchandanirbharā [B, ḍ, F: nirbhayā] | siddhayo viśvajīvānāmāyatante'khilā mayi || 13 - 21 || ātmabhittau jagatsarvaṃ svecchayonmīlayāmyaham | mayi lokāḥ sphurantyete jale śakunayo yathā || 13 - 22 || svācchandyādavarohāmi pañcakṛtyavidhāyinī | sāhaṃ yadavarohāmi sā hi [ā, B, F: jīvaḥ] cicchaktirucyate || 13 - 23 || saṃkoco māmakaḥ so'yaṃ svacchasvacchandacidghnaḥ | asminnapi jagadbhāti darpaṇodaraśailavat || 13 - 24 || vajraratnavadevaiṣa svacchaḥ sphurati sarvadā [C, ī: sadāsphurati chandataḥ] | caitanyamasya dharmo yaḥ prabhā bhānorivāmalā || 13 - 25 || tayā [E: tathā] sphurati jīvo'sau svata evānurūpayā [E: rūpavān] | vidhatte pañca kṛtyāni jīvo'yamapi nityadā || 13 - 26 || yā vṛttirnīlapītādau [E, ī: bhittau nīlapītādi] sṛṣṭiḥ sā kathitā budhaiḥ | saktiryā [ḍ: satti] viṣaye tatra [B, F: yatra; E: yo'tra] sā sthitiḥ parikīrtyate || 13 - 27 || gṛhītādviṣayādyo'sya virāmo'nyajighṛkṣayā | sā saṃhṛtiḥ samākhyātā tattvaśāstraviśāradaiḥ || 13 - 28 || tadvāsanā tirobhāvo'nugrahastadvilāpanam | grāhyagrasanaśīlo'yaṃ [ā, B, C: grāhyāśanīya] vahnivadgrasanaḥ [ā, B, C: chedanaḥ] sadā || 13 - 29 || puṣyatyeṣa sadā jīvo mātrayā me samindhanam | āvidyaṃ matsvarūpaṃ tu vyākhyātaṃ te purā mayā || 13 - 30 || śuddhavidyāsamāyogāt saṃkocaṃ yajjahātyasau | tadā pradyotamāno'yaṃ sarvato muktabandhanaḥ || 13 - 31 || jñānakriyāsamāyogāt sarvavitsarvakṛtsadā [B: tadā] | anaṇuścāpyasaṃkocānmadbhāvāyopapadyate || 13 - 32 || yāvannirīkṣyate nāyaṃ mayā kāruṇyavattayā | tāvatsaṃkucitajñānaḥ karaṇairviśvamīkṣate || 13 - 33 || cakṣuṣālokya vastūni vikalpya manasā tathā | abhimatyāpyahaṃkārād buddhyaiva hyadhyavasyati || 13 - 34 || jāgarāyāmatha [ā, ṅ: jāgarāntaṃ yathā] svapne karaṇairāntaraiścaran | vihāya tat suṣuptau tu svarūpeṇāvatiṣṭhate || 13 - 35 || avasthāstā imāstisraḥ prākṛtyo [ā, B, C, ḍ: prakṛtyā] naiva jīvagā | turyāpi yā daśā jīve samādhisthe prajāyate || 13 - 36 || sāpi naivāsya kiṃ tveṣā śuddhasattvavyavasthitiḥ | anavasthamanāghrātamakhilaiḥ prākṛtairguṇaiḥ || 13 - 37 || anaupādhikamacchedyaṃ jīvarūpaṃ tu cinmayam | evaṃrūpamapi tvetacchādyate'nādyavidyayā || 13 - 38 || sudṛśyāmātmabhūtāṃ māṃ naiva paśyatyasau tataḥ | śakraḥ - sudṛśyāsi kathaṃ devi tvaṃ pramāṇātigā satī || 13 - 39 || vedāntā api naiva tvāṃ viduritthaṃtayāmbuje | śrīḥ - māṃ tu śakra vijānīhi pratyakṣāṃ sarvadehinām | samāhitamanā bhūtvā śṛṇuṣvedaṃ mataṃ mama || 13 - 40 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; ī: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre jīvasvarūpaprakāśo [B, ī: jīvaprakāraprakāśo] nāma trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 13 || caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śrīḥ [B, E: śrīruvāca] - jñānasvarūpo bhagavān deśakālādyabheditaḥ [E, F, ī: bhedataḥ] | vāsudevaḥ paraṃ brahma guṇaśūnyaṃ nirañjanam || 14 - 1 || sukhaṃ sadaikarūpaṃ tu ṣāḍguṇyamajarāmaram [C: ṣāḍguṇyaṃ sacarācaram] | tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirahaṃtā śāśvatī dhruvā || 14 - 2 || vyāpāraśaktireṣā me sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā bhavet [F, ṅ, ī: bhavat] | ayutāyutakoṭyoghakoṭikoṭyayutāṃśataḥ [ā, B: ayutāyutakoṭyāśca; E, ī: arbudāṃśataḥ] || 14 - 3 || sāhaṃ sṛjāmi svācchandyād dvidhā bhedamupeyuṣī | cetyacetanabhāvena cicchaktiścetano'nayoḥ || 14 - 4 || cetyacetanatāṃ prāptā saṃvideva madātmikā | saṃvideva hi me rūpaṃ [E, ī: rūpaṃ me] svaccha svacchandanirbharā || 14 - 5 || sā tvikṣurasavadyogāt styānatāṃ pratipadyate | ato nirūpyamāṇaṃ [ā, B, C, ḍ: nivedyamānaṃ] taccetyaṃ cittvamupeṣyati [C: cittvaṃ na muñcati] || 14 - 6 || yathā hi vahninā līḍhamindhanaṃ tanmayaṃ bhavet | evaṃ citā samālīḍhaṃ cetyaṃ [ā: cetyaṃ samālīḍhamevaṃ; E: ca tāmasā] cinmayatāṃ vrajet || 14 - 7 || nīle pīte sukhe duḥkhe citsvarūpamakhaṇḍitam | viśinaṣṭi vikalpastaccitrayopādhisaṃpadā [E, ī: vikalpasthaścitrayā] || 14 - 8 || vikalpo'pi [ā, B, C: alpayaiva mahadrūpaṃ] hi madrūpaṃ svācchandyādeva nirmitam | cetyaṃ vikalpyate [E: vikalpabhedena] yena bahirantarvyavasthayā || 14 - 9 || na bahirnaiva cāntastaccidrūpaṃ mama tat param [ā, B, C, ḍ: amalaṃ param] | vedyavedakarūpeṇa bhedyate me svayaṃtayā || 14 - 10 || yadvikalpairanākrāntaṃ [E: anāghrātaṃ] yacchabdairakadarthitam | yadupādhibhiramlānaṃ [ā, E, ī: astyānaṃ] rūpaṃ taccetyatāṃ gatam || 14 - 11 || dūrāpāstavikalpena cetasā yatra [ā, ḍ, E, F, ṅ: yena] bhūyate | madhyamāṃ vṛttimāsthāya cetyaṃ saṃvittayā tadā || 14 - 12 || yathā cakṣuḥsthitaṃ rūpaṃ bāhye svaṃ rūpamīkṣyate [B: īkṣate] | [B, C, ḍ, E: omit this line] tathā jñānasthitaṃ rūpaṃ jñeye svaṃ rūpamīkṣyate || 14 - 13 || [E: omits this line] yathā vahnisamāviṣṭaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ tadrūpamīkṣyate | tathā saṃvitsamāviṣṭaṃ cetyaṃ saṃvittayekṣyate || 14 - 14 || vedyaṃ vedanatāṃ nītvā yadā [ā, B, ḍ: yatra] vettrā nirūpyate | tadā vittimayī sāhaṃ pratyakṣā sphuṭabhāsinī || 14 - 15 || ahaṃtaiva hi cittatvaṃ vedyādbhinnaṃ svalakṣaṇam | sā cāhameva tenāhaṃ sarvataḥ śuddhacinmayī [C: saṃvaśuddhātra cinmayī] || 14 - 16 || saplutedaṃpadadvīpe prāptaikadhye cidambudhau | majjatāṃ caiva cetyānāmasmi hastāvalambanam || 14 - 17 || maddhyānāmṛtaniṣyandakṣālitāśeṣavāsanāḥ | māmevātmani paśyanti cetyaughagrasanī citam || 14 - 18 || p. 46) mama cittaikarūpāyā [ā, ḍ, E, ṅ: citraika] vedyavedakatāṃ janāḥ | avidyayaiva manyante matsaṃkalpitayā purā [ā, B, ḍ, F: tathā] || 14 - 19 || na śāntā noditā nāpi madhyamāhaṃ svarūpataḥ | madvivekajuṣāmevaṃ prakāśe jāgarāsvapi || 14 - 20 || parityaktavibhāgena nistaraṅgeṇa cetasā | [B: omits 4 lines from here] jñāye vikalpyamānā tu pratyakṣāpyasmi vismṛtā || 14 - 21 || puraḥ sthito yathā bhāvaścetaso'nyābhilāṣiṇaḥ | na bhāsate tathaivāhaṃ na bhāse vāsanājuṣām || 14 - 22 || bubhutsāvān yathā vṛttīrnirudhyānyatra cetasā | pratyakṣamīkṣate vastu tathā māṃ śuddhasaṃvidam || 14 - 23 || sadaivāpratibaddhāyā bhāntyā eva vapurmama [E, ṅ: punaḥ] | pratyakṣaṃ cetyasaṃcārakāle'pi vimalātmanām [ā, B, C, ḍ, ṅ: viditātmanām] || 14 - 24 || yathā jātyā sitaṃ vastraṃ [E: vastu] raktaṃ rāgeṇa kenacit | punaḥ svavarṇamaprāpya naiva rāgāntaraṃ śrayet || 14 - 25 || nīlādyevaṃ vidan pītaṃ madhye śuddhacidātmani | mayi cennaiva viśrāntaḥ pītaṃ vidyātkathaṃ nvayam || 14 - 26 || tathaivoccārayan vākyaṃ varṇādvarṇaṃ kathaṃ vrajet | yadi madhye na viśrānto mayi śuddhacidātmani || 14 - 27 || evaṃ śuddhā svatantrāpi yadākāroparāgiṇī | tattyāgāparasaṃcārā madhye śuddhaiva bhāmyaham || 14 - 28 || dakṣiṇetarasaṃcāranirodhānmadhyamāśritaḥ | agnīṣomendhano bhāvaḥ prakāśayati me padam || 14 - 29 || dhiyā dhyeyamanālambya viṣayaṃ cāspṛśan bahiḥ | yadantarā vedayate tanme rūpamanākulam || 14 - 30 || anuvṛttā tu yā samyak tejasyapi tamasyapi | bhāti bhāve'pyabhāve'pi sā me tanurakarburā || 14 - 31 || nivṛttaviṣayecchasya madbhaktyullasitātmanaḥ | āntaraṃ yadanālambamahaṃtvaṃ tadvapurmam || 14 - 32 || tadevābhyasyamānānāṃ dehaprāṇādyagocaram | vivekināmahaṃrūpaṃ madbhāvenāvatiṣṭhate || 14 - 33 || tatastejo yathaivārkaṃ vyajyate na tu janyate | bhāvaiścidrūpamapyevaṃ vyaktaṃ naiva ca janyate || 14 - 34 || bhāvairvinā yathā bhānuḥ samudeti nabhaḥsthale | vedyairvinaiva me rūpamevaṃ pradyotate svayam || 14 - 35 || atyantācchasvabhāvatvāt sphaṭikādiryathā maṇiḥ | uparakto japādyaistu svena rūpeṇa nekṣyate || 14 - 36 || matsaṃkalpasamudriktaiścetyaiḥ [E: samudvṛtteścaityaiḥ] svacchāhamapyatha [ī: uta] | pṛthagjanairna lakṣyāsmi naivāhaṃ nāsmi tāvatā || 14 - 37 || kuṇḍalāderyathā bhinnā na lakṣyā kanakasthitiḥ | [F: omits 3 lines from here; ī: na ca śakyaiva nirdeṣṭuṃ] na ca śakyā vinirdeṣṭuṃ tathāpyastyeva sā dhruvam || 14 - 38 || evaṃ nityā viśuddhā ca sukhduḥkhādyabheditā | svasaṃvedanasaṃvedyā mama saṃvinmayī sthitiḥ || 14 - 39 || vijñātari tathā jñāne jñeye jānātinānvayaḥ | yo'yaṃ madanvayaḥ so'yaṃ pratyayārthāviśeṣitaḥ || 14 - 40 || deśakālakriyākārāḥ prasiddhā bheda hetavaḥ | tān bhedayati yā saṃvittasyā bhedaḥ kuto bhavet || 14 - 41 || cetyabhedo hi yaḥ kālo bhūtāditritayātmakaḥ | saṃvinmahodadhau so'pi vilīnastanmayo bhavet || 14 - 42 || yadā hi vartamānāyāṃ mayi bhūtabhaviṣyatī | pratikṣipte tadā ceyaṃ naiva syādvartamānatā || 14 - 43 || ādhāro'hamaśeṣāṇāṃ naivādheyāsmi kenacit | deśo'pyādhārataḥ klaptastato me naiva vidyate || 14 - 44 || p. 47) kāpyavasthā na [ā, B, C: tu me nāsti] me sāsti yasyāṃ saṃvinna vartate | tena māṃ cidghanāmekāṃ sarvākārāmupāsate || 14 - 45 || kālo deśastathākāraḥ kriyā kartā ca karma ca | karaṇaṃ saṃpradānaṃ ca bhavedyacca tataḥ phalam || 14 - 46 || bhogo bhoktā ca tatsarvaṃ vilīnaṃ saṃvidātmani [ā.ṅ.: sarvadā] | devā daityāstathā nāgā gandharvā rakṣasāṃ gaṇāḥ || 14 - 47 || vidyādharāḥ piśācāśca bhūtāśceti gaṇāṣṭakam | manujā bahudhātmāno varṇakarmādibheditāḥ || 14 - 48 || paśavo'tha mṛgāścaiva pakṣiṇaśca sarīsṛpāḥ [E, ī: sasarīsṛpāḥ] | sthāvarāśca tathaivānye kapūyacaraṇātmakāḥ || 14 - 49 || svargasthā narakasthāśca lokāścaiva caturdaśa | sariddvipasamudrāśca vividhā hyaṇḍapaddhatiḥ || 14 - 50 || uccāvacāni tattvāni vividhāḥ śabdarāśayaḥ | bhogyaṃ bhogopakaraṇaṃ bhogasthānaṃ ca yat smṛtam || 14 - 51 || kośāḥ ṣaṭ kośajāścaiva [ā, B, C, F: ete] cetanācetanātmakāḥ | śuddhāśuddhamayau bhāvau puruṣārthaścaturvidhaḥ || 14 - 52 || sarvaṃ prakṛtibhirnaddhaṃ kālena kalitaṃ tathā | ityetatsakalaṃ vastu bhāvābhāvasvarūpakam || 14 - 53 || amanmayaṃ manmayaṃ ca mayi līnamavasthitam | sarvātmanā sadaivāhaṃ svacchasvacchandacinmayī || 14 - 54 || lakṣyā sukhamayī śāntā bhāve bhāve vipaścitā | evaṃ vyavasthitāyā me tirobhāvābhidhānayā || 14 - 55 || baddhā śaktyā tu cicchaktiḥ svato māṃ naiva vindati | yadā nirvidyate sāsau [B: vāsau] madanugrahabindunā || 14 - 56 || upāyairmāṃ tadārādhya [B: māntarārādhya] jīvaścicchaktisaṃjñakaḥ | saṃkṣiṇvan nikhilānkleśānvidhūnvanvāsanārajaḥ [E: sakalān kośān; ṅ, ī: nikhilān kośān] || 14 - 57 || saṃprāpya jñānasadbhāvaṃ yogakṣapitabandhanaḥ [E, ī: kalmaṣaḥ] | māmeva paramānandamayīṃ lakṣmīṃ sa vindati || 14 - 58 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [F: śrīpañcarātre; ī: śrīpāñcarātre sāre] lakṣmītantre lakṣmīsvarūpaprakāśo [ā, ṅ, ī: omit lakṣmī] nāma caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 14 || pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śakraḥ - namaste padmasaṃbhūte namaḥ kamalamālini | namaḥ kamalavāsinyai govindagṛhamedhini || 15 - 1 || namaste kaṃjakiñjalkakalpitālakavibhrame | sarvajñe sarvabhūtānāmantaḥsthe sarvasākṣiṇi || 15 - 2 || tvadvaktrakamalodbhūtaṃ sarvaṃ tadavadhāritam | tattvatsṛṣṭaṃ tvayā trātaṃ tvayyeva layameṣyati || 15 - 3 || mātā mānaṃ mitimeyaṃ vidhā etāstvadātmikāḥ | tvāmevārādhya jīvāste taranti bhavasāgaram || 15 - 4 || evamādi mayā devi tattvatastvavadhāritam | kautūhalamidaṃ me'dya vartate padmasaṃbhave || 15 - 5 || toṣaṇīyāsi kena tvamupāyenāmbujāsane | paramaḥ puruṣārtho yastvatprītistasya sādhanam || 15 - 6 || tvatprītau ka upāyaḥ syātkīdṛśaḥ kiṃvidhaḥ smṛtaḥ [B, ḍ, ī: tathā] | etanme sakalaṃ brūhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 15 - 7 || śrīḥ - cāturātmyaṃ paraṃ brahma saccidānandalakṣaṇam [E, ī: saṃvidā] | sarvaṃ sarvottaraṃ sarvabhūtāntaḥsthamanāmayam || 15 - 8 || vāsudevaḥ paraṃ brahma nārāyaṇamayaṃ [E, ī: narāṇāmayanaṃ] mahat | tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirahaṃtānandacinmayī || 15 - 9 || bhinnā'bhinnā ca varte'haṃ jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ | tāvāvāṃ tattvamekaṃ tu dvidhā bhūtau [ṅ: bhūtvā] vyavasthitau || 15 - 10 || brahma nārāyaṇaṃ māṃ yajjñānenaivāpnuyādyatiḥ [E, ī: vā jñānena] | panthā nānyo'sti vijñānādayanāya vipaścitām || 15 - 11 || jñānaṃ tacca vivekotthaṃ sarvataḥ śuddhamavraṇam | vāsudevaikaviṣayamapunarbhavakāraṇam || 15 - 12 || jñāne tasmin samutpanne viśate māmanantaram | taistairūpāyaiḥ prītāhaṃ jīvānāmamalātmanām || 15 - 13 || udbhāvayāmi tajjñānamātmajyotiḥpradarśakam | upāyāste ca catvāro mama prītivivardhanāḥ || 15 - 14 || ṭippaṇī- 6 - paramaḥ puruṣārtho mokṣaḥ | tasya tvatprītiḥ sādhanam | yathā cāhuḥ śreyo na hyaravindalocanamanaḥkāntāprasādādṛte saṃsṛtyakṣaravaiṣṇavādhvasu nṛṇāṃ saṃbhāvyate karhicit iti | 8- satyaṃ jñānaṃ ityādiśrutipratipādyaṃ svarūpalakṣaṇamucyate sadityādinā | sarvopādānatvāt sarvātmatvācca sarvamityucyate | tathāpi svetarasamastavastuvilakṣaṇatvamāha sarvottaramiti | 9 - nārāyaṇamayamiti mayaṭ svārthe | 10 - prapañca iva brahmaṇa evāvasthābhedaḥ śrīriti keṣāṃcinmatamanabhimatyāha bhinneti | 11 - yatiḥ niyatātmavān | nātra caturthāśramī vivakṣitaḥ | 12 - vivekaḥ brahmaṇaḥ sarvavilakṣaṇatvajñānam | 14 - karmajñānabhaktinyāsākhyāḥ p. 49) mūla - śakraḥ [B: omits six lines from here] - bhagavatyaravindasthe paṅkajekṣaṇakāmini | upāyāḥ [E, ī: ke te'pyupāyāḥ] ke ca catvārastānme darśaya paṅkaje || 15 - 15 || śrīḥ - upāyāṃścaturaḥ śakra śṛṇu matprītivardhanān | yairahaṃ paramāṃ prītiṃ yāsyāmyanapagāminīm || 15 - 16 || svajātivihitaṃ karma sāṃkhyaṃ yogastathaiva ca | sarvatyāgaśca vidvadbhirupāyāḥ kathitā ime || 15 - 17 || caturbhirlakṣaṇairyuktaṃ trividhaṃ karma vaidikam | svavarṇāśramasaṃbandhi nityanaimittikātmakam || 15 - 18 || akāmahatasaṃsiddhaṃ karma tat pūrvasādhanam | caturvidhastu saṃnyāsastatra kāryo vipaścitā || 15 - 19 || mantroktadevatāyāṃ vā prakṛtāvindriyeṣu vā | parasmin devadeve vā vāsudeve janārdane || 15 - 20 || pūrvaṃ [E, ī: sarva] kartṛtvasaṃnyāsaḥ phalasaṃnyāsa eva ca | karmaṇāmapi saṃnyāso devadeve janārdane || 15 - 21 || śāstrīyamācarannevaṃ nityanaimittikātmakam | madārādhanakāmaḥ sañśaśvat prīṇāti māṃ naraḥ || 15 - 22 || iti te leśataḥ proktaṃ śrutismṛtinidarśitam [ā, B, C: nidarśanam] | dvitīyaṃ sāṃkhyavijñānamupāyaṃ śṛṇu sāṃpratam || 15 - 23 || sāṃkhyāstrisro hi mantavyāḥ sāṃkhyaśāstranidarśitāḥ | prathamā laukikī saṃkhyā dvitīyā carcanātmikā [E, ī: carcikā] || 15 - 24 || samīcīnā tu yā dhīḥ sā tṛtīyā paripaṭhyate | sāṃkhyātrayasamūho yaḥ sāṃkhyaṃ tatparipaṭhyate || 15 - 25 || pṛthivyāpastathā tejo vāyurākāśameva ca | ahaṃkāro mahāṃścaiva prakṛtiḥ paramā tathā || 15 - 26 || etāḥ prakṛtayasttvaṣṭau tāsāṃ vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu | prakṛtistrividhā proktā māyā sūtirguṇātmikā || 15 - 27 || ṭippaṇī- catvāro yogā atra vivakṣitāḥ | 18 - lakṣaṇacatuṣkaṃ viṃśe śloke vakṣyate | nityanaimittikakāmyabhedena traividhyam | 19 - kāmyakarmasu viśeṣamāha akāmeti | phalaviśeṣakāmanayā kṛtāni karmāṇi kāmyāni jyotiṣṭomādayaḥ | tāni ca kāmahatānītyucyante | kāmanāṃ vinā kevalaṃ bhagavatprītyarthaṃ kṛtāni tānyakāmahatāni | anena kāmyānāmapi karmaṇāṃ kāmanāṃ vinānuṣṭhānamanumanyate | paraṃ tvetadupāyāntaraniṣṭhaviṣayam | nyāsayoganiṣṭhānāṃ tu kāmyakarmaṇāṃ sarvathā svarūpato'pi tyāga eva na tu kāmanāṃ vināpyanuṣṭhānamiti siddhānto'vagantavyaḥ | 20 - bhagavati vāsudeve karmaṇāṃ saṃnyasanameva mumukṣubhiḥ kartavyam | mantradevatādau vinyasanaṃ tu bubhukṣuviṣayamiti dhyeyam | 21 - bhagavāneva svaśeṣataikarasena mayā svakīyaiścopakaraṇaiḥ svārādhanaikaprayojanāya svaśeṣabhūtamidaṃ karma svayameva kārayati ityanusaṃdhānaprakāro vivakṣitaḥ | 24 - trayāṇāmapyeṣāṃ jñānānāṃ vivaraṇamatraiva kariṣyate | 25 - saṃkhyāḥ jñānāni pūrvoktāni | teṣāṃ samūhaḥ sāṃkhyamityucyate | etadeva jñānayoga ityucyate | 26 - laukikī lokaviṣayā saṃkhyocyate'nena ślokena | uparitanaiḥ ślokairasyā vivaraṇaṃ kriyate | 27 - māyā prasūtiḥ traiguṇyamiti prakṛtibhedāḥ | yadyapi prakṛtiḥ sūkṣmaiva tathāpi tatraiva sūkṣmasūkṣmatarasūkṣmatamarūpeṇa traividhyā devaṃ vyavahāraḥ | p. 50) mūla- niḥsaktāsaktamadvaitamataraṅgamanaśvaram | acetanānāṃ paramaṃ saukṣmyaṃ māyeti gīyate || 15 - 28 || īṣaducchūnatā tasyāḥ prasūtiriti gīyate | guṇatrayasamunmeṣaḥ sāmyena prakṛtiḥ parā || 15 - 29 || avyaktamakṣaraṃ yoniravidyā triguṇā sthitiḥ | māyā svabhāva ityādyāḥ śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ || 15 - 30 || sattvaṃ rajastamaśceti guṇā ete trayo matāḥ | tatra sattvaṃ laghu jñeyaṃ sukharūpamacañcalam || 15 - 31 || prakāśo nāma tadvṛttiścaitanyodgrahaṇātmakaḥ | rajo'pi ca laghu jñeyaṃ duḥkharūpaṃ ca cañcalam || 15 - 32 || pravṛttirnāma tadvṛttiḥ spandaheturanaśvaraḥ | tamo nāma guru jñeyaṃ moharūpamacañcalam || 15 - 33 || niyamo nāma tadvṛtiḥ kvacit svāpanalakṣaṇam | na tadasti pṛthivyāṃ vā divi vyomni ca vāsava || 15 - 34 || bhūtaṃ prakṛtijairmuktaṃ yadebhiḥ syāt tribhirguṇaiḥ | ete cittamadhiṣṭhāya guṇā indriyagāstathā || 15 - 35 || sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ tathā mohaṃ viṣayasthāśca kurvate | [F: omits this line] śarīrendriyatāṃ yātā [E: indriyatāyāṃ ca] guṇāḥ karmāṇi kurvate | iti yasya martirnityā sa guṇātyayamaśnute || 15 - 36 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra] lakṣmītantre upāyaprakāraprakāśo [B, F, ṅ, ī: upāyaprakāśo] nāma pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 15 || ṭippaṇī - 30 - avāntarabhedaiḥ saha saṃkalayya prakṛtiparyāyanāmāni avyaktādīni | upaniṣadi avyaktamakṣare līyate | akṣaraṃ tamasi līyate | tamaḥ paramātmanyekībhavati iti trayāṇāmeṣāṃ vyavahāraḥ kriyate | 32 - caitanyasya jñānasya udgrahaṇam unmeṣa ityarthaḥ vastuyāthātmyagrahaṇaśīlateti yāvat | 34 - niyamo bandhaḥ iti pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śrīḥ - vyākhyānaṃ mahataḥ śakra śṛṇuṣvāvahito mama | vaiṣamyasya samunmeṣo guṇānāṃ prathamo hi yaḥ || 16 - 1 || sa mahānnāma tasyāpi vidhāstisraḥ prakīrtitāḥ | sāttviko buddhirityukto rājasaḥ prāṇa eva hi [E: ucyate] || 16 - 2 || tāmasaḥ kāla ityuktasteṣāṃ vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu | buddhiradhyavasāyasya prāṇaḥ prayatanasya ca || 16 - 3 || kālaḥ kalanarūpasya [ḍ: kālana] pariṇāmasya kāraṇam | mahato'pi vikurvāṇādahaṃkāro vyajāyata [ā, B, C, ḍ: asya jāyate] || 16 - 4 || sa cāpi trividho jñeyo guṇavaiṣamyasaṃbhavāt | tāmasādviyadādistu tanmātragaṇa ujjvalaḥ || 16 - 5 || jātaḥ sattvasamudriktādbuddhīndriyagaṇo mahān | karmendriyagaṇaścāpi rājasādubhayātmakam [ā, B: rājasāttūbhayā] || 16 - 6 || ubhayasmāt samudbhūtamitīyaṃ tattvapaddhatiḥ | atra prakṛtirekaiva mūlabhūtā sanātanī || 16 - 7 || mahadādyāstu saptānye kāryakāraṇarūpiṇaḥ | tanmātrebhyaḥ samudbhūtā viśeṣā viyadādayaḥ || 16 - 8 || buddhikarmendriyagaṇau pañcakau mana eva ca | vikārā eva vijñeyā ete ṣoḍaśa cintakaiḥ || 16 - 9 || caturviṃśatiretāni tattvāni kathitāni te | yāvānyaścātra vaktavyo viśeṣo yādṛśastviha || 16 - 10 || sa sarvaḥ kathitaḥ pūrvaṃ tava vṛtraniṣūdana | viṃśatyā ca tribhiścaiva vikāraiḥ svaiḥ samanvitā || 16 - 11 || ṭippaṇī - 1 - anena guṇatrayasya sāmyāvasthāyāṃ prakṛtiriti vaiṣamyāvasthāyāṃ mahāniti ca vyavahāra ityuktaṃ bhavati | 3 - kālasya tāmasatvamatrocyate | aupaniṣadaprakriyā kālasyāprākṛtatvameveti vadanti | 4 - kalanaṃ vipariṇati | āmrādiśalāṭoḥ tatphalātmanā yuvadehasya balibhavṛddhadehātmanā ca yā pariṇatiḥ setyarthaḥ | 6 - karmendriyāṇāṃ rājasatvaṃ manasaḥ sāttvikarājasatvamiti vibhāgastāntrikaikadeśināṃ matena | vastutastu ekādaśāpīndriyāṇi sāttvikānītyeva bahūnāṃ pāñcarātrikāṇāṃ matam | devā vaikārikā daśa | ekādaśaṃ manaśca iti viṣṇupurāṇe coktam | 7 - tattvapaddhatiḥ | acitattvapaddhatirityarthaḥ | itthamatra vibhāgaḥ tattvaṃ dvividham acitattvaṃ cittattvaṃ ceti | tatrācittattvaṃ caturviṃśatidhā prakṛtimahadahaṃkārāstrayaḥ tanmātrāṇi pañca mahābhūtāni pañca ekādaśendriyāṇīti | cittatvaṃ dvedhā jīva īśvaraśceti | āhatya ṣaḍviṃśatistattvāni | p. 52) mūla - iyaṃ prakṛtiravyaktā kathitā te surādhipa | vyaktāvyaktamayī saiṣā nityaṃ prasavadharmiṇī || 16 - 12 || vilakṣaṇā sā vijñeyā cicchaktiravinaśvarā [B: avinaśvarī] | sa jīvaḥ kathitaḥ sadbhistattvaśāstraviśāradaiḥ || 16 - 13 || ayaṃ svarasataḥ śuddhaḥ pariṇāmavivarjitaḥ | kūṭasthaścidghano nityo [ā, ḍ, F: nityamantaḥstho] hyananto'pratisaṃkramaḥ || 16 - 14 || imau svarasato'saktau saktātmānāviva sthitau [B: sattātmānau vyavasthitau] | prakṛtiḥ puruṣaścaiva mahadbhyaśca mahattarau || 16 - 15 || liṅgagrāhyāvubhau nityāvaliṅgau cāpyubhāvapi | sādharmyamevamādyevamanayorunnayedbudhaḥ || 16 - 16 || vaidharmyamanayoḥ śakra kathyamānaṃ nibodha me | prakṛtistriguṇā nityaṃ satataṃ pariṇāminī || 16 - 17 || avivekāpyaśuddhā ca sarvajīvasamā sadā | viṣayo'cetanā [ṅ: avedanā] caiva sukhaduḥkhavimohinī || 16 - 18 || madhyasthaḥ puruṣo nityaḥ kriyāvānapyavihvalaḥ | sākṣī dṛśistathā draṣṭā śuddho'nanto guṇātmakaḥ || 16 - 19 || vaidharmyamanayoretat prakṛtiṃ cānayoḥ śṛṇu | yā sā sadasadākhyādivikalpavikalā [C, ḍ: vipulā] dhruvā || 16 - 20 || nityoditā sadānandā pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahā | ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktirviṣṇoḥ śrīranapāyinī || 16 - 21 || mattaḥ prabhavato hyetau mayyeva layameṣyataḥ | sāhametāvatī bhāvairvividhairvistṛtiṃ [ā, B, C, ḍ: bhāvairviṣayaiḥ] gatā || 16 - 22 || nārāyaṇe pratiṣṭhāya punastasmādudemyaham | eko nārāyaṇo viṣṇurvāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ || 16 - 23 || apṛthagbhūtaśaktitvādadvaitaṃ brahma niṣkalam | jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejomahodadhiḥ || 16 - 24 || nistaraṅgaḥ sadaivāsau jagadetaccarācaram | iti te sāṃkhyavijñānaṃ leśataḥ śakra darśitam || 16 - 25 || yā tattvagaṇanā saṃkhyā tāṃ purā śīlayedbudhaḥ | tataḥ sādharmyavaidharmyasvarūpaprabhavādikām || 16 - 26 || kuryāccarcātmikāṃ saṃkhyāṃ śāstratattvopadeśajām | carcāyāmiha saṃkhyāyāṃ siddhāyāmamalātmani [F: omits all portions from here up to evaṃ hi parisaṃkhyāya in tha 29th verse] || 16 - 27 || udeti yā samīcīnā saṃkhyā sattattvagocarā | eṣā sā paramā saṃkhyā matprasādasamudbhavā || 16 - 28 || sāṃkhyadarśanametatte parisaṃkhyānamīritam | evaṃ hi parisaṃkhyāya sāṃkhyā madbhāvamāgatāḥ [ā, B, C: sadbhāva] || 16 - 29 || ṭippaṇī - 12 - prakṛtyavasthāyāmavyaktā pariṇatyavasthāyāṃ vyaktā | kāryakāraṇayorabhedādevamuktiḥ | 14 - svarasataḥ svabhāvataḥ | anantaḥ saṃkhyayā jñānādiguṇaiścāparicchinna ityarthaḥ | 20 - vikalpavikaleti | vividhapariṇatyabhāginītyarthaḥ | 24 - śaktiśaktimatorapṛthaksiddhasaṃbandhāt ekatvam | ato nādvitīyatvavirodha iti bhāvaḥ | 25 - asau nārāyaṇa eva carācarātmakajagadrūpatayāvatiṣṭhata iti yāvat | 27 - carcā nāma punaḥ punaḥ pariśīlanam | p. 53) mūla - upāyo yastṛtīyaste [ā, B: ayaṃ] vakṣyate yogasaṃjñakaḥ | yogastu dvividho jñeyaḥ samādhiḥ saṃyamastathā || 16 - 30 || yamādyaṅgasamudbhūtā samādhiḥ saṃsthitiḥ pare | brahmaṇi śrīnivāsākhye hyutthānaparivarjitā [ā, B, C, ḍ: varjita] || 16 - 31 || sākṣātkāramayī sā hi sthitiḥ sadbrahmavedinām | dhyātṛdhyeyāvibhāgasthā matprasādasamudbhavā || 16 - 32 || saṃyamo nāma satkarma paramātmaikagocaram | tatpunardvividhaṃ proktaṃ śārīraṃ mānasaṃ tathā || 16 - 33 || vistareṇābhidhāsyete samādhiḥ saṃyamastathā | prathamo ya upāyaste karmātmā kathitaḥ purā || 16 - 34 || saṃjñānaṃ janayecchuddhamantaḥkaraṇaśodhanāt | tena hi prīṇitā sāhaṃ sadācāraniṣevaṇāt || 16 - 35 || dadāmi buddhiyogaṃ tamantaḥkaraṇaśodhanam | sāṃkhyaṃ nāma dvitīyo ya upāyaḥ kathitastava || 16 - 36 || parokṣaḥ śāstrajanyo'sau nirṇayo dṛḍhatāṃ gataḥ | pratyakṣatāmivāpanno matprītiṃ janayetparām || 16 - 37 || ahaṃ saṃkhyāyamānā hi svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ | udbhāvayāmi tajjñānaṃ pratyakṣaṃ yadvivekajam || 16 - 38 || tṛtīyastu samādhyātmā pratyakṣo'viplavo [ā: pratyakṣāviplavo] dṛḍhaḥ | prakṛṣṭasattvasaṃbhūtaḥ prasādātiśayo hi saḥ || 16 - 39 || tṛtīyasya vidhā yo'sau saṃyamo nāma varṇitaḥ | bhogaiḥ śuddhaistridhodbhūtairatyantaprītaye mama || 16 - 40 || ahaṃ hi tatra viśvātmā viṣṇuśaktiḥ parāvarā | sākṣādeva samārādhyā devo vā puruṣottamaḥ || 16 - 41 || iti te kathitāḥ samyagupāyāstraya ūrjitāḥ | śṛṇūpāyaṃ caturthaṃ me sarvatyāgasamāhvayam || 16 - 42 || tatra [C: sarva] dharmān parityajya sarvānuccāvacāṅgakān | saṃsārānalasaṃtapto māmekāṃ śaraṇaṃ vrajet || 16 - 43 || ahaṃ hi śaraṇaṃ prāptā nareṇānanyacetasā | prāpayāmyātmanātmānaṃ nirdhūtākhilakalmaṣam || 16 - 44 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; ī: śrīpāñcarātre sāre] lakṣmītantre upāyaprakāravivaraṇaṃ [E: vedāntārthaprakāśo; F: omits the title] nāma ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 16 || ṭippaṇī - 32 - avibhāgastheti | ātmeti tūpagacchanti grāhayanti ca ityuktarītyā parasya brahmaṇo'vibhāgenopāsanamatrābhipretam | iti ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namaste kamalāvāse jananyai sarvadehinām | gṛhiṇyai padmanābhasya namaste sarasīruhe || 17 - 1 || upāyāste trayaḥ pūrve kathitā avadhāritāḥ | vyācakṣvāmba caturthaṃ tamupāyaṃ [E, ī: tvam] paramambuje || 17 - 2 || śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇo devo vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ | cāturātmyaṃ paraṃ brahma saccidānandamavraṇam || 17 - 3 || ekāhaṃ paramā śaktistasya devī sanātanī | karomi sakalaṃ kṛtyaṃ sarvabhāvānugāminī || 17 - 4 || śāntānantacidānandaṃ [ā, B, ṅ: śāntānanda] yad brahma paramaṃ dhruvam | mahāvibhūtisaṃsthānaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatam || 17 - 5 || tasya śaktirahaṃ brāhmī śāntānandacidātmikā | mahāvibhūtiranaghā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā || 17 - 6 || āśvāsanāya jīvānāṃ yattanmūrtīkṛtaṃ mahaḥ | nārāyaṇaḥ paraṃ brahma divyaṃ nayananandanam || 17 - 7 || tadā mūrtimatī sāhaṃ śaktirnārāyaṇī parā | samā samavibhaktāṅgā sarvāvayavasundarī || 17 - 8 || tayornau paramaṃ vyoma nirduḥkhaṃ padamuttamam [ī: sukhaṃ] | ṣāḍguṇyaprasaro divyaḥ svācchandyāddeśatāṃ gataḥ || 17 - 9 || svakarmanirataiḥ siddhairvedavedāntapāragaiḥ | anekajanmasaṃtānaniḥśeṣitakaṣāyakaiḥ || 17 - 10 || kleśena mahatā siddhairantarāyātigaiḥ kramāt | saṃkhyāvidhividhānajñaiḥ sāṃkhyaiḥ saṃkhyānapāragaiḥ || 17 - 11 || pratyāhṛtendriyagrāmairdhāraṇādhyānaśālibhiḥ | yogaiḥ [ā, B, ī: yogaiḥ] samāhitaiḥ śaśvatkleśena yadavāpyate || 17 - 12 || acchidrāḥ pañcakālajñāḥ pañcayajñavicakṣaṇāḥ | pūrṇe varṣaśate dhīrāḥ prāpnuvanti yadañjasā || 17 - 13 || yattatpurāṇamākāśaṃ sarvasmāt paramaṃ dhruvam | yatpadaṃ prāpya tattvajñā mucyante sarvabandhanaiḥ || 17 - 14 || sūryakoṭipratīkāśāḥ pūrṇendvayutasaṃnibhāḥ | yasmin pade virājante muktāḥ saṃsārabandhanaiḥ || 17 - 15 || indriyacchidravidhurā dyotamānāśca sarvataḥ | aniṣyandā anāhārāḥ ṣāḍguṇyatanavo'malāḥ [ā, B, C: sahitāmalāḥ] || 17 - 16 || ṭippaṇī - 5 - mahāvibhūtiḥ nityavibhūtiḥ | tripādasyāmṛtaṃ divi ityuktarītyā līlāvibhūtyapekṣayā tasyā mahattvāt mahāvibhūtitvam | 9 - madīyecchayā ṣāḍguṇyaprasara evāprākṛtadivyadeśatāṃ prāpta ityarthaḥ | 13 - acchidrāḥ bhagavadananubhavarūpacchidrarahitāḥ | yathoktam yanmuhūrtaṃ kṣaṇaṃ vāpi vāsudevo na cintyate | sā hānistanmahacchidraṃ sā bhrāntiḥ sā ca vikriyā || iti | p. 55) mūla - ekāntino mahābhāgā yatra paśyanti nau sadā | kṣapayitvādhikārān svān śaśvatkālena bhūyasā || 17 - 17 || vedhaso [ā, B, F: vasavo] yatra modante śaṃkarāḥ sapuraṃdarāḥ | sūrayo nityasaṃsiddhāḥ [ḍ: saṃbandhāḥ] sarvadā [ā, B, C, F: sarvajñā] sarvadarśinaḥ || 17 - 18 || vaiṣṇavaṃ paramaṃ rūpaṃ sākṣātkurvanti yatra te | aṣṭākṣaraikasaktānāṃ dviṣaṭkārṇaratātmanām || 17 - 19 || ṣaḍakṣaraprasaktānāṃ praṇavāsaktacetasām | jitaṃtāsaktacittānāṃ tārikāniratātmanām || 17 - 20 || anutārāprasaktānāṃ yat padaṃ vimalātmanām | anantavihageśānaviṣvaksenādayo'malāḥ || 17 - 21 || madājñākāriṇo yatra modante sakaleśvarāḥ | tatra divyavapuḥ śrīmān devadevo janārdanaḥ || 17 - 22 || anantabhogaparyaṅke niṣaṇṇaḥ susukhojjvale [B: susukho] | vijñānaiśvaryavīryasthaiḥ śaktitejobalolbaṇaiḥ || 17 - 23 || āyudhairbhūṣaṇairdivyairadbhutaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaḥ | pañcātmanā suparṇena pakṣirājena sevitaḥ || 17 - 24 || sā rūpyameyuṣā [ā, C, ḍ, F: īyuṣā] sākṣācchrīvatsakṛtalakṣmaṇā | senānyā sevitaḥ samyagviṣvaksenena dīpyatā [E, F: dīvyatā] || 17 - 25 || kṣemāya sarvalokānāmādhyānāya manīṣiṇām | muktaye'khilabandhānāṃ rūpadānāya yoginām || 17 - 26 || āste nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ | sukumāro yuvā devaḥ śrīvatsakṛtalakṣaṇaḥ || 17 - 27 || caturbhujo viśālākṣaḥ kirīṭī kaustubhaṃ vahan | hāranūpurakeyūrakāñcīpītāmbarojjvalaḥ || 17 - 28 || vanamālāṃ dadhaddivyāṃ pañcaśaktimayīṃ parām | sarvāvayavasaṃpannaḥ [E: saṃpūrṇaḥ] sarvāvayavasundaraḥ || 17 - 29 || rājarājo'khilasyāsya [B, ṅ: rāmo rājā] viśvasya parameśvaraḥ | kāntasya tasya devasya viṣṇoḥ sadguṇaśālinaḥ || 17 - 30 || dayitāhaṃ sadā devī jñānānandamayī parā | anavadyānavadyāṅgī nityaṃ taddharmadharmiṇī || 17 - 31 || īśvarī sarvabhūtānāṃ padmākṣī padmamālinī | śaktibhiḥ sevitā nityaṃ sṛṣṭisthityādibhiḥ parā || 17 - 32 || ṭippaṇī - abhigamanopādānejyāsvādhyāyayogākhyāḥ pañca kālāḥ | 17 - kṣapayitveti | atra yāvadadhikāramavasthitirādhikārikāṇām iti śārīrakasūtraṃ tadupabṛṃhaṇāni vacanāni cānusaṃdheyāni | 19 - aṣṭākṣaraḥ nārāyaṇāṣṭākṣaramantraḥ | dviṣaṭkārṇaḥ vāsudevadvādaśākṣaramantraḥ | 20 - ṣaḍakṣaraḥ śrīviṣṇuṣaḍakṣaramantraḥ | jitaṃtā jitaṃte puṇḍarīkākṣa ityādiślokarūpamantraḥ | asya mahimādikamahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāmuktaṃ veditavyam | tārikā hrīṃmantraḥ | 21 - anutārā śrīṃmantraḥ | 24 - pañcātmanā pañcopaniṣanmantrasvarūpeṇa | 25 - sārūpyaṃ śaṅkhacakrādinā bhagavatsārūpyam | tadevāha śrīvatseti | idaṃ ca viśeṣaṇadvayaṃ senānyetyanenānveti | 29 - sṛṣṭisthitisaṃhāranigrahānugrahāḥ pañca śaktayaḥ | 32 - īśvarīti | īṣṭe ityarthe kartari auṇādiko varaṭ pratyayaḥ | p. 56) mūla - dvātriṃśatā sahasreṇa sṛṣṭiśaktibhirāvṛtā | [B: omits this line] vṛtā taddviguṇābhiśca divyābhiḥ sthitiśaktibhiḥ || 17 - 33 || tataśca dviguṇābhiśca pūrṇā saṃhṛtiśaktibhiḥ | nāyikā sarvaśaktīnāṃ sarvalokamaheśvarī || 17 - 34 || mahiṣī devadevasya sarvakāmadughā vibhoḥ | tulyā guṇavayorūpairmanaḥpramathanī [ā, B, F: pramathane] hareḥ || 17 - 35 || taistairanuguṇairbhāvairahaṃ devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | karomi sakalaṃ kṛtyaṃ nityaṃ taddharmadharmiṇī || 17 - 36 || sāhamaṅke sthitā [ā, C, ḍ, F, ṅ: aṅkasthitā] viṣṇordevadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | lālitā tena cātyantaṃ sāmarasyamupeyuṣī || 17 - 37 || kadācit sarvadarśinyāḥ kṛpā me svayamudgatā | kliśyataḥ prāṇino dṛṣṭvā saṃsārajvalanodare || 17 - 38 || kathaṃ nvime [ā, B, C, F: tvime] bhaviṣyanti duḥkhottīrṇāḥ [E: duḥkhāt] sukhottarāḥ | [B: omits 4 line from here] saṃsāraparasīmānamāpnuyurmāṃ kathaṃ nviti [ā: tviti] || 17 - 39 || sāhamantaḥ kṛpāviṣṭā [E, ī: juṣṭā] devadevamacūcudam | bhagavan devadeveśa lokanātha mama priya || 17 - 40 || sarvāde sarvamadhyānta sarva sarvottarācyuta | govinda puṇḍarīkākṣa purāṇa puruṣottama [E, ī: puruṣeśvara] || 17 - 41 || dustarāpārasaṃsārasāgarottārakāraṇa | vyaktāvyaktajñakālākhyakḷptabhāvacatuṣṭaya || 17 - 42 || vāsudeva jagannātha saṃkarṣaṇa jagatprabho | pradyumna subhaga [E, ī: sarvaga] śrīmannaniruddhāparājita || 17 - 43 || nānāvibhavasaṃsthāna nānāvibhavabhājana [ā, B, F, ṅ: bhāvana] | divyaśāntoditānandaṣāḍguṇyodayavigraha || 17 - 44 || sphuratkirīṭakeyūrahāranūpurakaustubha | pītāmbara mahodāra puṇḍarīkanibhekṣaṇa || 17 - 45 || caturmūrte caturvyūha śaradindīvaradyute | abhirāmaśarīreśa nārāyaṇa jaganmaya || 17 - 46 || amī hi prāṇinaḥ sarve nimagnāḥ kleśasāgare | uttāraṃ prāṇināmasmātkathaṃ cintayasi prabho || 17 - 47 || ityukto devadeveśaḥ smayamāno'bravīdidam | aravindāsane devi padmagarbhe saroruhe || 17 - 48 || uttārahetavo'mīṣāmupāyā vihitā mayā | karma sāṃkhyaṃ tathā yoga iti śāstravyapāśrayāḥ || 17 - 49 || pratyavocamahaṃ devamityuktā puruṣottamam | devadeva na te śakyāḥ kartuṃ kālena gacchatā || 17 - 50 || kālo hi kalayanneva [ḍ: ekaḥ] svatantro bhavadātmakaḥ | jñānaṃ sattvaṃ balaṃ caiṣāmāyuśca vinikṛntati [B: parikṛntati; E: āyuścāpi nikṛntati] || 17 - 51 || antaḥkaraṇasaṃsthā hi vāsanā vividhātmikāḥ | tattatkālavaśaṃ prāpya yātayanti śarīriṇaḥ [B: śarīriṇām] || 17 - 52 || udāsīno bhavānevaṃ prāṇināṃ karma kurvatām | tattatkālānukūlāni [E: tattaddaśā] tatphalāni prayacchati || 17 - 53 || yena tvaṃ vata saṃrabdhaḥ prāṇinaḥ pālayiṣyasi | prabrūhi tamupāyaṃ me praṇatāyai janārdana || 17 - 54 || ityuktaḥ pratyuvācedaṃ bhagavānutsmayanniva | saroruhe vijānīṣe sarvamevātmano gatam || 17 - 55 || p. 57) mūla - māṃ tu jijñāsase devi tathāpi śṛṇu bhāmini | upāyāścāpyapāyāśca [E: apāyāścāpyupāyāśca] śāstrīyā nirmitā mayā || 17 - 56 || vihitā ya upāyāste niṣiddhāścetare matāḥ | adho nayantyapāyāstaṃ ya enānanuvartate [ā, B, F: etān] || 17 - 57 || ūrdhvaṃ nayantyupāyāstaṃ ya enānanuvartate [ā, C: etān] | upāyāpāyasaṃtyāgī [ḍ: saṃtyāgāt] madhyamāṃ vṛttimāśritaḥ || 17 - 58 || māmekaṃ śaraṇaṃ prāpya māmevānte samaśnute | ṣaḍaṅgaṃ tamupāyaṃ ca śṛṇu me padmasaṃbhave || 17 - 59 || ānukūlyasya saṃkalpaḥ prātikūlyasya varjanam | rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāso goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ tathā || 17 - 60 || ātmanikṣepakārpaṇye ṣaḍvidhā śaraṇāgatiḥ | evaṃ māṃ śaraṇaṃ prāpya vītaśokabhayaklamaḥ || 17 - 61 || nirārambho nirāśīśca [ā, ḍ, E: nirāśī] nirmamo nirahaṃkṛtiḥ | māmeva śaraṇaṃ prāpya taret saṃsārasāgaram || 17 - 62 || satkarmaniratāḥ [C: svakarma; ṅ: ṣaṭkarma] śuddhāḥ sāṃkhyayogavidastathā [E: vidaśca ye] | nārhanti śaraṇasthasya kalāṃ koṭitamīmapi || 17 - 63 || iti tasya vacaḥ śrutvā devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | prītāhamabhavaṃ śakra tadidaṃ varṇitaṃ tava || 17 - 64 || śakraḥ - devapriye [E: devadevapriye devi] mahādevi namaste paṅkajāsane | ānukūlyādikaṃ bhāvaṃ mama vyācakṣva vistarāt || 17 - 65 || śrīḥ - ānukūlyamiti proktaṃ sarvabhūtānukūlatā | antaḥ sthitāhaṃ sarveṣāṃ bhāvanāmiti niścayāt || 17 - 66 || mayīva sarvabhūteṣu hyānukūlyaṃ samācaret | tathaiva prātikūlyaṃ ca bhūteṣu parivarjayet || 17 - 67 || tyāgo garvasya kārpaṇyaṃ śrutaśīlādijanmanaḥ | aṅgasāmagryasaṃpatteraśakterapi karmaṇām || 17 - 68 || adhikārasya cāsiddherdeśakālaguṇakṣayāt | upāyā naiva sidhyanti hyapāyā bahulāstathā || 17 - 69 || iti yā garvahānistaddainyaṃ kārpaṇyamucyate | śakteḥ sūpasadatvācca kṛpāyogācca śāśvatāt || 17 - 70 || ṭippaṇī - 56 - upāyāḥ puṇyasaṃpādakāḥ jyotiṣṭomādayaḥ | apāyāḥ pāpasaṃpādakāḥ parahiṃsādayaḥ | 58 - saṃtyāgīti | puṇyapāpasaṃpādakāni kāmyaniṣiddhāni parityajya nityanaimittikakriyāpara ityarthaḥ || 59 - māmekam māmevetyarthaḥ | ekaśabdo'vadhāraṇārthaḥ san anyayogavyavacchede vartate | atredaṃ bodhyam śaraṇavaraṇāt pūrvaṃ madhyamavṛttyāśrayaṇaṃ bhavatu vā mā vā | asti cet śaraṇavaraṇe tvarāmupajanayati | na cet vilambaḥ | śaraṇavaraṇānantaraṃ tu yāvajjīvaṃ madhyamavṛttyāśrayaṇamavaśyaṃ kartavyam | na cet vilambena phalaṃ syāt | pūrvakṛtāni tu karmāṇi nyāsabalādeva naśyanti | paścāt kṛtāni tu prāmādikāni na śliṣyanti | buddhipūrvakṛtānyapi prāyaścittāpanodyāni bhavanti | ataḥ cāndrāyaṇādiprāyaścittapariharaṇāya madhyamavṛttyāśrayaṇamāvaśyakaṃ vidhīyata iti | 63 - satkarmaniratāḥ karmayoganiṣṭhāḥ | sāṃkhyavidaḥ jñānayoginaḥ | yogavidaḥ bhaktiyoginaḥ | 66 - ānukūlyasaṃkalpo na kevalamāvayorviṣaye | kiṃtu asmaccheṣabhūteṣu sarveṣvapi bhūteṣvi tyāha sarveti | p. 58) mūla- īśeśitavyasaṃbandhādanidaṃprathamādapi | rakṣiṣyatyanukūlānna iti yā sudṛḍhā matiḥ || 17 - 71 || sa viśvāso bhavecchakra sarvaduṣkṛtanāśanaḥ | karuṇāvānapi vyaktaṃ śaktaḥ svāmyapi dehinām || 17 - 72 || aprārthito na gopāyediti tatprārthanāmatiḥ | gopāyitā bhavetyevaṃ goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ smṛtam || 17 - 73 || tena saṃrakṣyamāṇasya phale svāmyaviyuktatā | keśavārpaṇaparyantā hyātmanikṣepa ucyate || 17 - 74 || nikṣepāparaparyāyo nyāsaḥ pañcāṅgasaṃyutaḥ | saṃnyāsastyāga ityuktaḥ śaraṇāgatirityapi || 17 - 75 || upāyo'yaṃ caturthaste proktaḥ śīghraphalapradaḥ | asmin hi vartamānānāṃ vidhau vipraniṣevite || 17 - 76 || pūrve traya upāyāste bhaveyuramanoharāḥ | ānukūlyetarābhyāṃ ca vinivṛttirapāyataḥ || 17 - 77 || kārpaṇyenāpyupāyānāṃ vinivṛttirihoditā [E, ī: iheritā] | rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāsādabhīṣṭopāyakalpanam [ā, ṅ: rakṣaṇopāyakalpanam] || 17 - 78 || goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ nāma svābhiprāyanivedanam | sarvajño'pi hi viśveśaḥ sadā kāruṇiko'pi san || 17 - 79 || saṃsāratantravāhitvādrakṣāpekṣāṃ pratīkṣate | ātmātmīyabharanyāso hyātmanikṣepa ucyate || 17 - 80 || hiṃsāsteyādayaḥ śāstrairapāyatvena darśitāḥ | karmasāṃkhyādayaḥ śāstrairupāyatvena darśitāḥ || 17 - 81 || apāyopāyasaṃtyāgī madhyamāṃ [ā, C, F, ṅ: mādhyamīṃ] sthitimāsthitaḥ | rakṣiṣyatīti niścitya nikṣiptasvasvagocaraḥ || 17 - 82 || budhyeta devadeveśaṃ [E, ī: devadevaṃ taṃ] goptāraṃ puruṣottamam | śakraḥ - upāyāpāyayormadhye kīdṛśī sthitirambike || 17 - 83 || apāyopāyatāmeva kriyā sarvāvalambate | svīkāre [E: svīkāraḥ] vyatireke [E: vyatirekaḥ] ca niṣedhavidhiśāstrayoḥ || 17 - 84 || dṛśyate karmaṇo vyaktamapāyopāyarūpatā | śrīḥ - trividhāṃ paśya deveśa karmaṇo gahanāṃ gatim || 17 - 85 || niṣedhavidhiśāstrebhyastāṃ vidhāṃ ca nibodha me | anarthasādhanaṃ kiṃcitkiṃciccāpyarthasādhanam || 17 - 86 || anarthaparihāraṃ [E, ī: parihārāya] ca kiṃcit [E: kiṃciddharmo'pi] karmopadiśyate | trairāśyaṃ karmaṇāmevaṃ vijñeyaṃ śāstracakṣuṣā || 17 - 87 || ṭippaṇī - 79 - śaraṇyasya sarvajñatvāt karuṇākaratvācca svayamevārtān rakṣipyatītyāśaṅkyāha sarvajño'pīti | saṃsāratantravāhitvaṃ nāma līlāvibhūtinirvahaṇam | vyājānapekṣarakṣaṇe sukṛdduṣkṛtsādhāraṇyena sarvarakṣaṇaprasaktau dharmādharmakṛtyākṛtyanyāyānyāyasaṃkaraprasaṅgaḥ | svecchayā kāṃścideva rakṣan anyān na rakṣati cet samo'haṃ sarvabhūteṣu ityudghoṣayatastasya vaiṣamyanairghṛṇyaprasaṅga iti bhāvaḥ | 84 - niṣiddhasvīkāre vihitāsvīkāre cāpāyaḥ | vihitasvīkāre niṣiddhāsvīkāre copāyaḥ | 86 - hiṃsādi anarthasādhanam | jyotiṣṭomādi svargādyarthasādhanam | prāyaścittādi anarthaparihārakam | p. 59) mūla - aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ namaste [F: omits this verse] padmanilaye padmasaṃbhave | viditaṃ veditavyaṃ me vedānteṣvapi durlabham || 18-1 || brūhi mantramayaṃ mārgamidānīṃ viṣṇuvallabhe | yaṃ vijñāyārcayeyeṃ te divyāṃ mantramayīṃ tanum || 18-2 || kuto mantrasamutpattiḥ kva ca mantraḥ pralīyate [B: vilīyate] | mantrasya kiṃ phalaṃ padme kena madhye prapūryate || 18-3 || kiyatyaśca vidhā [B, ṅ, ī: vidhāstasya] asya parimāṇaṃ kiyat kila | kṣetrakṣetrajñabhāvaśca kīdṛśaḥ paramo'mbuje || 18-4 || mantraśca kena saṃgrāhya upadeṣṭā ca kīdṛśaḥ | upāsanaprakāraśca kathamasyābjasaṃbhave || 18-5 || upāsanopayogī ca yāvānartho'mbujāsane | siddhisādhanayogaśca pratyayāśca tathā tathā || 18-6 || yogaḥ svādhyāyayogaśca rakṣāyogastathaiva ca | prāyaścittavidhiścaiva [ā, F, ṅ: prāyaścitti] śrāddhakalpastathaiva [ā: śraddhākalpaḥ] ca || 18-7 || dīkṣāpratiṣṭhayoḥ kalpo yantrakalpastathaiva ca | etacca nikhilaṃ yaccāpyadṛṣṭamupayujyate [B: upapadyate] || 18-8 || prabrūhi tadaśeṣeṇa namaste padmasaṃbhave | tavaiṣa śirasā pādau nato'smi kamalāruṇau || 18-9 || śaraṇaṃ ca prapanno'smi paṅkaje tvamadhīhi bho | śrīḥ [ī: śrīruvāca] . praśnabhāro'yamatulastvayoddiṣṭaḥ puraṃdara || 18-10 || vācyaste prītisaṃyogācchṛṇu vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ | ahamityeva yaḥ pūrṇaḥ [B, ṅ, ī: pūrṇa] puruṣaḥ puṣkareṣaṇaḥ || 18-11 || svabhāvaḥ sarvabhāvānāmabhāvānāṃ ca vāsava | idaṃtayāvalīḍhaṃ yat sadasajjagati sthitam || 18-12 || tattallakṣaṇavanto ye tadahaṃtve vilīyate | vilīnedaṃpadadvīpaḥ prāptaikadhyaścidambudhiḥ || 18-13 || nistaraṅgodayo'nanto vāsudevaḥ prakāśate | pūrṇāhaṃtāsmi tasyaikā śaktirīśvaratāmayī || 18-14 || nityoditā sadānandā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā | sarvabhāvasamudbhūtiḥ sarvapratyakṣasaṃmatā || 18-15 || yā hyeṣā pratibhā tattatpadārthakramarūṣitā [ṅ: rūpiṇī] | uddhṛteṣu padārtheṣu sāhamakramaśālinī || 18-16 || ṭippaṇī 12. idaṃtayeti | idamiti pratītiviṣayatayetyarthaḥ | parāktveneti yāvat | yuṣmadasmatpratyayagocaratvaṃ hi krameṇa parāktvapratyaktvayorlakṣaṇamāmananti | 13. vilīnetyādi idaṃpadārthabhūtāḥ sarve'pi acitpadārthaḥ ta eva dvīpāḥ cidambudhau vāsudeve vilīya tena sahaikatvaṃ prāptā ityarthaḥ | 15. nityoditeti | udayo dvividhaḥ - śāntodayaḥ nityodayaśceti | avatārāvasthāyāmādyaḥ | parāvasthāyāṃ dvitīyaḥ | p. 62) mūla - avabodhātmikāyā me yā pratyagavamarśitā [C: avamarśinī] | sā sphurattā mahānandā śabdabrahmeti gīyate || 18-17 || prakāśānandasārāhaṃ sarvamantraprasūḥ parā | śabdānāṃ jananī śaktirudayāstamayojjhitā || 18-18 || vyāpakaṃ yatparaṃ brahma nārāyaṇamanāmayam | śāntatā nāma yāvasthā sāhaṃ śāntākhilaprasūḥ || 18-19 || tasyā me ya udeti sma sisṛkṣākhyo'lpa [B: ayam] udyamaḥ | sa śabdārthavibhedena śānta unmeṣa ucyate || 18-20 || śabdodayapuraskāraḥ sarvatrārthodayaḥ smṛtaḥ | arthaśabdapravṛttyātmā śabdasya sthūlatā hi sā || 18-21 || bodhonmeṣaḥ smṛtaḥ śabdaḥ śabdonmeṣo'rtha ucyate | udyacchabdodayaḥ śakteḥ prathamaḥ śāntatātmanaḥ || 18-22 || sa nāda iti vikhyāto vācyatāmasṛṇastadā | nādena saha śaktiḥ sā sūkṣmeti parigīyate || 18-23 || nādāt paro ya unmeṣo dvitīyaḥ śaktisaṃbhavaḥ | bindurityucyate so'tra vācyo'pi masṛṇaḥ sthitaḥ || 18-24 || paśyantī nāma sāvasthā mama divyā mahodayā | tataḥ paro ya unmeṣastṛtīyaḥ śaktisaṃbhavaḥ || 18-25 || madhyamā sā daśā tatra saṃskārayati saṃgatim | vācyavācakabhedastu tadā saṃskāratāmayaḥ || 18-26 || caturthastu ya unmeṣaḥ śaktermādhyamikāt paraḥ | vaikharī nāma sāvasthā varṇavākyasphuṭodayā || 18-27 || asti śaktiḥ kriyātmā me bodharūpānuyāyinī [B: anapāyinī] | sā prāṇayati nādādiṃ śaktyunmeṣaparaṃparām || 18-28 || śāntarūpātha paśyantī madhyamā vaikharī tathā | catūrūpā catūrūpaṃ vacmi vācyaṃ svanirmitam || 18-29 || vāsudevādayaḥ sūkṣmā vācyāḥ śāntādayaḥ kramāt | ahamekapadī jñeyā prakāśānandarūpiṇī || 18-30 || vācyavācakabhedena [B: bhāvena] punaḥ sā dvipadī smṛtā | [B and F omit nine lines from here] ūṣmāntaḥsthasvarasparśabhedāccāhaṃ catuṣpadī || 18-31 || aṣṭavargavibhedācca sāhamaṣṭapadī smṛtā | aghoṣarūpeṇānyena yuktā navapadī smṛtā || 18-32 || ahamekapadī divyā śabdabrahmamayī parā | ghoṣavarṇasvarūpeṇa varte'haṃ dvipadī punaḥ || 18-33 || takṣatī salilaṃ sarvaṃ dravyajātiguṇakriyāḥ | caturdhābhidadhānāhaṃ catuṣpadyuditā budhaiḥ || 18-34 || ṭippaṇī 17. pratyagavamarśitā ahaṃpratyayagamyatā | 21. śabdasyodayaḥ prathamam anantaramarthasyeti tāntrikasiddhāntaḥ | śrutāvapi nāmarūpe vyākaravāṇi iti nāmavyākaraṇaṃ pūrvaṃ tato rūpavyākaraṇamuktaṃ veditavyam | 23. evaṃ ca śabdabrahma parā vāk nāda iti paryāyāḥ | 24. nādānantaraṃ yaḥ śaktyunmeṣaḥ sa binduriti paśyantīti cocyate | 25. bindoranantaraṃ śaktyunmeṣasya madhyameti nāma | 31. śaṣasahā ūṣmāṇaḥ | yaralavā antaḥsthāḥ | acaḥ svarāḥ | kādayo māvasānāḥ sparśāḥ | 32. aṣṭavargāḥ - svaravargaḥ kādipāntavargāḥ pañca ūṣmavargaḥ antaḥsthavargaśceti | aghoṣāśca - yamāḥ jihvāmūlīyopadhmānīyau visargaśceti | 33. prakārāntareṇaikadhyādikamucyate | śabdabrahmarūpeṇaikarūpā | dhvanivarṇātmanā dvirūpā | 34. takṣatī takṣantī tanūkurvatī | sarvaṃ salilaṃ saṃsaraṇahetuṃ prākṛtatuṣṭim | salilākhyastuṣṭiviśeṣaḥ sāṃkhyasamayaprasiddhaḥ | atra gaurīrmimāya salilāni takṣatyekapadī dvipadī sā catuṣpadī | p. 63) nāmabhāvadvayopetā sāhamaṣṭapadī smṛtā | avikalpavikalpasthā sāhaṃ navapadī smṛtā || 18-35 || vyomnyahaṃ parame divyā hyanantākṣaramālinī | iyadvitativistīrṇā pūrṇāhaṃtāhamādimā || 18-36 || mantrāṇāṃ jananī jñeyā bhuktimuktipradāyinī | udyanti mantrakallolā matta eva cidambudheḥ || 18-37 || māmāśritya [F: māmevāśritya vartante] vivartante yānti cāstaṃ muhurmayi | saṃvidānandasaṃdohasundarāḥ śabdadehakāḥ || 18-38 || sāmarthyapūrṇāḥ phaladā mantrātmāno hi manmayāḥ | varṇāḥ padāni vākyāni sahaprakaraṇāhnikaiḥ || 18-39 || adhyāyāśca paricchedāḥ sargā ucchvāsakāstathā | paṭalādyā avacchedāḥ [ḍ: vyavacchedāḥ] praśnavākānuvākakāḥ || 18-40 || maṇḍalāni ca kāṇḍāni saṃhitā vividhātmikāḥ | ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni sūktāni ca khilaiḥ samam || 18-41 || śāstratantrātmakāḥ śabdā bāhyābāhyāgamāstathā | bhāṣāśca vividhāstāstā vyaktāvyaktagiraḥ smṛtāḥ || 18-42 || mantrarūpamidaṃ śakra viddhi madrūpavedinām | bhāvanātāratamyena mantramantrivyavasthitiḥ || 18-43 || māṃ trāyate'yamityevaṃ yogena svīkṛto dhvaniḥ | guptāśayaḥ sadā yaśca mantrajñaṃ trāyate bhayāt || 18-44 || sa mantraḥ saṃsmṛto'haṃtāvikāsaḥ śabdajaiḥ kramaiḥ | pūrṇāhaṃtāsamudbhūtaiḥ śuddhabodhānvayo yataḥ || 18-45 || sarve mantrā madīyāḥ syuḥ prabhavāpyayavedinām | madīyāścānyadīyāśca bhāvanātāratamyataḥ || 18-46 || prakṛtyanvayino mantrā madīyāḥ syuḥ pradhānataḥ | bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ brahma svārasyena viśanti ye || 18-47 || prakṛtyanvayino mantrāstārikottārikādayaḥ | mantrāḥ svarasato yānti ye bhāvaṃ bhavaduttaram || 18-48 || te'pavargapradā jñeyāstāraprāsādakādayaḥ | bhāvottarāṃ samāṃ vāpi ye bhajanti bhavatsthitim || 18-49 || bhogāpavargadā mantrā jñeyāste tārikādayaḥ | viśanti bhāvamevaike yāntyeke bhavadeva ca || 18-50 || bhuktidā muktidāścaiva dvitaye te vyavasthayā | prakṛtyanvayināmevaṃ svabhāvaḥ parikīrtitaḥ | abhisaṃdhibalāt sarvaṃ dvitaye te vitanvate || 18-51 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra] lakṣmītantre mantrasvarūpakathanaṃ [ī: omits the title] nāma aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - aṣṭāpadī navapadī babhūvuṣī sahasrākṣarā parame vyoman || (ṛ0 1-164-41) iti śrutiranukriyate | catuṣpadī dravyajātiguṇakriyāśabdātmanā catūrūpā | 35. teṣāmeva śabdārthātmanā pratyekaṃ dvaividhye saṃkalayyāṣṭarūpā | 36. eṣā ca vyavasthā prākṛtaloka eva | aprākṛtaloke tu anantākṣararūpā | 38. vivartante pariṇamanti | nātrānyaparibhāṣito vivarto vivakṣitaḥ traiguṇyaṃ pariṇāmi tat ityuktatvena triguṇapariṇāmatvāt śabdasya | ityaṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ [B, ī: śrīruvāca] sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā pūrvā pūrṇāhaṃtā hareraham | sṛṣṭirūpā parā śaktirūpetyevoditāsmyaham || 19-1 || daśa pañca ca tulyā me daśāstridaśanandana | anuttaraṃ svasaṃvedyaṃ cidrūpaṃ mama śāśvatam || 19-2 || vāktattvaṃ tadakārātmā sarvavāṅmayasaṃbhavaḥ | tadevānandarūpeṇa dvitīyaḥ svara iṣyate || 19-3 || icchātmanā tṛtīyaḥ syādīśānātmā turīyakaḥ | unmeṣaḥ pañcamaḥ ṣaṣṭha ūrjatārūpa ucyate || 19-4 || catuṣkaṃ madhyamaṃ yattadicchādereva vikriyā | anuttarecchāsaṃyogādekāro nāma jāyate || 19-5 || tasyaivānandasaṃyogājjagadyonirudāhṛtā | anuttaronmeṣayogādokāro nāma jāyate || 19-6 || tasyaivānuttaraśleṣāt sadyojātasamudbhavaḥ | anuttarādbhavantyete vikāsā vedyasaṃśrayāḥ || 19-7 || tādṛktādṛksamunmeṣā ānandādyāstrayodaśa | trayodaśatayonmeṣāḥ śritā vedanaśeṣitām || 19-8 || anuttarīṃ sūkṣmadaśāṃ sa tu pañcadaśaḥ [B: pañcadaśa svarāḥ] svaraḥ | etāḥ pañcadaśāvasthā visṛṣṭeḥ sphuraṇodyamāḥ || 19-9 || daśabhiḥ pañcabhiścaivamaṅgaiḥ pūrṇā [B, ḍ, F: pūrṇa] sisṛkṣayā | daivī [B: devī] sṛṣṭimayī śaktiḥ kṛtye kṛtye kṛtodyamā || 19-10 || visṛjatyāstu tasyā me tattvānāṃ pañcaviṃśatim [ṅ: viṃśatiḥ] | puruṣādyāḥ pṛthivyantāḥ kādimāntāḥ samudgatāḥ || 19-11 || tattadakṣarasaṃsphūrtestattattattvaṃ samudgatam | catuṣkaṃ dhāraṇārūpaṃ yādivāntamudīryate || 19-12 || dhārayanti yato madhye puruṣaṃ dhāraṇāḥ smṛtāḥ | kalā kiṃcitkriyārūpā yakāro vātasaṃjñitaḥ [B: saṃjñakaḥ] || 19-13 || kiṃcijjñānātmikā vidyā rephaḥ pāvakasaṃjñitaḥ | stambhamohātmikā māyā lakāraḥ pṛthivī mataḥ || 19-14 || ṭippaṇī 1. sisṛkṣāvasthāyām ahaṃteti nāmnā prathitā | sṛṣṭyavasthāyāṃ parā śaktiriti nāmnā prathitā | 2. daśetyādi akārādibindvantāḥ pañcadaśa daśā jñeyāḥ | visargasya daśāprakṛtitvāt daśāsu na parigaṇanamiti jñeyam | 5. catuṣkamiti | ṛ ṝ ḷ ḹkārarūpamityarthaḥ | tasmāt teṣāṃ na pṛthak grahaṇaṃ kṛtam | 6. jagadyoniḥ aikāraḥ | 7. sadyojātaḥ aukāraḥ | 8. vedanaśeṣitām saṃvidrūpeṇa pariśeṣitām | asya sūkṣmadaśāmityuttareṇānvayaḥ | 9. sūkṣmadaśā binduḥ | sa ca pañcadaśaḥ akāramārabhya gaṇane bhavati | 10. sisṛkṣayeti hetau tṛtīyā | 11. me iti pañcamyarthe vibhaktipratirūpakamavyayam madityarthaḥ | samudgatā ityanenānveti | kādimāntā iti vyutkrameṇānvayaḥ | 12. dhāraṇeti | paradaśāyā aparadaśāmavatarataḥ puruṣasya dhāraṇāt dhāraṇeti samākhyā | p. 65) mūla - rañjanātmā rāgaśaktirvakāro varuṇātmakaḥ | parāparadaśāmdhye dhārayantyo naraṃ sadā || 19-15 || catasro dhāraṇā jñeyāstā etāstattvakovidaiḥ | śādikṣāntaṃ tu vijñeyaṃ viśuddhaṃ brahmapañcakam || 19-16 || śaṣasaho'niruddhādyā vijñeyāstridaśeśvara | sṛjantyāḥ kṣubhitaṃ rūpaṃ sṛṣṭyādau yanmamādbhutam || 19-17 || kṣobhikā sā mahāśaktiḥ kṣātmā satyāparāhvayā | pṛthivyādyā viyatprāntā yā divyāḥ pañcaśaktayaḥ || 19-18 || balādipañcakātmāno divyā matsattvanāmikāḥ | jñānātmāno mamodyatyastā etāḥ śādiśaktayaḥ || 19-19 || visargo nāma yaḥ proktaḥ purā pañcadaśāṅgavān | sāhaṃ somamayī śaktiḥ kiraṇāyutasaṃkulā || 19-20 || saṃkocaśca [C: omits 4 lins from here] vikāsaśca tāveva parikīrtitau | aṅgānāmantimo yastu proktaḥ pañcadaśo mayā || 19-21 || ādānaśīlaṃ taṃ viddhi sūryaṃ bhoktāramañjasā | sūryācandramasāvetau bindusargau puraṃdara || 19-22 || kiraṇāḥ [B: omits 3 lines from here] sapta sapta syurdevayoranayordvayoḥ | caturdaśa svarāḥ śiṣṭāḥ sapta yugmāni kalpayet || 19-23 || teṣu saptasu yugmeṣu pūrve sapta puraṃdara | śoṣakāḥ sūryarūpāyā bhoktrākhyāyā mamāṃśavaḥ || 19-24 || uttare sapta yugmeṣu śītalāhlādakāriṇaḥ | poṣakāḥ somarūpāyā bhogyākhyāyā mamāṃśavaḥ || 19-25 || ālokastīkṣṇatā vyāptirgrahaṇaṃ kṣepaṇeraṇe | pāka ityuditāḥ pūrve kiraṇāḥ sūryasaṃbhavāḥ || 19-26 || dravatā [F: bhāvanā] śītabhāvaśca śāntiḥ [ā, B, C: śaktiḥ] kāntiḥ prasannatā | rasatānanda ityete sapta cāndramasāḥ karāḥ || 19-27 || agniṣomātmakairebhiḥ [ḍ: etaiḥ] kiraṇaiḥ kāntiśālinī | pumāṃsaṃ bindurūpaṃ tamaṅgīkṛtya viśeṣaṇī || 19-28 || somarūpottarā śaktikoṭimaṇḍalamaṇḍitā | mahāsṛṣṭirmahānandā pravarte'ntyasvarātmanā || 19-29 || tasyāḥ pravartamānāyā [B: tasyāṃ pravartamānāyāṃ] udgataṃ brahmapañcakam | kṣādi śāntaṃ sureśāna śaktyunmeṣaviśeṣitam || 19-30 || ṭippaṇī 12. aniruddhādyā iti krameṇānvayaḥ | śakāraḥ aniruddhātmakaḥ | 17. kṣakārasya satyātmakatvamāha kṣobhiketi | 18. balādīti | balaiśvaryavīryaśaktitejāṃsītyarthaḥ | 21. binduḥ saṃkocaḥ | visargaḥ vikāsaḥ | antima iti | bindurityarthaḥ | 22. bhoktāram saṃhārakamityarthaḥ | binduḥ sūryaḥ | visargaścandramā ityarthaḥ | 24. pūrve sapteti | a i u ṛ ḷ e o iti saptetyarthaḥ | 25. uttare sapteti | ā ī ū ṝ ḹ ai au iti saptetyarthaḥ | 26. akārādyokārāntānāṃ saptānāṃ yugmasthapūrvavarṇānāṃ sūryakiraṇātmakatvaṃ guṇāṃścāha āloka ityādi | tathā ca jayākhye - ālokastīkṣṇatrā vyāptirgrahaṇaṃ kṣepaṇeraṇe | pākaḥ prāptiriti hyaṣṭau sūryabhāge vyavasthitāḥ | akārādiṣu hrasveṣu varṇeṣveteṣvanukramāt || (6-13) iti | atrānusvāramapi saṃyojyāṣṭatvamuktam | p. 66) mūla - kṣa ityeva mahākṣobha uditaḥ satyasaṃjñayā | vāsudevākhyayā ho'bhūt sākhyaḥ saṃkarṣaṇodayaḥ || 19-31 || pradyumnaḥ ṣākhyayā jñeyo hyaniruddhastu śākhyayā | tā etāḥ śaktayaḥ pañca pañcabrahmātmikāḥ parāḥ || 19-32 || sphūrtayo madabhinnāstā jagadutpattihetavaḥ | jvālā iva mahāvahnerbrahmaṇo mama śaktayaḥ || 19-33 || catasro dhāraṇā jātā vādyā yāntāḥ puraṃdara | turyādyā jāgradantāstā avasthāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 19-34 || pumāṃsaṃ dhārayantyetā madhyato daśayordvayoḥ | yaiṣā brahmadaśā proktā prākṛtī bhādikā [ā, B: bhautikī] ca yā || 19-35 || madhya tayormakārākhyo dhāraṇānāṃ catuṣkataḥ | dhriyate [ā: śrayate; F: kriyate] sa pumān prokto jāgradādivibhedavān || 19-36 || yadi na dhriyate tābhirdaśāmanyatarāṃ vrajet | brāhmīṃ vā prākṛtīṃ vāpi naiva syāt saṃsṛtistataḥ || 19-37 || ityarthaṃ [ā, B: ya itthaṃ] dhāraṇā mattaḥ prādurbhūtā mamājñayā | tato daśācatuṣkasthaḥ puruṣo bhoktṛsaṃjñakaḥ || 19-38 || matto jajñe ma ityevaṃ yogyo bhogāpavargayoḥ | bhogānāṃ prasavārthāya puruṣasyāsya vāsava || 19-39 || acaitanyaṃ paraṃ sūkṣmaṃ guṇasāmyamanulbaṇam | yonisvabhāvasaṃjñātaṃ matto'bhūdbha iti svayam || 19-40 || ṭippaṇī - 27. evamuttaravarṇānāṃ somakiraṇātmakatvaṃ guṇāṃścāha - dravatetyādinā | jayākhye ca - dravatā śaityabhāvaśca tṛptiḥ kāntiḥ prasannatā | rasatāsvāda ānando hyaṣṭau cāndrā ime matāḥ || (6-15) iti | atra visargaṃ saṃyojyāṣṭatvaṃ bhāvyam | 31. kṣādiśāntādhiṣṭhāyibrahmapañcakanāmānyāha - satyetyādinā | 32. brahmātmikāḥ brahmamayya ityarthaḥ | 33. brahmaṇo mameti | brahmābhinnāyā mametyarthaḥ | 35. madhyata iti | parāparadaśayormadhye ityarthaḥ | bhādiketi | bhakārādikakāraparyantādhiṣṭhātṛbhūtāḥ prakṛtyādipṛthivyantā jñeyāḥ | 38. dhāraṇāḥ antaḥsthā | brahmaprākṛtadaśāmadhyasthatvāt antaḥsthā ityuktāḥ | ahirbudhnye tu - antaḥsthā iti ca proktā antaḥsthapuruṣeśayāḥ it vyutpattyantaramuktam | 39. matto jajñe ma ityevamityanena maśabdasya jīvavācakasya vyutpattirabhipretā | manadhātorniṣpattirapyanyatroktā | 40. acaitanyamiti bahuvrīhiḥ | acetanamityarthaḥ | acetanā parārthā ca nityā satatavikriyā ityanyatroktam | anulbaṇam avyaktamityarthaḥ | yoniḥ svabhāva iti ca tannām | bha iti bhakāravācyatvenetyarthaḥ | p. 67) mūla - bhogyabhogādisiddhyarthaṃ [B: bhogyadattvādi] bhuñjānasya vipaścitaḥ [F: avipaścitaḥ] | bādyāt kakāraparyantādvarṇagrāmāt puraṃdara || 19-41 || vyaktāni jajñire matto viṃśatistrīṇi ca kramāt | buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ sṛṣṭirbāditrayāttathā || 19-42 || śrotrādernāditānteṣu pañcakasya samudbhavaḥ | vāgāderṇādiṭānteṣu pañcakasya samudbhavaḥ || 19-43 || śabdādyāḥ [ī: vyomādyā] pañcatanmātrāñādicānteṣu jajñire | viyadādīni bhūtāni ṅādikānteṣu jajñire || 19-44 || bodhaḥ śabdātmanodeti śabdasttvarthātmanā tataḥ | viddhi bodhaṃ tu madrūpaṃ sarveyaṃ mattatistataḥ || 19-45 || varṇādhvanastviyaṃ rītirmadhyamā kathitā tava | ādyāmantāṃ ca deveśa gadantyā me niśāmaya || 19-46 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā, ḍ: śrīpañcarātra] lakṣmītantre varṇotpattinirūpaṇaṃ [ā: omits the title] nāma ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 41. tattvāvirbhāvakramamanurudhya bādyādityādinā varṇānāṃ vyutkrameṇa nirdeśaḥ kṛtaḥ | ityekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ viṃśodhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namonikhilanirmāṇatrāṇasaṃharaśaktaye | hareḥ svarūpabhūtāyai namaste jñānarūpiṇi || 20-1 || tvatprasādānmayā padme rahasyaṃ paramaṃ śrutam | varṇādhvānaṃ yathāvanme [ā, B: padme] bhūyastvaṃ vaktumarhasi || 20-2 || śrīḥ [C: śrīruvāca] - śṛṇu varṇādhvano rītimādyāṃ tridaśapuṃgava | prāpnoti yatparijñānātsādhako matsarūpatām [C: matsvarūpatām] || 20-3 || vedyavedakanirmuktamacyutaṃ brahma yat param | anastamitabhārūpaṃ sarvābhinnamahaṃpadam || 20-4 || ahaṃtā nāma sā śaktistadabhinnā sadoditā | anastamitabhārūpā vedyavedakavarjitā || 20-5 || prakāśānandasārāhaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā | koṭikoṭyayutaikāṃśakoṭyaṃśe kṣubhitā satī || 20-6 || śabdabrahmasvarūpeṇa svaśaktyā svayameva hi | muktaye'khilajīvānāmudemi parameśvarāt || 20-7 || tadavyaktākṣaraṃ viddhi tantrīśabdo yathā kalaḥ | pṛthagvarṇātmanā yāti sthitaye naikadhā [F: anekadhā] sa tu || 20-8 || sūkṣmavarṇasvarūpo'sau dhārāsaṃtānarūpadhṛt | pañcādhvakośamuktasya manniṣṭhasya vivekinaḥ [B: vivekataḥ] || 20-9 || anubhūtipadaṃ [ā, B, C, ḍ: so'nubhūti] yāti prasādāt paramātmanaḥ | maccāturātmyanicayo vijñeyo hi tadātmanā [C: tadātmanām] || 20-10 || prabhavāpyayayogena bhārūpadhvanilakṣaṇaḥ | sakārāntastvakārācca hakārādānta eva ca || 20-11 || prabhave dvādaśāntastu hakāraścaturātmanām | akārastvapyaye caitau dvādaśāntābubhau samau || 20-12 || vārṇe vyūhasamūhe'smin jñeyaṃ jñānasamādhinā | viśrāma udayo vyāptirvyaktirā vāsudevataḥ || 20-13 || ṭippaṇī - 9. bhuvanādhvapadādhvamantrādhvatattvādhvakalādhvānaḥ pañcādhvānaḥ | māyāprasūtiprakṛtibrahmāṇḍajīvadehākhyāḥ pañca kośāḥ | 10. cāturātmyaṃ vāsudevasaṃkarṣaṇādikam | tadātmanā varṇātmanā | taccānantarameva vakṣyate | 11. utpattikrame dhvanilakṣaṇaḥ | apyayakrame parārūpeṇa cillakṣaṇaḥ | akāramārabhya sakāraparyantaṃ gaṇane aṣṭacatvāriṃśat varṇā bhavanti | yathā - svarāḥ ṣoḍaśa sparśāḥ pañcaviṃśatiḥ antaḥsthāścatvāraḥ hakāraṃ vihāyoṣmāṇastraya iti | evaṃ hakāramārabhya dīrghākāraparyantagaṇane'pi | 12. caturātmanāṃ vāsudevādīnāṃ prabhave hakāro dvādaśānto bhavati | apyaye tu akārastathā | ayaṃ bhāvaḥ - pūrvoktāṣṭacatvāriṃśadvarṇānāṃ dvādaśadhā vibhāge prativibhāgaṃ catvāro varṇāḥ saṃpadyante | ete ca krameṇa vāsudevādibhiścaturbhiradhiṣṭhitā bhavanti | dvādaśabhāgānte prabhave hakāraḥ laye akāraśca bhavata iti | 13. prativibhāgamāsthitā vāsudevādayaḥ krameṇa viśrāmodayavyāptivyaktirūpā jñeyāḥ | p. 69) mūla - atraikaikopari jñeyā mūrtirvai tvevameva hi | yuktā [C: omits four lines from here] viśrāmapūrveṇa catuṣkeṇa samāsataḥ || 20-14 || viśrāmaṃ cintayeddevaṃ vāsudevaṃ sanātanam | akāraṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ pūrvadevaṃ sanātanam || 20-15 || saṃkarṣaṇāditattvāni viśrāmyanti laye'tra hi | tataḥ saṃkarṣaṇaṃ devamākāramudayaṃ smaret || 20-16 || udito hi sa sarvātmā prathamaṃ sarvakṛt svayam | vyāptaṃ pradyumnadevaṃ tamikāraṃ paricintayet || 20-17 || vividhaṃ prāpyate tena trayīkarmātmanā jagat | aniruddhaṃ vyaktirūpamīkāraṃ tamanusmaret || 20-18 || vyajyante śaktayo hyatra jagatsṛṣṭyādayo'khilāḥ | daṇḍavatsaṃniveśena saṃsthitā hyevameva hi || 20-19 || ā sakārāccatūrūpayuktā me caturātmatā | smaret prabhavacintāyāṃ hakāraṃ dvādaśāntakam || 20-20 || hakāraṃ vāsudevaṃ tu viśrāmaṃ paricintayet | saṃkarṣaṇaṃ sakāraṃ tamudayaṃ tvapyaye smaret || 20-21 || evamākārato divyāṃ cintayeccaturātmatām | dviṣaṭkaṃ dhāraṇānāṃ ca dvādaśādhyātmalakṣaṇam [B: cintanam] || 20-22 || sopānabhūtaṃ yatkrāntvā dvādaśāntādviśet param [B, ḍ: puram] | eṣā sā prathamā rītirvarṇamārgasya darśitā || 20-23 || sūkṣmā taccāturātmīyā bhārūpā manmayī parā | madhyamā pūrvamevoktā viśeṣaṃ tatra me śṛṇu || 20-24 || dhāraṇāḥ pūrvamuktā yāścatasro matsvarūpikāḥ | vakārākhyāniruddhasya śaktiḥ sā rāgasaṃjñitā [C: saṃjñikā] || 20-25 || māyā nāma mahālakṣmīrlakārāparanāmikā | vidyā yā rephasaṃjñātā mahāvāṇī tu sā smṛtā || 20-26 || vātasaṃjñā mahākālī kriyāśaktiryakāriṇī | brahmādyā mūrtayastisraḥ patnyastrayyādayaśca yāḥ || 20-27 || tajjñeyaṃ sakalaṃ sūkṣmamakārasyādimeṃ'śake | madhyame bhoktṛkūṭasthaḥ puruṣoṃ'śe pratiṣṭhitaḥ || 20-28 || saṃsārī puruṣaḥ sarvaścaramāṃśe'vatiṣṭhate | eṣā te madhyamā rītirvarṇamārgasya darśitā || 20-29 || caramāmatha vakṣyāmi rīti balaniṣūdana | vaikharī caramā rītiḥ prayatnasthānabhedinī || 20-30 || vyaktavācāṃ samuccāre sā sphuṭībhavati dhruvam | jīvānāṃ dehabaddhānāṃ tattatsanmārgadarśikā || 20-31 || mātṛkā jāyate seyaṃ viṣṇuśaktyupabṛṃhitā | viṣṇuvattatra pañcāśacchaktayaḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 20-32 || adhitiṣṭhanti [C: omits 4 lines from here] ye yāṃ ca mātṛkāṃ varṇamālinīm | vāsudevādayo vyūhā daśa dvau keśavādayaḥ || 20-33 || svarādhiṣṭhāyino devāḥ śaktīsteṣāmimāḥ śṛṇu | lakṣmīḥ kīrtirjayā māyā vyūhaśaktaya īritāḥ || 20-34 || śrīśca vāgīśvarī kāntikriyāśāntivibhūtayaḥ | icchā prīti ratiścaiva māyā dhīrmahimeti ca || 20-35 || śaktayaḥ keśavādīnāṃ tā etāḥ svaraśaktayaḥ | kādyadhiṣṭhāyino devān gadantyā me niśāmaya || 20-36 || padmanābhādināmāno viṣṇavaḥ kādidevatāḥ | padmanābho dhruvo'nantaḥ śaktīśo madhusūdanaḥ || 20-37 || ṭippaṇī - 15. tadeva viśadayati - viśrāmamityādinā | 20. ā sakārāditi | sakāraparyantamityarthaḥ | 21. layakrame cāturātmyaniveśamāha - hakāramiti | 22. ākārata iti | ākāraparyantamityarthaḥ || 37. padmanāmādayo vibhavabhedāḥ pūrvamevaikādaśādhyāye paṭhitā jñātavyāḥ | p. 70) mūla - vidyādhidevaḥ kapilo viśvarūpo vihaṃgamaḥ | kroḍātmā [ī: dharmātmā] vaḍabāvaktro dharmo vāgīśvarastathā || 20-38 || ekārṇavaśayo devaḥ kūrmaḥ pātāladhārakaḥ | varāho nārasiṃhaścāpyamṛtāharaṇastathā || 20-39 || śrīpatirdivyadeho'tha kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ | rāhujit kālanemighnaḥ pārijātaharo mahān || 20-40 || lokanāthastu śāntātmā dattātreyo mahāprabhuḥ | nyagrodhaśāyī bhagavānekaśṛṅgatanustataḥ || 20-41 || devo vāmanadehastu sarvavyāpī trivikramaḥ | naro nārāyaṇaścaiva hariḥ kṛṣṇastathaiva ca || 20-42 || jvalatparaśudhṛdrāmo rāmaścānyo dhanurdharaḥ | vedavidbhagavān kalkī pātālaśayanaḥ prabhuḥ || 20-43 || eteṣvantyeṣu catvāro devā rāmādayo hi ye | te raṅgayamayorjihvāmūlopadhmānayorapi || 20-44 || dhīstārā vāruṇī śaktiḥ padmā vidyā tathaiva ca | saṃkhyā viśvā khagā bhūrgaurlakṣmīrvāgīśvarī tathā || 20-45 || amṛtā dharaṇī chāyā nārasiṃhī sudhā tathā [B, C: tathā sudhā] | śrīḥ kīrtirviśvakāmā mā satyā kāntiḥ saroruhā || 20-46 || māyā padmāsanā kharvā vikrāntirnarasaṃbhavā | nārāyaṇī hariprītirgāndhārī kāśyapī tathā || 20-47 || vaidehī vedavidyā [B: deva] ca padminī nāgaśāyinī [C: padmavāsinī] | madaṃśakā imā devyo vijñeyāḥ kādiśaktayaḥ || 20-48 || bhavopakaraṇaiśceyaṃ mātṛkādhiṣṭhitā suraiḥ | śrīkaṇṭhānandasūkṣmādyairlambodaryādiśaktibhiḥ || 20-49 || vināyakaiśca durgābhiḥ kṣetreśairmātṛbhistathā | samayasthaistathā bauddhairārhatairapi cāparaiḥ || 20-50 || yathā hi kṣudhitā bālā mātaraṃ paryupāsate | evaṃ sarve surā devīṃ mātṛkāṃ paryupāsate || 20-51 || iyaṃ yonirhi mantrāṇāṃ vidyānāṃ janmabhūriyam | tattvānāṃ tāttvikānāṃ ca jñānānāṃ prasavasthalī || 20-52 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; ī: śrīpañcarātre] lakṣmītantre mātṛkāprakāśo nāma viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 44. raṅgaḥ anunāsikaḥ | yamāḥ prātiśākhye prasiddhā varṇaviśeṣāḥ | iti viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - śabdārthavyaktirūpāyai ṣaḍadhvaparivartini | adhvātītāvabodhākhye namaste harivallabhe || 21-1 || varṇāḥ prakāśitā devi yathāvat sarvahetavaḥ | mantramārgamidānīṃ me yathāvadvaktumarhasi || 21-2 || śrīḥ - eka eva paro devaḥ śrīmān puruṣasattamaḥ | ṣāḍguṇyāmbhonidhirdivyaḥ sarvātmā sarvatomukhaḥ || 21-3 || tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirahaṃtā śrīrabhedinī | sarvādhārā sarvaśaktiḥ sarvajñā sarvatomukhī || 21-4 || mayi prakāśate viśvaṃ darpaṇodaraśailavat | bodha eva svarūpaṃ me nirmalānandalakṣaṇaḥ || 21-5 || icchāparavatī sāhaṃ bodhakāṃśavivartinī | śabdabrahmamayī bhūtvā vivarte'haṃ kalādhvanā || 21-6 || kalā jñānādayaḥ proktāḥ ṣaḍguṇāḥ pārameśvarāḥ | tāsāṃ trikadviyogena vivarte tattvavartmanā || 21-7 || saṃkarṣaṇādayo devāstattvāni surasattama | varṇavyatikarairbhūyo vivarte mantravartmanā || 21-8 || tasya mantrādhvano vyaktiṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya | śabdabrahmavivarto'yaṃ kiraṇāyutasaṃkulaḥ || 21-9 || cillakṣaṇaḥ ṣaḍguṇātmā tasya bhedaścaturvidhaḥ | kvacidbījaṃ kvacitpiṇḍaṃ kvacitsaṃjñā kvacitpadam || 21-10 || turyaṃ suṣuptiḥ svapnaśca jāgradbījādayaḥ kramāt | ekasvaraṃ dvisvaraṃ vā svaravyañjanayordvayam || 21-11 || bījaṃ bahusvaraṃ vāpi vijñeyaṃ vibudheśvara | antarā [ā: antarāhurayaḥ; B, ṅ: antarāhalayaḥ; C: antarākulayaḥ; ḍ: anantarāvilaṃ] harayaḥ piṇḍaṃ kvacitsvarasamāyutam || 21-12 || tattadvācyābhidhā saṃjñā namaḥpraṇavasaṃyutā | kriyākārakasaṃyogastuti saṃbodhalakṣaṇaḥ || 21-13 || nānābhijñāsamāyuktaḥ padātmā mantra ucyate | etaccatuṣṭayaṃ mantraṃ saṃpūrṇaṃ devatātmani || 21-14 || ṭippaṇī - 1. ṣaḍadhveti | varṇakalātattvamantrapadabhuvanākhyāḥ ṣaḍadhvānaḥ | 2. sarveti | śabdānāmarthānāṃ cetyarthaḥ | 6. icchāparavatīti | svacchandetyarthaḥ | vivartaḥ pariṇāmaḥ | kalādhvaneti | jñānādiguṇātmanetyarthaḥ | 7. trikadviyogena yugalatrayayogenetyarthaḥ | 11. bījapiṇḍasaṃjñāpadamantrāḥ krameṇa turyādijāgradantapadacatuṣṭayasaṃgatā jñeyā ityarthaḥ | 12. antarā madhye sthitāḥ harayaḥ vyañjanāni piṇḍamantra ityarthaḥ | tasyāpavādamāha kvaciditi | 13. padamantrasvarūpamāha kriyetyādi | saṃbodhaḥ saṃbodhanam | 14. abhijñā saṃjñā | p. 72) mūla - sā catuṣṭayasaṃbaddhā siddhimiṣṭāṃ prayacchati | kṣetrakṣetrajñabhāvaṃ ca mantrāṇāṃ tridaśeśvara || 21-15 || vijñāya tattvato mantrān prayuñjīta vicakṣaṇaḥ | śakraḥ - kṣetrakṣetrajñasadbhāvaṃ mantrāṇāṃ vadame'mbuje || 21-16 || yadvijñāya [F: omits four lines from here] na muhyanti siddhimeṣyanti cācirāt | śrīḥ - bījaṃ bījavatām jīvaḥ śiṣṭaṃ kṣetraṃ prakīrtitam || 21-17 || nirbījānāmādi jīvaḥ kṣetraṃ tu pariśeṣitam | bījānāṃ caiva piṇḍānāmastu kṣetrajña ucyate || 21-18 || śiṣṭaṃ tu kṣetramuddiṣṭamakārarahite punaḥ | kṣetrajñaḥ svara uddiṣṭaḥ kevale ca svare punaḥ || 21-19 || jīvaḥ syāt prathamā mātrā dvitīyādi tanurbhavet [B: manurbhavet] | ekamātre tu jīvaḥ syāt saṃskāro'dbhutalakṣaṇaḥ [ī: saṃskārodbodhalakṣaṇaḥ] || 21-20 || uccāryamāṇaṃ kṣetraṃ syānniḥsvare piṇḍake punaḥ | prathamo jīva uddiṣṭaḥ śiṣṭaṃ kṣetraṃ pracakṣate [ī: kṣetrajña ucyate] || 21-21 || kṣetrakṣetrajñasadbhāva eṣa te saṃpradarśitaḥ | ādau madhye tathānte ca triṣu vānyataratra vā || 21-22 || eṣāṃ piṇḍo'thavā bījaṃ te mantrāḥ sārvakālikāḥ | bījābhāve tu mantrāṇāṃ bījaṃ kṛtvādimākṣaram || 21-23 || anusvārayutaṃ paścāt sakalaṃ mantra ucyate | prakrīḍayanti puruṣaṃ mantrā rāgeṇa rañjitam || 21-24 || caturdaśavibhāgasthe prākṛte bhuvanādhvani | turyavarjaṃ suṣuptyādye prākṛte ca padādhvani || 21-25 || ācāryadṛṣṭipātasthaṃ puruṣaṃ saṃyatendriyam | prasādasumukhā mantrā uttārya bhuvanādhvanaḥ || 21-26 || padādhvanaśca [ī: omits three lines from here] vairāgyaṃ janayantaḥ pade pade | kramāttattvakalāvarṇapadavīṣu nayanti tam || 21-27 || māntraṃ prāsādamāsādya nirdhūtāseṣabandhanaḥ | lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyaṃ tadviśati brahma śāśvatam || 21-28 || śakraḥ - ācāryaḥ kīdṛśo devi śiṣyastasya ca kīdṛśaḥ | mantreṣu katamo mantraḥ prabhavet paramāptaye || 21-29 || kathaṃ sa copadeṣṭavya etad brūhi namo'stu te | śrīḥ - sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyukto [C: saṃpanno] brāhmaṇo vedapāragaḥ || 21-30 || ṭippaṇī - 15. sā devatā | 17. bījavatāṃ mantrāṇāṃ bījākṣaraṃ jīva ityarthaḥ | 18. ādīti | ādyakṣaramityarthaḥ | astu akārastvityarthaḥ | 19. akārarahite punariti uttaratrānveti | svaraḥ yaḥ kaścit svara ityarthaḥ | kevale ca svare ityuttaratrānveti | 20. saṃskāra iti | madhyamā vāgityarthaḥ | atrāṣṭādaśādhyāyasthaḥ ṣaḍviṃśaḥ śloko'vadheyaḥ | 21. uccāryamāṇamiti | vaikharītyarthaḥ | 23. yatra mantre bījaṃ nāsti tatra prathamākṣaramanusvārayutaṃ bījamityarthaḥ | yathā gaṇapataye namaḥ ityatra gaṃ iti bījamantraḥ | p. 73) mūla - ṣaṭkarmanirataḥ śāntaḥ pañcakālarataḥ śuciḥ | pañcarātrārthavinmaunī mantrākṣarakṛtaśramaḥ || 21-31 || na sthūlo na kṛśo hrasvo na kāṇo naiva rogavān | nāndho na badhiro mūḍho na khalvāṭo na paṅgukaḥ || 21-32 || na hīnāṅgo'tiriktāṅgo na śvitrī na ca ḍāmbhikaḥ | na krodhano na duścarmā na lobhahatacetanaḥ || 21-33 || akulīnaṃ durācāraṃ śaṭhaṃ jihmaṃ ca varjayet | dayādāntiśamopetaṃ [B: śāntidamopetaṃ; ḍ, ī śamadamopetaṃ] dṛḍhabhaktiṃ kriyāparam || 21-34 || satyavākchīlasaṃpannaṃ rekhākarmasu kauśalam | jitendriyaṃ susaṃtuṣṭaṃ karuṇāpūrṇamānasam || 21-35 || āryalakṣaṇasaṃpannamārjavaṃ [F: āryaṃ; ī: kuryāt] cāruhāsinam | evaṃ guṇagaṇākīrṇaṃ [C, B: guruguṇā] guruṃ vidyāttu vaiṣṇavam [F: kevalam] || 21-36 || śiṣyaśca tādṛśo jñeyaḥ sarvalakṣaṇalakṣitaḥ | kṣāntiśīlaṃ sudhīmantaṃ [B: suśīlaṃ taṃ] krodhalobhavivarjitam || 21-37 || snānārcanarataṃ [C: paraṃ] nityaṃ guruśuśrūṣaṇodyatam | viprāgnidevapitṛṣu bhaktaṃ tarpaṇaśīlinam || 21-38 || kulīnaṃ ca tathā prājñaṃ śāstrārthanirataṃ sadā | brāhmaṇaṃ kṣatriyaṃ vaiśyaṃ śūdraṃ vā bhagavatparam || 21-39 || īdṛglakṣaṇasaṃyuktaṃ śiṣyamārjavasaṃyutam | varṇadharmakriyopetāṃ nārīṃ vā sadvivekinīm || 21-40 || vidyādanumate [ī: dadyāt] patyurananyāṃ patimāninīm | evaṃ lakṣaṇakaṃ śiṣyamācāryo bhagavanmayaḥ | jñāpayedvidhivanmantrān [C: śrāvayedvividhān] gurudṛṣṭyā samīkṣya tu || 21-41 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B, ḍ: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre guruśiṣyalakṣaṇaṃ nāma ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 41. anena strīśūdrayorapi tāntrikamantragrahaṇe adhikāro vidhīyate | paraṃ tu tāraviṣaye viśeṣo granthāntareṣvavagantavyaḥ | ityekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - anādinidhane devi sarvajñe harivallabhe | kathaṃ vai jñāpayenmantrāṃsteṣāṃ rūpaṃ ca kīdṛśam || 22-1 || samapradhānatā vaiṣāmuta jyeṣṭhakaniṣṭhatā | etat pṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste sarasīruhe || 22-2 || śrīḥ - śṛṇu sarvamaśeṣeṇa mattastvaṃ pākaśāsana | yathāsmi mantrarūpāhaṃ yathā ca jñāpayāmi tān || 22-3 || paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma ṣāḍguṇyamamalojjvalam | deśakālānavacchinnamanākāramanūpamam || 22-4 || ahamityeva tadbrahma svātmasaṃbodhi nirguṇam | anādinidhanaṃ divyaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahat || 22-5 || cidānandarasaṃ divyamakhaṇḍamajarāmaram | anunmiṣadbhavadbhāvaṃ grāhyagrāhakavarjitam [ī: grāhakatojjhitam] || 22-6 || stimitaṃ tat paraṃ brahma tasya stimitatāsmyaham | tat kadācitparaṃ brahma bhavadbhāvavyavasthayā || 22-7 || unmiṣatyajahadrūpaṃ svecchayaiva kadācana | sāhaṃ [ḍ: ahaṃ] bhāvātmikāhaṃtā saṃpūjyā [B: saṃpūrṇā; F: pūjitā] paramātmanaḥ || 22-8 || udemi bhavato devādicchayaiva vivasvataḥ [C: vyavasthitā] | saṃbhṛtyākhilasaṃbhāramicchayaiva svanirmitam || 22-9 || svabhittau likhitaṃ nītvā [ā: nītaṃ; ī: vilikhantīdaṃ] prabhavāmi ṣaḍadhvanā | vārṇaḥ kalāmayaścaiva tāttviko māntrikastathā || 22-10 || pādiko bhauvanaścaiva ṣaḍadhvānaḥ prakīrtitāḥ | paramaṃ yadahaṃtākhyaṃ saṃvidrūpamanāmayam [B: saccidrūpam] || 22-11 || unmeṣaḥ prathamastasya varṇādhvā parikīrtitaḥ | vyākṛtirdaśitā tasya pūrvaṃ te pākaśāsana || 22-12 || tadeva paramaṃ rūpaṃ mama saṃvinmayaṃ mahat | vivartate'dhvabhāvena jñānādyena kalātmanā || 22-13 || jñānādīnāṃ kalānāṃ tu guṇānāṃ paramātmanaḥ | pūrvaṃ te kathitā sūktiryāvanto yādṛśāśca te || 22-14 || adhvadvayamupādāya tadrūpaṃ mama cinmayam | vāsudevādirūpeṇa vartate tattvavartmanā || 22-15 || ṭippaṇī - 3. jñāpayāmīti | ācāryarūpeṇa bodhayāmītyarthaḥ | 4. anūpamamiti | anupamamityarthaḥ | 5. nirguṇam sattvādiprākṛtaguṇahīnam | 6. anunmiṣadityādi | śāntaparāvasthāyāṃ bhavadbhāvarūponmeṣarahitamityarthaḥ | tathā grāhyetyādikamapi bhāvyam | 8. unmiṣati prakāśata ityarthaḥ | ajahadityādi | svābhāvikaṃ nirvikāratvamajahadityarthaḥ | 9. vivasvataḥ tejomayādbhagavata ityarthaḥ | 15. adhvadvayam varṇādhvānaṃ kalādhvānaṃ cetyarthaḥ | mūla - p. 75) vyūhāśca vibhavāścaiva yaccānyadbhagavanmayam | tattvādhvano vivṛttiḥ sā kīrtitā paramātmanaḥ || 22-16 || pūrvādhvadvayamādāya tadeva mama cinmayam | rūpaṃ vivartate śaśvanmāntreṇa paramādhvanā || 22-17 || uttāraṇāya jīvānāṃ magnānāṃ bhavasāgare | bhogāya bhavasaṃsthānāṃ vairāgyajananāya ca || 22-18 || ārādhanasya [ī: ārādhanaprasiddhyartham] siddhyarthaṃ mānasālambanāya ca | mantrādhvā paramodāro mama cidrūpalakṣaṇaḥ || 22-19 || vāsudevādidevānāṃ mūrtibhāvaṃ vrajatyasau | mantrāḥ sarve cidātmānaḥ sarvagāḥ sarvasādhakāḥ || 22-20 || trāyamāṇāśca mantāraṃ guptarūpāśca śāstrataḥ | bhogāpavargadā hyete devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 22-21 || rūpaṃ me bhagavanmantrā [B: maghavan] vijñeyā mūrtayo'malāḥ | jāgratsvapnau [ḍ: svapnaḥ] suṣuptiśca turyaṃ ceti catuṣṭayam || 22-22 || jñeyaṃ padādhvano rūpaṃ jāgradbāhyendriyakramaḥ [ḍ: kramāt] | bāhyendriyāṇāṃ tamasābhibhūte vibhave sati || 22-23 || antaḥkaraṇavṛttiryā saṃskārapariśeṣiṇī | sā svapna iti vijñeyā tadabhāve suṣuptikā || 22-24 || tamasānabhibhūtasya sattvasthasya vipaścitaḥ | bāhyāntaḥkaraṇasthāyā vṛtteruparame sati || 22-25 || śuddhasattvaprasādasya saṃtatisturyasaṃjñitā | evaṃ caturvidhe mārge nirdiṣṭe'smin padābhidhe || 22-26 || turyavarjaṃ suṣuptyādiraśuddhāṃ bhajate gatim | māyādikṣitiparyantā yoktā bhuvanapaddhatiḥ || 22-27 || bhuvanādhvā sa vijñeyo hyaśuddho malapaṅkilaḥ | prakrīḍayanti mantrāste śaśvadrāgaparaṃ naram || 22-28 || tattadbhogendrajālāni darśayanto vimohitam | guruṇā sadayaṃ samyagvīkṣitaṃ karuṇādṛśā || 22-29 || uttārayanti vairāgyaṃ janayantaḥ pade pade | tataḥ śuddhamayān mārgān prāpayantaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 22-30 || śabdabrahmaṇi niṣṇātaṃ prāpayeyuḥ parāṃ śriyam | evaṃvidhā mahātmāno mantrāḥ paramapāvanāḥ || 22-31 || trividhāste tu vijñeyā adhamā madhyamāḥ pare | bhavopakaraṇānāṃ ye devānāṃ mūrtitāṃ gatāḥ || 22-32 || antavatphaladā mantrāste jñeyā adhamā budhaiḥ | mantrā vibhavadevānāṃ saśaktīnāṃ tu mūrtayaḥ || 22-33 || ṭippaṇī - 16. anyat vyūhāntarāṇi vibhavāntarāṇi cetyarthaḥ | 18. mantrādhvaprayojanamāha - uttāraṇāyetyādinā | 19. mānasālambanāyeti | śubhāśrayarūpapradarśanena yogināṃ mānasasya dhyānālambanapradānāyetyarthaḥ | etacca śrīviṣṇupurāṇe prapañcitam | 20. atha prakṛtaṃ mantramahimānamāha - mantrā ityādinā | 21. mahimavarṇanamukhena mantraśabdayaugikārthamāha - trāyaṇāśceti | mandhātoḥ traidhātośca vyutpanna iti bhāvaḥ | vyutpattyantaramāha - gupteti | matri guptabhāṣaṇe iti dhātuḥ | 23. svapnāvasthāṃ nirūpayati - bāhyetyādinā | 24 - tadabhāve saṃskārābhāve | 27 - bhuvanādhvānaṃ nirūpayati - māyādīti | 30 - pade pade jāgradādika ityarthaḥ | 31 - śabdabrahmaṇi mantreṣvityarthaḥ | 32 - pare iti | uttamā ityarthaḥ | bhavopakaraṇāni sargopakaraṇabhūtāni | mūla - p. 76) te jñeyā madhyamā mantrā uttamā vyūhamūrtayaḥ | ye tu brahmāvagāhante lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakam || 22-34 || bhavadbhāvavyavasthānāste mantrā uttamottamāḥ | evaṃ ca jyaiṣṭhyakāniṣṭhayaṃ vijñeyaṃ mantrakovidaiḥ || 22-35 || uttamāḥ pañcarātrasthā madhyamāstu trayīmayāḥ | tantrāntarasthā vijñeyā adhamāḥ śāstracakṣuṣā || 22-36 || kalāṅgā uttamā jñeyā anyāṅgā madhyamāḥ smṛtāḥ | anaṅgā adhamā mantrā bhūyaḥ śṛṇu sureśvara || 22-37 || bījapiṇḍādisaṃyuktā uttamāḥ parikīrtitāḥ | bījādyanyatamāntaḥsthā mantrā madhyamasaṃjñitāḥ || 22-38 || abījādiyutā jñeyā mantrā adhamasaṃjñitāḥ | evaṃ mantravidhā jñātvā hyācāryaḥ śāstralocanaḥ | yathāsvarūpataḥ [ḍ, F: yathānurūpataḥ] śiṣyān jñāpayedarthito manūn || 22-39 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre ṣaḍadhvamantrasvarūpakathanaṃ [ī: omits the title] nāma dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 36 - pañcarātrasthā iti | ananyaparasāttvikatamabhāgavatoddeśapravṛttatvāt teṣāmuttamatvam | trayīmayā iti | traiguṇyaviṣayatvātteṣāṃ madhyamatvam | 37 - kalāḥ jñānādayaḥ | iti dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - vyāpakaṃ yat paraṃ brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahat | ahaṃtā [B: omits this line] paramā tasya śaktirnārāyaṇī hyaham || 23-1 || anugrahāya lokānāmahamācāryatāṃ gatā | saṃkarṣaṇasvarūpeṇa śāstraṃ pradyotayāmyaham || 23-2 || punaśca gurumūrtisthā samyagvijñānaśālinī | śaktimayyā svayā dṛṣṭyā karuṇāmantrapūrṇayā [C: pūrayā] || 23-3 || pālayāmi [B: pāvayāmi] gururbhūtvā śiṣyānātmopasarpiṇaḥ | tasmājjñeyaḥ sadā śiṣyairācāryo'sau [ḍ: ācāryaḥ saḥ] madātmakaḥ || 23-4 || śiṣyaṃ saṃjñāpayenmantrān yathā [B, ḍ, F, ṅ: yathāvat] tadavadhāraya | ādau śuddhe same snigdhe deśe bhūdoṣavarjite || 23-5 || varṇānurūpavarṇāḍhye gomayenopalepite | dhūpite śalyanirmukte gandhapuṣpādyalaṃkṛte || 23-6 || pañcagavyena saṃsikte candanādyanulepite [B, C, F, ī: candanādyupalepite] | sumṛnmayīṃ ca ghaṭikāṃ kevalaiḥ kusumaiḥ śubhaiḥ || 23-7 || praṇavādinamo'ntena svena mantreṇa pūjayet | vyāhṛtyā parijapyātha pūrvayā [B: omits this and the next pāda] praṇavādyayā || 23-8 || mṛdaṃ bhūmau prasāryātha gandhadhūpādhivāsitam [ā: dhūpādivāsitam; F, ī: puṣpādivāsitam] | caturaśraṃ suvṛttaṃ vā dvihastaṃ hastameva vā || 23-9 || susamaṃ mātṛkāpīṭhaṃ kṛtvā prastārayettu tām | ekaiva bhinnavargā yā [C: vargasthā; ḍ, F: mārgā yā] devī pañcadaśākṣarā || 23-10 || mantrāṇāṃ jananī sākṣānmama śabdamayī tanuḥ | padmākāreṇa vā mantrī cakrākāreṇa vā staret || 23-11 || pauruṣe cakrarūpaṃ tu pādmīṃ lakṣmīmanukramet | agnīṣomamayī śaktirvisṛṣṭākhyā dviraṣṭadhā [ī: vidyā sṛṣṭyākhyātā dviraṣṭakā] || 23-12 || svarākhyāṃ [ī: svarākhyātāṃ] tāṃ likhetpatramaraṃ vā pūrvadiggatam | pṛthivyādipumantā ye pañca vargāstu kādayaḥ || 23-13 || agnyādivāyuparyante tāṃ likhedarapatravat | antaḥsthadhāraṇārūpaṃ yādivāntacatuṣṭayam || 23-14 || ṭippaṇī - 5 - bhūdoṣāḥ keśanakhāsthisaṃsargajāḥ ūṣaratvādayaśca | 6 - varṇānurūpetyādi | brāhmaṇādivarṇānuguṇasitādivarṇayukte ityarthaḥ | tathā coktaṃ paramasaṃhitāyām - brāhmaṇasya sitā bhūmiḥ kṣatriyasyāruṇā bhavet | pītavarṇā ca vaiśyasya kṛṣṇā śūdrasya kīrtitā || (7-5) iti | śalyāni kaṇṭakādīni | 7 - kevalaiḥ visrastaiḥ agrathitairityarthaḥ | 8 - pūrvayeti | vyāhṛtyetyarthaḥ | 10 - bhinnavargā kavargādyātmanā bhinnetyarthaḥ | 13 - pṛthivī kakāraḥ | pumān makāraḥ | p. 78) mūla - udaggataṃ likhet patramaraṃ vā pūrvavadbudhaḥ | śādyaṃ kṣāntaṃ turīyāntaṃ yaduktaṃ brahmapañcakam || 23-15 || tallikhedaiśadiksaṃsthamaraṃ patramathāpi vā | śabdākhyaṃ yatparaṃ brahma jyotirmayamanāmayam || 23-16 || dhyāyedālokarūpeṇa paryante cakrapadmayoḥ | praṇavādyairnamo'ntaistairakṣaraistattvasaṃjñakaiḥ || 23-17 || prakṛtiṃ [ī: pratisvamarcayettatra] tvarcayettatra tattvarūpāṃ tu māṃ budhaḥ | tatastatkarṇikāmadhye cintayenmantramātṛkām || 23-18 || anādinidhanāṃ devīmahaṃtāṃ puruṣottamīm [ā, B, C, ḍ: puruṣottamām] | pāśāṅkuśadharāṃ devīṃ padminīṃ padmamālinīm || 23-19 || prasannāṃ padmagarbhābhāṃ sarvalokamaheśvarīm | varṇaprakḷptāvayavāṃ varṇālaṃkārabhūṣitām || 23-20 || śabdabrahma tanuṃ vidyāt praṇavaṃ tu śiraḥ smaret | a ā iti bhruvau vidyādi ī vidyāttu cakṣuṣī || 23-21 || u ū karṇau ṛ ṝ nāsāpuṭāvanyau kapolakau | e ai oṣṭhau ca [B, C, ī: tu] vijñeyau o au daśanapaṅktike || 23-22 || aṃ jihvāmaḥ samuccāraṃ kacavargau karau smaret | ṭatavargau padau vidyāt paphau pārśve smaredbudhaḥ || 23-23 || babhau paścātpurobhāgau maṃ nābhiṃ paricintayet | prāṇoṣmāṇau yarau vidyāllaṃ hāraṃ paricintayet || 23-24 || vakāraṃ kaṭisūtraṃ tu kuṇḍale tu śaṣau smaret | sakāraṃ hṛdayaṃ vidyāddhṛdayasthaṃ tu haṃ smaret || 23-25 || prasarantīṃ prabhāṃ vidyāt kṣakāraṃ vidyudujjvalām | raṅgaṃ [B, ḍ, ī: omit 3 lines from here] nāsāgragaṃ vidyādyamākhyaṃ hṛdaye smaret || 23-26 || jihvāmūlīyakaṃ jihvāmūle vidyādanantaram | upadhmānīyakaṃ vidyādoṣṭhayoḥ kramaśastathā || 23-27 || śubhairvarṇamayaiḥ padmairagnīṣomamayaiḥ kṛtām | bibhratīṃ vanamālāṃ ca kaṇṭhātpādāvalambinīm || 23-28 || agniṣomārkakoṭyābhaṃ sphuradratnavibhūṣitam | makuṭaṃ cintayedvidvān hakāraṃ [ā, B: bhakāraṃ] pārameśvaram || 23-29 || evaṃ saṃsmṛtya tāṃ devīṃ mātṛkāṃ mantramātaram | pūjayedarghyapuṣpādyairoṃ namo mantramātṛke || 23-30 || idamarghyaṃ gṛhāṇeti bhogairevamanukramāt | tataḥ kṛtāñjaliḥ prahvaḥ praṇamyāṣṭāṅgavadbhuvi || 23-31 || padmasthe padmanilaye padme padmākṣavallabhe | sarvatattvakṛtādhāre mantrāṇāṃ jananīśvari [ī: īśvare] || 23-32 || vyākuru tvaṃ paraṃ divyaṃ rūpaṃ lakṣmīmayaṃ mama | prārthyaivaṃ prayato mantrī svayaṃ lakṣmīmayo bhavet || 23-33 || mātṛkākṛtavinyāsaḥ svayaṃ sanmātṛkāmayaḥ | uddharedīpsitaṃ mantraṃ śiṣyasyopadiśettataḥ || 23-34 || bījapiṇḍātmakā mantrā mantreṣu śreṣṭhatāṃ gatāḥ | tatra śreṣṭhāni bījāni piṇḍebhyo'pi sureśvara || 23-35 || ṭippaṇī - 19. puruṣottamasya strī puruṣottamī | 22. anyau ḷ ḹ varṇāvityarthaḥ | anayornapuṃsakatvānna nāmnā nirdeśaḥ | 26. raṅgam anunāsikam | 34. mātṛketyādi | p. 79) mūla - bījeṣu ratnabhūtāni sapta [ī: tārakādīni] bījāni vāsava | tārakaḥ prathamaṃ bījaṃ dvitīyaṃ tārikā smṛtā || 23-36 || tayostu tejasā tulyaṃ tṛtīyamanutārikā | caturthaṃ tu jagadyoniḥ paramaṃ bījamucyate || 23-37 || prādyumnaṃ [ā, B, C: pradyumnaḥ] pañcamaṃ bījaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ sārasvataṃ matam | mahālakṣmīmayaṃ bījaṃ saptamaṃ parikīrtitam || 23-38 || sthūlasūkṣmaparatvaṃ tu pratisvaṃ parikīrtitam | tvaṃ śakrāvahito bhūtvā śṛṇu bījānyanukramāt || 23-39 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: pañcarātra; B: pāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre mātṛkāprakāśo [C: lakṣmīmātṛkā] nāma trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 36. tārādimantroddhārakramo'nantarādhyāye vakṣyate | iti trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ [ī: śrīruvāca] paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma paraṃ jyotiranūpamam | lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ brahma doṣaśūnyaṃ nirañjanam || 24-1 || ekaṃ sarvamidaṃ vyāpya sthitaṃ sarvottaraṃ mahaḥ [ā, B, C, ḍ, ṅ: mahat] | ahaṃtāhaṃ parā tasya brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ || 24-2 || hitāya sarvajīvānāmunmiṣantī [ḍ: sarvabhūtānāṃ] svavāñchayā | śabdabrahmamayī bhūtvā mātṛkāmantravigrahā || 24-3 || bhavāmi mantrarūpāhaṃ [ḍ: bhūtāhaṃ] tattadvācyānukāriṇī | prathamaṃ tārarūpeṇa yathāsmyevaṃ [B, C: yathāstho'yaṃ] samuddharet || 24-4 || prathamaṃ dhruvamādāya tataḥ karṇaṃ samuddharet | nābhiṃ samuddharetpaścāt trayamekatra yojayet || 24-5 || omityetat samutpannaṃ prathamaṃ brahmatārakam | bindunā bhūṣayet paścānnādena tadanantaram || 24-6 || dhyāyet saṃtatanādena tailadhārāmivātatām | etattadvaiṣṇavaṃ rūpaṃ trayakṣaraṃ brahma śāśvatam || 24-7 || aniruddhastvakāro'tra pradyumnaḥ pañcamaḥ svaraḥ | saṃkarṣaṇo makārastu vāsudevastu bindukaḥ || 24-8 || caturṇāmavibhāgastu nādastatra sureśvara | nādasya yā parā kāṣṭhā sāhaṃtā parameśvarī || 24-9 || śaktiḥ sā paramā sūkṣmā nādāntagaganāhvayā [ā, ī: nādāntā] | śabdabrahmamayī sūkṣmā sāhaṃ sarvāvagāhinī || 24-10 || virāme sati nādasya yaḥ [ḍ: yā] sphuṭībhavati svayam [B, C, ḍ: dhruvam] | jyotistatparamaṃ brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇāhvayam || 24-11 || etatte vaiṣṇavaṃ dhāma kathitaṃ pauruṣaṃ param | śāntamasyaiva yadrūpaṃ tasya tattvaṃ niśāmaya || 24-12 || visṛṣṭiṃ [B, ḍ: visṛṣṭaṃ] pūrvamādāya sūryamante niyojayet | saṃnikarṣe pare jāte tadomityuditaṃ mahaḥ || 24-13 || etat tat paramaṃ dhāma śaktisaṃhāralakṣaṇam | smaryamāṇaṃ paraṃ tattvaṃ prakāśayati yad dhruvam || 24-14 || ṭippaṇī - 10. nādāntetyādi | pūrvoktasya nādasyānte yat gaganaṃ daharākāśaḥ tadrūpetyarthaḥ | devyā daharākāśarūpatvāt parabrahmaṇastanniyatavasatitvaṃ śrūyate - tatrāpi dahnaṃ gaganaṃ viśokastasmin yadantastadupāsitavyam iti | śrīsāttvate ca - nādāvasānagagane devo'nantaḥ samanvitaḥ (2-69) iti | 13. visṛṣṭiḥ visargaḥ | sūryaḥ aṃkāraḥ | aḥ + aṃ iti sthite ato roḥ ityuttve guṇe pūrvarūpe ca omiti bhavati | 14. visargabindusaṃyogarūpatvāt sṛṣṭisaṃhāralakṣaṇamityarthaḥ | p. 81) mūla - saṃhṛtya sarvasaṃbhāraṃ śuddhāśuddhādhvasaṃbhavam | sṛṣṭau samudyatā śaktiḥ sūrye puṃsi sanātane || 24-15 || parame bhoktṛrūpe sā vidhāya pratisaṃcaram | agnīṣomamayādbhāvāt sthūlātsā pratinirgatā || 24-16 || dāṃpatyaṃ madhyamaṃ śaśvadbindunādamayaṃ śritā | śaktiḥ śāntātmakaṃ divyaṃ sūkṣmadāṃpatyamāśritā [ḍ: sūkṣmā] || 24-17 || pratitiṣṭhati sā divye vyāpake paramātmani | asya mātrā vidhānajñaiḥ sārdhāstisra udāhṛtāḥ || 24-18 || trayo'gnayastrayo lokāstrayo [B, F: vedāḥstrayolokāḥ] vedāstrayo guṇāḥ | trayo devāstrayo vyūhāstrayo varṇāstrayaḥ svarāḥ || 24-19 || tritayaṃ tritayaṃ śakra yat kiṃcijjagatīgatam | tadādi tritayaṃ jñeyamardhamātrā nirañjanā || 24-20 || sarve śabdā akārotthā ukārāttejasāṃ trayam | pṛthivyādi prakṛtyantaṃ makārotthaṃ puraṃdara || 24-21 || jyotirmayyardhamātrā sā cinmayī paramā kalā | yugbhiḥ svaraiḥ sabindvantairādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 24-22 || jñānādiguṇaṣaṭkāntairaṅgakḷptiramuṣya tu | nābhau pṛṣṭhe tathā vāhvorūrujānupadeṣu ca || 24-23 || tārapūrvān guṇān bhūyo vinyaset pākaśāsana | evaṃ vinyasya tanmantramaṅgopāṅgasamanvitam || 24-24 || svadehe gururātmasthaṃ cintayet puruṣottamam | viśvādilayapūrvaṃ tu yathāvat tannibodha me || 24-25 || viśvaṃ jāgratpadeśānaṃ sarvendriyasamīrakam | bhoktāraṃ śabdapūrvāṇāṃ pañcānāṃ viṣayātmanām || 24-26 || aniruddhātmakaṃ [ī: aniruddhābhidhānaṃ ca] taṃ [ā, B, ṅ: tattvaṃ] ca cintayet prathamākṣaram [ī: prathamākṣare] | taṃ sopakaraṇaṃ devamakāre pravilāpya tu || 24-27 || akāraṃ taijase deve pradyumne svapnavartmage [ī: sadmani] | antaḥkaraṇavṛttīnāṃ prerake pravilāpayet || 24-28 || taṃ sopakaraṇaṃ devamukāre pravilāpayet | ukāraṃ ceśvare prājñe saṃkarṣaṇatanusthite || 24-29 || suṣuptipadage śaśvat prāṇādiprerake vibhau | vilāpya taṃ ca deveśaṃ turyasaṃsthe'rdhamātrake || 24-30 || jñānānandamaye deve vāsudeve vilāpayet | turyātīte ca tatturyaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmani || 24-31 || pravilāpya svayaṃ divyāmahaṃtāṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ śrayet | tanmayastādṛśaṃ prāpya layasthānaṃ tataḥ kramāt || 24-32 || ṭippaṇī - 15. sūrye puṃsi bindurūpe | 20. ādi tritayamiti | akārādi trayamityarthaḥ | ardhamātrā binduḥ | 21. tejasāṃ trayam sūryasomāgnirūpam | 22. paramā kalā nādaḥ | ādisvaraṣaṭkam akārādyūkārāntam | antasvaraṣaṭkam ḷkārādyaukārāntam | teṣu yuksvarāḥ ā ī ū ḹ ai au iti | taiḥ sabindubhiraṅganyāsaḥ | upāṅganyāsastu satāraiḥ jñānādipadaiḥ | 26. viśveti jāgratpadasthātmanāma | 27. aniruddhapradyumnasaṃkarṣaṇavāsudevalakṣmīnārāyaṇāḥ viśvataijasaprājñaturyaturyātītasaṃjñakajāgradādyadhiṣṭhātāro devāḥ | p. 82) mūla - jāgarāmavatīryātha dīkṣitaṃ [ā, C: uditaṃ] śiṣyamagrataḥ | sadgururmanmayo bhūtvā tāramadhyāpayetsvayam || 24-33 || sāṅgopāṅgakramaṃ śaśvat sasamādhiṃ savistaram | sa ca dadyāt svamātmānaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ gurave dhanaiḥ || 24-34 || labdhānujñastataḥ [F: labdhvānujñāṃ] kurvan pauraścaraṇikaṃ vidhim | mahānadītaṭaṃ gatvā siddhādyāyatanaṃ tu vā || 24-35 || pālāśaṃ vā [ā, ī: pāvanaṃ] vanaṃ samyakparyantādṛṣṭabhūtalam | snānaṃ triṣavaṇaṃ kurvan brahmacārī jitendriyaḥ || 24-36 || payoyāvakabhaikṣāṇāmaśnannanyatamaṃ sakṛt | kuśoccaye niṣaṇṇaḥ san kāśacīrakuśeśayaḥ || 24-37 || pālāśaṃ dhārayeddaṇḍaṃ [B, F: dhārayan] saṃvītaḥ kṛṣṇacarmaṇā | maccitto manmayo bhūtvā gurvādiṣṭena vartmanā || 24-38 || nityaṃ [B: nityayoga; ī: nityayāga] yogaparo bhūtvā samyagjñānasamādhimān | daśalakṣaṃ japenmaunī tāraṃ saṃsāratārakam || 24-39 || daśāṃśaṃ juhuyāt parṇaiḥ samidbhiḥ sarpiṣāpi vā | prītā tasya prakāśe'hamahaṃtā vaiṣṇavī parā || 24-40 || sādhakasya tataḥ samyak sadvivekini cetasi | lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyaṃ tat sāmarasyaṃ prakāśate || 24-41 || jīvanneva bhavenmuktaḥ punīte cakṣuṣā jagat | siddhāḥ syustasya mantrāste laukikā vaidikāśca ye || 24-42 || snātaḥ sarveṣu vedeṣu vidyāsu sakalāsu ca | siddhānteṣu ca sarveṣu tīrtheṣu ca bhavedasau || 24-43 || prayogāḥ sarvamantrāṇāṃ yāvanto yādṛśāśca ye | tāvantastādṛśāste'sya prayogā iti nirṇayaḥ || 24-44 || asya vyāhṛtayastisro varṇatrayasamudgatāḥ | padbhyaḥ samudgatā hyasyāḥ sāvitrī sarvapāvanī || 24-45 || asyāḥ padbhyastrayo vedā ṛgyajuḥsāmalakṣaṇāḥ | ityetanmayamevedaṃ laukikaṃ vaidikaṃ vacaḥ || 24-46 || yathā nyagrodhadhānāyāmantarbhūto mahādrumaḥ | tathedaṃ vāṅmayaṃ viśvamasminnantaḥ sthitaṃ sadā || 24-47 || etadādyaṃ mahābījaṃ śabdānāṃ prakṛtiḥ parā | śabdabrahma paraṃ dhāma pavitraṃ paramaṃ mahat || 24-48 || oṃkāraḥ praṇavastāro haṃso nārāyaṇo dhruvaḥ | vedātmā sarvavedādirādityaḥ sarvapāvanaḥ [B,C: pālanaḥ] || 24-49 || mokṣado muktimārgaśca sarvasaṃdhāraṇakṣamaḥ [ī: saṃdhāraṇaḥ paraḥ] | evamādīni nāmāni śāstre śāstre vicakṣaṇaiḥ || 24-50 || ṭippaṇī - 32. tanmayaḥ ahaṃtāmayaḥ | 33. layasthānāt sṛṣṭisthānāvataraṇacintāmāha - jāgarāmiti | 35. puraścaraṇaṃ nāma gurorlabdhasya mantrasya vīryavattaratvasaṃpādanāyānuṣṭheyo japahomādiḥ | tacca pañcāṅgam | tathā coktam - japahomau tarpaṇaṃ cābhiṣeko viprabhojanam | pañcāṅgopāsanaṃ loke puraścaraṇamucyate || 24-iti | 40. daśāṃśamiti | lakṣakṛtva ityarthaḥ | 47. tārasya samastavāṅmayarūpatve dṛṣṭānta ucyate - yatheti | dhānā sūkṣmaṃ bījam | mahādrumasya bīje sūkṣmatayāvasthānakathanaṃ cātra sāṃkhyasatkāryavādamanurudhya | aupaniṣadamate tu dhānāyā mahādrumasya copādānaikyāt satkāryavāda iti avasthābhedāt kāryakāraṇabhāvavyavahāra iti ca bhidā | p. 83) mūla - adhītāni [ā, ṅ: kathitāni] mahāpuṇyānyoṃkārasya mahātmanaḥ | idaṃ śaraṇamajñānāmidameva vijānatām || 24-51 || ayamanvicchatāṃ svargaḥ potaḥ pāraṃ titīrṣatām | hakāraukārasaṃyogādayaṃ prāsādasaṃjñakaḥ || 24-52 || piṇḍo'yaṃ sarvatattvānāṃ piṇḍabhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ | sādhanaṃ pratipattiśca viniyogo'tha dhāraṇā || 24-53 || bījasyeva sureśāna prāsādasyāsya viddhi tat | asyaiva saṃjñāmantro'yaṃ haṃso nāma mahāmanuḥ || 24-54 || bhoktāraṃ prathamaṃ varṇaṃ viddhi bhogyaṃ dvitīyakam | nārāyaṇamayaṃ pūrvamakṣaraṃ śrīmayaṃ param || 24-55 || agnīṣomātmakāvetau varṇau viddhi sanātanau | anayorantarā śakra bindudharmau vyavasthitau || 24-56 || ādhārānmūrdhaparyantaṃ bhoktāraṃ varṇamunnayet | visṛjenmukhato varṇaṃ dvitīyaṃ bhogyasaṃjñakam || 24-57 || sarvā sṛṣṭiḥ kṛtā tena haṃsoccāraprayogataḥ | ajapeyaṃ samākhyātā vidyā sarvāṅgaśobhanā || 24-58 || catuṣaṣṭyadhikāśītikoṭisaṃkhyāsu yoniṣu | tadbhedeṣu ca mantro'yaṃ svayamuccarate sadā || 24-59 || niśvāsena samaṃ vidyā samudetyantarujjvalā | udayāstamayāvasyāḥ śvāsaniśvāsatulyakau || 24-60 || ṣaṣṭiḥ śvāsā bhavetprāṇāḥ ṣaṭ prāṇā nāḍikā matā | nāḍyaḥ ṣaṣṭirahorātramevaṃ kālakriyāgatiḥ || 24-61 || evaṃ haṃsodayādviddhi sahasrāṇyekaviṃśatim | śatāni ṣaṭ ca deveśa tāvantaḥ syurjapāḥ kṛtāḥ || 24-62 || kiṃtu saṃkalpanaṃ kuryādaharādau manīṣayā | evaṃsaṃkhyān [B, C, F: saṃkhyāṃ] japānasya kariṣyāmīti buddhimān || 24-63 || vinyaset pañca cāṅgāni teṣāṃ rūpaṃ nibodha me | sūryasomau caturthyantau namaḥsvāhāsamanvitau || 24-64 || nirañjanau nirābhāsau vauṣaḍhuṃphaḍantakau | phaḍantaṃ mūlamevāstramityaṅgānyasya pañca tu || 24-65 || ayameva viparyastaḥ paramātmamanuḥ smṛtaḥ | smṛtvā [ā, B: hutvā] śaktiṃ sasaṃbhārāṃ [ā, B, C: susaṃbhārāṃ] sūrye bhoktari saṃnayet || 24-66 || śiṣṭaṃ praṇavavaccintyamiti saṃjñāmanorvidhiḥ | padamantrāstrayo'sya syurvidhāne pāñcarātrike || 24-67 || viṣṇave nama ityevaṃ namo nārāyaṇāya ca | namo bhagavate pūrvaṃ vāsudevāya cetyapi || 24-68 || ṭippaṇī - 55. prathamaṃ varṇamiti | hakāramityarthaḥ | dvitīyakamiti | sakāramityarthaḥ | 56. bindudharmau sṛṣṭisaṃhārau | 57. ādhārasthānamārabhya mūrdhaparyantagāminā pavanena hakāramuccaret | sakāraṃ mukhato visṛjet | 58. haṃsamantrasyājapāmantra iti nāma | 62. haṃsamantre sakṛjjapte sati 21600 saṃkhyākā japāḥ kṛtā bhavantīti bhāvaḥ | 63. evaṃ saṃkhyāniti | iyatsaṃkhyākānityarthaḥ | 64. sūryasomau hakārasakārau | 66. viparyasta iti | so'hamiti mantra ityarthaḥ | sakāreṇa śaktimādāya hakāre paramātmani yojayedityarthaḥ | 67. traya iti | yadyapi catvāro mantrā vakṣyante | tathāpi teṣu kaṃcidbhedamādāya trayāṇāṃ pṛthak nirdeśaḥ kriyate | 68. mantrasvarūpāṇyāha - viṣṇave ityādi | ādau namo bhagavate iti | ante vāsudevāyeti | namo bhagavate vāsudevāyeti mantra ityarthaḥ | p. 84) mūla - jitaṃ te puṇḍarīkākṣa namaste viśvabhāvana | namaste'stu hṛṣīkeśa mahāpuruṣa pūrvaja || 24-69 || padamantraścaturtho'yaṃ praṇavasya puraṃdara [ī: prakīrtitaḥ] | oṃkārasahitānetān mantrān pūrvavido viduḥ || 24-70 || jñānādiguṇasaṃyuktairakṣaraiḥ praṇavādibhiḥ [ī: praṇavādikaiḥ] | namo'ntaira"gakḷptiḥ syāttathaivopāṅgakalpanā || 24-71 || nyūnākṣarasya mantrasya varṇena carameṇa tu | upāṅgakalpanā kāryā tattadguṇapadairyutā [B, F: tattatpadaguṇaiḥ] || 24-72 || tathaiva [ī: tathaivādhika] sphītavarṇasya śiṣṭaistu dvādaśādhikaiḥ | samastaiścaramopāṅgaṃ kalpayettejasā saha || 24-73 || kevalastārakaścaiva catvāraśca tadādikāḥ | pañcaite vyāpakā mantrāḥ pāñcarātre prakīrtitāḥ || 24-74 || nāsādhyaṃ kiṃcidastīha [ī: nānāsādyaṃ kiṃcidasti] mantrairebhirmahātmabhiḥ | niśreṇī pañcaparvaiṣā parabrahmādhirogaṇe || 24-75 || eṣā divyā mahāsattā pañcamantrī tu manmayī | arcanājjapato dhyānādimāṃ [ḍ, F: amuṃ] samyak samāśritaḥ | svāṃ sattāṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ prāpya paraṃ brahmādhigacchati || 24-76 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre tāraprakāśo [ī: tāraka] nāma caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 72. nyūnākṣarasyeti | ṣaḍakṣarāṣṭākṣaramantrayoḥ nyūnākṣaratvam | tatra caramākṣareṇa pūraṇaṃ kartavyamityarthaḥ | 73. sphītavarṇasyeti | adhikavarṇasyetyarthaḥ yathā jitaṃ te iti mantre | iti caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ [ī: śrīruvāca] itthaṃ te kathitaḥ śakra tārakasyaiṣa vistaraḥ | saṃsāratārikāyā me tārikāyāḥ śṛṇu kramam || 25-1 || varṇānāṃ vidhisiddhyarthaṃ [B, E: siddhi] saṃjñāḥ pūrvaṃ niśāmaya | śrutāsu vidhivadyāsu vidhirmāntraḥ [ā, B, C, ī: mantraḥ] pravartate || 25-2 || akāraścāprameyaśca prathamo vyāpakaḥ smṛtaḥ | ādidevastathākāra ānando gopanaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-3 || rāmasaṃjña ikāraśca iddha iṣṭaḥ prakīrtitaḥ | īkāraḥ pañcabindurvai viṣṇurmāyā puraṃdara || 25-4 || ukāro bhuvanākhyaśca uddāma udayastathā | ūkāra ūrjo lokeśaḥ prajñādhārākhya eva ca || 25-5 || satyaśca ṛtadhāmā ca ṛkāraḥ sa tu cāṅkuśaḥ | ṛkāro viṣṭarākhyaśca jvālā caiva prasāraṇam || 25-6 || liṅgātmā bhagavān prokto ḷkārastārakaḥ smṛtaḥ | ḹkāro dīrghaghoṇaśca [ā: koṇaśca] devadattastathā [ī: sthiro] virāṭ || 25-7 || tryaśra ekārasaṃjñaśca jagadyoniravigrahaḥ | aiśvaryaṃ yogadhātā [ā, B, C: dātā] ca ai sa airāvaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-8 || okāra otadehaśca [C, ḍ, ṅ: devaśca] odanaścaiva vikramī | aurvo'tha bhūdharākhyaśca au smṛto hyauṣadhātmakaḥ || 25-9 || trailokyaiśvaryadau vyāpī vyomeśoṃ'kāra eva ca | visargaḥ sṛṣṭikṛtkhyāto hyaḥkāraḥ parameśvaraḥ || 25-10 || kamalaśca [B: kapilaśca; ḍ: amalaśca] karālaśca kakāraḥ prakṛtiḥ parā | khakāraḥ kharvadehaśca vedātmā viśvabhāvanaḥ || 25-11 || gadadhvaṃsī [ā, B, F: gata] gakārastu govindaśca gadādharaḥ | ghakārastvatha dharmāṃśustejasvī dīptimāṃstathā || 25-12 || ṅakāra ekadaṃṣṭrākhyo bhūtātmā bhūtabhāvanaḥ | cakāraścañcalaścakrī [ā, ḍ: cakraḥ] candrāṃśuḥ sa tu kathyate || 25-13 || chandaḥpatiśchaladhvaṃsī [B: baladhvaṃsī] chakāraśchanda eva ca | janmahantājitaścaiva jakāraścaiva śāśvataḥ || 25-14 || jhakāro jhaṣasaṃjñaśca sāmagaḥ sāmapāṭhakaḥ | īśvaraścottamākhyaśca ñakārastattvadhārakaḥ || 25-15 || candrī ṭakāra āhlādo viśvāpyāyakarastathā | dhārādharaṣṭhakāraśca nemiḥ kaustubha ucyate || 25-16 || daṇḍadhāro ḍakāraśca mausalo'khaṇḍavikramaḥ | ḍhakāro viśvarūpaśca vṛṣakarmā pratardanaḥ || 25-17 || ṇakāro'bhayadaḥ śāstā vaikuṇṭha iti [B, C, F, ī: vaikuṇṭhaḥ pari] kīrtitaḥ | takārastālalakṣmā [ḍ: omits 4 lines from here] ca vairājaḥ sragdharaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-18 || dhanvī [B: and C: omit 4 lines from here] bhuvanapālaśca thakāraḥ sarvarodhakaḥ | dattāvakāśo damano dakāraḥ śāntidaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-19 || dhakāraḥ śārṅgadhṛddhartā mādhavaśca prakīrtitaḥ | naro nārāyaṇaḥ panthā nakāraḥ samudāhṛtaḥ || 25-20 || pakāraḥ padmanābhaśca pavitraḥ paścimānanaḥ | phakāraḥ phullanayano lāṅgalī śvetasaṃjñitaḥ [B, C, F, ī: saṃjñakaḥ] || 25-21 || bakāro vāmano hrasvaḥ pūrṇāṅgaḥ sa ca kathyate | bhallātako [B, C, E: bhallāṭakaḥ] bhakāraśca jñeyaḥ siddhiprado dhruvaḥ || 25-22 || makāro mardanaḥ kālaḥ pradhānaḥ paripaṭhyate | caturgatiryakāraśca susūkṣmaḥ śaṅkha ucyate || 25-23 || aśeṣabhuvanādhāro ro'nalaḥ kālapāvakaḥ | lakāro vibudhākhyaśca dhareśaḥ puruṣeśvaraḥ || 25-24 || varāhaścāmṛtādhāro vakāro varuṇaḥ smṛtaḥ | śakāraḥ śaṃkaraḥ śāntaḥ puṇḍarikaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 25-25 || nṛsiṃhaścāgnirūpaśca [omits 2line from here] ṣakāro bhāskarastathā | sakārastvamṛtastṛptiḥ somaśca parikīrtitaḥ || 25-26 || sūryo [ā, F, ṅ: sūro] hakāraḥ prāṇastu paramātmā prakīrtitaḥ | ananteśaḥ kṣakārastu vargānto garuḍastathā [ā, ī: smṛtaḥ] || 25-27 || aśeṣasaṃjñā varṇānāmityetāḥ kīrtitā mayā | anulomavilomena varṇyā varṇasya vai punaḥ || 25-28 || saṃjñā saṃkhyā [ā: saṃkhyā saṃjñā] ca yā śakra sāmānyā sā mahāmate | cidaṃśāḥ sarva evaite varṇā bhāsvaravigrahāḥ || 25-29 || kāraṇaṃ sarvamantrāṇāṃ lakṣmīśaktyupabṛṃhitāḥ | stutāḥ saṃpūjitā dhyātā varṇāḥ [ā: varṇasaṃjñābhiḥ] saṃjñābhirādarāt || 25-30 || prayacchanti parāmṛddhiṃ vijñānaṃ bhāvayantyapi | parasparāṅgabhāvaṃ ca mantrotpattau vrajantyamī || 25-31 || carācare'smiṃstannāsti yadamībhirna bhāvitam | nityā yadyapi tā divyā mantrāṇāṃ mūrtayaḥ parāḥ || 25-32 || tathāpyevaṃvidhairvarṇairbhāvitā iti cintanā [C: cintanāḥ; ī: cintanāt] | bhavanti pūrṇasāmarthyā mantrāḥ śāstranidarśanāt || 25-33 || ālambanaṃ dhiyāṃ caiva bhavantyevaṃ mahāmate | abhāge'pi yathā vyomni dhiyā bhāgaḥ prakalpyate || 25-34 || saukaryāya tathā mantre varṇabhāgo'nucintyate | kṛtvaiva bhāvagāṃ vyāptiṃ varṇānāṃ pūjanaṃ tridhā || 25-35 || bhūmau padme tathā [ḍ, F: athavā] devyāstanau [ī: tato] mantrān samuddharet | paramātmānamādāya yojayet kālavahninā || 25-36 || trailokyaiśvaryadopetamāyāmasminniyojayet | iyaṃ sā paramā śaktirvaiṣṇavī sarvakāmadā || 25-37 || sattā pūrṇā [F, ī: pūrṇa] cidānandā mama mūrtirnirantarā | iyaṃ sā paramā niṣṭhā yā sā brahmavidāṃ dhruvā [F: vidastu vā] || 25-38 || asyāṃ niṣṭhāya tattvajñā viśanti brahma manmayam | saiṣā tattvavidāṃ mukhyaiḥ śāstre śāstre vicintyate || 25-39 || otraṃ protamamuṣyāṃ vai jagacchabdārthatāmayam | anayaiva sadā sāṃkhyaiḥ saṃkhyāye'haṃ sanātanī || 25-40 || ṭippaṇī - 28. saṃjñāyāmanulomena saṃkhyāyāṃ vilomena cetyarthaḥ | aṅkānāṃ vāmato gatiḥ iti prasiddham | 36. tārikāmantramuddharati - paramātmānamiti | paramātmā hakāraḥ | kālavahniḥ rephaḥ | māyā īkāraḥ | trailokyaiśvaryadaḥ anusvāraḥ | eṣāṃ yoge hrīṃ iti tārikāmantraḥ | p. 87) mūla - anayaiva samādhisthaiḥ samādhīye samādhinā | abhidhīye'nayaivāhaṃ śaivaiḥ ṣaṭtriṃśadantimā || 25-41 || mahārājñī tathaivāhamanayaiva trayī parā | ṛgyajuḥsāmasaṃghāte [C, F: saṃkhyāte] cintye [ā: cintyā] saure ca maṇḍale || 25-42 || taruṇīṃ rūpasaṃpannāṃ sarvāvayavasundarīm [ī: śobhinīm] | anayaiva vyavasyanti lokāyatavicakṣaṇāḥ || 25-43 || kṣaṇabhaṅgavidhānajñaiścintye nirviṣayā ca dhīḥ | ārhataiścānayaivāhaṃ yakṣīnāmnā sadoditā [ḍ, ī: uditā sadā] || 25-44 || paramā tārikā śaktistāriṇī tārikākṛtiḥ | lakṣmīḥ padmā mahālakṣmīstārā gaurī nirañjanā || 25-45 || hṛllekhā paramātmasthā yā śaktirbhuvaneśvarī | cicchaktiḥ śāntirūpā [B, ḍ: śānta] ca ghoṣaṇī [ḍ: ghoṣiṇī] ghoṣasaṃbhavā || 25-46 || kāmadhenurmahādhenurjagadyonirvibhāvarī | evamādīni nāmāni śāstre śāstre vicakṣakṣaṇaiḥ || 25-47 || tārikāyā niruktāni vede vede ca paṇḍitaiḥ | asyā evāparā mūrtirvijñeyā tvanutārikā || 25-48 || śāntaṃ niyojayet sthāne pūrvasya paramātmanaḥ | śeṣamanyatsamaṃ [ḍ: etatsamam] hyeṣā tanurme'nyānutārikā || 25-49 || tārikāyāmivāsyāṃ ca vijñeyaṃ vaibhavaṃ mahat | ime śaktī pare divye mama tanvau puraṃdara || 25-50 || yatkiṃcidetayā sādhyaṃ sādhanīyaṃ tadanyathā | ime pūrvāparībhāvaṃ vrajato'nyonyavāñchayā || samyaksādhayataścaiva sādhakānāmabhīpsitam || 25-51 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre tārānutārāprakāśo [ṅ: tārakānutāraprakāśaḥ; ī: omits the title] nāma pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 49. śāntaḥ śakāraḥ | anyat samamiti | tārikayā samam | rīṃ iti yojanīyamityarthaḥ | śrīṃ ityanutārikāmantraḥ | iti pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ṣaḍviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma padmasthe padmamālini | namaste padmaje padme govindagṛhamedhini || 26-1 || dve ete kathite devi tava tanvau sanātane [B, C: sanātani] | viśeṣastvasti [ḍ, ī: viśeṣo'nvasti] vā kaścidanayoḥ sūkṣmarūpataḥ || 26-2 || śrīḥ - ekamādau paraṃ tattvaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakam | pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyaṃ svacchasvacchandacidghanam || 26-3 || tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktiḥ sarvāvasthānusāriṇī | devī [ī: ahaṃtā] sā paramā divyā sthūlasūkṣmaparāhvayā || 26-4 || mama tanvāvime śaktī tārikā cānutarikā | duhāte sakalān kāmānubhe ete [ī: kāmānugāvete] puraṃdara || 26-5 || ubhe ete mate divye ubhe niṣṭhe pare smṛte | ubhe saṃsthā mate [ā, B, C: ubhe] sarvā ubhe te viṣṇuvallabhe || 26-6 || ubhe ete vicintyātha gacchanti paramāṃ gatim | tattvaṃ tu paramaṃ sūkṣmaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 26-7 || paraṃ brahma tataḥ śāntaṃ tato nāda iti kramaḥ | sarvatrāvasthitā sāhaṃ [ā: bhāntī] nimeṣonmeṣarūpiṇī || 26-8 || ādyaṃ yat paramaṃ brahma sūkṣmaṃ stimitaśaktikam | tārastatra pratiṣṭhāya tanoti vitatāṃ gatim || 26-9 || bhavato brahmaṇo yo'yamunmeṣaḥ paramātmanaḥ | bhavadbhāvātmake tasmiṃstārikā pratitiṣṭhati || 26-10 || brahmaṇastvavaroho yaḥ śāntarūpaḥ sisṛkṣayā | śāntākhye bhāvabhūyiṣṭhe tasminnāste'nutārikā || 26-11 || dvitīyastvavaroho yaḥ śaktyākhyo bhāva ūrjitaḥ | vāgbhavādīni bījāni tatra tiṣṭhanti vāsava || 26-12 || etāvānanayorbhedaḥ proktaste sūkṣmadhīmayaḥ | vāgbhavādīni bījāni gadantyā me niśāmaya || 26-13 || trailokyaiśvaryadopetamaiśvaryaṃ varṇamuddharet | jagadyoniridaṃ bījaṃ vāgbhavākhyamudāhṛtam || 26-14 || saiṣā kuṇḍalinī śaktiryasyāṃ kuṇḍalitaṃ jagat | śabdaśaktisvarūpeṇa yathā [ā: jñānaṃ] tadavadhāraya || 26-15 || ī māyā paramā śaktirjagadyonirnirañjanā | aprameyasya sā hi śrīrgṛhiṇī gṛhamedhinaḥ || 26-16 || asyāḥ pūrvamikāraṃ tu yojayet sūkṣmacakṣuṣā | itthaṃ [F: omits 2 lines from here] yadiṣṭaṃ yad dravyaṃ yattattatra pratiṣṭhitam [ī: tattatra pratitiṣṭhati] || 26-17 || ṭippaṇī - 14. vāgbhavabījamāha - trailokyetyādinā | aiśvaryam aikāraḥ | tena sahānusvārayoge aiṃ iti bījamantraḥ | asya jagadyonitvamanantaraṃ vakṣyate | 15. yasyāṃ kuṇḍalitaṃ jagaditi kuṇḍalinīśabdasya yogavyutpattirabhipretā | 16-18. aikārasya varṇacatuṣṭayasamāhārarūpatvamāha - ī māyeti | asmāt pūrvamiṣṭākhyamikāraṃ tataḥ pūrvamānandākhyamākāraṃ tataḥ pūrvamaprameyākhyamakāraṃ ca yojayitvā saṃdhau kṛte ai iti rūpamiti bhāvaḥ | p. 89) mūla - ānandamasya pūrvaṃ tu cintayet sūkṣmacakṣuṣā | aprameyaṃ tataḥ pūrvaṃ yojayet sūkṣmacakṣuṣā [ī: sūkṣmayā dṛśā] || 26-18 || śaktireṣā [ī: vṛddhireṣā; ā,C: omit this line] jagadyonistrailokyaiśvaryadojjvalā | aprameyādanādyantādvyāpakāt paramātmanaḥ || 26-19 || gopanī sarvabhūtānāṃ śaktirānandanirbharā | icchājñānakriyārūpairikārotthaiḥ samanvitā || 26-20 || trailokyaiśvaryadā devī viṣṇupatnī jagatprasūḥ | iti vācyāṃ jagadyonibījasyābjāṃ vicintayet || 26-21 || ratiḥ [ā, B, ī: ramiḥ] krīḍābhidhā loke krīḍā ca syāt kriyā mama | indhanaṃ dīpanaṃ jñānamicchā cekāradarśitāḥ [B, ḍ, ī: darśitā] || 26-22 || trailokyaṃ tu trayo lokāste ca jīvāstridhā sthitāḥ [B, ḍ, ī: matāḥ] | teṣāmaiśvaryadānena trailokyaiśvaryadāhvikā [ā, C, ī: aiśvaryadāmbikā] || 26-23 || aprameyādinā lokān vitatya bhuvanādhvanā | tasminneva pare bhūyo vyomeśe paramātmani || 26-24 || saṃtiṣṭhate paretyevamudayāstamayau mama | īdṛśīyaṃ mahāvidyā jagadyonirgirāṃ prasūḥ || 26-25 || pañcamī kāmasūrvidyā kāmabījāparāhvayā | prādyumnī [ī: pradyumnī] paramā śaktistasyā rūpaṃ nibodha me || 26-26 || madhyamaṃ guṇatattvānāṃ yat proktaṃ paścimānanam | rañjanaṃ sattvatamasorbhogenālpena [ā: sattvamubhayo] rañjitam || 26-27 || sā parā prakṛtiḥ kākhyā kalpayantī jagadvidhim [ṅ: jagaddhitam; ī: jagatpurā] | puruṣeśvarayogena sā sṛṣṭyai saṃprakalpate || 26-28 || avyaktapuruṣeśākhyarūpatrayavibhāvinī | māyā śrīḥ sā punardevī vyomeśe pratitiṣṭhati || 26-29 || iti [ā.B.C.: omit this line] rūpaprabhāvau tau kāmabījasya darśitau | ṣaṣṭhīṃ sārasvatīṃ vidyāṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 26-30 || prajñādhāro hyahaṃ śakra prakṛṣṭajñānajanmabhūḥ | sāhaṃ prajñāprasūrviṣṇorudayena samanvitā || 26-31 || ānandaṃ yojayet tasyāḥ purastāt sūkṣmayā dṛśā | aprameyamataḥ pūrvaṃ bhāvayet sūkṣmayā dṛśā || 26-32 || aprameyoditā sāhaṃ mahānandamayī śubhā | ādhārabhūtā prajñāyā vyomeśe saṃsthitā punaḥ || 26-33 || ṭippaṇī - 22-24. bījākṣaraghaṭakasya dīrghekārasyārthamāha ratiriti | ratirīkāraḥ | indhanādayastadarthāḥ | trailokyaiśvaryadānāma nirvakti trailokyamiti | jīvāstridheti | baddhamuktanityā ityarthaḥ | vyomeśe bindau | 28-29. prakṛtiṃ kakāramādāya tena puruṣeśvaraṃ lakāraṃ māyāmīkāraṃ vyomeśaṃ binduṃ ca yojayet | tataśca klīṃ iti kāmabījam | 30-34. sārasvatabījamāha ṣaṣṭhīmityādinā | prajñādhāra ūkāraḥ | tataḥ pūrvamudaya ukāraḥ | tataḥ pūrvamānanda ākāraḥ | tataḥ pūrvamaprameyaḥ akāraḥ | ante vyomeśo binduḥ | punarvisargaḥ | eṣāṃ yoge auḥ iti bhavati | avayavārthamāha aprameyoditetyādinā | p. 90) mūla - punarvisṛṣṭiyogāya parameśvaramāgatā | ṣaṣṭhī samuddhṛtā vidyā śabdataścārthataśca te || 26-34 || iyaṃ bījatrayī vidyā kathitā tripurāhvayā | vyutkramānukramābhyāṃ sā hyātmasāmyapradāpi [ā: ātmasādyasato'pi ca; B, C: ātmasāmyasame'pi ca; ḍ, F: samāsavyāsato'pi ca; ī: hyanyā sā vyāsato'pi ca] ca || 26-35 || vidyeyaṃ kāmadhuk proktā japahomādisādhitā | vyañjanasvarasaṃyogāt [ā, ḍ: halaḥ svarādi] tasyā bhedān [C: asyā bhāgān] bahūnviduḥ || 26-36 || caturṇāṃ puruṣārthānāṃ hetūn vyasya samasya ca | saptamī tu mahālakṣmīrvidyā sā sarvasādhanī || 26-37 || parāṃ prakṛtimādāya bhāskaraṃ tatra yojayet | mardanena samāyojya yojayet kālavahninā || 26-38 || bhūṣayenmāyayā piṇḍamante vyāpinamānayet | kathitaṃ te mahālakṣmībījametat puraṃdara || 26-39 || karṣantī vyākṛtāvasthāmahaṃ hi svena tejasā | pradhānabhūmikāṃ gatvā mūrtitrayavibhāvinī || 26-40 || nirmāya sakalaṃ bhāvaṃ vyomeśe saṃpratiṣṭhitā | iti bhāvyamidaṃ bījaṃ japatā sādhakena tu || 26-41 || ityete raśmayo jñeyā vidyāyāstārikākṛteḥ | anutārādayo vidyā itīdaṃ tārikāmayam || 26-42 || tāmimāṃ tārikāṃ vidyāṃ bhajamāno yathāvidhi | aihikāmuṣmikān bhogānakṣayān [F: lokān] pratipadyate || 26-43 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B, F: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre saptavidyāprakāśo nāma ṣaḍviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 38-39. mahālakṣmībījoddhāramāha parāmityādinā | prakṛtiṃ kakāramādāya tena bhāskaraṃ ṣakāraṃ mardanaṃ makāraṃ kālavahniṃ rephaṃ māyāmīkāraṃ vyāpinaṃ binduṃ ca yojayet | kṣmrīṃ iti mantraḥ | tathā ca tantrarāje grāso nabho dāhavahnisvairyuktaḥ kaulinīmanuḥ iti | tatra grāsaḥ kṣakāraḥ nabho makāraḥ dāhavahniḥ rephaḥ svamīkāro binduśca | 43. sapta vidyāḥ tāraḥ tārikā anutārikā vāgbhavaḥ kāmabījaṃ sārasvatabījaṃ mahālakṣmībījaṃ ceti | iti ṣaḍviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ saptaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śakraḥ - namastubhyaṃ jagannāthe puṇḍarīkākṣavallabhe | aśeṣajagadīśāne sarvajñe sarvabhāvini || 27-1 || śrutametanmayā samyagvidyānāṃ [B, F: vijñānaṃ] tattvamuttamam | bhūyaśca tārikāyā me vidhiṃ vyākhyātumarhasi || 27-2 || śrīḥ [ī: śrīruvāca] - ādyamekaṃ paraṃ brahma sarvajñaṃ saccidātmakam | svaśakticaritaṃ [ī: svaśaktyā churitaṃ] divyaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahaḥ || 27-3 || ahaṃ [ī: sāhaṃtā] sā paramā śaktirahaṃtākhyā sanātanī | taddharmadharmiṇī nityā prabhā bhānorivāmalā || 27-4 || tadīyāni vidhīyante pañca kṛtyāni sarvadā | tadunmeṣasvarūpiṇyā mayaivāditinandana || 27-5 || mama divyā parā śaktirnityaṃ [B, F, ī: nityā] maddharmadharmiṇī | hṛllekhā paramā vidyā matsvarūpā [ā, ḍ, ī: matsvarūpam] puraṃdara || 27-6 || asyā vyākhyāmimāṃ śaśvat sāvadhānena cetasā | śraddadhānaḥ prapannastvamupasanno gṛhāṇa me || 27-7 || āmananti yamātmānaṃ jagatastasthuṣaḥ param | prasavasthitisaṃhārakāraṇaṃ [F: prabhava] sūryasaṃjñitam [B, C, F: saṃjñakam] || 27-8 || nityaṃ [B, ḍ: nitya] prerayitāraṃ ca prāṇasaṃjñaṃ sanātanam | taṃ viddhi prathamaṃ varṇaṃ hakāraṃ puruṣottamam || 27-9 || yastasya prathamonmeṣaḥ kroḍīkṛtajagattrayaḥ [ṅ: jagatkriyaḥ] | aśeṣabhuvanādhāro jvaladrūpo'mito'nyataḥ || 27-10 || rephaṃ tatparamaṃ viddhi tejorūpaṃ sanātanam | unmeṣa eva samyak sa [B, ḍ: saṃ] vyāpnuvan sakalāṃ gatim || 27-11 || vyāpārān pañca bibhracca bindun sṛṣṭyādilakṣaṇān | āścaryajñānarūpaśca nimeṣonmeṣasaṃtateḥ || 27-12 || icchājñānakriyārūpaṃ bibhracca vitatikramam [B: viditakramaḥ; ī: vitatiṃ kramāt] | i-ī-rūpasya yugmasya sthitireṣā sanātanī || 27-13 || tadevaṃ [C: tadeva] paramonmeṣarūpāhaṃ vitatodayā | icchājñānakriyārūpā pañcakṛtyakarī vibhoḥ || 27-14 || nānāvidhāścaryamayī cidghanā sukharūpiṇī | vijñeyā paramātmasthā vyāpinī viṣṇuvallabhā || 27-15 || vidhāya kṛtyamakhilaṃ trailokyaiśvaryadāyinī | tasminneva punardeve vyomeśe paramātmani || 27-16 || ṭippaṇī - 6. hṛllekhā pañcaviṃśādhyāye nirdiṣṭatārikāparanāmā hrīṃmantraḥ | atrāpyanupadameva mantrasvarūpaṃ nirdekṣyate | p. 92) mūla - ādāya sarvasaṃbhāraṃ pratitiṣṭhāmi niṣkalā | asyā rūpāṇi pañceha tattvajñāḥ saṃpracakṣate || 27-17 || tāni rūpāṇi deveśa gadantyā me niśāmaya | vyomeśāntamidaṃ rūpamekaṃ yattatprakīrtitam || 27-18 || vyomeśāt parataḥ kecidvāñchanti parameśvaram | vyomeśamapahāyānye pradhānaṃ viniyojya tu || 27-19 || bindunādau ca vāñchanti tadante praṇavopamam | ante pradhānamevaikaṃ keciddhīrāḥ pracakṣate || 27-20 || sṛṣṭikartāramante'nye vaidikāḥ samadhīyate | evaṃ pañca svarūpāṇi tārikāyā vidurbudhāḥ || 27-21 || śāntasthāyāḥ sureśāna rūpāṇyevaṃvidhānyapi | pradhānānte visṛṣṭyante vyomeśānte tathaiva ca || 27-22 || vyomeśordhvavisṛṣṭyanta iti rūpacatuṣṭaye | aihikī paramā siddhistattaccāmutrikī [ḍ: tatra cāmuṣmikī; ī: tatra cāmutrikī] parā || 27-23 || pradhānabindunādānte mokṣaśrīreva kevalā | ityevamanusaṃdhāya tārikāyāḥ parāṃ sthitim || 27-24 || śiṣyāya sādhuśīlāya gurubrahmahitaiṣiṇe | ācārya ādiśedvidyāṃ parabrahmasvarūpiṇīm || 27-25 || hastadehāṅgavinyāsaṃ vidhāyātmani vai purā | vinyasya śiṣyadehe ca tataścopadiśenmanum || 27-26 || sthāpayeddhṛdi śiṣyasya bhāvapūrvaṃ manuṃ param | punaśca sthāpayet svasya [B, F, ī: svasmin] hṛdaye mantramuttamam || 27-27 || dīkṣābhiṣekapūrvaṃ ca sarvametat samācaret | ācāryādatha saṃprāpya vidyāṃ śiṣyo vicakṣaṇaḥ || 27-28 || ātmānamātmanaścaiva vittaṃ dattvā tu dakṣiṇam | sakalaṃ tvardhamaṃśa vā yena vā toṣyate guruḥ || 27-29 || vaidike ca samācāre [B, F, ī: samayācāre] laukike ca vyavasthite | apramādyan sadācārye [ḍ: sadācāre] guruṣu brāhmaṇeṣu ca || 27-30 || adrohaṃ śīlayan śaśvadbhūtagrāme caturvidhe | nityamātmaguṇopeto dharmalakṣaṇasevakaḥ || 27-31 || saṃskāraiḥ saṃskṛtaḥ śubhrairdevapitratithikriyaḥ | divyaśāstrāṇyadhīyāno nigamāṃścaiva vaidikān || 27-32 || alolupena cittena siddhāntānanusaṃcaran | yāvadarthaṃ tu vijñānamādadānastatastataḥ || 27-33 || adūṣayaṃśca śāstrāṇi pramāṇairanusaṃcaran | āhnikaṃ vidhivat kurvan śāstrārthaṃ karmaṇāṃ kramaiḥ || 27-34 || aharādi tvahorātraṃ punā rātryavasānakam | avandhyaṃ [B, F: avaśyaṃ] satataṃ kurvaṃścoditaiḥ karmaṇāṃ kramaiḥ || 27-35 || pañcakālarato [ḍ, E: paro] nityaṃ pañcayajñaparāyaṇaḥ | bhūṣito damadānābhyāṃ satyenāhiṃsanena ca || 27-36 || coditena krameṇemāṃ vidyāṃ saṃsādhya yatnataḥ | prasannayā [B: prapannayā] dhiyā yukto nityaṃ svārthaparārthayoḥ || 27-37 || bhūtimeva parāmicchan vibhūtiṃ [ī: abhūtiṃ] parivarjayet | pāvanaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ manasā cakṣuṣā girā || 27-38 || ṭippaṇī - 18. vyomeśāntamiti | bindvantamityarthaḥ | 19. parameśvaraḥ visargaḥ | pradhāno makāraḥ | 21. sṛṣṭikartā visargaḥ | 22. mantrāṇāmeṣāṃ phalatāratmyamāha pradhānānte ityādinā | p. 93) mūla - cittaprasādanīrdevīścatasraḥ pariśīlayan | maitryādyāḥ śāntimanvicchan japayajñaparāyaṇaḥ || 27-39 || apramādyan svakarmasthaḥ pramāde sati daivataḥ | prāyaścitaṃ caran samyagyasminyasmiṃstu [B: yasmiṃśca] yādṛśam || 27-40 || karmaṇā manasā vācā devadevaṃ janārdanam | prapannaḥ śaraṇaṃ śaśvanmāṃ ca taddharmadharmiṇīm || 27-41 || uttamaṃ puruṣaṃ strīṃ ca saṃdṛṣṭvā māmanusmaran | daṃpatī pūjayannityaṃ [ā, B, C, ī: pūjayet] dāṃpatyaṃ cāpyalopayan || 27-42 || śabdasthamarthagaṃ vāpi puṃbhāvaṃ vividhātmakam | strībhāvaṃ viddhi tadrūpaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ smaran [B: smaret] || 27-43 || uttamāṃ guṇasaṃpannāṃ rūpayauvanaśālinīm | alolupena cittena dṛṣṭvā māmeva cintayan || 27-44 || strīṣu kṣāntamanā nityamavadannapriyaṃ sadā | atikramaṃ [ā, B, ḍ: atikāmaṃ] pariharan saṃjātaṃ cāpyatarkayan [ā, B: akīrtayan] || 27-45 || kṣālayan pāvanaiḥ strīṇāṃ jāyamānaṃ vyatikramam | kubjāṃ vā vikalāṃ vāpi sarvāvasthāṃ gatāṃ striyam || 27-46 || avinindaṃścaraṃstrīṇāṃ priyaṃ śāstrānukūlataḥ | evaṃvṛttaḥ sadācāro naro vigatakalmaṣaḥ || 27-47 || madbhakto [F: omits three lines from here] matpriyakaro madyājī matparāyaṇaḥ | prāpnoti paramaṃ dhāma tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam || 27-48 || iti te kathitā śakra tārikāyāḥ parā sthitiḥ | vidyānāmapi cānyāsāṃ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 27-49 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B, ḍ: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre sadācāraprakāśo nāma saptaviṃśodhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 44. alolupeneti | atyāsaktirahitenetyarthaḥ | 45. atikramaḥ pramādaḥ | 46. pāvanairiti | śuddhikarmabhirityarthaḥ | vyatikramaḥ pramādaḥ | 49. tārikāyā iti | hṛllekhāparanāmnyā ityarthaḥ | iti saptaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ aṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namaste kamalāvāse namastrayyantavāsini | tvatprasādena vidhivacchruto mantraḥ samādhinā || 28-1 || pratipatīśca sakalā svarūpaṃ ca yathāsthitam | āhorātrikamācāramidānīṃ vaktumarhasi || 28-2 || śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmānanādiḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ | jñānaiśvaryamahāśaktivīryatejomahodhadhiḥ || 28-3 || ātmā sa sarvabhūtānāṃ haṃso nārāyaṇo vaśī [C: hariḥ] | tasya sāmarthyarūpāhamekā taddharmadharmiṇī || 28-4 || sāhaṃ sṛṣṭyādikān bhāvān vidadhānāḥ punaḥ punaḥ | ārādhitā satī sarvāṃstārayāmi bhavārṇavāt || 28-5 || dadāmi vividhān bhogān dharmeṇa paritoṣitā | saddharmaparasaṃsthānā [ḍ: paramastasyāḥ; ī: paramasthānā] mama sattvādikā tanuḥ || 28-6 || ācārarūpo dharmo'sāvācārastasya lakṣaṇam [C: rakṣaṇam] | tamācāraṃ pravakṣyāmi yaḥ sadbhiranupālyate || 28-7 || hitvā yogamayīṃ nidrāmutthāyāpararātrataḥ | prapadyeta hṛṣīkeśaṃ śaraṇyaṃ śrīpatiṃ harim || 28-8 || prapatteśca svarūpaṃ te pūrvamuktaṃ sureśvara | bhūyaśca śṛṇu vakṣyāmi sā yathā syāt sthirā tvayi [B: bhuvi] || 28-9 || ācamya prayato bhūtvā smṛtvāstraṃ jvalanākṛti | tat praviśya viniṣkrāntaḥ pūto bhūtvāstratejasā || 28-10 || prapattiṃ tāṃ prayuñjīta svāṅgaiḥ pañcabhiranvitām | prātikūlyaṃ parityaktamānukūlyaṃ ca saṃśritam || 28-11 || mayā sarveṣu bhūteṣu yathāśakti yathāmati | alasasyālpaśakteśca yathāvaccāvijānataḥ || 28-12 || upāyāḥ kriyamāṇāste naiva syustārakā mama | ato'haṃ kṛpaṇo dīno nirlepaścāpyakiṃcanaḥ || 28-13 || lakṣmyā saha hṛṣīkeśo devyā kāruṇyarūpayā | rakṣakaḥ sarvasiddhānte [B, ṅ: sarvabhūtānāṃ] vedānte'pi ca gīyate || 28-14 || yanme'sti dustyajaṃ kiṃcit putradārakriyādikam | samastamātmanā [ā, B, C, ṅ: samantāt] nyastaṃ śrīpate tava pādayoḥ || 28-15 || ṭippaṇī - 6. vividhāniti | apavargapradāpyānuṣaṅgikānaihikānāmutrikāṃśca bhogān dadāmītyarthaḥ | saddharmapareṣu saṃsthānaṃ yasyā iti bahuvrīhiḥ | 8. yogamayīmiti | abhigamanādiṣu dharmeṣu yogākhyaḥ pañcamo dharmaḥ pūrvadinarātrimārabhya paradinabrāhmamuhūrtāvadhikakālānuṣṭheyaḥ | 14. mahāviśvāso'tra vivakṣitaḥ | sarvasiddhānte sarveṣu divyaśāstreṣu | vedānte upaniṣatu | 15. ātmātmīyanikṣepamāha yanme'stītyādinā | ātmanā ātmanā sahetyarthaḥ | p. 95) mūla - śaraṇaṃ bhava deveśa nātha lakṣmīpate mama | sakṛdevaṃ prapannasya kṛtyaṃ naivānyadiṣyate || 28-16 || upāyāpāyamuktasya vartamānasya madhyataḥ | narasya buddhidaurbalyādupāyāntaramiṣyate || 28-17 || ataḥ paraṃ sadācāraṃ procyamānaṃ nibodha me | āśaṃsānaḥ samuttiṣṭhet sarvabhūtasukhodayam || 28-18 || bhavantu sarvabhūtāni sāttvike vimale pathi | bhajantāṃ śrīpatiṃ śaśvadviśantu paramaṃ padam || 28-19 || ityāśāsya priyaṃ samyagbhūtebhyo manasā girā | śarīraśodhanaṃ kṛtvā dharmaśāstravidhānataḥ [F: viśāradaḥ] || 28-20 || śaucaṃ ca vidhivat kṛtvā bhakṣayeddantadhāvanam | athācamya vidhānena pavitraiḥ śāstracoditaiḥ [B, ḍ: bodhitaiḥ] || 28-21 || plāvayitvābhyupāsīta saṃdhyāṃ trailokyapāvanīm | manmayī trividhā śaktiḥ sūryasomāgnirūpiṇī || 28-22 || śuddhaye sarvabhūtānāṃ saṃdhyā devī pravartate | upasthāya vivasvantamantaḥsthaṃ puruṣottamam [B, ī: antaḥstha] || 28-23 || kuryādagnividhiṃ samyagupādānamathācaret [B, ḍ: dānaṃ samācaret] | sati vitte na kurvītopādānaṃ tu vicakṣaṇaḥ || 28-24 || sapta vittāgamā dharmyā dāyo lābhaḥ krayo jayaḥ | prayogaḥ karmayogaśca satpratigraha eva ca || 28-25 || snānaṃ kṛtvā vidhānena trividhaṃ śāstracoditam | bhūtaśuddhiṃ vidhāyātha yāgamāntaramācaret || 28-26 || svayamutpāditaiḥ sphītairlabdhaiḥ [ā: krītaiḥ; B, C: anyaiḥ] śiṣyāditastathā [B, F: śiṣyādinā tathā] | bhogairyajeta māṃ viṣṇumubhau vā śāstrapūrvakam || 28-27 || aṣṭāṅgena vidhānena hyanuyāgāvasānakaiḥ | svādhyāyamācaret samyagaparāhṇe vicakṣaṇaḥ || 28-28 || divyaśāstrāṇyadhīyīta nigamāṃścaiva vaidikān | sarvānanucaret samyak siddhāntānātmasiddhaye || 28-29 || ṭippaṇī - 16. goptṛtvavaraṇamāha śaraṇamityādinā | 17. madhyato vartamānasya naivānyat kṛtyamiti pūrveṇānvayaḥ | buddhidaurbalyāditi | svādhikāramanālocya duṣkare karmaṇi pravṛttirhi buddhidaurbalyaprayukteti bhāvaḥ | upāyāntaramatra bhaktiyogaḥ | anena bhaktiyogasya nindā kriyata iti vā mumukṣorbhaktiyogaḥ svarūpaviruddha iti vā na mantavyam | narasya buddhidaurbalyādindubimbagrahe spṛhā ityukte vacanamidamindubimbaṃ nindatīti na kaścidapi prekṣāvān brūyāt | kiṃca bhaktyā paramayā vāpi prapattyā vā mahāmate iti bhaktervaikalpikasādhanatvoktirvirudhyeta | aśaktasya mumukṣoḥ svarūpaviruddha iti cet nātra kasyāpi vipratipattiḥ | 23. vivasvantaṃ viśiṣṭadīptimantamiti puruṣottamaviśeṣaṇam | antaḥstham sūryamaṇḍalāntarvartinam | arkamaṇḍalamadhyasthaṃ sūryakoṭisamaprabham ityādidhyānamatrābhipretam | 24. upādānaṃ nāma bhagavadārādhanopayuktadravyārjanam | tacca niḥsvasya pañcayajñapañcakālaparāyaṇabhāgavatottamādayācitopanatataṇḍulā-disvīkārarūpam | āḍhyasya tu tadupayuktaphalapuṣpatulasyādisaṃgraharūpam | 28. aṣṭāṅgayajanaṃ yathā jayākhye antaryāgaḥ bhogayāgaḥ madhvādiyāgaḥ annayāgaḥ saṃpradānam vahnisaṃtarpaṇam pitṛyāgaḥ anuyāgaśceti (22 a. 75-80) | 29. siddhāntāniti | mantrāgamādi siddhāntabhedānityarthaḥ | p. 96) mūla - alolupena cittena rāgadveṣavivarjitaḥ | na nindenmanasā vācā śāstrāṇyuccāvacānyapi || 28-30 || tāvanmātrārthamādadyād yāvatā hyartha ātmanaḥ | bhūtānāṃ śreyase sarve sarvaśāstrāṇi tanvate || 28-31 || tāṃ tāmavasthāṃ saṃprāpya tāni śreyo vitanvate | ādau madhye ca sarveṣāṃ śāstrāṇāmantime tathā || 28-32 || śrīmānnārāyaṇaḥ [ā, B, C, ṅ: śrīmannārāyaḥaḥ] prokto vidhayaiva tayā tayā | ahaṃ nārāyaṇasthāpi sarvajñā sarvadarśinī || 28-33 || nidānajñā bhiṣakkalpā tattadgurvādirūpiṇī | pravartayāmi śāstrāṇi tāni tāni tathā tathā || 28-34 || adhikārānurūpeṇa pramāṇāni tathā tathā | atyantaheyaṃ na kvāpi śāstraṃ kiṃcana vidyate || 28-35 || sarvatra sulabhaṃ śreyaḥ svalpaṃ vā yadi vā bahu | tataḥ kāryo na vidveṣo yāvadarthamupāśrayet || 28-36 || samayaṃ na viśettatra naiva dīkṣāṃ kadācana | tataḥ saṃdhyāmupāsīta paścimāṃ sārdhabhāskarām || 28-37 || vidhāyāgnyarthakāryaṃ tu yogaṃ yuñjīta vai tataḥ | suvivikte śucau deśe niḥśalāke manorame || 28-38 || mṛdvāstaraṇasaṃkīrṇe celājinakuśottare | antarbahiśca saṃśuddhe yamādipariśodhitaḥ || 28-39 || āsanaṃ cakramāsthāya padmaṃ svastikameva vā | yatra vā ramate buddhirnāḍīmārgān nipīḍayan [ī: apīḍayan] || 28-40 || vijitya pavanagrāmaṃ pratyāhārajitendriyaḥ | dhāraṇāsu śramaṃ kṛtvā māṃ dhyāyet susamāhitaḥ || 28-41 || anaupamyāmanirdeśyāmavikalpāṃ nirañjanām | sarvatra sulabhāṃ lakṣmīṃ sarvapratyayatāṃ [B, ḍ: pratyakṣatāṃ] gatām || 28-42 || sākārāmathavā yogī varābhayakarāṃ parām | padmagarbhopamāṃ padmāṃ padmahastāṃ sulakṣaṇām || 28-43 || yadvā nārāyaṇāṅkasthāṃ sāmarasyamupāgatām | cidānandamayīṃ devīṃ tādṛśaṃ ca śriyaḥ patim || 28-44 || bahudhā yogamārgāste veditavyāḥ sureśvara | teṣvekaṃ dharmamāsthāya bhaktiḥ śraddhā ca yatra te || 28-45 || samyaṅ nidhyānamutpādya samādhiṃ samupāśrayet | dhyātā dhyānaṃ tathā dhyeyaṃ trayaṃ yatra vilīyate || 28-46 || ekaivāhaṃ tadā bhāse pūrṇāhaṃtā sanātanī | aikadhyamanusaṃprāpte [ā, B, C: aikāryaṃ] mayi saṃvinmahodadhau || 28-47 || nānyat prakāśate kiṃcidahameva tadā parā | yogācchrānto japaṃ kuryāttacchrānto yogamācaret || 28-48 || tasya kṣipraṃ prasīdāmi japayogābhiyoginaḥ | nītvaivaṃ prathamaṃ yāmaṃ japayogādinā sudhīḥ || 28-49 || yogastha eva taddhirastato yāmadvayaṃ svapet | utthāyāpararātre tu pūrvoktamanusaṃcaret || 28-50 || iti vyāmiśrakṛtyaṃ tat proktaṃ te balasūdana | acchidrān pañcakālāṃstu bhagavatkarmaṇā nayet || 28-51 || ṭippaṇī - 33. sarvaśāstrāṇāṃ bhūtahitatvaṃ paratatvaprakāśanena tadārādhanapratipādanena cetyabhisaṃdhāyāha śrīmāniti | 46. yogasya parā kāṣṭhocyate dhyātetyādinā | yatreti | yasyāṃ samādhidaśāyāmityarthaḥ | 47. aikadhyamekabhāvaṃ yogini saṃprāpte sati nānyat kiṃcit prakāśate | kiṃtu ahameva bhāsa ityuttareṇānvayaḥ | 49. yoganidrāṃ nirvakti nītvaivamiti | 50. yogo nāma paramātmanyātmanikṣepapuraḥsaraṃ paramātmaguṇagaṇānusaṃdhānam | tatkurvāṇa eva svāpamanubhavedityarthaḥ | 51. vyāmiśreti | bahuvidhakarmakalāpasahitaṃ bhagavadārādhanamityarthaḥ | acchidrāniti | yanmuhūrtaṃ kṣaṇaṃ vāpi vāsudevo na cintyate | sā hānistanmahacchidraṃ sā bhrāntiḥ sā ca vikriyā || (ga.pu.pū. 222-22) ityuktacchidrarahitānityarthaḥ | p. 97) mūla - dīkṣitaḥ pañcakālajño lakṣmīmantraparāyaṇaḥ | antaraṃ nānayoḥ kiṃcinniṣṭhāyāṃ balasūdana || 28-52 || ubhāvetau matau bhaktau viśato māṃ tanukṣaye | cakrapadmadharo nityaṃ bhavellakṣmīparāyaṇaḥ || 28-53 || svadāranirataśca syād brahmacārī sadā bhavet | manmantramabhyasennityaṃ maccitto matparāyaṇaḥ || 28-54 || sarvānuccāvacāñchabdāṃstadbhāvena vibhāvayet | agniṣomavibhāgajñaḥ kriyābhūtivibhāgavit || 28-55 || sthūlasūkṣmaparatvānāṃ veditā ca yathārthataḥ | aṅgopāṅgāditantrajño mudrābhedavidhānavit || 28-56 || antaryāgabahiryāgajapahomavicakṣaṇaḥ | puraścaraṇabhedajñaḥ siddhisādhanatattvavit [B, C, ḍ: siddha] || 28-57 || saṃjñāmūrtividhānajñastatsādhanavidhānavit | śarīrādhāratattvajño yogatattvavicakṣaṇaḥ || 28-58 || evaṃ prakāraḥ śāstrārthavedī dhīro vicakṣaṇaḥ | ahiṃsro damadānastho māṃ bhajeta śriyaṃ naraḥ || 28-59 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre sadācāraprakāśo nāmāṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ityaṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ekonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - śuddhāśuddhaṣaḍadhvākhyacitranirmāṇabhittaye | namaḥ śrīvatsabhāminyai bhavasaṃtāpaśāntaye || 29-1 || agnīṣomavibhāgaṃ me kriyābhūtividhāmapi | brūhi me tattvataḥ padme vidyāyāstārikākṛteḥ || 29-2 || śrīḥ - vyāpakaṃ yat paraṃ brahma śaktirnārāyaṇī hi yā | sā hyahaṃ pariṇāmena bhavāmi praṇavākṛtiḥ || 29-3 || agnīṣomavibhāgaṃ me tārikāyā niśāmaya | kriyābhūtividhānaṃ ca yathāvat suranandana || 29-4 || unmeṣaḥ paramo viṣṇorādyaḥ ṣāḍguṇyacinmayaḥ | sāhaṃ saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārā śaktiste kathitā purā || 29-5 || sṛṣṭavatyā jagat kṛtsnaṃ tasyā me rakṣaṇodyame | dvidhā pravartate rūpaṃ mukhenaiśvaryatejasoḥ [ā, ṅ: kiṃcittejomukhaṃ matam; B: omits four quarters from here] || 29-6 || ṣāḍguṇyameva [ā: omits this line] me rūpaṃ kiṃcittejomukhaṃ matam | ṣāḍguṇyameva me rūpaṃ paramaiśvaryasaṃmukham || 29-7 || tejomukhaṃ tu yadrūpaṃ sā kriyāśaktirucyate | saivāgnirucyate śaktiḥ sarvopaplavadāhanāt [C: dāhataḥ] || 29-8 || aiśvaryasaṃmukhaṃ rūpaṃ bhūtirlakṣmīritīritā | śaktiraiśvaryabhūyiṣṭhā sā me somamayī tanuḥ || 29-9 || śoṣaṇāt [C, ī: ploṣaṇāt] sarvadoṣāṇāmagniśaktiḥ kriyāmayī | jagadāpyāyayantyanyā bhūtiḥ soma ihocyate || 29-10 || icchājñānakriyāmayyāste ime vyūhaje mama | ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā sāhaṃ vyūhinī parameśvarī || 29-11 || yā sā śaktiḥ kriyākhyā [ā, C, ṅ: kriyānyā; ī: kriyāgnyākhyā] me ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tejasojjvalam | tasyā āsaṃstrayo vyūhāḥ sūryasomāgniśaktayaḥ || 29-12 || tāsāmādyā [B, C, F: tāsāṃ me paramā] parā divyā sūryākhyā śaktirujjvalā | nirvahantī jagatkṛtyamaniśaṃ [ā, B, F: īdṛśaṃ] parivartate || 29-13 || adhyātmamadhidaivaṃ ca tathā caivādhibhautikam | tasyā rūpatrayaṃ viddhi sūryākhyāyāḥ sureśvara || 29-14 || adhyātmasthā tu sūryākhyā piṅgalāmārgagāminī | ālokenādhibhūtasthā sūryaśaktiḥ pravartate || 29-15 || sūryamaṇḍalasaṃsthānā śaktiḥ sānyādhidaivikī | sūryamaṇḍalasaṃsthānā arciṣo yāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 29-16 || ṛcastā viddhi deveśa tapantīstapanātmikāḥ | dīptayo yāstadantaḥsthāstāni sāmāni viddhi me || 29-17 || ṭippaṇī - 6. mukheneti | prādhānyenetyarthaḥ | 16. sūryamaṇḍalāntarvartino devasya trayīrūpatvaṃ vaktuṃ prathamatastasya ṛgrūpatvamucyate uttarārdhe sūryetyādinā | 17. tasya yajuḥsvarūpatvamāha antaḥstheti | anena ādityo vā eṣa etanmaṇḍalaṃ tapati tatra tā ṛcastadṛcāṃ maṇḍalam iti taittirīyaśrutirupabṛṃhitā bhavati| viṣṇupurāṇe coktam (2-11-11) | p. 99) mūla - antaḥsthā yā parā śaktiḥ pauruṣīṃ tanumāsthitā | tāṃ [B, C: taṃ] viddhi puruṣaṃ divyaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ yajurmayam || 29-18 || śaṅkhacakradharaṃ śrīśaṃ pīnodāracaturbhujam | prasannavadanaṃ padmaviṣṭaraṃ puṣkarekṣaṇam || 29-19 || mūrdhāntaḥpuruṣasyāsya daśahotā nigadyate | pādapāṇi caturhotā devasyāsya sureśvara || 29-20 || lomamāṃsāsthimajjāsṛk pañcahotā sureśvara | stanāvaṇḍau ca puṃstvaṃ ca ṣaḍḍhotāpāna eva ca || 29-21 || śīrṣaṇyāḥ sapta ye prāṇāḥ saptahotā nigadyate | śobhāstu dakṣiṇāstasya saṃbhārāḥ saṃdhayaḥ smṛtāḥ || 29-22 || nāḍayo [C: omits three lines from here] devapatnyo'sya hotṝṇāṃ hṛdayaṃ manaḥ | cetanaḥ pauruṣaṃ sūktaṃ śaktiḥ śrīsūktamucyate || 29-23 || oṃkāraḥ praṇavastāro guhyaṃ nāma sanātanam | yajūṃṣi rudraśukrāṇi sthūlanāmāni [C: tathā sāmāni] tasya tu || 29-24 || yajurmayamanuṃ divyamabhyasyan puruṣaṃ naraḥ | anuvyāhṛtyabhīcārapāpebhyo'pi pramucyate || 29-25 || tapatyevaṃ parā śaktistrayī sūryākhyayāmbare | trividhaiṣā parā śaktiḥ prakhyātā sūryasaṃjñayā || 29-26 || sāvitrī nāma vedānāṃ jananī parivartate | trivarṇapraṇavādhārā [ā: trivarga] bhurbhuvaḥsvastrināḍikā || 29-27 || tadādivarṇapavanā śiraḥkalpitaśekharā | kṣityādipuruṣāntārṇā prakāśānandavigrahā || 29-28 || uditā brahmaṇo bhūyo brahmaṇi pratitiṣṭhati | vedānāṃ jananī saiṣā varṇānāṃ jananī parā || 29-29 || ṭippaṇī - 20. antaḥsthasyāsya puruṣasya daśahotā mūrdhā bhavati | daśahotrādipadaistattannāmāno mantrā vivakṣitāḥ | cittiḥ sruk ityārabhya taittirīyāraṇyake tṛtīyaprapāṭhake prathamānuvākamantro daśahotā | tatraiva pṛthivī hotā ityārabhya dvitīyānuvākapaṭhitaścaturhotā | pādapāṇītyekavadbhāvaḥ | 21. agnirhotā ityārabhya tṛtīyānuvākapaṭhitaḥ pañcahotā | sūryaṃ te cakṣuḥ ityārabhya turīyānuvākapaṭhitaḥ ṣaḍḍhotā | 22. mahāhavirhotā ityārabhya pañcamānuvākapaṭhitaḥ saptahotā | devasya tvā ityārabhya daśamānuvākapaṭhitā dakṣiṇāḥ | agniryajurbhḥ ityārabhyāṣṭamānuvākapaṭhitāḥ saṃbhārāḥ | 23. senendrasya ityārabhya navamānuvākapaṭhitā devapatnyaḥ | suvarṇaṃ dharmam ityārabhyaikādaśānuvākapaṭhito hotṛhṛdayam | puruṣasūktaśrīsūktamantrāḥ prasiddhāḥ | 24. namaste rudra manyave ityārabhya paṭhitā rudriyāḥ | evaṃ śukriyā api mantraviśeṣāḥ | atra ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāḥ 58, 59 adhyāyāvanusaṃdheyau | 25. yajurmayeti sāvitrī | anuvyāhṛti vyāhṛtibhyaḥ paścāt | asya abhyasyan iti pūrveṇānvayaḥ | 26. trayīti | vedairaśūnyastribhireti sūryaḥ iti śrutiranusaṃdheyā | 28. tadādīti | tat ityādayo varṇā ityarthaḥ | śiraḥ gāyatrīśiromantraḥ | kṣityādīti | kādimāntavarṇā | p. 100) mūla - anulomavilomābhyāṃ saumyāgneyī nigadyate | saiṣā sūryavapurdivyā sāvitrī manmayī kalā || 29-30 || gāyatrī nāma gāyantaṃ trāyate mahato bhayāt | ādāya jīvanaṃ gobhirbhūsaritprāṇisaṃbhavam || 29-31 || punarmuñcati megheṣu navamāsadhṛtaṃ [ā, B: navamāsahṛtaṃ; C: omits eight quarters from here] karaiḥ | uktā sūryamayī śaktiḥ śṛṇu vahnimayīṃ parām || 29-32 || eṣāpi trividhā śakra śaktirvahnimayī mama | divyekābindhanā hyanyā kṣitau kṣitimayendhanā || 29-33 || tathā bhuktendhanā koṣṭhe śaktirvahnimayī tridhā | sarvadevamayī saiṣā devānāṃ mukhamucyate || 29-34 || trivargasthaiḥ stutā saiṣā triṣṭubityucyate budhaiḥ | durgāṇi tārayantyātmapārāyaṇaparaṃ naram || 29-35 || śaktiḥ somamayī tvanyā sāpi tredhā nigadyate | divi bimbātmanā tvekā tathānyauṣadhirupiṇī || 29-36 || carati prāṇināmantariḍayaikāmṛtātmikā | anuṣṭubbhiḥ stūyamānā saiṣānuṣṭubudīritā || 29-37 || mṛtyuṃjaya iti proktā sā vidyā mṛtyunāśinī | sūryasomāgnirūpāṇāṃ tāsāmāsāṃ puraṃdara || 29-38 || haviṣkṛduditā sūryāt somarūpā havirmayī | haviratti tathāgnyākhyā vahnivipramukhātmanā || 29-39 || tisṛbhirvartate kṛtsnaṃ lokatantramaharniśam | iti vyūhatrayopetā vyūhinī sā kriyātmikā || 29-40 || śaktiḥ paramagambhīrā mama tejomukhodgatā | sūryenduvahnikoṭyoghaniyutārbudabhasvarā [ī: bhāsurāḥ] || 29-41 || cakraṃ sudarśanaṃ nāma sā [ā, B, C, ṅ: sāvitryādyari] bhavatyaridāraṇam | astraṃ paramatejiṣṭhamāgneyaṃ nāma vaiṣṇavam || 29-42 || parodyamasvarūpaṃ tat [ī: svarūpatvāt] prāṇādiprāṇanaṃ param | udyanti sarvāṇyastrāṇi tasmāt sarvāśca śaktayaḥ || 29-43 || karaṇaṃ sādhakatamaṃ pañcakṛtyavidhau hareḥ | na tat kṛtyaṃ vinā tena yat syād viṣṇormahātmanaḥ || 29-44 || saṃkalpādisvarūpeyaṃ sṛṣṭau viṣṇoḥ pravartate | rakṣaṇe saṃhṛtau caiva dhatte cakramayīṃ tanum || 29-45 || mamāṃśajā parāgneyī [ā, ḍ: jñeyā] kriyāśaktirhi vaiṣṇavī | ābrahmastambaparyanaṃ ṣoḍhā viṣṭabhya tiṣṭhati || 29-46 || tatra varṇamayaṃ cakraṃ prathamaṃ śṛṇu vāsava | tārikātārakadvandvamakṣagaṃ [ī: akṣasthaṃ] pārameśvaram || 29-47 || nābhau sūryendubhārūpaṃ śritaṃ [ā, B, C: śriyāstāraṃ; ī: śritadvāraṃ] svāraṃ dviraṣṭakam | kādibhāntaṃ triraṣṭāraṃ [ā, B, C, ḍ, ī: dviṣṭkāraṃ] mādihāntaṃ tu nemigam || 29-48 || pradhiḥ paryantavahnyātmā vargāntaḥ piṇḍasaṃnibhaḥ [C: varṇāntaṃ piṇḍasaṃnibham] | varṇacakramidaṃ divyaṃ vartate varṇavartmanā || 29-49 || ṭippaṇī - 31. ādāyeti | atra yābhirādityastapati tābhiḥ parjanyo varṣati iti śrutiranusaṃdheyā | 33. abindhanā vidyut divyā | kāṣṭhādīndhanā bhaumī | jaṭharasthā kauṣṭhīti jñeyam | 36. somamayyapi tridhā ākāśe bimbātmanā bhūmāvoṣadhyātmanā prāṇiśarīre iḍātmaneti | 46. ṣoḍheti | kalātattvavarṇapadamantrabhuvanākhyacakrairityarthaḥ | 47. tārikā hrīṃmantraḥ | tārakaḥ praṇavaḥ | 48. svāram svarasamūhaḥ | dviraṣṭakam ṣoḍaśakam | triraṣṭāram caturviṃśatyararūpam | p. 101) mūla - kalācakramidaṃ śakra jñānākṣaṃ śaktinābhikam | aiśvaryāraṃ balādyena nemyādyaṃ triguṇena tu || 29-50 || tattvaṃ tu vāsudevākṣaṃ nābhiḥ saṃkarṣaṇojjvalaḥ | pradyumnāraṃ tathā śakra pradhirūpāniruddhakam || 29-51 || akṣanābhyaranemisthaisturyādyaiḥ padacakrakam | mantramakṣādikairbījapiṇḍasaṃjñāpadātmabhiḥ || 29-52 || kālākṣaṃ nābhigāvyaktaṃ mahadādyarapañjaram | manaḥśrotratadarthādivikāraparimaṇḍalam || 29-53 || lokalaukikaparyantaṃ bhuvanaṃ cakramantimam | ṣaṭcakraṃ dadhatī hastaiḥ pauruṣīṃ tanumāsthitā || 29-54 || sudarśanaḥ kriyāśaktirvaiṣṇavī cakramadhyagā | bījaṃ piṇḍaṃ padaṃ saṃjñā asyāḥ śṛṇu catuṣṭayam || 29-55 || somaṃ prathamamādāya prāṇamante niyojayet | tato'mṛtamupādāya yojayet kālapāvakam || 29-56 || tatsaṃsthamanalaṃ kuryānmāyāṃ vyāpinamantataḥ | etat saudarśanaṃ bījaṃ matkriyāśaktijṛmbhitam || 29-57 || saptavarṇātmakaṃ divyamidaṃ bījaṃ maharddhidam [ā: mahaddhitam; ī: maharddhimat] | etadeva mahat piṇḍaṃ māyāvyāpisamujjhitam [ī: samanvitam] || 29-58 || kālāgnyarkāyutākārametadvajrāmbudadhvani | pañcavarṇaṃ mahāpiṇḍaṃ durdharaṃ devadānavaiḥ || 29-59 || śucinā tu sakṛt smaryamajitendriyaduḥsmaram | smṛtvā tu śāntaye smarye bīje me tārikādike || 29-60 || yo'sau piṇḍordhvabhāgastho varṇaḥ kālānalābhidhaḥ | dahyante tena daityendrā lokāścaiva yugakṣaye || 29-61 || dvitīyaśaktisaṃsthena tvagnināgniḥ samidhyate | śaktiṃ prāṇayati prāṇaḥ pūrito'mṛtatejasā || 29-62 || iti piṇḍasvarūpaṃ te kathitaṃ surapuṃgava | vyāpakaiḥ pañcabhiḥ piṇḍaṃ kalpitaṃ [ī: kīlitam] tvantarāntarā || 29-63 || varmāstrāntaṃ dhruvādyaṃ ca saṃjñāmantratvamṛcchati | vyāpakau yojayedante piṇḍādyoḥ somasūryayoḥ || 29-64 || ante somāgnikūṭasya hyekaṃ vyāpakamānayet | ādyantayostathāntyasya varṇasya vyāpakau smṛtau || 29-65 || varma prāṇorjayorvyoma duṣṭopadravamardanam | yaḥ saṃkarṣaṇastu saṃhāraḥ kalpānte'khilagocaraḥ || 29-66 || sa phaṭkārastadante cāpyāhlādaḥ śāntikārakaḥ | iti [ā, C, ḍ, F: add here lines 2 to 14 (tasyā vyāptiṃ vāsava) from ch. 30 and omit them there.] piṇḍavikarṣātmā saumyāgneyo manuḥ smṛtaḥ || 29-67 || ṭippaṇī - 56, 57. somaḥ sakāraḥ | prāṇo hakāraḥ | amṛtaṃ sakāraḥ | kālapāvakaḥ rākāraḥ | analaḥ rakāraḥ | māyā vyāpī ca īṃkāraḥ | sahasrāra īṃ iti bījamantraḥ | 58. saptavarṇātmakamiti | somaprāṇāmṛtakālapāvakānalamāyāvyāpi-rūpasaptavarṇaghaṭitamityarthaḥ | māyāvyāpisamujjhitam īṃkārarahitam | sahasrāra iti piṇḍamantraḥ | 60. smarye smaraṇīye ityarthaḥ | 64. pūrvoktameva viśadayati vyāpakāviti | 66. varma kavacam | prāṇorjayorvyoma huṃmantraḥ | 67. vikarṣaḥ anusyūtiḥ | p. 102) svavarṇairaṅgavāneṣa balī saudarśano manuḥ | divyāntarikṣabhaumānāṃ bhogānāmāptisādhanam || 29-68 || kalpadrumo manuḥ so'yamāśritānāṃ puraṃdara | nārāyaṇāt samudyatyā mama nityaṃ jagaddhite || 29-69 || agnīṣomavibhāgaste kathito vṛtrasūdana | kriyābhūtivibhedaśca kriyāśaktibhidāpi ca || 29-70 || kriyāśaktiprabhāvaśca bījapiṇḍādibhedataḥ | bhūyaḥ śakra kriyāśakte ṛddhimetāvatīṃ śṛṇu || 29-71 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre agnīṣomavibhāgaprakāśo [ī: omits prakāśaḥ] nāmaikonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 68. svavarṇairiti | pūrvoktasya ṣaḍakṣaramantrasya ye ṣaṭ varṇāḥ taiḥ hṛdayādiṣaḍaṅgakalpanaṃ kāryamityarthaḥ | mantramahimānamāha divyetyādinā | 69. jagaddhite iti nimitte saptamī | jagaddhitanimittamityarthaḥ | ityekonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - eṣā te kathitā śakra mayā śaktiḥ kriyātmikā | [īn ā, C, ḍ, F: 13 lines from here are omitted but given in ch. 29 Vide note on p. 101.] tasyā vyāptimavocaṃ te sūryasomāgnibheditām || 30-1 || vyūhinīmapyavocaṃ te bījapiṇḍābhidhānataḥ | padamantrasvarūpaṃ ca tasyāḥ śakra nibodha me || 30-2 || ajitānalasargāṇāṃ saṃyogaḥ piṇḍa ādimaḥ | kamalānalasargāṇāṃ yogaḥ piṇḍo dvitīyakaḥ || 30-3 || śvetādyāhlādisaṃyogastṛtīyaḥ piṇḍa ucyate | sūryorjavyāpināṃ piṇḍaścaturthastena madhyataḥ || 30-4 || trīṇyastrāṇi tataḥ kālacakrāya hutabhukpriyā | tārakeṇānvitaścādau cakro'yaṃ padamantrarāṭ || 30-5 || naiva kiṃcidasādhyaṃ hi mantreṇānena vāsava | abhiyuktamanā [ī: abhiyuktā manāvasmin] asminna gacchati parābhavam || 30-6 || 30-6 || yastu te kathitaḥ pūrvaṃ triyugārṇo manūttamaḥ | prabhāvamakhilaṃ tasya bhūyo vyākhyāmi vāsava || 30-7 || anāmarūpavaccakraṃ ṣāḍguṇyamahimojjvalam | dhyāyan sabījamāvartya mantraṃ bandhāt pramucyate || 30-8 || kriyāśaktermadīyāyāstanuḥ sākṣānmahāmanuḥ | ṣaḍarṇo'tharvavedāntasaṃsthitaścakrabṛṃhitaḥ || 30-9 || ṣaḍadhvamayamojasvi cakraṃ saudarśanaṃ param | bhāvayedakṣanābhyādivibhaktāvayavojjvalam || 30-10 || amṛtādīn manorarṇānakṣādyaṅgeṣu cintayet | akṣe nābhau tathāreṣu nemau pradhitadantayoḥ || 30-11 || prakṛtyādiviśeṣāntaistattvaiḥ saṃgrathitaḥ [C: saṃskṛtaḥ] pradhiḥ | māyā prasūtistraiguṇyamapi nemiḥ sudarśane || 30-12 || padādhvaracitārāntā mantrā arasahasrakam | arānto vyūhamārgastho nābhistatra kalāmayī || 30-13 || varṇādhvā hyakṣaparyanto madhye śaktirahaṃ parā | madantaḥ paramaṃ brahma grāhyagrāhakatojjhitam || 30-14 || ṭippaṇī - 3. ajito jakāraḥ | analo rephaḥ | sargo visargaḥ | jraḥ | kamalaḥ kakāraḥ | kraḥ | 4. śvetaḥ phakāraḥ | āhlādī ṭakāraḥ | phaṭ | sūryo hakāraḥ | ūrja ukāraḥ | vyāpī binduḥ | huṃ | 5. madhye trayaḥ phaṭmantrāḥ | tataḥ svāhā | oṃ jraḥ kraḥ phaṭ huṃ phaṭ 3 kālacakrāya svāhā | 7. triyugārṇaḥ ṣaḍakṣaramantraḥ | sahasrāra huṃ phaṭ iti | 9. atharveti | atrāhirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ viṃśādhyāye 21-24 vacanānyanusaṃdheyāni | 11. amṛtaṃ sakāraḥ | prakṛtyādītyādinā bhuvanādhvā nirdiśyate | 13. mantrādhvānamāha mantrā iti | p. 104) mūla - madhye tu cintayet tāraṃ tārikāṃ tadbahiḥ smaret | tadbahiśca kriyābījaṃ tadbahiścādimākṣaram || 30-15 || ityakṣakuhare jñeyaṃ kramādbījacatuṣṭayam | nābhyarādau tu sūryādīniti pūrvoktayā diśā || 30-16 || hrasrākārasvarūpo yaḥ sa sahasravidhānvayī | sūryakālānaladvandvairaprameyādibheditaiḥ || 30-17 || amṛtānalayugmaiśca tāvadbhistādṛśairapi | saṃhatya bhedayet kādīnagnīṣomamayaiḥ svaraiḥ || 30-18 || sūryasomānilān hitvā triṃśataṃ caikameva ca | aṣṭanyūnasahasraṃ tadakṣarāṇi syurañjasā || 30-19 || bījāṣṭakaṃ tu tārādi hrasrayuktaṃ bhavedatha | īśādyanupradeśasthaṃ vahnervāyupadāvadhi [ā, C, ḍ: vahninā vyāptirucyate; īn ā, C, ḍ: verses 43 to 49 and then 34b to 42 follow on here.] || 30-20 || dattvā sūtrayugaṃ cārīṃ [ā: astrayugmaṃ cārīṃ ca] caturdhā vibhajedbhuvam | pañca pañcāśataṃ kuryādarāṇāṃ pratibhūmikam || 30-21 || sahasraṃ tānyarāṇi syusteṣu varṇasahasrakam | nyaset prāgādi somāntaṃ koṇasūtreṣu vai tataḥ || 30-22 || nyasenmantrādhvavartinyaścatasro'gniguṇāḥ kramāt | jayā ca vijayā caiva ajitā cāparājitā || 30-23 || agnyādīśānaparyantasūtrasthā mantradevatāḥ | arāṇi pūrayantī sā nemiḥ saudarśanī sthitā || 30-24 || aranemyantarasthāni sarvāstrāṇi ca vāsava | pravartakāni purataḥ sarvāstrāṇi puraṃdara || 30-25 || nivartakāni purataḥ śirobhiḥ śastracihnitaiḥ | kṛtāñjalīni dṛptāni dhyāyedubhayataḥ samam || 30-26 || nemikṣetre mahālakṣmīḥ pūrvasyāṃ diśi saṃsthitā | dakṣiṇasyāṃ mahāmāyā paścimāyāṃ sarasvatī || 30-27 || saumyāyāṃ diśi vijñeyā mahiṣāsuranāśanī | tadbahiḥ parito devā brahmādyāstu trimūrtayaḥ || 30-28 || turyādiśaktisaṃyuktā avatārāstataḥ param | prakṛtyādiviśeṣāntaṃ caturviṃśatisaṃmitam || 30-29 || pradhipūrve sthitaṃ bhāge tattvajātamanukramāt | bhavopakaraṇā devā madhyame pariniṣṭhitāḥ || 30-30 || pṛthak caramabhāgasthā bhauvanā bhuvanaiḥ saha | brahmāṇḍodarasaṃrūḍhā [ā: saṃrūḍhaṃ] bhūrbhuvaḥsuvarādikāḥ [ā: ādikam] || 30-31 || mervādayo'khilāḥ śailā gaṅgādyāḥ saritastathā | kṣīrābdhyādyāḥ samudrāśca dvīpā jambvādisaṃjñitāḥ || 30-32 || vaimānikagaṇāḥ sarve grahāḥ sūryādayastathā | nakṣatratārakātārābhūtapretādayastathā || 30-33 || tisrastriṃśacca yāḥ koṭyastridaśānāṃ puraṃdara | samāśritāḥ pradhiṃ tāstu saraghā iva sāragham || 30-34 || ṭippaṇī - 17. sūryetyādi | hraṃ hrāṃ ityādibhirityarthaḥ | 18. amṛtetyādi | sraṃ srāṃ ityādibhirityarthaḥ | 19. sūryetyādi | hakāraṃ sakāraṃ yakāraṃ ca varjayitvetyarthaḥ | aṣṭanyūneti | 31x16x2=992 akṣarāṇi jñeyāni | 20. pūrvoktaiḥ 992 akṣaraiḥ saha bījāṣṭakayoge sahasramakṣarāṇi | ahirbudhnye tu prakārāntareṇa sahasrākṣaratvamuktam (23 a. 82, 83). 21. cārī tiryaggatiḥ | pañcabhirguṇitā pañcāśat 250 | 23. vartinyaḥ vartinīrityarthaḥ | mantradevatā ityuttareṇānvayaḥ | 29. turyādīti | jāgratsvapnasuṣuptituryākhyetyarthaḥ | avatārāḥ vyūhāḥ | 34. tisra ityādi | trayastriṃśadityarthaḥ | saraghāḥ madhumakṣikāḥ | sāraghaṃ madhu | p. 105) mūla - ayute dve sureśāna hyubhayoḥ pradhipārśvayoḥ | [īn ā, C, ḍ: verses 35b to 49 are in a different order. Vide note on page 104] agnayaḥ parivartante pravartakanivartakāḥ || 30-35 || kālānalasahasrābhāḥ sphūrjajjvālākulākulāḥ | pravartakānalāstatra daityadānavadāhinaḥ || 30-36 || dhīrāḥ praśāntagambhīrāḥ prasannāstigmatejasaḥ | nivartakā mamecchātaḥ śamayanti pravartakān || 30-37 || sudarśanamanorante yattat saṃkarṣaṇodbhavam | lāṅgalāstraṃ mahāghoraṃ sarvasaṃhārakārakam || 30-38 || tiryak sthitasya nemyante tasya pūrvārdhasaṃbhavāḥ | pravartakāstadūrdhvāṃśasaṃbhavāstu nivartakāḥ || 30-39 || agnīṣomamayā ete pravartakanivartakāḥ | agnīṣomamayāstrotthā tadutthā cāstrasaṃtatiḥ || 30-40 || dve'yute śṛṇu mūrtīstvaṃ vahnīnāṃ vividhātmanām | yāḥ smṛtvā puruṣo ghoramāpadarṇavamuttaret || 30-41 || aśeṣabhuvanādhāraścaturgatyūrjabindumān | piṇḍo'yaṃ tārakaḥ pūrvaṃvahnīnāṃ vapurucyate [ā: vahnervāyupadāvadhi] || 30-42 || amṛtādhāravahnyūrjabindumāṃstārapūrvakaḥ | piṇḍo nivartakādīnāṃ divyā tanurudīryate || 30-43 || pradhiṃ kālapumavyaktavyaktasaptakarūpataḥ | vibhajya daśadhā tattadrūpavarṇapurogamaiḥ || 30-44 || prāgbhāgādikrameṇaiva svarapūrvaiḥ svarāntimaiḥ | sūryānalayugaiḥ kādyairaṣṭābhirbījanāyakaiḥ || 30-45 || yuktāstāranamo'ntāstāḥ pravartakatanūrlikhet | amṛtāgniyugaireva nivartakatanūstathā || 30-46 || ekaikāgneḥ śikhāḥ saptaghorāḥ śāntāśca saṃsmaret | āditaḥ sapta yugmādyāḥ svarasaṃbheditāḥ kramāt || 30-47 || sūryāgniyugasaṃbhūtā amṛtāgniyugotthitāḥ | vargāntaśca pradhānaśca siddhido vāmanastathā || 30-48 || śvetaśca tattvadhāraśca jhaṣaḥ śāśvata eva ca | chāndaḥpatistathā cakrī kālādyarṇāḥ sabindukāḥ || 30-49 || nābhyarāntasthasūtrastharūpāścatvāra aiśvarāḥ | areṣu parito devāḥ keśavādyā vyavasthitāḥ || 30-50 || svaiḥ svaiścihnaiḥ sarojādyairdhyeyā dāmodarāntimāḥ | aranemyantasūtrasthāḥ padmanābhādayo'khilāḥ || 30-51 || sarve samanvitā devāḥ svābhiḥ svābhiśca śaktibhiḥ | prāgbhāge kamalā devī dakṣiṇe kīrtirujjvalā || 30-52 || jayā tu paścime bhāge māyā bhāge tathottare | pratyekaṃ koṭisaṃkhyābhiḥ śaktibhiḥ parivāritāḥ || 30-53 || adhitiṣṭhanti te'bhīkṣṇaṃ sahasrāraṃ sudarśanam | kālacakramanādyantamasya tejaḥ prakīrtitam || 30-54 || ṭippaṇī - 38. lāṅgalāstram phaṭ mantraḥ | 41. dve ayute iti chedaḥ | sandhirārṣaḥ | 42. aśeṣabhuvanādhāraḥ rephaḥ | caturgatiḥ yakāraḥ | ūrjaḥ ūkāraḥ | 43. amṛtādhāraḥ vakāraḥ | 48. sūryāgniyugaṃ hra iti | amṛtāgniyugaṃ sra iti | vargāntaḥ hakāraḥ | pradhānaḥ makāraḥ | siddhidaḥ bhakāraḥ | vāmanaḥ bakāraḥ | 49. śvetaḥ phakāraḥ | tattvadhāraḥ ñakāraḥ | jhaṣaḥ jhakāraḥ | śāśvataḥ jakāraḥ | chandaḥpatiḥ chakāraḥ | cakrī cakāraḥ | kālaḥ makāraḥ | 52. śaktayo lakṣmīkīrtyādayaḥ atraiva viṃśādhyāye uktāḥ | p. 106) mūla - saṃvatsarartumāsārdhamāsāhorātrasaṃjñitaiḥ | akṣanābhyaranemyantaiḥ kḷptapañcavibhaktikam || 30-55 || dhriyante [ā: śrayante] kālacakreṇa pumādyāḥ pañca pañca ca | sahasrāreṇa cakreṇa nemyarapradhiśobhinā || 30-56 || dhriyante [ā: vidyante] ca ṣaḍadhvāno varṇatattvakalādayaḥ | sarvatattvamayaṃ dehaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ puruṣottamam || 30-57 || dhāryate bhrāmyate caiva yantrārūḍhamidaṃ param | nābhikandasthitenaiva sahasrāreṇa neminā || 30-58 || cakreṇānena hanyante rakṣodaiteyadānavāḥ | nānāmantrātmanā tena tadantaḥ susthitena ca || 30-59 || vidhvaṃsayati śatrūṃśca smṛtamātramanantaram | abhyasyamānamaniśaṃ sahasrāramidaṃ naraiḥ || 30-60 || kleśakarmāśayān doṣānaśeṣān kṣapayet kṣaṇāt | bījaṃ piṇḍaṃ ca saṃjñāṃ ca mūrtiṃ ceti catuṣṭayam || 30-61 || puṣyatyetat sahasrāraṃ cakramādyantavarjitam | sūryenduvahnibhirvyāpya [ḍ: omits three lines from here] viśvametaccarācaram || 30-62 || āgneyī prathamā mūrtiḥ śaktirdivyā kriyāhvayā | sahasrārasvarūpeṇa sṛjatyavati hanti ca || 30-63 || sūryenduvahnibhirvyūhairvyūhyeyaṃ hi kriyābhidhā | uditā te sureśāna bhūyaścaināṃ nibodha me || 30-64 || ityevaṃ kathito vyūhaḥ sūryasomāgnirūpakaḥ | vyūhinīṃ tāmimāmadya kriyāśaktiṃ nibodha me || 30-65 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre kriyāśaktiprakāśo nāma triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 55. vibhaktirvibhāgaḥ | 56. pañca pañca pañcaviṃśatiḥ | pumāṃsamārabhya pṛthivīparyantā mādikāntavarṇadevatāḥ | iti triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ekatriṃśo'dhāyaḥ śrīḥ - yā sā ṣāḍguṇyatejaḥsthā kriyāśaktiḥ prakāśitā | āgneyaṃ rūpamāśritya sā dhatte pauruṣaṃ vapuḥ || 31-1 || sarvāstraśastrasaṃsyūtaṃ [ā, B, C, ṅ: saṃsthaṃ] sūryasomāgnimūlakam | mahat sudarśanaṃ nāma nānārūpopaśobhitam [ā, B, C: nānāvyūho] || 31-2 || tasya madhye sthitā [B: kriyā] śaktiḥ pauruṣīṃ tanumāsthitā [B: āśritā] | saumyāgneyasvarūpeṇa [ā, B, C, ṅ: svasaumyāgneyarūpeṇa] tattatkālavyavasthayā || 31-3 || purastāddarśitastasyā [B, C: tasya] vācakaste caturvidhaḥ | tatra saṃjñāmayo mantro bhūyasā balavattaraḥ || 31-4 || tasya vyākhyāmimāṃ śakra gadantyā me niśāmaya | yā sā somātmikā śaktirunmeṣaḥ prathamo hareḥ || 31-5 || mūlaśaktirahaṃ śrīḥ sā prathamākṣarasaṃsthitā | amṛtā tṛptirūpā ca somātmā cākhileśvarī || 31-6 || amṛtīkaraṇaṃ kuryāt sargasyendukalāsthitā [ā, B, C: kalāstathā] | śiraḥpadmādayo mantrāḥ parameśvarayuktayā || 31-7 || anayā sṛtayā [B: sūtayā] kuryāttṛptiṃ saṃsiddhimeva ca | sṛṣṭikṛtsaṃyutā seyaṃ jīvaśaktiḥ sanātanī || 31-8 || trailokyaiśvaryadopetā vāyuveśmākṣarasthitā | tārākārā ripormūrdhni cintyocchedanasiddhaye [ā, B: cintye] || 31-9 || aprameyopagūḍhāyā agnīṣomamayījuṣaḥ | asyāḥ śakteḥ samudbhūtaṃ sūktaṃ pauruṣamujjvalam || 31-10 || etadādīni sūktāni sahasramṛṣayo viduḥ | nityamāpyāyate mantraḥ so'yamagnijuṣā mayā || 31-11 || tattatkāryajuṣā tattadvarṇaśaktitrayījuṣā | anayā yanna sādhyeta na tadasti jagattraye || 31-12 || ṭippaṇī - 1. ṣāḍguṇye tatrāpi tejasi pradhānatayāvasthitetyarthaḥ | 2. sudarśanasya sarvaśastrāstranibiḍatvamahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ viṃśādhyāye uktam | sahasrāretyakṣarasvarūpamabhipretya sūryasomāgnimūlakatvoktiḥ | 3. bhaktaparipālanaduṣṭaśikṣaṇarūpakāryamanurudhya saumyāgneyasvarūpatvoktiḥ | 4. bījapiṇḍasaṃjñāpadarūpeṇa cāturvidhyam | 6. prathamākṣaraḥ sakāraḥ | tasyāmṛtādirūpatvamāha amṛtetyādinā | tṛptisomāvapi sakāraparau | 10. asyā iti | prathamākṣararūpāyā ityarthaḥ | sakārāt pauruṣaṃ sūktamudbhūtamityarthaḥ | tathā cāhirbudhnyasaṃhitā - akṣarādādimādasyāḥ sūktaṃ pauruṣamudgatam | dvitīyākṣarasaṃbhūtaṃ śrīsūktaṃ nāma yanmune || (18. 33) iti | p. 108) mūla - sūte sā sakalāḥ śaktīranujānāti tāḥ punaḥ | saṃharantī punaścaita [B, ḍ: enāḥ] iti ca smaryate tataḥ || 31-13 || svamunmeṣamadhiṣṭhāya paramātmā sa śaktirāṭ | udito jagato'rthāya hetidevaḥ sanātanaḥ || 31-14 || sūryaśca bhoktṛtāṃ prāpya prāṇayan prāṇa iṣyate | ātmānaṃ [B: omits four lines from here] darśayatyeṣa trailokyaiśvaryadānvitaḥ || 31-15 || hṛtpuṇḍarīkamadhyasthaṃ yaṃ vicinvanti yoginaḥ | yathāvad dhyāyato vedhyaṃ mukteṣorvegavattayā || 31-16 || prakarṣeṇonnayan prāṇān prāṇa ityeṣa [ā, C: eva] śabdyate | indumaṇḍalasaṃvīto vyāpimānaprameyavān || 31-17 || jihvāmūlasthito dhyāto vākpravṛttiṃ niyacchati | aṃmaṇḍale sthito dhyātaḥ sa eva hi sudhāṃ [C: sudhāḥ] sravan || 31-18 || nirviṣīkaraṇaṃ [ḍ: breaks abruptly here] dhyātaḥ karoti jagatāmapi | rāmopagūḍhādasmāddhi [B: tasmāddhi] śriyaḥ sūktaṃ samudgatam || 31-19 || etadādīni suktāni sahasramṛṣayo viduḥ | tattatkālajuṣā tattadvarṇaśaktitrayījuṣā || 31-20 || anena yanna sādhyeta na tadasti jagattraye | hanyate sakalaṃ lokaṃ gamayatyamalaṃ padam || 31-21 || tyājayatyakhilaṃ kleśaṃ gamyate yogacintakaiḥ | hetyevaṃ kathyate sadbhirevaṃ nirvacanasthitaiḥ || 31-22 || aśeṣabhuvanādhārā saṃkalpaprabalīkṛtā | pratyabhijñāyate saiva śaktiryā paramātmanaḥ || 31-23 || saratyasyāścalaṃ sarvaṃ sriyate sakalaiḥ sadā | pṛthivī saṃsthitā seyaṃ stambhe sṛtyā niyujyate || 31-24 || saho nāma balaṃ tatra ramate tat sahasradhā | sahasrati sahasrā syādagnīṣomātmano mama || 31-25 || agnīṣomamayī sā me śaktiḥ sarvakriyākarī | susaṃkalpasamiddhā sā tejasāṃ rāśirūrjitā || 31-26 || saṃprāpyaivānalaṃ bhāvaṃ kālapāvakatāṃ gatā | retyevaṃ kevalī bhūtvā jvalatyaviratodayā || 31-27 || parameśvarabhūtā sā paramāścaryakāriṇī | ra ityeva mahāśaktirmadīyādyā kriyāhvayā || 31-28 || ṭippaṇī - 12. śaktitrayī sūryasomāgniśaktayaḥ | 14. hetidevaḥ sudarśanaḥ | 15. sūryo hakāraḥ | prāṇo'pi sa eva | 16. muktasyetyādi | ativegenetyarthaḥ | 17. vyāpī anusvāraḥ | 18. jihvāmūleti kaṇṭhasthānam | aṃmaṇḍalamanusvāraḥ | 19. rāmopagūḍhāditi | ikārasahitādityarthaḥ | 21. hanyata ityādinā hakāranirvacanaṃ kriyate | hana hiṃsāgatyoḥ iti dhātvarthamabhipretyāha gamayatīti | 23. aśeṣabhuvanādhāro rephaḥ | 24. srā ityasya nirvacanamāha saratīti | sarati gacchatītyarthaḥ | sriyate gamyate prāpyata ityarthaḥ | sṛtyāḥ gamanāt stambhe stambhane niścalatva iti yāvat | gamanāt nivartya stabdhatayā niyamyata ityarthaḥ | 25. sahasrā iti samudāyasya prakārāntareṇa nirvacanamarthaṃ cāha saha ityādi | sahasśabdāt balārthakādupari ramadhātorniṣpannasya ra ityasya saṃyojane sahasreti rūpam | 26. ra ityasya nirvacanamāha agnītyādinā | kālapāvakatāṃ repharūpatām | kevalīti śaktiviśeṣaṇam | p. 109) mūla - saṃkhyānantyaṃ sahasraṃ syādarānantyaṃ taducyate | varmāstrayoḥ svarūpaṃ ca darśitaṃ te puraṃdara || 31-29 || dhruvaśca praṇavo'syādiḥ pūrvameva nirūpitaḥ | evameva mahāmantraḥ śabdabrahmodgato rasaḥ || 31-30 || ātharvaṇī mahāśaktiḥ kriyāśakteḥ priyā [C: mahā] tanuḥ | trayīsāro hyatharvākhyā pañcaparvā mahāśrutiḥ || 31-31 || mantreṇa sūyate'nena sāreṇeva vanaspatiḥ | asya tvaṅgavidhānajñāḥ ṣaḍaṅgāni pracakṣate || 31-32 || gāyatrīmapi cakrākhyāṃ prākāraṃ cāgnisaṃjñitam [C: saṃjñakam] | gopanādvaruṇotsedhāt sodayādamṛtāttathā || 31-33 || ūrdhvaṃ cakrāya ca svāhā hṛdādistu śikhāvadhi | sūryajvālāpadāccordhvaṃ mahāyuktāt sudarśanāt || 31-34 || ūrdhvaṃ cakrāya ca svāhā varmādyo'strāntako vidhiḥ | namaścakrāya tasyānte vidmahe'sau caturyugaḥ || 31-35 || jvālāya ca sahasrānte dhīmahīti navārṇakaḥ | tannaḥ [ā, B, C: omit this line] pracodayānmadhye cakra ityaṣṭavarṇakaḥ || 31-36 || muṣṭiṃ vitarjanīṃ kṛtvā tarjanīṃ tarjasaṃsthitām | parito bhrāmayedvahniṃ dhyāyan prākārasaṃsthitam || 31-37 || anyonyasaṃmukhe pāṇitale vai dakṣiṇottare | kaniṣṭhāṅguṣṭhayoragre śliṣṭe dīrghāstathāparāḥ || 31-38 || parito bhrāmayedevaṃ cakramudreyamīritā | aṅgamudrāstu vakṣyante śaktigrāsamanuṃ śṛṇu || 31-39 || pavitramanalārūḍhaṃ savyāpi praṇavāt param | mahāsudarśanetyevaṃ cakrarājaṃ mahādhvagam || 31-40 || tato'stagatatetyasmāt sarvaduṣṭabhayaṃkara | chindhi chindhītyataḥ paścādbhindhi bhindhi prakīrtayet || 31-41 || vidārayadvayaṃ paścāt paramantrān grasa grasa | dvirbhakṣayeti bhūtāni trāsayeti dviruccaret || 31-42 || varmāstravahnijāyāḥ syuḥ śaktigrasanakṛnmanuḥ | svayaṃ sudarśano bhūtvā mantramuccārayannimam || 31-43 || śaktiṃ mukhahṛdādibhyaḥ parasyācūṣayeddhiyā | ṣaḍakṣarasya mantrasya śṛṇu dhyānaṃ puraṃdara || 31-44 || ṭippaṇī - 29. nirvacanāntaramāha saṃkhyetyādinā | sahasrāṇyanantāni arāṇi yasyeti samāsaḥ | 30. dhruvaḥ praṇavaḥ | 31. pañcaparveti | nakṣatravidhānavidhividhānasaṃhitāśāntirūpapañca-kalpetyarthaḥ | 32. bhūsāreṇa vṛkṣa ivābhivṛddhetyarthaḥ | ṣaḍaṅgāni hṛdayādiṣaḍaṅgāni | 33. gopana ākāraḥ | varuṇo vakāraḥ | udaya ukāraḥ | amṛtaḥ sakāraḥ | vāṃ suṃ iti mantraḥ | 34. hṛdādiḥ hṛdayaśiraḥśikhārūpaḥ | mahāyukteti | mahāsudarśanāyeti vivakṣitam | 35. varmādya iti | kavacanetrāstrāṇi | caturyugaḥ aṣṭākṣaraḥ | namaścakrāya vidmahe iti | 36. sahasrajvālāya dhīmahi | tannaścakraḥ pracodayāt iti mantraḥ | 40-43 pavitramityādi | oṃ praṃ mahāsudarśana cakrarāja mahādhvaga astagata sarvaduṣṭabhayaṃkara chindhi chindhi bhindhi bhindhi vidāraya vidāraya paramantrān grasa grasa bhakṣaya bhakṣaya bhūtāni trāsaya trāsaya ityasyānantaraṃ kavacamantramastramantraṃ ca saṃyojyānte svāhāpadaṃ saṃyojayet | eṣa śaktigrāsamantraḥ | p. 110) mūla - nyastāṅgaścakramudrābhirvahniprākāramadhyagaḥ | sahasrāramahācakramayutāgnicayotkaṭam || 31-45 || ṣaḍadhvamayamudbhrāntaṃ dhyāyenmacchaktijṛmbhitam | akṣasthaṃ paramātmānaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 31-46 || cakrarūpiṇamīśānaṃ dhyāyet kuṅkumasaṃnibham | pītāmbaradharaṃ divyaṃ muktālaṃkāramaṇḍitam || 31-47 || enamaṣṭabhujaṃ dhyāyenmahāvyasanasaṃplave | udyajjānumanekāstraṃ sthitaṃ paramaśobhanam || 31-48 || cakraṃ musalamuddāmamaṅkuśaṃ sarasīruham | yāmye karacatuṣke'tha vāme bhujacatuṣṭaye || 31-49 || śaṅkhaṃ bāṇayutaṃ cāpaṃ pāśaṃ gurvīṃ gadāmapi | dadhānaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ divyaṃ daṃṣṭrābhāsvaritānanam || 31-50 || piṅgākṣaṃ piṅgakeśāḍhyaṃ jvālāmālāpariṣkṛtam | atha ṣoḍaśahastaṃ ca dhyāyeddevaṃ sudarśanam || 31-51 || paraiḥ paribhave prāpte pratīkāravivarjite | sthitāvanavakḷptāyāmapi nirjitya vairiṇaḥ || 31-52 || bhaye mahati saṃjāte coravyāghradvipādibhiḥ | pratyālīḍhasthitaṃ devaṃ vairivargadigunmukham || 31-53 || prahārodyogibhiḥ pīnairbhujairūrdhvairalaṃkṛtam | śaktyā dīptena khaḍgena vahninā ca śatārciṣā [B, F: hutārciṣā] || 31-54 || aṅkuśenātha daṇḍena kuntenātha jvalattviṣā | paraśvadhena cakreṇa dakṣiṇādhaḥkaraiḥ kramāt || 31-55 || śaṅkhena cāpamukhyena pāśenātha [B, F: pāśamukhyena cāpenātha] halena ca | kuliśena gadāstreṇa musalenātha śūlataḥ || 31-56 || ūrdhvādadhaḥ sthitairvābhaiḥ pradīptairāyudhairyutam | daṃṣṭrāniṣṭhyutaghorāgnijvālākolāhalākulam || 31-57 || saṃsyūtatattvayākīrṇaṃ divyayā vanamālayā | ghorāṭṭahāsasaṃtrāsadravaddaityendradānavam || 31-58 || jvālākulajvaladdaityamedomedurapāvake [C, F: jvālākulaṃ daityamedomeduraṃ pāvake tathā] | ayutāyutavahnīnāmāspade dīptatejasām || 31-59 || adhvaṣaṭkamaye cakre cakriṇaṃ cakramuttamam | dhyāyedevaṃvidhaṃ devaṃ bhaye mahati mānavaḥ || 31-60 || ṭippaṇī - 45-51. sudarśanadhyānamāha nyastāṅga iti | kṛtāṅganyāsa ityarthaḥ | cakramudrā cātraivādhyāye aṣṭatriṃśe śloke pratipāditā vahniprākāraśca saptatriṃśe śloke | sudarśanavarṇanaṃ sahasrāretyādinā | cakramadhye cakrarūpiṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ dhyānaṃ prastauti akṣasthamityādinā | dakṣiṇakaradhṛtāyudhānyāha cakramityādinā | vāmakarasthāyudhānyāha śaṅkhamityādinā | dakṣiṇaṃ samarthamityarthaḥ | aṣṭabhujasudarśanadhyānaṃ vistarato'hirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ catuścatvāriṃśādhyāye pratipāditamanusaṃdheyam | udyajjānumiti pratyālīḍhākhyā samarodyamāvasthitiḥ vivakṣitā | 53-60. pratyālīḍhākhyā sthitiḥ udyajjānumiti pūrvaṃ sūcitā | ṣoḍaśasu bhujeṣu dakṣiṇabhujāṣṭakāyudhānyāha śaktyetyādinā | vāmabhujāṣṭakāyudhānyāha śaṅkhenetyādinā | saṃsyūtatattvayeti | caturviṃśatitattvamayyetyarthaḥ | vanamālāsvarūpakathanametat | ata evāsyā bhūtamāletyapi vyavahāraḥ | adhvaṣaṭkaṃ varṇādhvādi | p. 111) mūla - evaṃ dhyātvā punardhyāyeccaturbāhuṃ sudarśanam | anyathā naiva śāntiḥ syādasi tejastathā hareḥ || 31-61 || ghoraśāntavibhedena [B: ghoraśāntādi] pauruṣaṃ dhyānamīritam | iti te suraśārdūla dhyānamanyacca me śṛṇu || 31-62 || prakārāḥ pauruṣā ye ye dhyāne'smin parivarṇitāḥ | tān [ā, ṅ: tāṃstānnāma] sarvān manmayāneva saṃsmarecchīghrasiddhaye || 31-63 || atyadbhūtamidaṃ śakra rahasyaṃ te prakīrtitam | bhūyo rahasyamanyacca śṛṇu me surapuṃgava || 31-64 || āgneyī yā madīyā te purā śaktiḥ prakīrtitā | sūryakoṭyarbudābhāsā vahnikoṭyarbudopamā || 31-65 || indukoṭyarbudābhāsā mama spandamayī tanuḥ | amṛtaṃ paramātmānamaśeṣabhuvanādhṛtim || 31-66 || āsthāya pañcabindvātmā spṛśantī vyāpinaṃ param | hitāya sarvabhūtānāmudeti parameśvarāt || 31-67 || tāmakṣaṃ kalpayecchaktiṃ tatprabhāṃ nābhimaṇḍalam | arāṇi [B: omits two lines from here] ṣaṇmanorarṇān sūryoddāmau sabindukau || 31-68 || susthitau nemigau dhyāyeccheṣaṃ tu pradhimaṇḍalam | ātmānaṃ madhyato dhyāyet svaṃ māyāparamātmanoḥ || 31-69 || sūryānalāntarasthaṃ ca nirasyan saṃsmarejjanam | dhyāyannaniśamevaṃ hi yogī dhyānaparāyaṇaḥ || 31-70 || vidhūya nikhilaṃ doṣaṃ sāṃsārikamaśeṣataḥ | mayi bhaktiṃ parāṃ prāpya māmevānte samaśnute || 31-71 || antarā paramātmānamamṛtaṃ ca sthito japan | manīṣī manasā nityaṃ pīyūṣāpyāyanaṃ smaret || 31-72 || sudhayāplāvyamāno hi srutayā [B, C: sudhayā] śaktikoṭarāt | prāṇena prāṇyamānaśca dagdhadoṣo'nalatviṣā || 31-73 || pañcabindukriyālābhādaiśvaryaṃ paramāsthitaḥ | saṃtatābhyāsayogena vaśī yukto jitendriyaḥ || 31-74 || vihāya sakalaṃ kleśaṃ veṣamāsthāya māmakam | dṛpto jātablao yogī kriyayā sarvato vaśī || 31-75 || īśvaraḥ paramo bhūtvā sarvavyāptimayaḥ sthitaḥ | māmeva māmakaṃ dhāma matprasādādupāśnute || 31-76 || yā kriyā sā cidākhyātā yā cittiḥ sā parā kriyā | ete saparamānandāstrayaste parikīrtitāḥ || 31-77 || akhaṇḍaikā parā śaktiścitkriyānandarūpiṇī | vaiṣṇavī sā parāhaṃtā sāhaṃ sarvārthapūraṇī || 31-78 || ṭippaṇī - 61. etasya dhyānena sarvāriṣṭaśāntirahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ saptacatvāriṃśādhyāye varṇitā draṣṭavyā | 66. spandamayī kriyāmayī | amṛtaṃ sakāraḥ | paramātmā hakāraḥ | aśeṣabhuvanādhṛtiḥ rephaḥ | 67. pañcabinduḥ īkāraḥ | vyāpī anusvāraḥ | 68. arāṇi ṣaḍiti ṣaḍaracakraṃ vivakṣitam | sūryoddāmau hu iti | 69. śeṣamiti | phaḍityetadityarthaḥ | 73. prāṇena hakāreṇa | analo rephaḥ | 77. svasvarūpasya kriyācidānandarūpatāmāhayeti | p. 112) mūla - svācchandyānmama saṃkalpo [F, ṅ: saṃkalpāt] dvidhaivaṃ pravijṛmbhate | ekā śaktiḥ kriyāhvānā mahābhūtirathāparā || 31-79 || sāmānyato'nayoḥ śakra sthitāhaṃ parameśvarī | eṣā te sakalā śaktiḥ kriyārūpā pradarśitā || 31-80 || sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena tārikāyā niśāmaya | nimīlitakriyākārā spaṣṭaiśvaryasvarūpiṇī || 31-81 || tanuḥ ṣāḍguṇyarūpā me bhūtiḥ sā tārikāhvayā | tasyāḥ sthūlādirūpāṇi yathāvanme niśāmaya || ucyamānāni deveśa sāvadhānena cetasā || 31-82 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre sudarśanaprakāśo nāmaikatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 79. dvidheti | kriyāvibhūtibhedenetyarthaḥ | 81. anantarādhyāyaviṣayabhūtabhūtiśaktivarṇanamavatārayati nimīliteti | bhūtiśaktirūpe kriyāśaktiḥ nimīlitāsta ityarthaḥ | spaṣṭeti | aiśvaryaṃ vispaṣṭaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ | ityekatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dvātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla - śrīḥ - yā hyeṣā paramā vidyā tārikā bhavatāriṇī | sthūlaṃ sūkṣmaṃ paraṃ ceti tasyā rūpatrayaṃ śṛṇu || 32-1 || pañcavarṇaṃ caturvarṇamiti sthūlātmakaṃ vapuḥ | trivarṇā sūkṣmasaṃjñā me parā viṣṇumayī sthitā || 32-2 || imāstisro hyavasthā me pratyekaṃ tu tridhā tridhā | sthūle tu yā parāvasthā paramātmāśrayā tu sā || 32-3 || aśeṣabhuvanādhāraviṣṇuvyāpisamāśrayā | bhoktṛbhogyātmikā ceyaṃ tasyā rūpaṃ nibodha me || 32-4 || aśeṣabhuvanādhāranilayavyāpijanmanā | paramātmādikenaiva lalāṭataṭameyuṣā || 32-5 || ākramya vaiṣṇavaṃ rūpaṃ sve punaḥ pratitiṣṭhati | tārakāraṇanādena śobhamānā haripriyā || 32-6 || bhoktṛbhogyādikaṃ sarvaṃ bhuvanaṃ bibhratī dhiyā | vyāpinaṃ sarvato devī paramātmānamāśritā || 32-7 || tāvattayā sthitā viṣṇurūpā sthūlā gatiḥ parā | pañcakṛtyakarī śaktistrividhaiśvaryabṛṃhitā || 32-8 || prāṇayantī [ā, B: prāṇayantaṃ] śriyā devaṃ jṛmbhamāṇodadhiprabham | āśritya hyānalaṃ bhāvamiyaṃ sūkṣmā gatirmatā [C: mama] || 32-9 || sṛṣṭyādikaṃ vidhāyātha vyomasthaṃ paramāsthitā | sarvāścaryakarī devī sṛṣṭisthityantakāraṇam || 32-10 || sūryaṃ samāśritā viṣṇuṃ kalayantī [ā, B, ṅ: kalayantaṃ] jagatsthitim | kālapāvakatejobhiḥ sthūlā sthūlamayādbhutā || 32-11 || kathitā gatayastisraḥ sthūlāyā mama vāsava | sūkṣmāyāstu gatīstisraḥ śṛṇu vṛtraniṣūdana || 32-12 || ṭippaṇī - 1. vidyā cidrūpetyarthaḥ | bhavatāriṇītyanena tārikāyā anvarthatvamāha | 2. hrīṃ iti bindorupari ghaṇṭānādavat śrūyamāṇaṃ nādaṃ saṃyojya pañcavarṇatvaṃ taṃ vihāya caturvarṇatvamupapādanīyam | trivarṇeti | īṃrūpetyarthaḥ | pararūpamāha viṣṇumayīti | kevalekārarūpetyarthaḥ | 3. pratyekaṃ tridheti | sthūlarūpe sthūlasūkṣmapararūpeṇa sūkṣmarūpe sthūlasūkṣmapararūpeṇa pararūpe'pi sthūlasūkṣmapararūpeṇeti traividhyamiti bhāvaḥ | sthūle pararūpamāha sthūle tviti | paramātmā hakāraḥ | 4. aśeṣabhuvanādhāro rephaḥ | viṣṇuḥ īkāraḥ | vyāpī anusvāraḥ | āhatya hrīṃ bhavati | 5. lalāṭataṭameyuṣetyasya rūpeṇeti śeṣaḥ | 6. ākramyeti vaiṣṇavarūpasyānabhivyakti rucyate | 8. tāvattayeti | bhoktṛbhogyarūpeṇetyarthaḥ | atha sthūle sūkṣmamāha pañcakṛtyetyādi | sargādīni pañca kṛtyāni | 10. sthūle sthūlarūpamāha sṛṣṭyādikamiti | sarvāścaryetyādi | pūrvaṃ sūkṣme jagataḥ sṛṣṭisaṃkalpa uktaḥ | atra tu tasya sṛṣṭirucyata iti dhyeyam | p. 114) mūla - akālakalanā seyaṃ sūkṣmā tu parameśvarī | vyāpinaṃ paramātmānaṃ śrayantī vartate dhruvā || 32-13 || śuddho vargastathāśuddho dvividhaṃ sṛjyamucyate | śuddhetare sthitā sthūlā śuddhe sūkṣmā pratiṣṭhitā || 32-14 || tisro'pyāsāṃ gatīḥ samyak sthūlāyā iva lakṣayet | parā yā me tanuḥ śakra tasyā rūpaṃ niśāmaya || 32-15 || sarvavyāptimatī divyā niṣkalā sā nirañjanā | sā parā manmayīṃ śaktiḥ kathitā viṣṇusaṃjñayā || 32-16 || eṣā sā vaiṣṇavī sattā saiṣāhaṃtā harermatā | eṣā sā yogināṃ niṣṭhā saiṣā sāṃkhyātmanāṃ gatiḥ || 32-17 || ityaṃ sā paramā mūrtiriyaṃ sā paramā gatiḥ | śaktiḥ kuṇḍalinī cādyā bhramarī yogadāyikā || 32-18 || anāhatā hyaghoṣā ca nirmaryādā nadodgatā | śabdabrahma tathā śaktirmātṛkāyoniruttamā || 32-19 || gāyatrī ca kalā gaurī śacī devī sarasvatī | vṛṣākapāyī satyā ca prāṇapatnī yaśasvinī || 32-20 || indrapatnī mahādhenuraditirdevanandinī | rudrāṇāṃ jananī devī vasūnāṃ tu hitā tathā || 32-21 || ādityānāṃ svasā nābhiramṛtasya dhṛtiḥ parā | iḍā ratiḥ priyākārā gurudhātrī mahīyasī || 32-22 || mahī ca viśrutiścaiva trayī gauḥ prāṇavatsalā | śaktiśca prakṛtiścaiva mahārājñī payasvinī || 32-23 || tārā sītā [F: hitā] tathā śrīśca kāmavatsā priyavratā | taruṇī ca varārohā nīrūpā rūpaśālinī || 32-24 || ambikā sundarī jyeṣṭhā vāmā ghorā manomayī | siddhā siddhāntikā yogā yoginī yogabhāvinī || 32-25 || evamādīni nāmāni śāstre śāstre manīṣibhiḥ | kathitāni rahasyāni śakteḥ siddhāntapāragaiḥ || 32-26 || saiṣā śaktiḥ parā divyā tridhā rūpairavasthitā | sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena traidhametat pradarśyate [B, C: pradṛśyate] || 32-27 || asyāḥ [B, F: avyāptitve amī] svarūpamī proktā sā ca tredhāvatiṣṭhate | aprameyādirūpeṇa tasyā vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 32-28 || ṣāḍguṇyaṃ yat paraṃ brahma vāsudevākhyamavyayam | saṃhṛtākhilabhedaṃ tadekameva yadā tadā || 32-29 || aprameyākhyayā devastadā yogibhirīryate | vyāpyavyāpakabhedo vā sṛjyasṛṣṭividhāpi vā || 32-30 || ṭippaṇī - 13. sūkṣmarūpasya sādhāraṇaṃ svabhāvamāha akāleti | anena pūrvoktasthūlarūpasya kālakālyatvamabhimanyate | 14. viśeṣāntaramāha śuddha iti | 15. prastute trividhe sūkṣmarūpe pūrvoktasthūlagatīratidiśati tisra iti | paramiyān bhedaḥ pūrvoktasthūlagatiraśuddhaviṣayā iyaṃ tu śuddhaviṣayeti | 16. atha parāyāḥ sādhāraṇaṃ rūpamāha sarvavyāptimatītyādi | 17. sāṃkhyātmanām prakṛtipuruṣavivekādi jñānavatāmityarthaḥ | 18. tasyā nāmabhedānāha śaktirityādinā | 19. nadaḥ nādaḥ | 28. ī īkāra ityarthaḥ | 29. parāyāḥ pararūpamāha ṣāḍguṇyamiti | saṃhṛteti | bhedaḥ bhinnaḥ prapañcaḥ | pratisaṃcare sakalasyāpi prapañcasya brahmaṇi layāt tathoktiḥ | ekameveti | sūkṣmāvasthacidacidviśiṣṭaṃ brahmaikameva tattvamabhavadityarthaḥ | p. 115) mūla - na [B: omits four lines from here] tadānyaprameyatvaṃ na kiṃcittasya vidyate | tadā śūnyamivākāraiḥ prasuptamiva sarvataḥ || 32-31 || ṣāḍguṇyaṃ brahma tatreyaṃ saṃsthitā viṣṇusaṃjñayā | ataraṅgārṇavākārā śaktiśaktimatorgatiḥ || 32-32 || tadā yadā punarbrahma vāsudevākhyamavraṇam | unmiṣatyātmasaṃkalpāttadā prathama ucyate || 32-33 || prathate hi yadā brahma śuddhāśuddhākhyavartmanā | māyā nāma tadā tveṣā brahmasaṃkalparūpiṇī || 32-34 || saṃkarṣaṇādikṣityantastasyā garbhamavasthitaḥ [C, ṅ: garbha iva] | yadā punaḥ paraṃ brahma svecchāsaṃpāditaṃ pṛthak || 32-35 || vyāpyavyāpakabhedena sadvitīyamavasthitam | pañcabindustadā devī pañcakṛtyavidhāyinī || 32-36 || parāyā iti te proktā mama tanvā gatistrayī | rūpaṃ rūpaṃ vibhajyaiṣā tattattattvārṇabhedinī || 32-37 || tattadvācakatāṃ nītā [ā: nītvā] svakāmājjagatītanuḥ | teṣu teṣu hi tattveṣu svātmabhūtāvatiṣṭhate || 32-38 || madaṃśaḥ sūkṣmarūpo yo gaḍho'gniriva dāruṣu | tattadrūpamanuprāptā [C: prāpya] sevanī nāma śāśvatī || 32-39 || tattadvarṇoparāgeṇa tattadvyaktivapuḥ svayam | adhidaivatabhāvena tatra yo'ṃśaḥ parātmakaḥ || 32-40 || vaiṣṇavaḥ śaktirūpo me niyacchannavatiṣṭhate | tattadvācakatāṃ yāti devī seyamanaśvarī || 32-41 || aśeṣabhuvanādhārā yoginī parameśvarī | kevalastattvavarṇastu trailokyaiśvaryadāṃ gataḥ || 32-42 || tattat sthūlamayaṃ tattvaṃ madīyaṃ vakti [B: śakti] śāśvatam | tattadbhāvābhidhānena tanniyantṛtvadarśane || 32-43 || iyameveśvarā devī dvidhā saktāvatiṣṭhate | kṣādi śāntaṃ purā yatte darśitaṃ brahmapañcakam || 32-44 || kṣa [ā: śidyatyādi; F: kṛśītyādi] ityādisvarūpeṇa trailokyaiśvaryadāṃ gatā | svarūpe niyame caiva dvedhā seyamavasthitā || 32-45 || dhāraṇānāṃ catuṣkaṃ yadvādi yāntamudīritam | tatra sūkṣmapare bhāve sthiteyaṃ pūrvavad dvidhā || 32-46 || ṭippaṇī - 31. prameyatvaṃ pramāviṣayatvam | śūnyamiveti | sarvavyāpāroparamāt asatkalpamityarthaḥ | bāhyābhimataśūnyākhyatattvanirāsāyevaśabdaḥ | 32. atha parāyāḥ sūkṣmarūpamāha śaktīti | yadetyuttaravākyasthamatrādau jñeyam | yadā śakteḥ śaktimataśca vyaktā gatiravagatiḥ tadetyuttaratrānvayaḥ | 33. prathama iti | saṃkalpa iti śeṣaḥ | 34. eṣā parā śaktirityarthaḥ | 35. parāyāḥ sthūlarūpamāha saṃkarṣaṇeti | 36. pañcabinduḥ īkāraḥ | 37. trayī sthūlasūkṣmapararūpeṇa trividhetyarthaḥ | 39. sevanīti jihvādisthāneṣu varṇoccāraṇādyupayogyavayavasaṃghaṭanāviśeṣa ucyate | 40. yo'ṃśa iti | asya seyamityanantaraślokasthenānvayaḥ | 43. sarvamapi sthūlatattvaṃ madīyaśaktyā śāśvataṃ bhavati | anena kṣaṇabhaṅgavādanirāso'bhipretaḥ | 44. sakteti | āsaṅgayuktetyarthaḥ | tadevāha kṣādīti | 45. dvedheti | sarveṣāṃ svarūpaṃ niyamanaṃ ca pradarśayantī dvedhāvatiṣṭhata ityarthaḥ | 46. vādiyāntacatuṣkaṃ dhāraṇācatuṣkamityuktamityarthaḥ | p. 116) mūla - traiyavastho [ā, B: tredhāvastho] makāro'yaṃ [B, C: yaḥ] proktaścaitanyavācakaḥ | tatrāpi sūkṣmaparayordvedheyaṃ daśayordvayoḥ || 32-47 || māyāprasūtitraiguṇyarūpo yo bhārṇa ucyate | ī nāma pūrvavaddevī tatrāpi daśayordvayoḥ || 32-48 || buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ yadrūpaṃ bādikaṃ trayam | tatrāpi pūrvavad dvedhā devīyaṃ daśayordvayoḥ || 32-49 || nādike ṇādike caiva tathendriyagaṇadvaye | daśayoḥ sūkṣmaparayoriyaṃ dvedhāvatiṣṭhate || 32-50 || ñādike ṅādike caiva sthūlasūkṣmasvarūpake | vibhūtipañcake devī daśayoḥ pūrvavat sthitā || 32-51 || saptatyā vitatā bhedaiḥ śuddhāśuddhamayādhvani | naṭīva svayamī śaktirbibharti bahudhā vapuḥ || 32-52 || iyadvistṛtimāpannāmīmimāṃ [B, C, F: iyaṃ] parameśvarīm | vicintya paramaṃ yāti padaṃ viṣṇoḥ sanātanam || 32-53 || yatra yatra gatā seyaṃ śuddhāśuddhe tathādhvani | tatra tatra tvajahatī viṣṇoḥ saṃbandhamī sthitā || 32-54 || ekadvitryādiyogena svaravyañjanarūṣitā | śuddhāśuddhādhvavargasthā nānābhedopapāditā || 32-55 || jaṭoparāgahīnāyā asyā eva punastridhā | jñeyaḥ sthūlādirūpeṇa vibhedastattvacintakaiḥ || 32-56 || sṛṣṭikṛtsaṃyutā sthūlā sūkṣmā vyomeśasaṃyutā | nirañjanā parā seyamī ityevānurāgiṇī || 32-57 || niṣkampā dīpalekheva patnī viṣṇoriyaṃ parā | sarveṣvādhārapadmeṣu niścalaivāvatiṣṭhate || 32-58 || ābastideśādāmūrdhabrahmayānamanuvratā | ekeyamujjvalā dīptā pāvanā ca yaśasvinī || 32-59 || brahmarandhrādviniṣkrāntā mahāpadmamupeyuṣī | otaprotātmikā seyaṃ paramānandavartmani || 32-60 || vilāpya mārtyavaṃ rūpamamṛtaṃ plāvayennaram | mantrāṇāṃ manmayānāṃ hi mantrairviṣṇumayaiḥ saha || 32-61 || sā me nūnamanūnaśrīriti saṃkhyā parā hi yā | te ca sāṃkhyādvayā mantrā japādbhogāpavargadāḥ || 32-62 || ṭippaṇī - 47. tryavastha eva traiyavasthaḥ | 49. bādikaṃ baphapāḥ | 50. nādikaṃ tavargaḥ | ṇādikaṃ ṭavargaḥ | 51. cavargapañcakaṃ kavargapañcakaṃ ca tanmātrasthūlabhūtarūpatayoktamityarthaḥ | 52. saptatyeti | śuddhāśuddhādhvanoḥ pratyekaṃ pañcatriṃśaditi āhatya saptatirbhedāḥ | ī śaktiḥ īkārarūpā śaktirityarthaḥ | 56. jaṭeti | jakāraṭakārādītyarthaḥ | upalakṣaṇametat varṇāntaroparāgasyāpi | 57. ī-rūpasya sthūlādibhedamāha sṛṣṭītyādi | sṛṣṭikṛt visargaḥ | vyomeśaḥ anusvāraḥ | 59. bastiḥ nābheradhobhāgaḥ | 60. otaproteti | sarvānusyūtetyarthaḥ | 61. mṛtyoridaṃ mārtyavam maraṇadharmetyarthaḥ | 62. anūnaśrīḥ 500 | sāṃkhyādvayāḥ cidrūpiṇa ityarthaḥ | p. 117) mūla - asyā eva parāyāstu [B: ghanāyāstu] vipruṣaḥ parikīrtitāḥ | yathā hi kiraṇavrātaṃ tejastvaṃ vyāpya tiṣṭhati || 32-63 || yathā hi pārthivān bhāvān vyāpyasthairyaṃ vyavasthitam [B: ava] | nānāvibhavasaṃsthānaṃ nānāracanasaṃsthitam || 32-64 || bāhyamābhyantaraṃ caiva bhāvaṃ śabdamayaṃ samam | vyāpyaivamī sthitā [B, F: īpsitā] devī viṣṇupatnī yaśasvinī || 32-117 || sthūlasūkṣmādibhedo'yaṃ yathāvacchakra darśitaḥ | tārikāyā idānīṃ tvamaṅgādīni śṛṇuṣva me || 32-66 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre sthūlādiprakāśo nāma dvātriṃśo'dhāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 63. tejastvaṃ bhāsvaratvam | 65. īrūpiṇī devī sthitetyanvayaḥ | iti dvātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ [C: śrīruvāca] śṛṇu vatsa sureśāna vidyāyāstārikākṛteḥ | aṅgopāṅgāni mantrāṇi nānāmantramayāni me || 33-1 || gopanaṃ pañcabinduṃ ca hyūrjamairāvaṇaṃ tahā | aurvaṃ ca pañcakaṃ caite pratyekaṃ vyāpinānvitam || 33-2 || prāṇānaloparisthaṃ tu kṛtvaitat piṇḍapañcakam | hṛdādinetraparyantamaṅgabījamidaṃ smaret || 33-3 || [īn the place of this and the next two lines. B. reads the following : paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ jñānāya ca padaṃ nyaset | hṛdayāya namaścaivaṃ manurekādaśākṣaraḥ ||] hṛdbījāt parato yojyaṃ jñānāyeti padaṃ tataḥ | hṛdayāya namaścaiva mantro'yaṃ dhāraṇapradaḥ || 33-4 || praṇavādinamo'nto'yaṃ mantra ekādaśākṣaraḥ | paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāmaiśvaryāya padaṃ nyaset || 33-5 || śirase ca tathā [ā, B: tataḥ] svāhā hyeṣa [B: saiṣa] ekādaśākṣaraḥ | paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ śaktaye ca padaṃ nyaset || 33-6 || śikhāyai vauṣaḍityevaṃ śaikho'yaṃ tu daśākṣaraḥ | paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ balāyeti padaṃ nyaset || 33-7 || kavacāya humityevaṃ mantro'yaṃ ca daśākṣaraḥ | paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ tejase ca padaṃ nyaset || 33-8 || netrābhyāṃ vauṣaḍityevaṃ netramantro daśākṣaraḥ | prāṇānaloparisthaṃ tu vinyaset parameśvaram || 33-9 || tasmāt praṇavapūrvāttu padaṃ viryāya vinyaset | astrāya ca phaḍityevaṃ mantro'yaṃ ca daśākṣaraḥ || 33-10 || aṅgaṣaṭkamidaṃ proktamupāṅgatriyugaṃ śṛṇu | tārikānte kramāddadyāt pūrvavat ṣaḍguṇaṃ padam || 33-11 || jñānāditejaḥparyantaṃ tadante ca kramānnyaset | udarāya ca pṛṣṭhāya bāhubhyāmiti vai padam || 33-12 || ṭippaṇī - 2. gopanaḥ ākāraḥ | pañcabinduḥ īkāraḥ | ūrjaḥ ūkāraḥ | airāvaṇa aikāraḥ | aurvaḥ aukāraḥ | vyāpī anusvāraḥ | 3. prāṇaḥ hakāraḥ | analaḥ rephaḥ | piṇḍapañcakam hrāṃ hrīṃ hrūṃ hraiṃ hrauṃ iti mantrapañcakam | hṛdādīti hṛdayaśiraḥśikhākavacanetrāṇītyarthaḥ | 4. mantraṃ nirdiśati hṛdityādi | oṃ hrāṃ jñānāya hṛdayāya namaḥ | 5-10. oṃ hrīṃ aiśvaryāya śirase svāhā | oṃ hrūṃ śaktaye śikhāyai vauṣaṭ | oṃ hraiṃ balāya kavacāya huṃ | oṃ hrauṃ tejase netrābhyāṃ vauṣaṭ | oṃ hraḥ vīryāya astrāya ca phaṭ | 11, 12. oṃ hrīṃ jñānāya udarāya namaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ śaktaye pṛṣṭhāya namaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ balāya bāhubhyāṃ namaḥ | p. 119) mūla - ūrubhyāmatha [B: iti] jānubhyāṃ caraṇābhyāmiti kramāt | namaśca parato yojyamupāṅgānāmayaṃ vidhiḥ || 33-13 || ityevamaṅgopāṅgānāṃ mantrā dvādaśa kīrtitāḥ | alaṃkārāstramantrāṃstu bruvatyā me niśāmaya || 33-14 || kaustubho vyomasaṃbhinnaḥ paramātmā tataḥ param | ūrdhvādho'nalasaṃbhinna ūrjenāpi samanvitaḥ || 33-15 || saṛṣṭikṛtsaṃyuto mūrdhni kaustubho vyāpisaṃyutaḥ | namaskṛtistataḥ paścāttataḥ paścāt prabhātmane || 33-16 || kaustubhāya tataḥ svāhā praṇavādyastu kaustubhaḥ | mantraḥ ṣoḍaśavarṇo'yaṃ sarvakarmaprasādhakaḥ || 33-17 || uddharet prathamaṃ tāraṃ dhareśaṃ [F: dhāreśaṃ] tata uddharet | tadadhastṛptisaṃjñaṃ [B: saṃjñaḥ] ca varāhaṃ tadadho nyaset || 33-18 || māyayā bhūṣayet paścādvyāpinā cāṅkayettataḥ | pañcātmā varṇapiṇḍo'yaṃ namaskāraṃ tataḥ param || 33-19 || tataḥ sthalajalodbhūtabhūṣitepadamuddharet | vanamāle tataḥ svāhā mantraḥ sarvārthasādhakaḥ || 33-20 || ekonaviṃśatyarṇo'yaṃ vanamālāmayo mahān | tārakasyāvasāne tu vāmanārṇaṃ samuddharet || 33-21 || tadadhastṛptimāyojya bhūṣayedudayena tu | vyāpinā cāṅkitaḥ piṇḍaścaturarṇo mahādbhutaḥ || 33-22 || namaskārastataḥ paścācchrīnivāsapadaṃ tataḥ | padmāya vahnijāyā ca pādmo'yaṃ tridaśākṣaraḥ [ā, B, C: dvādaśā] || 33-23 || ādāyādau tu vaikuṇṭhaṃ rephaṃ tadupari nyaset | ānandenānvitaṃ paścādvyāpinā cāṅkayettataḥ || 33-24 || kasthakasthapadaṃ [B, C: kasyakasya] dadyānnemidvandvamataḥ [B, C: nemidvayamataḥ] param | varapāśāya vai svāhā praṇavādyastu pāśarāṭ || 33-25 || mantraḥ pañcadaśārṇo'yaṃ kāmināṃ kṣiprasiddhikṛt | praṇavānte virāṭsaṃjñaṃ vyāpinā mūrdhni saṃyutam || 33-26 || dvayaṃ piṇḍatayā yojyaṃ rephaṃ kamalamaṅkuśam | vyāpinā saṃyutaṃ mūrdhni tṛtīyamidamakṣaram || 33-27 || padaṃ niśitaghoṇāya cāṅkuśāya śikhipriyā | iti pañcadaśārṇo'yamaṅkuśaḥ śīghrasiddhidaḥ || 33-28 || alaṃkārāstramantrāṇāmetat pañcakamīritam | ādhārāsanamantrāṇāṃ śṛṇu rūpaṃ puraṃdara || 33-29 || yadvinā tārikāyāstu pūraṇaṃ naiva jāyate | analadvayamadhyasthaḥ prāṇo māyī sa bindumān || 33-30 || tata ādhāraśaktyai ca praṇavādirnamo'ntimaḥ | ādhāraśaktimantro'yaṃ vijñeyastu navākṣaraḥ || 33-31 || analadvayamadhyastho bindvanto'pyūrjasaṃyutaḥ | tataḥ kālāgnikūrmāya namo'ntaḥ praṇavādikaḥ || 33-32 || ṭippaṇī - 13. oṃ hrīṃ aiśvaryāya ūrubhyāṃ namaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ vīryāya jānubhyāṃ namaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ tejase caraṇābhyāṃ namaḥ | 15-17. oṃ ṭhaṃ rhrūḥ ṭhaṃ namaḥ prabhātmane kaustubhāya svāhā | 18-20. oṃ lsvīṃ namaḥ sthalajalodbhūtabhūṣite vanamāle svāhā | 21-23. oṃ bsuṃ namaḥ śrīnivāsapadmāya svāhā | tryadhikāḥ daśākṣarāḥ yasyeti bahuvrīhiḥ | 24, 25. oṃ rṇāṃ kastha kastha ṭhaṭha varapāśāya svāhā | 26-28. oṃ ḹṛṃ rkṛṃ niśitaghoṇāya aṅkuśāya svāhā | 29-31. oṃ hrīṃ ādhāraśaktyai namaḥ | 32. analadvayamadhyastha iti | prāṇa ityanuṣajyate | oṃ rhrūṃ kālāgnikūrmāya namaḥ | p. 120) mūla - mantraḥ kālāgnikūrmasya vijñeyo'yaṃ daśākṣaraḥ | gopanenāṅkitaṃ prāṇaṃ mūrdhni ca vyāpinā yutam || 33-33 || praṇavānte samuddhṛtya hyanantāya namastataḥ | aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro nāgarājasya kīrtitaḥ || 33-34 || kamalaṃ cāgnirūpaṃ ca pradhānaṃ puruṣeśvaram | piṇḍīkṛtya catuṣkaṃ tu gopanavyāpisaṃyutam || 33-35 || vasudhāyai namaḥ paścāt praṇavādirmanustvayam | viśvaṃbharāyā vijñeya ādhāraḥ parikalpyate || 33-36 || amṛtaṃ varuṇaṃ cārṇadvayaṃ piṇḍīkṛtaṃ saha | gopanavyāpisaṃyuktaṃ praṇavānte samuddharet || 33-37 || kṣīrārṇavātha ca namaḥ so'yaṃ mantro navākṣaraḥ | pavitraṃ sodayavyāpisaṃyutaṃ praṇavāntagam || 33-38 || ādhārapadmāya namaḥ padmasyāyaṃ daśākṣaraḥ | itthamādhāraṣaṭkasya mantraṣaṭkaṃ prakīrtitam || 33-39 || ādhāreśākhyamantrāṇāṃ vidhiṃ śṛṇu puraṃdara | dhartājito'mṛtādhāro vibudhākhyaśca vāsava || 33-40 || etāṃścatura uddhṛtya varṇāneṣāmathopari | vinyaseccaturo varṇān satyādīn sādhakottamaḥ || 33-41 || trailokyaiśvaryadaṃ dadyāccatvāryetāni vāsava | bījāni praṇavādīni dharmādeḥ ṣoḍaśātmanaḥ || 33-42 || dharmādikamadharmādyamṛgādyaṃ ca kṛtādikam | catuṣṭayāni catvāri yāni siddhāni [B: rūḍhāni] lokataḥ || 33-43 || catuścaturvibhāgena saṃjñāḥ ṣoḍaśa vinyaset | bījopari namaścāte mantrāḥ ṣoḍaśa te smṛtāḥ || 33-44 || sodayaṃ sāmṛtaṃ hrasvaṃ praṇavopari vinyaset | avyaktapadmāya namaḥ sa mantro'vyaktapadmakaḥ || 33-45 || sūryendvagnipadebhyastu pratyekaṃ maṇḍalāya ca | namo'nte praṇavaścādau te mantrā maṇḍalatraye || 33-46 || ṭippaṇī - 33, 34. oṃ hāṃ anantāya namaḥ | 35, 36. oṃ kṣmlāṃ vasudhāyai namaḥ | 37. oṃ svāṃ kṣīrārṇavāya namaḥ | 38. oṃ puṃ ādhārapadmāya namaḥ | 40-43. dhartā dhakāraḥ | ajito jakāraḥ | amṛtādhāro vakāraḥ | vibudho lakāraḥ | satyaḥ ṛkāraḥ | oṃ dhṛṃ oṃ dhṝṃ oṃ dhḷṃ oṃ dhḹṃ iti krameṇa dharmajñānavairāgyaiśvaryākhyādhāreśabījamantrāḥ | oṃ jṛṃ oṃ jṝṃ oṃ jḷṃ oṃ jḹṃ iti krameṇa adharmājñānāvairāgyānaiśvaryākhyādhāreśabījamantrāḥ | oṃ vṛṃ oṃ vṝṃ oṃ v-ḷṃ oṃ v-ḹṃ iti ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvākhyādhāreśabījamantrāḥ | oṃ l-ṛṃ oṃ l-ḹṃ oṃ l-ḷṃ oṃ l-ḹṃ iti kṛtatretādvāparakalyākhyādhāreśabījamantrāḥ | 44. atha dharmādīnāṃ ṣoḍaśānāṃ saṃjñāmantrā ucyante caturityādinā | oṃ dhṛṃ dharmāya namaḥ | oṃ dhṝṃ jñānāya namaḥ | ityādikrameṇa jñeyāḥ | 45. hrasvaḥ bakāraḥ | oṃ bsuṃ avyaktapadmāya namaḥ | 46. oṃ sūryamaṇḍalāya namaḥ | oṃ indumaṇḍalāya namaḥ | oṃ agnimaṇḍalāya namaḥ |iti maṇḍalatrayamantrāḥ | p. 121) mūla - pratyagātmaparāmarśiśabdaḥ somo'tha sargavān | cidbhāsanākhyamantro'yaṃ [F: cidbhāvanā] tryakṣaraḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 33-47 || ityāsanākhyamantrāṇāṃ kathitā tvekaviṃśatiḥ | ityayaṃ pīṭhapūjānto mantragrāmo mayeritaḥ || 33-48 || rahasyaṃ paramaṃ guhyamidānīṃ paramaṃ śṛṇu | kṣetreśādyaṃ mantracayaṃ vighnanirmathanakṣamam || 33-49 || garuḍaṃ kālamanalaṃ piṇḍīkṛtyāṅkayet tataḥ | savyāpinādidevena kṣetrapālāya vai namaḥ || 33-50 || praṇavādyo manuḥ so'yaṃ kṣetreśasya navākṣaraḥ | anutārā śriyai paścānnamastvādau ca tārakaḥ || 33-51 || ṣaḍakṣaraḥ śriyo mantraścaṇḍādīnaparāñśṛṇu | sacañcalānalastāraḥ kevalastvādito bhavet || 33-52 || caṇḍāya nama ityeva saptavarṇo manūttamaḥ | sapavitrānalastāraḥ kevalastvādito bhavet || 33-53 || pracaṇḍāya namo mantraḥ pracaṇḍo'yaṃ caturyugaḥ | saśāśvatānalastāraḥ kevalastvādito bhavet || 33-54 || jayāya nama ityevaṃ jayasya munivarṇakaḥ | varāhānalasaṃyuktastāraḥ śuddhastathādigaḥ || 33-55 || vijayāya namaḥ so'yaṃ vijayasya caturyugaḥ | govindaḥ sānalo māyī vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-56 || gaṅgāyai nama ityevaṃ gaṅgāyā munivarṇakaḥ | samāyaḥ sānalaḥ sūkṣmo vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-57 || yamunāyai [C: omits four lines from here] namaścāyaṃ yāmuneyaścaturyugaḥ [B: yamunāyāḥ] | śaṃkaraḥ sānalaḥ sorjo vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-58 || tataśca śaṅkhanidhaye namaḥ so'yaṃ navākṣaraḥ | pavitraḥ sānalaḥ sorjo vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-59 || tataśca padmanidhaye namaḥ so'yaṃ navākṣaraḥ | kṣetreśāt padmanidhyantaṃ mantrāṇāṃ daśakaṃ tvidam || 33-60 || gaṇeśādyādisiddhāntamatha mantragaṇaṃ śṛṇu | ūrjavyāpisamāyukto govindaḥ praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-61 || tato govindavaikuṇṭhau pavitraḥ sragdharastathā | jagadyonigataḥ śaṅkho naraḥ kālo visargavān || 33-62 || navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro gāṇapatyaḥ prakīrtitaḥ | ṣoḍhā saṃyojya govindaṃ yugmādyairgopanādibhiḥ || 33-63 || aṅgakḷptiramuṣya syānnamaḥsvāhādisaṃyutā [F: saṃyutam] | ādyantānalasaṃyuktaṃ māyāvyāpisamanvitam || 33-64 || ṭippaṇī - 47. ahaṃ saḥ | iti cidbhāsanamantraḥ | 48. ekaviṃśatiriti | ṣoḍaśādhāreśamantrāḥ | ekaḥ avyaktapadmamantraḥ | trayo maṇḍalamantrāḥ | ekaḥ cidbhāsanamantra iti jñeyam | 50. oṃ kṣmrāṃ kṣetrapālāya namaḥ | 51. oṃ śrīṃ śriyai namaḥ | 52. oṃ croṃ caṇḍāya namaḥ | 53. oṃ proṃ pracaṇḍāya namaḥ | 54. oṃ jroṃ jayāya namaḥ | 55. oṃ vroṃ vijayāya namaḥ | 56. oṃ grīṃ gaṅgāyai namaḥ | 57. oṃ yrīṃ yamunāyai namaḥ | 58. oṃ śrūṃ śaṅkhanidhaye namaḥ | 59. oṃ prūṃ padmanidhaye namaḥ | 61, 62. gaṇeśādīti | gaṇeśamārabhya ādisiddhaparyantānāṃ mantrā ityarthaḥ | oṃ gūṃ gaṇapataye namaḥ | 63. oṃ gāṃ hṛdayāya namaḥ | ityādi jñeyam | 64-68. oṃ kṣrīṃ hrīṃ syrāṃ stryāṃ a-kṣa (akārādikṣakārāntā varṇāḥ) vāgīśvaryai namaḥ | p. 122) mūla - garuḍaṃ tārakasyānte tadante tārikāṃ smaret | rephaśaṅkhādidevāḍhyaṃ somaṃ [B, C: soma] vyāpisamanvitam || 33-65 || caturthaṃ saṃsmaredbījaṃ tadidaṃ balasūdana | vairājānalaśaṅkhāḍhyaṃ gopanaṃ vyāpisaṃyutam || 33-66 || somavarṇaṃ smarecchakra pañcamaṃ paramādbhutam | aprameyādidevādi yāvadgaruḍavarṇakam || 33-67 || yathāpāṭhaṃ samuccārya vāgīśvaryai tato namaḥ | ekaṣaṣṭyarṇako [ā: ṣaṣṭyarṇako mahāmantraḥ] mantro vāgīśvaryā ayaṃ smṛtaḥ || 33-68 || kuryāccaturthabījena gopanādivibhedinā | antarjātiyutāṃ samyagaṅgakḷptiṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ || 33-69 || gopanādivibhinnasya bījasyādyantayornyaset | praṇavaṃ ca namaścaiva tato jātiṃ prakalpayet || 33-70 || praṇavatritayaṃ vyāpisaṃyutaḥ sodayaśca gaḥ | gurave'tha namaḥ so'yaṃ prathito gurupūjane || 33-71 || praṇavatritayasyānte pavitro vyāpisaṃyutaḥ | paramagurave namaḥ prathitastu gurorguruḥ || 33-72 || praṇavatritayasyānte vyāpyānandayutastu paḥ | parameṣṭhine'tha ca namo mantro gurugurorguruḥ || 33-73 || tārapañcakamāhlādaṃ vyoma prāṇopari nyaset | kālānalau tu tadadhaḥ sarvalokeśvaropari || 33-74 || yathākramoditairvarṇaiḥ piṇḍaṃ kṛtvā tataḥ svadhā | pitṛbhyo'tha namaḥ so'yaṃ pitṛsaṃghasya mantrarāṭ || 33-75 || ṣaṭ tārā ādi devo'tha vyomavān kevalo'tha saḥ | rāmavān damanaścātha siddhebhyo'tha tato namaḥ || 33-76 || mantro'yamādisiddhānāṃ bhagavadbhāvitātmanām | kṣetreśādyādisiddhāntān vighnanirmathanakṣamān || 33-77 || prāgeva [F: omits three lines from here] pūjayenmantrī [B: mantraṃ] samārādhanakālataḥ | atha lokeśamantrāṇāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ śṛṇu vāsava || 33-78 || prāṇaṃ dhareśamānandaṃ piṇḍīkṛtya kramasthitān | mūrdhni vyomayutaṃ kṛtvā tata indrāya vai namaḥ || 33-79 || aindro'yamīrito mantraḥ pāvakādīnnibodha me | kuryāt prāṇānalānandairvyāpināpi ca piṇḍakam || 33-80 || prāṇakālādidevaiśca vyāpināpi ca piṇḍakam | agnaye nama ityevaṃ yamāya nama ityapi || 33-81 || naraḥ sa bhagavān vyāpī piṇḍo nir-ṛtaye namaḥ | yātudhāneśamantro'yaṃ jaleśasyāvadhāraya || 33-82 || prāṇaṃ varuṇamānandaṃ vyāpinaṃ piṇḍayed budhaḥ | varuṇāya namaḥ paścādvāruṇo'yaṃ manūttamaḥ || 33-83 || prāṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ tathānandaṃ vyāpinaṃ piṇḍayed budhaḥ | vāyave nama ityevaṃ vāyavīyo manūttamaḥ || 33-84 || ṭippaṇī - 69. oṃ syrāṃ hṛdayāya namaḥ ityādayo'ṅgamantrāḥ | jātirityaṅgamucyate | 71-73. oṃ oṃ oṃ guṃ gurave namaḥ | oṃ oṃ oṃ paṃ paramagurave namaḥ | oṃ oṃ oṃ pāṃ parameṣṭhine namaḥ | 74, 75. oṃ oṃ oṃ oṃ oṃ ṭ-hmrūṃ svadhā pitṛbhyo namaḥ | 76, 77. oṃ oṃ oṃ oṃ oṃ oṃ āṃ ādisiddhebhyo namaḥ | 79. oṃ hlāṃ indrāya namaḥ | 80, 81. oṃ hrāṃ agnaye namaḥ | oṃ hmāṃ yamāya namaḥ | 82. oṃ nḷṃ nir-ṛtaye namaḥ | 83. oṃ hvāṃ varuṇāya namaḥ | 84. āṃ hyāṃ vāyave namaḥ | p. 123) mūla - gharmāṃśuvaruṇānandān vyāpinā saha piṇḍayet | somāya nama ityevaṃ saumyo manurudāhṛtaḥ || 33-85 || sūryamūrjaṃ tathā vyoma cakriṇaṃ piṇḍayet kramāt | īśānāya namaḥ paścādīśānasya manūttamaḥ || 33-86 || prāṇaṃ vaikuṇṭhamānandaṃ vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt | anantāya namaḥ paścānnāgarājamanustvayam || 33-87 || prāṇaṃ kharvaṃ tathānandaṃ vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt | brahmaṇe nama ityevaṃ brahmaṇo manuruttamaḥ || 33-88 || sarveṣāṃ praṇavaḥ pūrvamāyudhānāmatho śṛṇu | analaṃ janmahantāraṃ pradhānamanalorjakau || 33-89 || sargeṇa piṇḍayet saṃjñāṃ namaḥ kuliśamantrarāṭ | ūrjaṃ vihāya tatsthāne māyayā paribhūṣitam || 33-90 || tadeva piṇḍaṃ saṃjñā ca namaḥ śaktimanustvayam | akhaṇḍavikramaṃ kālaṃ lokeśaṃ parameśvaram || 33-91 || piṇḍīkṛtya tataḥ [B, C, F: manuṃ] saṃjñā namo daṇḍamanustvayam | viśvāpyāyakaraṃ kālaṃ lokeśaṃ parameśvaram || 33-92 || piṇḍīkṛtya tataḥ [F: manuḥ] saṃjñā namaḥ khaḍgamanustvayam | candrī śāntādidevau ca sṛṣṭikṛt piṇḍitā ime || 33-93 || pāśāya nama ityevaṃ pāśamantro'yamadbhutaḥ | ajito varuṇānandau sṛṣṭikṛt piṇḍitā ime || 33-94 || dhvajāya nama ityevaṃ dhvajamantra udīritaḥ | paramātmānaloddāmān piṇḍayet sṛṣṭikṛdyutān || 33-95 || musalāya namaḥ paścānmausalo'yaṃ manūttamaḥ | analaṃ janmahantāramudayaṃ sṛṣṭikṛdyutam || 33-96 || piṇḍikṛtya tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ śūlamanustvayam | karālamanalārūḍhamodanaṃ sṛṣṭikṛdyutam || 33-97 || piṇḍīkṛtya tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ sīramanustvayam | varuṇaṃ [F: omits two lines from here] ca naraṃ caiva gopanaṃ sṛṣṭikṛdyutam || 33-98 || piṇḍīkṭya [C: omits five lines from here] tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ padmamanustvayam | sarveṣāṃ praṇavaḥ pūrvo viṣvaksenamanuṃ śṛṇu || 33-99 || analaprāṇalokeśān vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt | varuṇaṃ bhūdharaṃ caiva vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt || 33-100 || piṇḍo'yaṃ jñānadaḥ paścādviṣ.vaksenasya mantrarāṭ | praṇavādistvayaṃ mantraḥ sarvārthakṛdudīritaḥ || 33-101 || ūrjahīnaṃ tuṃ yat pūrvaṃ tenānandādiyoginā | aṅgakḷptiramuṣya syājjātimudrāsamanvitā || 33-102 || ṭippaṇī - 85. oṃ dhvāṃ somāya namaḥ | 86. oṃ hcūṃ īśānāya namaḥ | 87. oṃ hṇāṃ anantāya namaḥ | 88. oṃ hravāṃ brahmaṇe namaḥ | 89. oṃ rjmrūḥ kuliśāya namaḥ | 90. oṃ jmrīḥ śaktaye namaḥ | 91. oṃ ḍmūḥ daṇḍāya namaḥ | 92. oṃ ṭmrūḥ khaḍgāya namaḥ | 93. oṃ ṭśāḥ pāśāya namaḥ | 94. oṃ jvāḥ dhvajāya namaḥ | 95. oṃ hrūḥ musalāya namaḥ | 96. oṃ rjuḥ śūlāya namaḥ | 97. oṃ kroḥ sīrāya namaḥ | 98. oṃ vnāḥ padmāya namaḥ | 100. oṃ rhūṃ vauṃ jñānadāya namaḥ | 102. oṃ rhrāṃ hṛdayāya namaḥ ityādi | p. 124) mūla - somaṃ varuṇamīkāraṃ vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt | surabhyai nama ityevaṃ tārapūrvo manustvayam || 33-103 || surabhyāḥ kathitaḥ sarvabhogasaṃpūraṇārthakaḥ | praṇavadvitayasyānte tārikādvayamuddharet || 33-104 || tataḥ paramadhāmā cāvasthite madanugrahā | abhiyogodyate ceha tathaivāvatareti ca || 33-105 || ihābhimataśabdaṃ ca siddhide iti ca trayam | tato mantraśarīre ca tārastārā namo namaḥ || 33-106 || pañcacatvāriṃśadarṇo mantra āvāhanārthakaḥ | praṇavastārikā prāṇāstrayaḥ savyāpinastataḥ || 33-107 || tisraśca tārikāḥ paścādidaṃ śabdaṃ triruccaret | gṛhāṇa vahnijāyā ca bhogadānamanustvayam || 33-108 || oṃkāramuddharet pūrvaṃ viṣṇuṃ vyomānvitaṃ tataḥ | tārikāmuddharet paścādbhūyo viṣṇuṃ tathāvidham || 33-109 || tato vyomānvitaṃ prāṇaṃ somanāmasamanvitam | pare ca parameśe ca prasīda praṇavaṃ tataḥ || 33-110 || tārikā ca namaścānte prasādanamanustvayam | praṇavastārikā caiva tato bhagavatīti ca || 33-111 || mantramūrte'tha svapadaṃ samāsādaya taddvayam | kṣamasveti dviruccārya tārastārā namo namaḥ || 33-112 || vaisarjanamanuḥ so'yamityete mantranāyakāḥ | kathitāḥ suraśārdūla sarvapāpamalāpahāḥ || 33-113 || abhaktānāṃ ca ye naiva pradeyāḥ krūrakarmaṇām | nāstikānāmasādhūnāṃ dhūrtānāṃ vañcanājuṣām || 33-114 || bhaktānāmāstikānāṃ ca śraddhāsaṃyamasevinām | madīyakramasaktānāṃ [F: madīyakarma] saṃskṛtānāṃ viśeṣataḥ || 33-115 || tattvataścopasannānāṃ dṛḍhaśraddhāvalambinām | vaiṣṇavānāmidaṃ vācyamavācyamitareṣu tu [C: tat] || 33-116 || anyathā vakti yo mohāllobhāt kāmādathāpi vā | ajñānādbālabhāvādvā [C: bhāvācca] sa yāti narkān bahūn [ā: kramāt] || 33-117 || tasmādālakṣyavai sarvaṃ guṇajātaṃ yathoditam | prabrūyādupasannāya dharmeṇa nyāyatastathā || 33-118 || ṭippaṇī - 103. oṃ svīṃ surabhyai namaḥ | 104-106. oṃ oṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ paramadhāmāvasthite madanugrahābhiyogodyate ihāvatarehābhimatasiddhide mantraśarīre oṃ hrīṃ namo namaḥ| ityāvāhanamantraḥ | 107, 108. oṃ hnīṃ haṃ haṃ haṃ hnīṃ hnīṃ hnīṃ idamidamidamarghyaṃ gṛhāṇa svāhā ityādi | 109, 110. oṃ īṃ hrīṃ īṃ haṃsapare parameśe prasīda oṃ hnīṃ namaḥ | iti prasādanamantraḥ | 111, 112. oṃ hrīṃ bhagavati mantramūrte svapadaṃ samāsādaya samāsādaya kṣamasva kṣamasva oṃ hrīṃ namo namaḥ | iti visarjanamantraḥ | p. 125) mūla - prabrūyādyo hyadharmeṇa yo vādharmeṇa pṛcchati | tāvubhau narakaṃ ghoramṛcchataḥ kālamakṣayam || 33-119 || pṛthivīṃ ratnasaṃpūrṇāṃ dadyādyadyapi vāsava | naiva deyaṃ hyabhaktāya nāparīkṣitaśīline || 33-120 || iti te bhavato bhaktirmayī śakra mahīyasī | tattvataścopasannasya mayeha prīyamāṇayā || 33-121 || aṅgopāṅgādimantrāṇāṃ mantrakośaḥ prakāśitaḥ | mudrākośamidānīṃ tvaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 33-122 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre aṅgopāṅgādimantraprakāśo nāma trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 119. atra adharmeṇa ca yaḥ prāha yaścādharmeṇa pṛcchati | tayoranyataraḥ praiti vidveṣaṃ vādhigacchati || (2.111) iti manuvacanamavadheyam | iti trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - mudrākośaṃ pravakṣyāmi mantrakośasya vāsava | yena vijñātamātreṇa mantrasiddhirmahīyasī || 34-1 || mudrāṃ vai bandhayenmantrī snānakāle jalāntare | ātmano nyāsakāle ca pūjānte maṇḍalāvidhau [ā, B: maṇḍalāvadhau] || 34-2 || arcāyāṃ mantravinyāse hyarghyapātreṣu bhojane | pūrṇāhutyavasāne ca mantre hyabhyantarasthite [B: vā] || 34-3 || hiṃsakānāṃ vighātāya sarvavighnopaśāntaye | saṃmukhau tu karau kṛtvā suśliṣṭau suprasāritau || 34-4 || saṃmukhaṃ madhyamāyugmanikṣiptāṅgulayaḥ parāḥ | anyonyābhimukhāścaiva bhujabṛndena kalpitāḥ || 34-5 || mahāśrīriti vikhyātā sarvasaubhāgyadāyikā | mocanī sarvadoṣāṇāṃ śīghrasiddhipradāyinī || 34-6 || jaḍabhūtasya vai jantorbodhanābhyudayātmikā [B: jantorvedanā] | prasārya vāmamuttānamaṅgulyo [B, ṅ: vāmamuttānāḥ] viralāḥ [B, ṅ: viralāyitāḥ] sthitāḥ || 34-7 || kāryāstvākuñcitaprāntā aṅguṣṭhaṃ setuvadbhavet | saṃmukhaṃ tāsu saṃlagnaṃ karaśākhāsu madhyamām || 34-8 || hṛtsaṃmukhaṃ [B, C, F: asaṃmukhāṃ] tu badhnīyācchaktimudrāṃ sukhapradām | ime mudre mahābhāge yogibṛndopavandite || 34-9 || parasūkṣmapadasthe tu mama prītipradāyike | mama sthūlapadasthāyā yonimudrāṃ niśāmaya || 34-10 || saṃmukhau tu karau kṛtvā suśliṣṭau [C: saṃśliṣṭau] suprasāritau | madhyato mūlataḥ pṛṣṭhe viparyaste hyanāmike || 34-11 || tarjanīmūlayornyasya tābhyāmagre nigūhayet | madhyayoḥ śeṣayoragre kaniṣṭhāyugalaṃ puraḥ || 34-12 || anyonyaṃ pṛṣṭhato lagnaṃ talamadhyonnataṃ bhavet | aṅguṣṭhāgradvayaṃ kuryānmadhyayoragraparvagam || 34-13 || mahāyoniriti khyātā mudrā sarvavaśaṃkarī | trividhā trividhāyā me mudraiṣā saṃpradarśitā || 34-14 || sūkṣmākhyā [B, C: sūkṣmādyā] śaktimudrā yā vikārastatra [B: tasya] varṇyate | pradeśinyādito'ṅguṣṭhamaikaikaśyena setuvat || 34-15 || vinyasyāṅguliṣu [B: vinā sā] jñeyāścatasro mudrikā imāḥ | śaktīnāṃ tu madīyānāṃ lakṣmyādīnāṃ puraṃdara || 34-16 || lakṣmīḥ kīrtirjayā māyā devyomacchaktayo hi tāḥ | dakṣiṇena tu hastena muṣṭibandhaṃ prakalpayet || 34-17 || antaḥsthamunnataṃ kṛtvā vāmāṅguṣṭhaṃ surottama | saṃmukhaṃ hṛdi hārdaiṣā mudrā buddhivivardhanī || 34-18 || prasṛtā [B: prasṛtāṅgulayaḥ] aṅgulīḥ sarvā aṅguṣṭhena tu saṃspṛśet | śairasyeṣā bhavenmudrā mantrasaṃnidhikāriṇī || 34-19 || muṣṭiṃ vitarjanīṃ kṛtvā tarjanī hyūrdhvasaṃsthitā | śikhāmudreti vikhyātā sarvaduṣṭabhayaṃkarī || 34-20 || p. 127) mūla - doṣavighnavināśāya sadā hyetāṃ pradarśayet | ādau tasmāt prayatnena yāgaveśmani darśayet || 34-21 || utsādaṃ sarvavighnānāṃ kurute mantrasaṃyutā [F: saṃyutam] | ubhayoragrataḥ śākhāḥ saṃsthāstu [B: saṃsthā tu] karayordvayoḥ || 34-22 || tābhyāṃ madhyamasaṃlagnaṃ karabandhādito bhavet | vārmaṇyeṣā bhavenmudrā dvāvaṃsāvanayā spṛśet || 34-23 || abhedyā duṣṭasaṃghena bhūtavetālayogibhiḥ | karmakāle nibadhyaiṣā mantriṇā ca prayatnataḥ || 34-24 || karayorgrathitāṅgulyaḥ saṃvṛtāḥ pāṇipṛṣṭhagāḥ | tarjanyau prāntasaṃlagne suṣire cocchrite tayoḥ || 34-25 || aṅguṣṭhau mūlasaṃlagnau viparyastau parasparam | cākṣuṣyeṣā bhavenmudrā nibadhyā cakṣurantike || 34-26 || tarjanīṃ sphoṭayeddikṣu daśasvaṅguṣṭhakena tu | drataṃ karadvayenaiva cakṣurbhyāṃ saṃnirīkṣayet || 34-27 || astramudreti vikhyātā trāsanī devavidviṣām | aṅgānāmiyamuddiṣṭā ṣaṇmudrī sarvasādhanī || 34-28 || upāṅgatriyugasyātha mudrā etā niśāmaya | aṅgulīḥ śleṣayet sarvāścatasro dakṣiṇasthitāḥ || 34-29 || tāsāṃ mūle tathāṅguṣṭhaṃ tiryañcaṃ viniveśayet | upāṅgānāmiyaṃ mudrā tayā tattat spṛśet padam || 34-30 || alaṃkārāstramantrāṇāṃ mudrā [B, C: mudrām] atha niśāmaya | kaniṣṭhānāmikāmadhyā muṣṭivat pāṇimadhyagāḥ || 34-31 || ubhayorhastayoḥ paścāttau muṣṭī śleṣayenmithaḥ [ā, ṅ: budhaḥ] | prasārya tarjanīdvandvaṃ śleṣayedagratastataḥ [B: tathā] || 34-32 || aṅguṣṭhāgre viparyasya tarjanyormadhyato nyaset | mudraiṣā kaustubhī nāma mālāmudrāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 34-33 || kaṇṭhādāpādataḥ svāṃsau [B, F: svāṃsāt] tarjanībhyāṃ paribhraman | kuryādyugapadevaiṣā [B: kuryāccyutapade saiṣā] vanamālāmayī śubhā || 34-34 || vyaṅguṣṭhā aṅgulīraṣṭau grathayedagrato mithaḥ | lambaṃ bāhudvayaṃ kuryādeṣā vā vanamālikā || 34-35 || aṅguṣṭhau pārśvato lagnāvaṅgulyo viralāḥ sthitāḥ [B: kṛtāḥ] | eṣā pāṅkeruhī mudrā puṣṭisaubhāgyavardhinī [B: vardhanī] || 34-36 || uttāne dakṣiṇe pāṇāvagre'ṅguṣṭhakaniṣṭhayoḥ | melayet setuvacchiṣṭaṃ susaṃśliṣṭaṃ latātrayam || 34-37 || ākuñcitaphaṇākārā mudrā pāśā bhavediyam | muṣṭiṃ pṛṣṭhasthitāṅguṣṭhaṃ pāṇyormuṣṭidvayaṃ purā || 34-38 || kuryādadhomukhaṃ vāmaṃ tatpṛṣṭhe dakṣiṇaṃ tathā | athādhārādiśakteḥ syānmudroktā kūrmavahnijā || 34-39 || adhomukhasya vāmasya hyanāmātarjanīdvayam | ākuñcya [ā, ṅ: āmucya] madhyamāpṛṣṭhe vinyasettu susaṃsthitam || 34-40 || ṛjūmadhomukhīṃ kuryānmadhyamāmaṅgulīṃ tathā | tataḥ kaniṣṭhikāṅguṣṭhau balavattu prasārayet || 34-41 || anantāsanamudreyamananto'yaṃ yathotthitaḥ | iyamāsanamudrāṇāṃ pradhānā parikīrtitā || 34-42 || avibhāgā parā śaktirādhārādhārasaṃjñitā | kūrmamudrā tadunmeṣā nādātmānantamudrikā [C: nāmikānanta] || 34-43 || bhāvanīyamidaṃ śaśvaditthamāsanakarmaṇi | karadvayena badhnīyāllagnamuṣṭidvayaṃ puraḥ || 34-44 || p. 128) mūla - aṅgulītritayenaiva aṅguṣṭhau tarjanīdvayam | prāntalagnaṃ tu tat kuryāttadyugaṃ melayet punaḥ || 34-45 || eṣā sā pārthivī mudrā sarvabhūtavidhāriṇī | maṇibandhau tu saṃlagnau nakhāgrāṇi karadvaye || 34-46 || kāryāṇi sāṅgulīkāni parasparamukhāni tu | aṅguṣṭhāgre nirādhāre tanmadhye cālayed drutam || 34-47 || madhye kuryācca karayoragādhaṃ [ā, B, ṅ: abhāmyaṃ] suṣiropamam | kṣīrārṇavasya mudraiṣā pādmī pūrvaṃ pradarśitā || 34-48 || karadvayamasaṃlagnaṃ kṛtvā tadanu yojayet | mukhe mukhaṃ tu tarjanyorevaṃ madhyamayoḥ kramāt || 34-49 || anāmayostataḥ paścādvaktre vaktraṃ kaniṣṭhayoḥ | aṅguṣṭhayugalaṃ tattadaṅgulīmukhayornyaset || 34-50 || etanmudrācatuṣkaṃ tu dharmādye tu catuṣṭaye | adharmādicatuṣkāṇāṃ tadvanmudrācatuṣṭayam || 34-51 || tadūrdhvasthasya padmasya mudrā pādmī [F: pādmā] puroditā | dakṣiṇasya tu hastasya tarjanyaṅguṣṭhamelanam || 34-52 || kṛtvā tadanu tadbandhaṃ vikāsya ca śanaiḥ śanaiḥ | samuttānaṃ punaḥ kuryācchākhāsaṃghaṃ pṛthak pṛthak || 34-53 || dhāmatrayasya mudraiṣā cidbhāsanagatāṃ śṛṇu | sphuṭau prasāritau hastau kuryādañjalirūpakau || 34-54 || cidbhāsanasya mudraiṣā śuddhasattvamayī parā | dvātriṃśaditi mudrāṇāṃ sarvadoṣavināśinī || 34-55 || bhūṣaṇāstrāsanādīnāṃ tava śakra pradarśitā | kṣetreśvarādimudrāṇāmidānīṃ daśakaṃ śṛṇu || 34-56 || grastamaṅgulisaṃghātaṃ kṛtvā pāṇidvayena tu | balātsaṃpīḍayet kurvannaṅguṣṭhadvayamucchritam || 34-57 || mudreyaṃ kṣetrapālasya sarvaduṣṭanibarhaṇī | uttānau tu karau kṛtvā nikaṭasthau puraṃdara || 34-58 || aṅgulīnāṃ gaṇaṃ sarvaṃ kuñcitaṃ madhyasaṃsthitam | aṅguṣṭhau patitau kṛtvā kramaśaḥ sphuṭatāṃ [ā, B, C: spaṣṭatāṃ] nayet || 34-59 || śrībījasya tu mudraiṣā prathamaṃ kathitā tava | samutthāpya karādvāmāttarjanīṃ caṇḍabījajām || 34-60 || tāmeva dakṣiṇāddhastāt pracaṇḍasya nidarśayet | madhyamāṃ vāmahastādvai samutthāpya jayasya sā || 34-61 || dakṣiṇād vijayākhyasya bījasya parikīrtitā | vāmāccānāmikāṃ prāgvatkṛtvā gāṅgasya viddhi tām || 34-62 || dakṣiṇādyāmunasyoktā mudrā bījasya vāsava | mudrā śaṅkhanidheḥ proktā vāmahastāt kaniṣṭhikā || 34-63 || tathā padmanidherhastād dakṣiṇāt sā kaniṣṭhikā | dakṣiṇena tu hastena sāṅguṣṭhena tu muṣṭinā || 34-64 || pradeśinīmanāmāṃ ca vāmahastasya pīḍayet | prayatnīkṛtaśākhānāṃ pṛṣṭhe yojyātha madhyamā || 34-65 || lambamānakarākārā yathā saṃdṛśyate ca sā | muṣṭernātisamīpasthāṃ vāmahastāt kaniṣṭhikām || 34-66 || dakṣiṇāṅguṣṭhapārśvena [ā: bhāvena] daṃṣṭrāvat paribhāvayet | īṣattiryaggatispaṣṭau vāmo'ṅguṣṭhastathā paraḥ || 34-67 || yathā tau paridṛśyete gajakarṇopamau śubhau | gaṇeśvarasya mudraiṣā sarvavighnakṣayaṃkarī || 34-68 || saṃśliṣṭau maṇibandhau tu kṛtvā pāṇidvaye purā | saṃlagnamagradeśāttu pronnataṃ madhyamāyugam || 34-69 || pradeśinīyugaṃ tadvattathaivānāmikādvayam | aṅguṣṭhaṃ dviguṇīkṛtya namayettadadhomukham || 34-70 || p. 129) mūla - śanaiḥ śanaiḥ spṛśedyāvat svaṃ svaṃ pāṇidvayītalam [B, C: pāṇyordvayostathā; F: pāṇidvayostalam] | sphuṭaṃ suviralaṃ [C: svābhimukhaṃ] kuryādaṅguṣṭhadvitayaṃ tathā || 34-71 || kaniṣṭhikādvayaṃ caiva samena dharaṇena tu | iyaṃ vāgīśvarī mudrā vāṇīvibhavadāyinī || 34-72 || saṃmukhau saṃpuṭīkṛtya dvau hastau saṃprasāritau | viniyojyau lalāṭāgre śirasāvanatena tu || 34-73 || gurvāditritayasyaiṣā mudrā cetaḥprasādinī | prottānaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ pāṇiṃ kṛtvāṅguligaṇaṃ tataḥ || 34-74 || saṃlagnaṃ kuñcayet kiṃcidaṅguṣṭhaṃ saṃprasārya ca | tiryak śanaiḥ śanaiḥ kiṃcit kuryāccādhomukhaṃ tataḥ || 34-75 || mudrā pitṛgaṇasyaiṣā nityatṛptikarī smṛtā | iyaṃ śrāddhasahasrebhyaḥ pitṛprītikarī sadā || 34-76 || darśanīyā prayatnena pitṝṇāṃ pūjane sadā | karadvayaṃ samuttānaṃ nābhideśe niyojayet || 34-77 || vāmasya dakṣiṇaṃ pṛṣṭhe mudraiṣā sidhasaṃsadaḥ | suspṛṣṭaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ hastamātmanastu parāṅmukham || 34-78 || parāṅmukhaṃ lambamānaṃ vāmapāṇiṃ prakalpayet | varābhayadamudre dve lokeśānāmime smṛte || 34-79 || ekaikena tu mantreṇa vajrādyeva kramādyutam | astrākhyāṃ śaktisaṃyuktāṃ prāguktāṃ saṃpradarśayet || 34-80 || lokapālāyudhānāṃ tu pūjitānāṃ kramādiha | vāmahastakaniṣṭhādyāstisraḥ svatalamadhyagāḥ || 34-81 || tāsāmaṅguṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhe tarjanī pronnatā bhavet | nāsāvaṃśapradeśasthā tato dakṣiṇapāṇinā || 34-82 || aṅgulītritayenaiva muṣṭiṃ baddhvā tu pūrvavat | tarjanīṃ dviguṇīkṛtya tvaṅguṣṭhāgre niyojayet || 34-83 || prodyato dakṣiṇo bāhuścakrakṣepe yathodyataḥ | viṣvaksenasya mudreyaṃ viśvabandhanakṛntanī [B, C: kartanī] || 34-84 || kiṃcidākuñcayeddhastaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ hṛdayopagam | aṅguṣṭhau viralau spaṣṭau mudrā hyāvāhane smṛtā || 34-85 || khaḍgadhārāsamākārau viralāṅgulikāvubhau | aṅguṣṭhau daṇḍavat kṛtvā muṣṭibandhaṃ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 34-86 || kuryāt kaniṣṭhikādibhyo mudraiṣā syādvisarjane | prasṛtau dvau karau kṛtvā suśliṣṭau cāpyadhomukhau || 34-87 || kanīyasyau tathāṅguṣṭhau suśliṣṭau ca niyojya ca | madhyamāṅguliyugmaṃ cāpyanyonyakarapṛṣṭhagam || 34-88 || prakṣipyānāmikāyugmaṃ tarjanīyugalaṃ tathā | mudraiṣā kāmadhenvākhyā sarvecchāparipūraṇī || 34-89 || dviprakāraṃ tu mudrāṇāṃ prayogaṃ viddhi vāsava | adhyātmaṃ saṃvidākāraṃ bāhyaṃ vākkarmacittajam || 34-90 || anena vidhinā mudrāṃ yo badhnāti vidhānavit | tenedaṃ mudritaṃ sarvamapunarbhavasiddhaye || 34-91 || iti mudrāgaṇaḥ sarvastavoddiṣṭaḥ puraṃdara | ārādhanādhikārāthaṃ śṛṇu snānavidhiṃ param || 34-92 || antarbahirmalopetamalakṣmīḥ pratipadyate | tasyā nivāraṇārthāya snānaṃ sarvatra śiṣyate [ā, C: ceṣyate] || 34-93 || tat punastrividhaṃ snānaṃ jalamantrasmṛtikramāt | trividhaṃ puruhūtaitat smṛtaṃ śataguṇottaram || 34-94 || puṣkarādiṣu tīrtheṣu yat snānaṃ jalajaṃ smṛtam [B: matam] | tataḥ śataguṇaṃ snānaṃ bhagavacchāstracoditam || 34-95 || tasmācchataguṇaṃ māntraṃ mantrāṅganyāsasaṃbhavam | tasmācchataguṇaṃ dhyānaṃ śuddhasaṃvinmayaṃ param || 34-96 || p. 130) mūla - ādau sāmānyavidhinā jalasnānaṃ samācaret | viśeṣavidhinā paścādviśeṣasya vidhistvayam || 34-97 || pūrvaṃ snātvā mṛdāmbhobhiḥ paścādgandhādilepanam | snānaṃ syāttanmaladhvaṃsi prāṇāyāmaiḥ samācaret || 34-98 || dvādaśāvṛttayā kuryāt pūraṇaṃ tārayā purā | dhārayet ṣoḍaśāvṛttyā dviṣaṭkena punastyajet || 34-99 || savyadakṣiṇaparyāyai recanāntamarutkramaiḥ | malān kṣapayati prāṇanāḍīsthān pūrvasaṃcitān || 34-100 || tatastattvamayo bhūtvā malinaṃ bhūtapiṇḍakam | ṣāṭkośikamasāraṃ ca śodhayeddhāraṇāvaśāt [C: balāt] || 34-101 || pṛthivyādīni sarvāṇi [B, F: tattvāni kāraṇāni svakāraṇe] tattvāni svasvakāraṇe | dhāraṇābhirnayedastamavyaktāntāni vai kramāt || 34-102 || kṣīre kṣīramivātmānaṃ mayi saṃmiśrayettataḥ | bhūtvā lakṣmīmayaḥ paścādbhavennārāyaṇātmakaḥ || 34-103 || dhāraṇābandhamāsādya śuddhasattvena cetasā | paramātmātmakattvaṃ yat sā śaktiḥ paramā matā || 34-104 || tatstha eva svakaṃ piṇḍaṃ saṃdaheddhāraṇāgninā | cidāśuśukṣaṇestejaḥpuñjamarciḥkaṇālayam || 34-105 || patantaṃ saṃsmarenmūrdhni piṇḍaṃ prajvalitaṃ tataḥ | śāntamantaḥsthasatsattvaṃ bhasmībhūtarajastamam || 34-106 || rajastamomayaṃ bhasma tvapohyodbodhavāyunā | cidānandamahāmbhodherataraṅgaguṇākarāt || 34-107 || prasṛtaṃ sṛṣṭimārgeṇa saṃsmaredamṛtodakam | tenāpyāyitamantaḥsthaṃ tatsattvaṃ dehatāṃ nayet || 34-108 || śuddhaṃ tatsṛṣṭimārgeṇa saṃśrayedbhautikaṃ vapuḥ | antaḥśuddhiriyaṃ proktā bāhyaśuddhimatho śṛṇu || 34-109 || vakṣyamāṇakramairaṅgairmantranyāsaṃ samācaret | bahiḥ [B, F: omit this line] śuddhirbhavedevaṃ tadā snānaṃ samācaret || 34-110 || pavitrapāṇirādāya mṛtkalāṃ mantramantritām | tāṃ tridhā vāmahastāgre mūlamadhyāgrato nyaset || 34-111 || bodhaśaktyātmanā pūrvaṃ tīrthaśuddhiṃ samācaret | tīrthaṃ tat trividhaṃ proktaṃ sthūlasūkṣmaparātmanā || 34-112 || tarpayatyakhilaṃ sthūlaṃ sthūlarūpeṇa tajjagat | sattvātmanā tu sūkṣmeṇa sasurāṃstarpayetpitṝn || 34-113 || pareṇānandarūpeṇa nayenmatkarmayogyatām | tasmācchuddhiḥ purā kāryā tīrthe śāstradṛśā svayam || 34-114 || jñānadhāraṇayākṛṣya tīrthasattāṃ tu vaiṣṇavīm [B, C: sattvaṃ tu vaiṣṇavam] | mayi [F: omit three line from here] śaktau layaṃ nītvā cidānandamahāspade || 34-115 || sthūlaṃ jñānāgninā dagdhvā brahmānandena pūrayet | jñānaśaktyāvaropyātha tīrthe sattvaṃ tu vaiṣṇavam || 34-116 || prathame madhyame'thānte mṛdbhāge kramaśaḥ sudhīḥ | astraṃ ca mūlamantraṃ cāpyaṅgamantraṃ ca saṃsmaret || 34-117 || daśa dikṣu kṣipedastraṃ sarvavighnopaśāntaye | mūlamantrānvitaṃ bhāgaṃ tīrthamadhye vinikṣipet || 34-118 || saṃnidhānaṃ [B: omits four lines from here] bhavettena mantramūrtermama kṣaṇāt | mṛdbhāgamāṅgamantraṃ yattenāṅgāni vilepayet || 34-119 || jalamadhyaṃ samāviśya nimajjyonmajjya vai punaḥ | karābhyāmastrajaptāmbhaḥ pūrvaṃ mūrdhni vinikṣipet || 34-120 || dvitīyaṃ mūlamantreṇa tṛtīyaṃ cāṅgamantrakaiḥ | tatastīraṃ samāsādya samyagācamya vai tataḥ || 34-121 || snānaṃ samācarenmantrairyathāvannyāsakarmaṇā | dhyānasnānaṃ tataḥ kuryāt sāvadhānena cetasā || 34-122 || p. 131) mūla - khasthitaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ smṛtvā lakṣmīdharaṃ param | tatpādodakajāṃ dhārāṃ saṃsmarecchirasi cyutām || 34-123 || tayā saṃplāvayedantarbahiśca sakalaṃ vapuḥ | ekaikaśo dviśo vāpi triśo vāpi samāhitaḥ || 34-124 || yathāśakti yathākālaṃ trividhaṃ snānamācaret | praṇavādyairnamo'ntaiśca nāmabhirmanmayān surān || 34-125 || ṛṣīṃśca tarpayitvātha svadhānte tarpayet pitṝn | evaṃ snānaṃ vidhāyātha tīrthasthaṃ mantranāyakam || 34-126 || ākṛṣya pūkeṇātha saṃsmareddhṛdayāntare | ākṛṣya manasāstraṃ ca digvidiksthāpitaṃ purā || 34-127 || yāgāṅgāni samādāya prayāyādyāgamandiram | svayaṃ siddhamathārṣaṃ vā siddhairvā parikalpitam || 34-128 || manuṣyaiḥ kalpitaṃ vātha manmayairbhāvitāntaraiḥ | sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpūrṇaṃ vimānaṃ pāñcarātrikam || 34-129 || śubhaṃ kamalinītīraṃ vijanaṃ vā manoharam | yadvā viviktamudyānaṃ puṇyavṛkṣopaśobhitam || 34-130 || pulinaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ vā sikatopari vistṛtam | avātamajanasparśamasamīpasthadoṣavat || 34-131 || yatra vā rocate cittaṃ tatra yāyānmanovaśāt | hṛnmadhyasthe pare mantre prabuddhānandavigrahe || 34-132 || digantaramapaśyan vai maunī saṃrodhitānilaḥ | prāpya sthānaṃ śubhaṃ tatra nāsāgreṇa virecayet || 34-133 || manmantraṃ paramātmānaṃ pradīptānalavigraham | bahirastraṃ ca vinyasya caraṇenāhanet kṣitim || 34-134 || smaran mantramayīṃ lakṣmīṃ māmekāṃ parameśvarīm | ekāntadeśamāsādya badhnīyādrucirāsanam || 34-135 || darbhe carmaṇi vastre vā phalake yajñakāṣṭhaje | abhivandya hariṃ māṃ ca bhaktyaiva [B: evaṃ] gurusaṃtatim || 34-136 || gṛhītvā mānasīmājñāṃ tebhyastu śirasā nataḥ | mānasīṃ nirvapet sarvāṃ kriyāṃ [B, F: sarvāḥ kriyāḥ] jñānasamādhinā || 34-137 || jñānena kriyate yadyat karma brahmasamādhinā | śuddhasattvamayaṃ tattadakṣayaṃ bhavati dhruvam || 34-138 || bāhyadravyāśritā yasmād doṣā rājasatāmasāḥ | tatastacchodhanamapi karmaṇā manasā girā || 34-139 || tasmādekāntanirdoṣaṃ bhāvanāvāsitaṃ [B, ṅ: bhāvitaṃ] tathā | tasmājjñānaṃ samāsthāya śuddhaṃ saṃvitsamudbhavam || 34-140 || jñānabhāvanayā karma kuryādvai pāramārthikam | iti snānavidhiḥ samyak kīrtitaste sureśvara | aṅganyāsādikaṃ sthānaṃ tava vakṣyāmyataḥ param || 34-141 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre snānavidhiprakāśo nāma catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - antaryāgādisiddhyarthaṃ bhūtaśuddhiṃ niśāmaya | kathyamānaṃ mayā śakra sāvadhānena cetasā || 35-1 || prakṛtyantasya [F: omits verses 2 to 23] pṛthvyādeḥ kādibhāntatayaiva [ā: kādihānta] ca | manmayīkaraṇaṃ buddhyā bhūtaśuddhirihocyate || 35-2 || pṛthivyādi prakṛtyantaṃ yat prakṛtyaṣṭakaṃ sthitam | sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tatra rūpadvayaṃ viduḥ || 35-3 || cakṣurgocarasaṃsthānaṃ sthūlarūpaṃ tu varṇyate | kāraṇākāratā yatra tattu tanmātramucyate || 35-4 || sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tattvametad dviraṣṭakam | viṣayendriyavṛtīśca tatra tatra niveśayet || 35-5 || ghrāṇādi pāyūpasthādi gandhādīti trayaṃ trayam | tanmātravarge pṛthvyādau prātilomyācchamaṃ nayet || 35-6 || taraṅgā jaladhau yadvadastaṃ yānti samīraṇāt | viṣayendriyakallolā mahābhūtamahodhau || 35-7 || susamīcīnayā buddhyā tadvadastaṃ nayed budhaḥ | mano'bhimāna [ṅ: omits this line] ityetāvahaṃkāre śamaṃ nayet || 35-8 || prāṇamadhyavasāyaṃ ca buddhitattve nibarhayet [ā: nigūhayet] | sattvaṃ rajastamaścaiva traiguṇyaṃ prakṛtau nayet || 35-9 || yattat traiguṇyamavyaktaṃ kāraṇaṃ mahadādike | traiguṇyaṃ ca prasūtiśca māyetyetat tridhā tu tat || 35-10 || evaṃ tattvavidāṃ [B: tatra vidhā] jñeyā etāḥ prakṛtayo daśa | sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tāḥ punarviṃśatiḥ smṛtāḥ || 35-11 || sthūlānāṃ prakṛtīnāṃ tu daśa mantrā ime smṛtāḥ | tattatsaṃjñā huṃphaḍantāstārikādyā dhruvādikāḥ || 35-12 || ṭippaṇī - 1. bhūtaśuddhirnāma sādhakasya prākṛtadehasthānāṃ māṃsamedo'sthibhūyiṣṭhānāṃ bhūtānāṃ śuddhikaraṇam | tacca bhagavadārādhanayogyatāsaṃpattyai | tatprakāraśca prākṛtānāṃ teṣāṃ svasvakāraṇeṣu layacintanapūrvakaṃ bhagavati samarpaṇaṃ kṛtvā punastatsakāśāt bhagavanmayāprākṛtabhūtāvirbhāvapūrvakaṃ tadārabdhadehāvasthitibhāvanam | eṣā ca bhūtaśuddhiḥ sarvairapi tāntrikaiḥ svasvasamayānusāreṇa svasvatantreṣu pratipāditā dṛśyate | 2. kādi bhāntamiti | kakāreṇa pṛthivī bhakāreṇa prakṛtiśca gṛhyate | 7. pūrvoktaṃ layaṃ nidarśanamukhenāha - taraṅgā iti | 10. traiguṇyamiti | eṣāṃ krameṇa pradhānamavyaktaṃ tama ityaupaniṣado vyavahāraḥ | 12. tattatsaṃjñā iti | ādau praṇavaḥ tatastārikā tato bhūtasaṃjñā tato huṃ phaṭ | āhatya oṃ hnīṃ pṛthivyai huṃ phaṭ iti mantraḥ | jayākhye tu (10-15) tārikāsthāne mantrāntarāṇyuktāni | p. 133) mūla - māṃsaṃ medastathā smṛtvā raso vyomākṣaratrayam [C: vyomākṣaraṃ punaḥ] | parāt paradvayaṃ caiva bindunādavibhūṣitam || 35-13 || daśānāṃ sūkṣmarūpāṇāṃ śaktyādyāstā nava smṛtāḥ | deheṣu jīvabhūtā yāḥ śaktayaḥ parasaṃjñitāḥ || 35-14 || māyāvyomayutānetān śaktyādīṃstadanu smaret | nivṛttiśca pratiṣṭhā ca vidyā śāntistathaiva ca || 35-15 || śāntyatītābhimānā ca prāṇā guṇavatī tathā | guṇasūkṣmā nirguṇā ca etāḥ saṃjñāḥ kramāt smṛtāḥ || 35-16 || bījānāṃ daśake tasmin [ā, B: daśa śakte'smin] vahniviṣṇvardhacandrakān [ā, B, C: candramāḥ] | saṃyojya mantrān jānīyādadhiṣṭhātrīgatānimān || 35-17 || gandhaśrīśca rasaśrīśca rūpaśrīḥ sparśapūrvikā | śabdaśrīrabhimānaśrīḥ prāṇaśrīrguṇapūrvikā || 35-18 || tathaiva guṇasūkṣma śrīrmāyāśrīriti saṃjñayā | adhiṣṭhātryo'pi [B, C: hi] vartante śaktayo daśake mama || 35-19 || evaṃ parikaraṃ buddhvā bhūtaśuddhiṃ samācaret | sthānaśuddhiṃ purā kuryādyathā tadavadhāraya || 35-20 || kālāgnyarkasahasrābhāṃ nirdhūmāṅgārasaṃnibhām | māṃ smṛtvā manmukhotthena vahninā nirdahedbhuvam || 35-21 || somāyutābhamadvaktrajenāsiñcedathāmbunā | sthānaśuddhirbhavedevaṃ bhūtaśuddhimatho śṛṇu || 35-22 || caturaśrāṃ samāṃ pītāṃ vajracihnāṃ vasuṃdharām | mantreṇākṛṣyadehāntaḥ svasthānasthāṃ layaṃ nayet || 35-23 || gandhamātre tatastacca svabījenāstamānayet | mayyadhiṣṭhānabhūtāyāṃ māṃ ca bāhyāmbhasi kṣipet || 35-24 || mantreṇārdhendusaṃkāśaṃ padmāṅkaṃ tacca daivatam | svasthāne vilayaṃ nītvā rasamātre svamantrataḥ || 35-25 || mantreṇa taṃ pratiṣṭhāpya tacca mayyānayellayam | māṃ ca bāhye kṣipedvahnāvāmāyaṃ tatkramastvayam || 35-26 || sarvatra naikaṃ budhyeta macchaktevilayaṃ budhaḥ | yathā hi sarpirāsiñcet kṣīre tanmathanodbhavam || 35-27 || sarpiranyatra ca kṣīre tatsarpiṣyapi [B, ṅ: sarpirapi] cānyakam | evamā prakṛteḥ śaktīradhiṣṭhātrīḥ smared budhaḥ || 35-28 || evaṃ māṃ [B, C: tāṃ] paramāṃ śaktiṃ navaśaktisamanvitām | nirguṇāntavidhāṃ [ā, B: nirguṇāṃ tu vidhāmetāṃ] dhyātāṃ māyādhiṣṭhānakāriṇīm || 35-29 || daśamīṃ tatparaṃ nītvā śaktimekādaśīṃ sthitām | mahākṣobhamayīṃ lakṣmīṃ vyūhābhyudayarūpiṇīm || 35-30 || ṭippaṇī - 15. jīvaśaktīnāṃ nāmānyāha nivṛttirityādi | 17. vahnītyādi | rīṃ ityetat saṃyojyetyarthaḥ | 18. gandhaśrīrityādīni śaktināmāni | 20. pureti | bhūtaśuddheḥ pūrvamityarthaḥ | 22. evaṃ nirdagdhasya sthānasya punarujjīvanamāha - sometyādi | 23. mantreṇeti | atra mantraḥ ślāṃ iti jayākhye uktaḥ (10-17). 26. mantreṇeti | ṣvāṃ iti jayākhyemantra uktaḥ āmāyamiti | māyāparyantamityarthaḥ | 27. naikamiti | layaṃ sarvatraikavidhaṃ na budhyetetyanvayaḥ | tadeva nidarśanamukhenāha yathā hīti | tanmathanodbhavamiti sarpirviśeṣaṇam | p. 134) mūla - ekādaśīṃ ca tāṃ nītvā dvādaśīṃ paramātmikām | anirdeśyāmanaupamyāṃ dvādaśīṃ tāṃ mayi kṣipet || 35-31 || evaṃ tāṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ dvādaśīmakhilātmikām | dvādaśāntāntamunnīya varṇamayyāṃ mayi smaret [C: anusmaret] || 35-32 || agnīṣomārkakoṭyābhā [B: koṭyāśca] sarvato'kṣiśiromukhī | dhārāsaṃtānarūpā me sūkṣmā varṇamayī tanuḥ || 35-33 || sarvajīvopakārāya sarvasaṃbhārasaṃbhṛtā | uditā sā purā [B: parā] viṣṇormeghādvidyudivojjvalā || 35-34 || śakraḥ - kāni sthānāni dehe'smin yatra kāryo layaḥ kramāt | kīdṛśāni ca bimbāni bhūmyādīnāṃ vadāmbuje || 35-35 || śrīḥ - ā jānuto bhuvaḥ sthānamā kaṭyāḥ payasaḥ smṛtam | ā nābhestejasaḥ sthānaṃ vāyoḥ sthānaṃ tadā hṛdaḥ || 35-36 || ā karṇānnabhasaḥ sthānamā vilāccāpyahaṃkṛteḥ | ā bhruvormahataḥ sthānamākāśe tu [ā: ākāśebhyaḥ] paraṃ smṛtam || 35-37 || tataḥ prādeśamātrāgre mūrdhataścaturaṅgule | sthāne prakṛtyāḥ śeṣaṃ tadaṅgulīnāṃ dviraṣṭakam || 35-38 || ekādaśyāṃ dviṣaṭkāyāṃ sthānaṃ tattvakṣaraśriyaḥ | caturaśraṃ bhavedbimbaṃ vajrāṅkaṃ pārthivaṃ mahat || 35-39 || ardhendusadṛśaṃ śuklaṃ padmāṅkaṃ payasaḥ smṛtam | trikoṇaṃ svastikāṅkaṃ ca raktaṃ taijasamucyate || 35-40 || dhūmraṃ [C: omits this line] ṣaḍbindusaṃyuktaṃ [F: piṇḍasaṃyuktaṃ] vṛttaṃ vāyavyamucyate | añjanābhaṃ tathākāśaṃ bimbamātraṃ smṛtaṃ param || 35-41 || evaṃ tattvopasaṃhāre kṛte hṛtkuharodgatam | jñānarajjvavalambaṃ ca suṣumnāmadhyamānugam || 35-42 || ūrdhvamājānumunnīya śaktisopānapaṅktibhiḥ | dvādaśāntāntarājīvaṃ madhyasthāyāṃ mayi kṣipet || 35-43 || tadante ca [ā, C: tu] mahāpadmaṃ sahasradalasaṃyutam | sūryakoṭisahasrābhamindukoṭyayutaprabham || 35-44 || agnīṣomamayāntaḥsthā mahānandamayī tanuḥ | anideśyopamā saṃvinmayī sā māmikā parā || 35-45 || ṭippaṇī - 32. dvādaśānteti | mūrdhna upari māyāto dvādaśāṅgulādūrdhvaṃ sthānaṃ dvādaśāntamiti sāṃpradāyiko vyavahāraḥ | 33. varṇamayīṃ tanuṃ viśiniṣṭi agnītyādi | dhārāsaṃtāneti | amṛtadhārāsaṃtānarūpetyarthaḥ | 38. prakṛtyāḥ sthānamākāśe āha tata iti | mūrdhnaścaturaṅgulordhvabhāge | prakṛtyā avasthānam | tataḥ ṣoḍaśāṅgulopari bhāge avyaktasyāvasthānam | 39. tata ekādaśāṅgulopari bhāge māyāsthānam | tato dvādaśāṅgulopari bhāge śabdabrahmasthānamiti vivekaḥ | idameva dvadaśāntamityucyate | 41. bimbamātramiti | pradhānādīnāṃ bimbamātrameva | na varṇādikamityarthaḥ | 43. mayi kṣipediti | dehasya dahanacintane tadantaḥsthajīvasyāpi dahanacintanaprasaktau tannivāraṇāya jīvasya devyāṃ nikṣepa ucyate | 44. tadante dvādaśānte | mahāpadmamiti | astīti śeṣaḥ | p. 135) mūla - aṃśataḥ prasarantyasyā jīvānandā saridvarā | svānandamenamānīya mahānandamayīṃ nayet || 35-46 || tato lavaṇakūṭābhaṃ piṇḍamasmanmukhodgataiḥ | mahājvālairmahāvegaiścinmayaiḥ parito dahet || 35-47 || yuktaḥ sarasakaḥ ṣaṣṭho bindumān dāhapāvakaḥ | tārikānatimadhyastho vijñeyaḥ śāstracakṣuṣā || 35-48 || somamayyā mamāsyotthaiḥ pīyūṣaiḥ plāvayettataḥ | candrī sūkṣmastu savyomā piṇḍasyāpyāyane smṛtaḥ || 35-49 || sisṛkṣayā mayodyatyā saṃvitprāṇopagūḍhayā | preritāstāḥ smarecchaktīrvarṇamayyāṃ mayi sthitāḥ || 35-50 || tatastābhiḥ svaśaktībhiścodanādvārapūrvakam [ā, B: pūrvataḥ] | māyādi kṣitiparyantaṃ nirmitaṃ saṃsmaret kramāt || 35-51 || tataḥ piṇḍasamutpattiṃ karaṇavyañjanojjvalām | evaṃ piṇḍaṃ samutpādya śuddhalakṣmīmayaṃ mahat || 35-52 || pūrvoktamārgeṇa tato [B: pūrvoktena ca mārgeṇa] hṛdayaṃ jīvamānayet | piṇḍabhūtāstrayo varṇā analaḥ somacandriṇau || 35-53 || tārikānatimadhyasthā jīvamantra udāhṛtaḥ | viśuddhavigrahastvevaṃ mantranyāsaṃ samācaret || 35-54 || adhikārāya pūjāyāṃ pūjakānāṃ mude'pi ca | nibarhaṇāya daityādevighnānāṃ vijayāya ca || 35-55 || kṣitāvupari vinyastaṃ yat purā phalakādikam | svena svena tu mantreṇa taṃ mantrī [B: tanmantraṃ] pañcadhā smaret || 35-56 || ādhāraśaktikūrmorvīdugdhābdhyambujarūpataḥ | tārkṣyaṃ tatra sthitaṃ dhyāyet kharvabījātmanā sthitam || 35-57 || tatropaviśya lakṣmīśaṃ rūpaṃ svamanucintya ca | diśo nibadhya cāstreṇa punarevaṃ muhurmuhuḥ || 35-58 || śarajālopamaṃ kṛtvā prākāraṃ cāsanādbahiḥ | saprākāraṃ [B, C: satprakāraṃ] tu tat sthānaṃ kavacenāvakuṇṭhayet || 35-59 || gaganasthairadṛśyaṃ syādyathā nyāsaṃ samācaret | karanyāsaṃ purā kṛtvā dehanyāsaṃ samācaret || 35-60 || aṅguṣṭhe tārikāṃ nyasyettacchaktīraṅgulīṣu tu | tarjanyāṃ tu nyasellakṣmīṃ madhyāyāṃ kītimapyatha || 35-61 || ṭippaṇī - 46. asyāḥ mama tanvāḥ | 47. jīve dehānnirgamayya dvādaśāntaṃ prāpite sati dehasya dahanacintanamucyate tata ityādinā | lavaṇakūṭābhamiti nirmamitajīvasya dehasya nirdeśaḥ | 48. dāhakāgnimantra ucyate | hrīṃ rthūṃ nama iti | 49. punaḥ aprākṛtadehasaṃpatticintanamāha somamayyā iti | tatra mantraḥ ṭyaṃ iti | jayākhye tu vsaṃ ityuktaḥ (10-78) | 51. māyā pradhānasya susūkṣmāvasthā yāṃ tama ityaupaniṣadā vadanti | 53. jīvamantramāha piṇḍabhūtā iti | rṭsa iti jātaḥ | jayākhye'pyevamevoktaḥ | 57. kharvabījamiti khamityākārakamityarthaḥ | 58. svaṃ rūpamiti | ātmeti tūpagacchanti ityuktarītyā svātmakamityarthaḥ | 59. astreṇa astramantreṇa vīryāyāstrāya phaḍityanena | evaṃ kavacena kavacamantreṇa balāya kavacāya humityanena | p. 136) mūla - anāmāyāṃ jayāṃ māyāṃ kaniṣṭhāyāṃ tato nyaset | satāratārikāsaṃjñānatyantastanmanukramaḥ || 35-62 || kaniṣṭhikādyāsu tato hṛdayādīnyanukramāt | aṅgāni pañca vinyasya netramaṅgeṣu saṃsmaret || 35-63 || kaustubhaṃ dakṣiṇatale vanamālāṃ tathāpare | dakṣiṇe madhyataḥ padmaṃ nyasedvāmatale'pi ca || 35-64 || aṅkuśaṃ dakṣiṇe nyasyet pāśaṃ vāmatale tathā | anena vidhinā pūrvaṃ hastanyāsaṃ samācaret || 35-65 || tatastu vigrahanyāsaṃ yathā kuryāttathā śṛṇu | ā mūrdhnaścaraṇāntaṃ cācaraṇācca śiro'vadhi || 35-66 || tārakaṃ [B: omits five lines from here; C: omits four lines from here] tārikāṃ caiva tau ca candrātapopamau | vāmaskandhe tato lakṣmīṃ nyaset kīrtiṃ ca dakṣiṇe || 35-67 || jayāṃ dakṣiṇapāṇisthāṃ māyāṃ vāmakarasthitām | nāsāntare ca hṛnmantraṃ śiromantraṃ ca mūrdhani || 35-68 || śikhāṃ caiva śikhāsthāne skandhayoḥ kavacaṃ tataḥ | vinyasya netrayonetramastraṃ pāṇitaladvaye || 35-69 || nābhau pṛṣṭhe karadvandva ūrujānupadeṣu ca | nyaset samyagupāṅgāni triyugaṃ mantravittamaḥ || 35-70 || vakṣaḥsthaṃ kaustubhaṃ madhye kaṇṭhe ca vanamālikām | paṅkaje karayornyasya mantramāvartayan dvidhā || 35-71 || vāmahaste tataḥ pāśamaṅkuśaṃ dakṣiṇe kare | pādayostārikāṃ sthūlāṃ sūkṣmāṃ caivopasaṃdhike || 35-72 || caramāṃ brahmarandhre tu mantrāṇāṃ nāyikā hi sā | candrikātapasaṃkāśaṃ nyāse nyāse manuṃ smaret || 35-73 || manasā bhāvayenmudrāstatra tatra ca sādhakaḥ | tārikā yā parā devī tayā vyāptānanusmaret || 35-74 || vinyastān sakalān mantrān sarvataḥ saṃplutodavat | evaṃ kṛte'nusaṃdhāne mantrāṇāṃ bhinnavartmanām || 35-75 || apāmivodadhisthānāmekīkāraḥ [B: ekākāraḥ] prajāyate | evaṃ nyāse kṛte mantrī sākṣāllakṣmīmayo bhavet || 35-76 || sarvādhikārabhāgī syādāśritya dhyānajaṃ balam | dhyāyinaḥ sarvasiddhīnāmāvirbhāvaśca jāyate || 35-77 || nyastāṅgo nirbhayastiṣṭheddeśe duṣṭasamākule | vijayetāpamṛtyūṃśca sarvāṃścaivaupasargikān || 35-78 || nyastāṅgo vidhivanmantrī yathāśāstreṇa cetasā | tanuṃ mantramayīṃ tāṃ tu māṃ dhyāyet parameśvarīm || 35-79 || ahaṃ sa bhagavān viṣṇurahaṃ lakṣmīḥ sanātanī | ityevaṃbhāvavān yogī bhūyo naiva prajāyate || 35-80 || itīyaṃ bhūtaśuddhiste yathāvacchakra varṇitā | antaryāgamatho vakṣye tattvatastanniśāmaya || 35-81 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre bhūtaśuddhiprakāśo nāma pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 62. satāretyādi | oṃ hrīṃ lakṣmyai tarjanībhyāṃ namaḥ ityādi prakāreṇetyarthaḥ | 64. atha karanyāsaḥ - kaustubhamityādinā | madhyataḥ tala ityarthaḥ | 66. mūrdhānamārabhya caraṇaparyantaṃ caraṇamārabhyamūrdhaparyantaṃ ca dehanyāsamāha ā mūrdhna iti | iti pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - brahmānandamayī śakra bhogairyat pāramārthikaiḥ | ijyeyaṃ hṛdayāntaḥsthā so'ntaryāga iti smṛtaḥ || 36-1 || padmaṃ vā svastikaṃ vāpi baddhvā yonyāsanaṃ tu vā | nābhimeḍhrāntare dhyāyecchaktimādhārarūpiṇīm || 36-2 || devīṃ kenāpyanādheyāṃ nīrūpāṃ jyotirātmikām | tadūrdhve kālakūrmaṃ tu vimalaṃ dīptavigraham || 36-3 || kūrmākāraṃ paraṃ devaṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam | tasya copari nāgendraṃ pūrṇacandranibhānanam || 36-4 || phaṇāsahasrasaṃpūrṇaṃ madāghūrṇitalocanam | cakralāṅgalahastaṃ ca praṇamettaṃ parāt param || 36-5 || tadūrdhvaṃ vasudhāṃ [C: vasudhā] devīṃ kuṅkumakṣodasaṃnibhām | hemaratnavicitrāṅgīṃ prasannavadanekṣaṇām || 36-6 || baddhāñjaliṃ śirodeśe saṃsmarantīṃ vibhuṃ smaret | caturdhā bhājite kṣetre nābhimeḍhrāntarasthite || 36-7 || evamādhāraśaktyādidevatāḥ saṃsmaredimāḥ [ā, ṅ: śaktyādīḥ saṃsmareddevatā imāḥ] | nābhau kṣīrārṇavaṃ dhyāyet kundendudhavalākṛtim || 36-8 || srotoraśmibhirākīrṇaṃ pūrṇacandranibhānanam | gambhīravigrahaṃ dhyāyedrūpavantamarūpiṇam || 36-9 || tataḥ samutthitaṃ padmaṃ dhyāyet kṣīrārṇavodarāt | praśāntapāvakākāramudayādityavarcasam || 36-10 || lambodaraṃ hasantaṃ ca sitadantaṃ śubhānanam | dvibhujaṃ veṣṭitaṃ śaśvacchubhairvividhaṣaṭpadaiḥ || 36-11 || sahasradalasaṃpannaṃ [ā, B, ṅ: paryantaṃ] sahasrakiraṇāvṛtam | sahasraraśmisaṃkāśaṃ tatpṛṣṭhe cāsanaṃ nyaset || 36-12 || dharmaṃ jñānaṃ ca vairāgyamaiśvaryaṃ ca kramādimān | āsanasya smaret pādānāgneyādividiggatān [C: diśaḥ kramāt] || 36-13 || puruṣākṛtayaḥ [B, C: omit five lines from here] sarve sitāḥ siṃhānanā ime | mahotsāhā mahāvīryā maddhāraṇakṛtodyamāḥ || 36-14 || pūrvādidiggatā jñeyā dharmādīnāṃ viparyayāḥ | adharmaṃ ca tathā jñānamavairāgyamanaiśvaram || 36-15 || puruṣākṛtayaśceme bandhūkakusumopamāḥ | prāgīśānadiśormadhye prāgāgneyadigantare || 36-16 || ṭippaṇī - 2. ādhāraśaktisthānamucyate nābhītyādinā | 3. tadūrdhve iti | ādhāraśakterūrdhvabhāga ityarthaḥ | 4. tasyeti | kūrmasyoparītyarthaḥ | 6. tadūrdhvamiti | nāgendrāsanādūrdhvamityarthaḥ | 7. saṃsmarantīmiti | dhyāyantīmityarthaḥ | 12. tatpṛṣṭha iti | padmapṛṣṭha ityarthaḥ | nyaset nyastaṃ dhyāyedityarthaḥ | 13. āsanasya pādāḥ dharmajñānādayaḥ āgneyādividikṣu jñeyāḥ | 15. viparyayāḥ adharmājñānādayaḥ prāgādidikṣu | p. 138) mūla - yātavīvāruṇīmadhye pāśivāyudigantare | ṛgvedādyaṃ [F: omits three lines from here] catuṣkaṃ ca pītaṃ hayanarākṛti || 36-17 || īśānasomadiṅmadhye vahnyantakadigantare | rākṣasāntakadiṅmadhye vāyusomadigantare || 36-18 || kṛtādyaṃ yugavṛndaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ vṛṣanarākṛti | sarve caturbhujā ete dvābhyāṃ pīṭhadhṛtastathā || 36-19 || dvābhyāmañjalibaddhābhyāṃ praṇamantyāsanasthitām | teṣāmupari saṃcintyaṃ pīṭhaṃ buddhimayaṃ param || 36-20 || avyaktamambujaṃ śvetaṃ tadūrdhve'ṣṭadalaṃ smaret | tadūrdhve sūryabimbaṃ tu sūryakoṭisamaprabham [ṅ: sūryakoṭyayuta] || 36-21 || tadūrdhve candrabimbaṃ tu candrakoṭisamaprabham | tadūrdhve vahnibimbaṃ tu vahnikoṭyayutaprabham || 36-22 || tamo rajaśca sattvaṃ ca guṇānetān kramāt smaret | praṇavasya nateścaiva tattatsaṃjñāstu madhyagāḥ || 36-23 || buddhyādisattvaparyantatattvamantragaṇāḥ smṛtāḥ | tataścidāsanaṃ dadyāt parāhaṃtāsvarūpakam || 36-24 || ā nābherhṛdayāntāttu pañcadhā bhājite pade | samudrādyāsanāntaṃ tu caturbhiḥ kalpayet [B, C: kalpitaiḥ] padaiḥ || 36-25 || ekena pañcamenaiva padmādyāsanakalpanam | bhūtānyādhāraśaktau tu kūrme tanmātrakaṃ gaṇam || 36-26 || vāgādikaṃ tathānante bhuvi śrotrādipañcakam | manaḥ kṣīrārṇave dhyāyedahaṃkāraṃ tato'mbuje || 36-27 || dviraṣṭakaṃ ca dharmādyamāsanaṃ cāpi dhīḥ smṛtā | avyaktaṃ ca tadūrdhvasthamavadātaṃ saroruham || 36-28 || tamaḥprabhṛtayaścoktā guṇā hyabjatrayātmakāḥ | eke kālaṃ vadantyetad bhūtāditritayātmakam || 36-29 || cidāsanamanantākhyaṃ [ā, F: ahaṃtākhyaṃ] pumāṃsamapare jaguḥ [B, F: viduḥ] | eke cidāsanādūrdhvaṃ garuḍaṃ paricakṣate || 36-30 || kharvavyomānvitaṃ paścāt khagānananamoyutam [ā: khagāsana] | mantramāhuḥ sureśāna tanmantraṃ navamaṃ budhāḥ || 36-31 || itthaṃ bahuvidhairmantrairāsane vihite kramāt | viṣṇuṃ viśvātmakaṃ devaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 36-32 || bhāvayet paramātmānaṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam | caturbhujaṃ pītavastraṃ puṇḍarīkanibhekṣaṇam || 36-33 || uditaṃ saṃsmareddevaṃ svaśakteḥ spandanātmanaḥ | samyag dhyeyaṃ yathaitatte tathā bhūyo nibodha me || 36-34 || ṭippaṇī - 17. yātavī nir-ṛtidik | pāśī varuṇaḥ | 20. dvābhyāmiti | bhujābhyāmiti śeṣaḥ | añalibaddhābhyāmiti | baddhāñjalibhyāmityarthaḥ | 23. sūryenduvahnibimbāni kramāt tamorajaḥsattvamayāni jānīyāt | oṃ sūryabimbāya namaḥ ityādayo mantrāḥ | 25. nābhimārabhya hṛdayaparyantaṃ bhāgaṃ pañcadhā vibhajya tatrādau caturṣu bhāgeṣu kṣīrārṇavādyāsanāntaṃ bhāvayet | 26. pañcame tu bhāge avyaktapadmaṃ bhāvayet | ukteṣu sthāneṣu padārthānāmavasthitimāha bhūtānīti | sthūlāni pañca bhūtānītyarthaḥ | 28. avadātaṃ saroruham avyaktapadmamityarthaḥ | 29. etat avyaktapadmamityarthaḥ | pārameśvare (5-14) kālacakramityasya vyavahāraḥ | 31. khaṃ khagānanāya namaḥ | 33. tasya yathā kapyāsaṃ puṇḍarīkamevamakṣiṇī iti śrutyarthopabṛṃhaṇamatra | p. 139) mūla - susamyaṅ nyastamantrāṅgaḥ [ā: sarvāṅga] susaṃkḷptāntarāsanaḥ | darśitāśeṣamudraśca saṃsmarenmantravaibhavam || 36-35 || paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma yat pāre tamasaḥ sthitam | śaktimacchaktibhāvena lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahaḥ || 36-36 || sarvaṃ sarvātigaṃ sarvasaṃsthitaṃ sarvayantṛ [F: dhartṛ] ca | cidānandaghanaṃ [B: omits four lines from here] pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyāmṛtavigraham || 36-37 || bhāvānāṃ cidacidrūpabhāvābhāvādibhedinām | antarātmatayā tattadahaṃkārapadāspadam || 36-38 || acintyānanuyojyena hetunā yena kenacit | śaktimacchaktibhāvena tad dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate || 36-39 || ahamityeva yaḥ proktaḥ padapratyayayordvayaḥ | nārāyaṇaḥ sa bhavitā tasyāhaṃtā tu yā parā || 36-40 || taddharmadharmiṇī lakṣmīḥ śaktiḥ sā bhāvarūpiṇī | sarvakāryakarī saiva śaktirvitanute jagat || 36-41 || śaktimantamadhiṣṭhāya jyotsneva himadīdhitim | sā vitistīrṣamāṇā hi śabdabrahmātmanā purā || 36-42 || vitatyātmānamatha sā vitanotyarthavartmanā | śabdabrahmamayaḥ pūrvo yo nāma prathamodayaḥ || 36-43 || akalaṅkaḥ kalādhvātmā [ā: kalaṅkātmā; B: kalātmāsau] yogasthairanubhūyate | dhārāsaṃtānavarṇātmā varṇamārgaḥ sa śabdyate || 36-44 || kalādhvānamadhiṣṭhāya sa punarmantravartmanā | udeti sakalaṃ śakticakramādāya vaiṣṇavam || 36-45 || parātmanā paraṃ jyotirmayamānandalakṣaṇam | trividhenaiva rūpeṇa yathā te varṇitaṃ purā || 36-46 || rūpaṃ paraṃ tadevātha vartate sūkṣmavartmanā | mantraprasararūpeṇa tacca te darśayiṣyate || 36-47 || sūkṣmaṃ tat trividhaṃ bhūyo vartate sthūlavartmanā | sthūlā cāditanuryeyamaṅgopāṅgavibhedinī || 36-48 || lakṣmīnārāyaṇasyaiṣā mūrtiḥ ṣāḍguṇyabṛṃhitā | cetanācetanaṃ viśvamanusaṃdheyamatra tu || 36-49 || tattadaiśvaryadatvaṃ [F: tattadaiśvaryadaṃ tattvam] tadadhiṣṭhātṛtvameva ca | mantrasya vaiṣṇavaṃ rūpaṃ tadvijñeyaṃ vipaścitā || 36-50 || tattatkāryakarī tasya yā śaktiḥ sāhamambujā | mantrasya yaddhi caitanyaṃ pumāṃsaṃ taṃ pracakṣate || 36-51 || phalaprasavasāmarthyaṃ prākṛtaṃ rūpamucyate | yad dṛḍhavyavasāyitvaṃ [B: omits six lines from here] mahato [ā, C, ṅ: mantrato] yo guṇastu saḥ || 36-52 || ṭippaṇī - 37. sarvāntarātmatvāt sarvaniyantṛtvācca sarvarūpiṇamityarthaḥ | 38. tadevocyate antarātmatayetyādina | 42. devyā jagadvyāpārakartṛtvaṃ bhagavantamāśrityaiva na svātantryeṇetyanena jagajjanmādikāraṇatvasya bhagavadasādhāraṇalakṣaṇasya nānupapattirityuktaṃ bhavati | prayojakakartā sarveśvaraḥ prayojyakartrī devītyuktaṃ bhavati | anenāsya pāñcarātrasiddhāntasya śāktamatapraveśaśaṅkāyā nāvakāśaḥ | 44. kalādhvātmā jñānaśaktyādiguṇātmā | dhārā saṃtāneti varṇādhvanirdeśaḥ | 45. śakticakraṃ lakṣmyādikam | 49. atra tu mantrātmakasthūlamūrtāvityarthaḥ | 50. mantramūrtau sarvatattvāvasthitimāha tattadityādinā | 52. mahataḥ mahattatvasya | p.140) mūla - mantrāṇāṃ yadahaṃyutvamahaṃkāraguṇastu saḥ | mantrāṇāṃ mānasaṃ rūpamaindriyajñānahetutā || 36-53 || yacchabdarūpatā mantre sā jñeyā nabhasi sthitā | kampo mantrasamāveśe vāyavyaṃ rūpamucyate || 36-54 || prakāśakaratā [C: omits three lines from here] dhyāne māntrī yā taijasātmikā | yā tṛptirmantrasadbhāve [F: taddhyāne] parijñeyāmbhasī tu sā || 36-55 || yo hi mantrasthito bhāvaḥ sa bhaumo guṇa ucyate | ityevaṃ sarvagāṃ vyāptiṃ mantrī māntrīṃ susaṃsmaret || 36-56 || acirānmantrasāmarthyāttena bhāvena jāyate | itthaṃ saṃvittisāmarthyāttārikāśaktimātatām || 36-57 || spandamānāṃ purā paśyedvyomni saudāminīmiva | hṛdambujaguhāmadhye pūrvokte citprabhāsane || 36-58 || sphurantyāṃ tārikāmūrtau śabdabrahmaṇi saṃsmaret | mithunaṃ śāśvataṃ divyaṃ yathāvadavadhāraya [ā, B, ṅ: yathā tat] || 36-59 || sūryānalāṃśasaṃsthānaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam | smareccidāsanāsīnaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam || 36-60 || pītāmbaramudārāṅgaṃ kāñcīnūpuraśobhitam | hārakuṇḍalakeyūrakirīṭakaṭakojjvalam || 36-61 || yugānusārikāntiṃ [ā, ṅ: yugānusāra] vā nīlāmbaranibhaṃ tu vā | śaṅkhacakradharaṃ devaṃ varadābhayadāyinam || 36-62 || prabhayeva maṇiṃ pūrṇaṃ gāmbhīryeṇeva sāgaram | prabhayeva vivasvantaṃ jyotsnayeva niśākaram || 36-63 || purā dhyātvā hṛṣīkeśaṃ prasannamukhapaṅkajam | purāṣṭādaśabhirbhogairarcayet puruṣottamam || 36-64 || sūktena pauruṣeṇātha praṇavena ca vāsava | dviṣaṭcatustrikārṇaiśca tathaiva ca jitaṃtayā || 36-65 || arcayitvātha deveśaṃ lakṣmīṃ sarvāṅgagāṃ smaret | layātmanārcayitvātha lakṣmīmāvāhayettataḥ || 36-66 || vāmotsaṅge niṣaṇṇāṃ tāmatha devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ | arcayedvividhairbhogairyathāvacchāstracoditaiḥ || 36-67 || śakraḥ - devapriye devadevi namaste paṅkajekṣaṇe | vidhiṃ puruṣasūktasya tārādīnāṃ ca me vada || 36-68 || śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇo devaḥ śrīmān kamalalocanaḥ | ekāhaṃ paramā śaktiḥ sarvakāryakarī hareḥ || 36-69 || tāvāvāṃ parame vyomni kṣemāya sakalātmanām | āsīnau sakaleśānau sūribhiḥ sevitau sadā || 36-70 || tayornau hṛdi saṃkalpaḥ kaścidāvirbabhūva ha | uttāraṇāya jīvānāmupāyo'nviṣyatāmiti || 36-71 || ṭippaṇī - 57. tena bhāveneti | tattaddharmeṇetyarthaḥ | 58. pūrvokta iti | ādhāraśaktyādinirūpaṇāvasarokta ityarthaḥ | 59. anena tārikāyāḥ śabdabrahmarūpatvamuktaṃ bhavati | 60. nārāyaṇākhyapuruṣottamasya mānasīṃ pūjāṃ vaktuṃ tadrūpamāha sūryetyādinā | 65. dviṣaḍityādi | ṣaḍakṣarāṣṭākṣaradvādaśākṣaramantrairityarthaḥ | jitaṃtayā jitaṃ te puṇḍarīkākṣa ityādiślokarūpamantreṇetyarthaḥ | p. 141) mūla - āvābhyāmutthitaṃ [B: mathitaṃ] tejaḥ śabdabrahmamahodadhiḥ | mathyamānāttatastasmādabhūt sūktadvayāmṛtam || 36-72 || puruṣasya hareḥ sūktaṃ mama sūktaṃ tathaiva ca | anyonyaśaktisaṃpṛktamanyonyārṇapariṣkṛtam || 36-73 || nārāyaṇārṣamavyaktaṃ pauruṣaṃ sūktamiṣyate | anyanmadārṣakaṃ sūktaṃ śrīsūktaṃ yat pracakṣate || 36-74 || praṇavādyāḥ purā mantrāḥ pañca samyak pradarśitāḥ | idānīṃ śṛṇu saṃkṣepātteṣāmārādhanakramam || 36-75 || aṣṭādaśa ṛcaḥ proktāḥ pauruṣe sūktasattame | tābhistu praṇavādyābhirbhogānaṣṭādaśottamān || 36-76 || kuryādāvāhanādyāṃśca ta ete'ṣṭādaśa smṛtāḥ | āvāhanāsane sārghyaṃ pādyamācamanaṃ tathā || 36-77 || snānaṃ ca paridhānaṃ ca sottarīyopavītakam | gandhaḥ sumanaso dīpo dhūpaśca madhuparkakaḥ || 36-78 || prāpaṇaṃ sendu [F: svādu] tāmbūlaṃ pādayoḥ kusumāñjaliḥ | ātmārādhanadānaṃ ca yatheṣṭasthānacintanam || 36-79 || sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannā sarvādhāramayī parā | nityā saṃpūrṇaṣāḍguṇyā yā viṣṇormūrtirujjvalā || 36-80 || saiveyaṃ kathyate mūrtirmāntrī mantraiścidātmakaiḥ | svīkārayati tāṃ mantrī [B, F: tanmantrī] devaṃ yat svena tejasā || 36-81 || tadāvāhanamityuktaṃ mantravijñānapāragaiḥ | svastikṛtyai svabhāvena cetanācetanaṃ hariḥ || 36-82 || adhitiṣṭhati yadviśvamāsanaṃ tadanu kriyā | mamānandamayī śaktirdevastvāpyāyate yayā || 36-83 || [ṭhe printed edition and all ṃṣṣ. except F. and ī add wrongaly cidānandamayī śakti before this line] saivārghyācamanīyādirūpetyarghyādicintanam | asmayāḥ sakalā lokā jīvāścaiva tadāśrayāḥ [ā, B, F: samāśrayāḥ] || 36-84 || taccheṣā ubhaye'pīti [ā: ubhayoḥ prītiḥ] dyotyate pādyadānataḥ | ṣoḍhā vibhajya rūpaṃ svaṃ tarpayāmi sanātanam || 36-85 || śabdādyaiḥ pañcabhirbhāvairantaścāpyabhimānataḥ | samāveśitasadbhāvairbhogaiḥ sāṃdṛṣṭikādikaiḥ || 36-86 || ārādhayejjagannāthaṃ sāvadhānena cetasā | dṛṣṭyaiva janyate prītiryeṣāṃ [C: yaiste] sāṃdṛṣṭikā matāḥ || 36-87 || ṭippaṇī - 73. mama sūktamiti | śrīsūktamityarthaḥ | 74. nārāyaṇaḥ puruṣasūktasya ṛṣirityarthaḥ | madārṣakamiti | śrīrahamṛṣirityarthaḥ | 75. pañceti | tārānutārāṣaḍakṣarāṣṭākṣaradvādaśākṣarā ityarthaḥ | 79. prāpaṇam annādikaṃ naivedyam | induḥ ghanasāraḥ | 82. āvāhayati svīkārayati mantratanūmiti yaugikārthaḥ | 84. saiveti | ānandamayī śaktirevetyarthaḥ | ammayāḥ apāṃ pariṇāmabhūtāḥ apa eva sasarjādau iti sarvalokānāṃ tadupādānakatvokteḥ | tadāśrayāḥ adbhirjīvanadhāriṇaḥ | jīvānāmappariṇāmatvābhāvāt tadāśrayatvoktiḥ | 85. śabdādirūpeṇāhameva bhagavantamārādhayāmītyarthaḥ | 87. bhogān sāṃdṛṣṭikābhyavahārika sāṃsparśikābhimānikabhedena caturdhā vibhajya varṇayati dṛṣṭyaivetyādinā | p. 142) mūla - śubhā rūpolbaṇāste ca dīpapravahaṇādayaḥ | bhogāḥ śubhakarāḥ śaśvattarpayanti rasairhi ye || 36-88 || prāpaṇācamanīyādyāste syurābhyavahārikāḥ | sukhā ramyā [F: sukharamya] mṛdusparśāḥ sparśairye tarpayantyajam || 36-89 || bhogāḥ sāṃsparśikāste syuḥ pādyārghyāsanapūrvakāḥ | gandhāḥ sāṃsparśike kecit kecidābhyavahārike || 36-90 || niviṣṭā anilādyāḥ [ṅ: anulomāḥ] syurantyāḥ pākajagandhinaḥ [ā, B, F: paṅkajagandhinaḥ] | stutivāditragītādyā bhogāḥ śabdamayā hi ye || 36-91 || dainyāñjalipuṭādyāśca te smṛtā ābhimānikāḥ | itthaṃ caturvidhairbhogaiḥ śāstradṛṣṭena vartmanā || 36-92 || ṛgbhiḥ sapraṇavādyābhistoṣayet puruṣottamam | mantrānte bhoganirdeśaḥ prītiśca tadanantaram || 36-93 || oṃkṛtyarcamathoccārya praṇavādīni pañca ca | āvāhayāmi lakṣmīśaṃ paramātmānamavyayam || 36-94 || ātiṣṭhatāmimāṃ mūrtiṃ madanugrahakāmyayā | śriyā sārdhaṃ jagannātho divyo nārāyaṇaḥ pumān || 36-95 || ityañjaliprasūnasthaṃ svamūrtāvavatārya ca | praṇamya svāgataṃ pṛṣṭvā kṣāmayedanayā dhiyā || 36-96 || praṇamya [B, F, ṅ: praṇatvā] bhagavan paścādāsanenārcayāmi ca | uktvā mantrānathoccārya trirnirdiśyedamityataḥ || 36-97 || paścāt sanāma nirdiśya prītiṃ paścāt samācaret | prīyatāṃ bhagavān paścādvāsudevastataḥ param || 36-98 || arghyaṃ niḥsrāvayedvedyāmayaṃ bhogavidhikramaḥ | āsanārghyādi bhogeṣu yathāliṅgaṃ vinirdiśet || 36-99 || ādyayāvāhanaṃ kuryādāsanaṃ ca dvitīyayā | arghyaṃ tṛtīyayā deyaṃ mūrdhnyāpaḥ kusumoddhṛtāḥ || 36-100 || pādyaṃ deyaṃ caturthyā tu pañcamyācamanīyakam | ṣaṣṭhyā snānavidhiḥ kāryaḥ saptamyā paridhānakam || 36-101 || aṣṭamyottaravāsaśca navamyā gandhalepanam | daśamyā sragalaṃkārā [C: alaṃkāraḥ] ekādaśyā tu dīpakaḥ || 36-102 || dvādaśyā surabhirdhūpaḥ parayā madhuparkakaḥ | prāpaṇaṃ tu caturdaśyā pañcadaśyānuvāsanam || 36-103 || ṣoḍaśyā tu namaskāraḥ parayā kusumāñjaliḥ | aṣṭādaśyā pradānaṃ ca samārādhanakarmaṇaḥ || 36-104 || snānavāsaḥpradīpeṣu dadyādācamanakriyām | purastādarhaṇaṃ kāryaṃ madhuparkānnadānataḥ || 36-105 || tarpaṇācamane [B: darpaṇā] paścāt praṇavadvitayena tu | itthaṃ snānādibhogeṣu deśakālādyapekṣayā || 36-106 || kuryādrājavadācāraṃ tattanmantreṇa sādhakaḥ | saṃkalpaśca pradānaṃ ca prītiśceti trayaṃ trayam || 36-107 || ṭippaṇī - 94. praṇavādīni pañceti | tārānutārikāṣaḍakṣarāṣṭākṣaradvādaśākṣaramantrānityarthaḥ | 96. svamūrtau svaparikalpitāyāṃ mūrtau | 98. sanāmeti | idamidamidaṃ pādyamityādirītyā bhoganāmanirdeśapūrvakamityarthaḥ | 100. puruṣasūkta-ṛcāṃ bhogapradāne viniyogamāha ādyayetyādinā | 103. anuvāsanaṃ nāma bhojanānantaradeyaṃ sugandhi tāmbūlādi | 105. arhaṇam āpośanam | p. 143) mūla - kuryāt sarveṣu bhogeṣu deśakālādyapekṣayā | samāhito'ñjaliṃ kṛtvā tata oṃ bhagavanniti || 36-108 || āsanenārcayiṣyāmītyuktvā dadyādathāsanam | mantramuccārya nirdiśyedidamāsanamityataḥ || 36-109 || omoṃ prīyatāṃ bhagavān vāsudeva iti bruvan | arghyādijalamādāya sthāpayeddevasaṃnidhau || 36-110 || ābhirarghyābhirityevamābhiḥ pādyābhirityapi | ābhirācamanīyābhirarhaṇīyābhirityapi || 36-111 || tarpaṇīyābhiradbhiśca snānīyābhiritīdṛśam | prītisaṃkalpayorvācyamimā arghyā itīdṛśam || 36-112 || vācyaṃ pradānavelāyāṃ yathāliṅgamiti kramaḥ | arghyādikalpanaṃ cāgre bahiryāge vidhāsyate || 36-113 || iti sragādibhiḥ ṣaḍbhirdevadevaṃ janārdanam | pañcabhirvā caturbhirvā tribhirdvabhyāmathāpi vā || 36-114 || ekena vā samārādhya deśakālānukūlataḥ | mayaiva pūjitaṃ dhyātvā devadevaṃ janārdanam || 36-115 || candrodaya ivāmbhodhiṃ sarvāṅgaparibṛṃhitam | anirdeśyāmanaupamyāmanantāṃ bhāvinīṃ sadā || 36-116 || āmodamiva puṣpasthaṃ dīpasthāmiva ca prabhām | viniṣkraṣṭumaśakyāṃ māmananyāṃ puruṣottamāt || 36-117 || bhāvayan vidhivanmantrī layayāgena māṃ yajet | tarikāvidhimanviṣya tayā māṃ tārikāṃ yajet || 36-118 || atha meghādivodyantīṃ vidyutaṃ puruṣottamāt | samudyantīṃ tadicchāto vibhāvya manasā sudhīḥ || 36-119 || vāmotsaṅge [B, F: utsaṅga] niṣaṇṇāṃ māṃ devadevasya cintayet | aikadhyamāvayorjñātvā svabhāvaṃ ca suśītalam || 36-120 || ṛgbhyāṃ hiraṇyapūrvābhyāṃ prapadyeta janārdanam | sāntvayecca parābhyāṃ tāṃ māṃ tāvadapṛthakkṛtām || 36-121 || pañcamyā ca prapadyeta prasannāṃ bhāvayan dhiyā | jñātvā pūrvoktasāmarthyaṃ tārikāyā yathārthataḥ || 36-122 || mudrāsamanvito mantro ya āvāhanasaṃjñitaḥ | pūrakeṇa sureśāna manasā samudīrayan || 36-123 || māmathāvāhayeddevādutsaṅge paramātmanaḥ | prasannavadanāṃ śaśvat sarvalakṣaṇalakṣitām || 36-124 || padmagarbhanibhāṃ kāntāmasitāyatalocanām | sphuratkaṭakakeyūrahārakuṇḍalamaṇḍitām || 36-125 || gambhīranābhiṃ [B, F: nābhi] trivalīvibhūṣitatanūdarām | sukarkaśadṛḍhottuṅgapīnavṛttaghanastanīm || 36-126 || caladvirephapaṭalasamākrāntālakāvalim | āraktādharabimbāṃ ca vaṃśamuktāphaladvijām || 36-127 || ardhacandralalāṭastharājamānalalāṭikām | sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ kṛṣṇakuñcitamūrdhajām || 36-128 || varadāṃ paṅkajakarāṃ padmamālāvibhūṣitām | viṣṇuvāmabhujāśliṣṭāṃ tadaṃsasthakarāmbujām || 36-129 || ṭippaṇī - 111. ābhirarghyābhirityādīnāmadbhiriti viśeṣyamuttaravākyādanuṣañjanīyam | 114. srak dīpaḥ dhūpaḥ madhuparkaḥ prāpaṇam anuvāsanamiti ṣaḍmirityarthaḥ | 116. anaupamyāmiti | anupamāmityarthaḥ | upamaivaupamyam | svārthe pyañpratyayaḥ | 117. viniṣkraṣṭum viniṣkramayitumityarthaḥ | 120. aikadhyam ekavidhatvam | 121. ṛgbhyāmiti | hiraṇyavarṇām tāṃ ma āvaheti dvābhyāmityarthaḥ | 127. dvijāḥ dantāḥ | 128. lalāṭikā tilakam | alaṃkāre kan | p. 144) mūla - vāmena bāhunā divyāṃ vahantīṃ puṣpamañjarīm | varadābhayapāṇiṃ vā pāśāṅkuśakarāṃ tu vā || 36-130 || ardhasvastikasaṃlīnāṃ sphuranmaulivirājitām | dhyātvā māṃ saṃmukhīṃ kuryānmantramūrtiṃ sanātanīm || 36-131 || mūlamantrādikairbhūyo mantraiḥ sarvaiśca pūrvavat | karanyāsaṃ vinā dehanyāsaṃ mayi samācaret || 36-132 || puṣpamarghyaṃ tathā dīpaṃ dhūpaṃ mālyaṃ vilepanam | cetasā sādareṇaiva pādyamācamanaṃ tataḥ [B: tathā] || 36-133 || praṇāmamathavāṣṭāṅgaṃ jayaśabdāṃśca mānasān | pradarśayettato mudrā yāste pūrvaṃ pradarśitāḥ || 36-134 || svāgataṃ tava padmākṣi saṃnidhiṃ bhaja me'mbuje | gṛhāṇa mānasīṃ pūjāṃ yathārthaparibhāvitām || 36-135 || labdhvānujñāṃ tato matto mānasaṃ yāgamācaret | saṃkalpajanitairbhogaiḥ pavitraiḥ pāramārthikaiḥ || 36-136 || bāhyaprakriyayā śaśvat parastādvakṣyamāṇayā | māṃ yajeta suniṣṇāto bhogaiḥ sāṃsparśikādikaiḥ || 36-137 || prāpaṇāntaṃ vidhāyānte [C: vidhāyātha] kāriṇaṃ saṃsmared gurum | jīvantamathavātītaṃ tasmai dadyāttato'khilam || 36-138 || vittaṃ saṃvibhajeccaiva prāpaṇāṃśena mantravit | jīvato'pyathavātītānyathārthenaiva cetasā || 36-139 || parivārān smaret sarvān vakṣyamāṇān viśeṣataḥ | kāraṇe mayi saṃlīnān dhānāsthāniva bhūruhān || 36-140 || tattanmantraprayogeṇa layaprakriyayā yajet | kuryānmahānase homaṃ mokṣalakṣmīpradaṃ śubham || 36-141 || triguṇādhāramadhyasthe trikoṇe triguṇe'nale | dhyānāraṇiṃ tu nirmathya cidagnimavatārya ca || 36-142 || saṃskāraiḥ saṃskṛtaṃ kṛtvā vakṣyamāṇadhiyā sudhīḥ | trilakṣaṇādhāragate vaiṣṇave jātavedasi || 36-143 || nādāvasānagaganāttārikāyāḥ parisrutam [B, C: drutam] | brahma havirgṛhītvātha brahmarandhreṇa saṃviśet || 36-144 || tato vahnigṛhaṃ gatvā sarpiḥ saṃskṛtya [ā, B, C: saṃgṛhya] śāstrataḥ | kurvīta sakalaṃ kṛtyaṃ tenājyena yathāvidhi || 36-145 || tato homāvasāne tatsaṃkalpaḥ karma mānasam | saṃnyasenmayi bhāvena vakṣyamāṇadhiyā sudhīḥ || 36-146 || yaḥ kramo'bhihito [B, E: vihito] bāhye sa sarvo mānase'tra tu | avadhānena vā kāryo manmayairdravyasaṃcayaiḥ || 36-147 || sarvopasargaśamanaḥ so'yaṃ sarvaphalapradaḥ | kathito mānaso yāgaḥ kārya ādehapātanāt || 36-148 || atha dravyāṇi sarvāṇi manmayīkṛtya yatnataḥ | bāhyotthavāsanā [B, F: bāhyārtha] śāntyai bāhyayāgamathācaret || 36-149 || ityevamantaryāgaste madiyaḥ śakra varṇitaḥ | bahiryāgasvarūpaṃ tu tattvato me niśāmaya || 36-150 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre antaryāgaprakāśo nāma ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 131. svastikam āsanaviśeṣaḥ | 143. saṃskārairiti | vaiṣṇavīkaraṇaprakriyayetyarthaḥ | 148. ādehapātanāditi | anena pāñcakālikadharmaniratasya paramaikāntinaḥ pratipuruṣaṃ pratyahaṃ ca bhagavadārādhanamavaśyakartavyaṃ nityakarmetyuktaṃ bhavati | iti ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ saptatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - bahirvedyādideśasthadravyairmadbhāvanekṣitaiḥ | bhogabhūtairyadijye'haṃ bahiryāgastu sa smṛtaḥ || 37-1 || vāsanā dvividhā proktā bāhyābhyantarahetujā | nirṇudatyāntarāḥ sarvā mānaso yāga uttamaḥ || 37-2 || bāhyāśayaviśuddhyarthaṃ bāhyayāgo vidhīyate | śāstrīyāṃ kṣitimāsthāya maṇḍape tatra maṇḍite || 37-3 || brahmasthāne vidhāyātha vediṃ sarvaguṇānvitām | aṣṭahastaṃ tadardhaṃ vā tadardhaṃ vāpi sādhitam || 37-4 || prāgantaṃ susitaṃ sūtraṃ vedimadhye prasārayet | tasminnubhayataḥ pārśve [B, F: ubhayapārśve] madhyataścārdhamadhyayoḥ || 37-5 || vidhāya trīṇi cihnāni pañca śankūn nikhānayet | antyayostriṣu madhyeṣu śankvostatra hyupāntyayoḥ || 37-6 || sūtramadhyaṃ yataḥ prāptaṃ tatra śaṅkuṃ nidhāpayet | pāśau [F: omits five lines from here] dvau pratimucyātha madhyacihnaṃ samānayet || 37-7 || savye cāpyapasavye ca tatra cihne vidhāya ca | madhyame pratimucya dve sūtramadhyaṃ samānayet || 37-8 || cihnasyopari deśe ca [B: tu] kramāt savyāpasavyayoḥ | sūtramadhyaṃ yataḥ prāptaṃ tatra śaṅkuṃ nidhāpayet || 37-9 || pūrvasmin pratimucyaikaṃ pāśaṃ dakṣiṇato'param | kuryāt pradakṣiṇaṃ koṇaṃ madhyacihne'nayostataḥ || 37-10 || aiśakoṇaṃ [B: aiśaṃ; C: aindraṃ] tathā [B: tataḥ] kuryāt pratimucyottaratra tu | pratīcyayāmyayorevaṃ pratīcyodīcyayorapi || 37-11 || pratimucya kramāt pāśau kuryāt koṇau tathā parau | tatkṣetrasphuṭatāyai tu sūtrayettu caturdiśam || 37-12 || bhakte ṣoḍaśadhā kṣetre caturbhirmadhyamaiḥ padaiḥ | prāgādikaiḥ pradeśaiśca vidadhīta navāmbujam || 37-13 || madhyamaṃ kamalaṃ kāryamaṣṭapatraṃ yathā śṛṇu | caturdhā bhrāmayet kṣetraṃ varjayitvāṣṭamaṃ [ā, C: aṣṭakaṃ] bahiḥ || 37-14 || karṇikā kesaraṃ patrasaṃdhiḥ parveti ca kramāt | catvāryaṃśapramāṇāni tyaktoṃ'śo vyoma tadbahiḥ || 37-15 || tasmin sūtrāṣṭakaṃ padme digvidiksaṃsthitaṃ kṣipet | sūtrāṇāmantare bhūyaḥ kṣipet sūtrāṣṭakaṃ tathā || 37-16 || ṭippaṇī - 1. madbhāvanekṣitairiti | madātmanā bhāvitairityarthaḥ | bhogabhūtairiti | bhogopakaraṇairityarthaḥ | 3. āśayaḥ vāsanā | brahmasthāne brahmabhāvanābhāvite ityarthaḥ | 13. bhakte vibhājita ityarthaḥ | p. 146) mūla - padmasaṃdhisthasūtreṇa dikkrameṇa dalāṣṭakam | sahajāḥ [B: sahajā] sucitā rekhā vyomarekhāgaṇāḥ smṛtāḥ || 37-17 || padmāntarāṇāmaṣṭānāmevameva vidhā bhavet | evaṃ puravaraṃ ramyaṃ navapadmasulakṣaṇam [B: navapadmaṃ] || 37-18 || bahirdvārayutaṃ kāryaṃ koṇaśobhādisaṃyutam | caturvarṇayutaṃ kāryaṃ karṇikādivibhaktaye || 37-19 || pauṣpe vā prastare vāstre susite vātha dhūpite | ahate gandhayukte'tha sthaṇḍile vopalepite || 37-20 || yajan [B, F: yajet] kāryavaśānmantrī navapadmaṃ vicintayet | kuryāccādhyānamārgasthāṃ pratimāṃ śāstradarśanāt || 37-21 || sauvarṇe rājatādye [ā, C: rājate tāmre] vā dṛḍhe kālādivarjite | ārādhayed [B: āvāhayet] ghaṭe pūrṇe dadhnā kṣīreṇa vāriṇā || 37-22 || praśastapallavākrānte vastrapaṭṭādisaṃyute | vibhāvya navapadmaṃ tu pūjayenmantravittamaḥ || 37-23 || ghaṭe pure tathārcāyāṃ yadvā mantrī kramādyajet | sarvalokamayaṃsarvagīrvāṇāśrayamuttamam || 37-24 || sarvādhāramayaṃ dhyāyennavapadmaṃ purottamam | tārikākhyānamaḥśabdairarcyamarghyādinā [B: tārikākhyāṃ] tataḥ || 37-25 || tataḥ pātracatuṣkaṃ tu hemādidravyanirmitam | pūtāmbu pūrṇaṃ gandhasragratnauṣadhikuśodakaiḥ || 37-26 || vedyāmarcāpuraḥsthāyāṃ nyaset koṇacatuṣkake | yātavīyādivahnyante [ā, B, C: vāyvādivahniparyantaiḥ] kramādevaṃ prakalpayet || 37-27 || arghyamācamanīyaṃ ca pādyaṃ snānīyameva ca | kalpayet kramaśo mantrī mantrānetānudīrayan || 37-28 || tāraṃ ca kalpayāmīti madhye saṃjñāḥ syurañjasā | anekārthaṃ [ā, B, ṅ: anekāṅkaṃ] ca tatrārghyaṃ kalpyaṃ pātre'tha madhyataḥ || 37-29 || siddhārthakāstilā dūrvāḥ sayavāḥ sitataṇḍulāḥ | toyakṣīraphalopetā arghyadravyamudāhṛtam || 37-30 || pātraṃ tārikayāpūrya sudhāsaṃdohadehayā | tasminniṣkalasaṃsthāne mantracakraṃ vicintayet || 37-31 || niṣkalaṃ madhyamārghyaṃ tu pūjya puṣpādinā purā | bhāvanīyaṃ ca tat samyagagnīṣomamayātmanā || 37-32 || eṣa prathamasaṃskāro dvitīyamavadhāraya | pracaṇḍakiraṇavrātairbhāskarīyairdahettu tat || 37-33 || nirvāpayettato dagdhaṃ śītapūrṇenduraśmibhiḥ | brahmānandāmṛtāmbhodhikallolaiḥ pūrayettu tat || 37-34 || ṭippaṇī - 19. karṇikādītyādipadena kesarapatrasandhiparvāṇi gṛhyante | 20. maṇḍalamiva puṣpaprastarādikamapi pūjāsthānatayā grāhyam | 26. pūrvamarghyādinetyuktaṃ viśadayati tata iti | 27. nyasediti | arghyādipātratveneti śeṣaḥ | yātavīyādīti | nair-ṛtyādyāgneyāntakoṇeṣvityarthaḥ | 29. oṃ arghyaṃ parikalpayāmītyādikrameṇeti bhāvaḥ | anekārthamiti | sarvārthatoyamiti tasya sāṃpradāyikī prasiddhiḥ | 32. pūjya pūjayitvā | bhāvanīyam dhyeyam | 33. dvitīyamiti | dāhanaplāvanādirūpaṃ vakṣyamāṇamityarthaḥ | dahediti | śoṣaṇapūrvakaṃ dahediti saṃpradāyaḥ | p. 147) mūla - abhimantrya tu mukhyaistanmanubhistārikādibhiḥ | tato jalamupādāya nyaset pātrāntareṣu tu || 37-35 || pratisvamapi vā kuryādīdṛśaṃ saṃskṛtikramam | āpyāyanaṃ ca pātrāṇāṃ prītiṃ cāsmāt samācaret || 37-36 || mudrā kāmadughā kāryā saurabheyī svamantrataḥ | surabhiṃ himaśailābhāṃ nirādhārapade sthitām || 37-37 || dhyātvā tatstanasaṃkāśāṃ mudrāṃ tāṃ paridarśayet | karābhyāṃ gandhadigdhābhyāṃ sāvadhānena cetasā || 37-38 || arghyapātrāmbhasā prokṣya maṇḍalaṃ maṇḍapaṃ tathā | yāgadravyāṇyaśeṣāṇi tāḍayedastramantrataḥ || 37-39 || mūlenāplāvayet paścāttat sarvaṃ bhogatāṃ vrajet | tato viṣṇuṃ namaskṛtya tadaṅkasthāṃ ca paṅkajām || 37-40 || arcayenmūlamantreṇa hyāmuktakusumādibhiḥ [B: muktaugha] | arghyapātramathādāya puṣpaṃ dhūpaṃ vilepanam || 37-41 || dīpaṃ naivedyamapyevaṃ dvārayāgaṃ tataścaret | udumbarasya mūle tu bahirdvārasya madhyataḥ || 37-42 || bhūmiṣṭhaṃ kṣetrapālaṃ tu yajeddhyānādisaṃyutam | nīlajīmūtasaṃkāśaṃ daṇḍahastaṃ mahātanum || 37-43 || muṣṭikṛdvāmahastena dhyeyaḥ kṣetreśvaraḥ sadā | mudrā ca darśanīyātra pareṣvevaṃ vidhiḥ kramāt || 37-44 || dvāropari sthitāṃ lakṣmīmūrdhvasaṃstha udumbare | paṅkeruhakarāṃ lakṣmīṃ padmoparigatāṃ yajet || 37-45 || dakṣiṇottaraśākhābhyāṃ mūle caṇḍapracaṇḍakau | tadvajjayaṃ ca vijayaṃ bāhye dvārasya cāntare || 37-46 || caṇḍādyā vijayāntāśca [B, F: vijayādyāśca] sarve jñeyāścaturbhujāḥ | gadācakradharāścaiva śaṅkhahastā mahābalāḥ || 37-47 || tarjayanto hyabhaktāṃśca doṣāṇāṃ dhvaṃsanodyatāḥ | itthaṃ dhyeyāḥ samabhyarcya darśanīyāśca mudrikāḥ || 37-48 || śākhādvayasya madhye tu vāmadakṣiṇataḥ kramāt | gaṅgāṃ ca yamunāṃ caiva pūjayettadanantaram || 37-49 || hastābhyāṃ dadhatī kumbhaṃ tīrthena [B, C: tīrthoda] paripūritam | navayauvanalāvaṇyā śvetarūpā smitānanā || 37-50 || gaṅgā dhyeyā prasannā ca pūrṇacandranibhānanā | tādṛśī nīlajīmūtasaṃnibhā yamunā nadī || 37-51 || tenaiva kramayogena dvārasyābhyantare [F: anantare] sthitau | nidhīśau śaṅkhapadmākhyāvarghyapuṣpādibhiryajet || 37-52 || nidhīśau bhāvanīyau tau nidhibhāṇḍoparisthitau | sthūlodarau ca piṅgākṣau dvibhujau bhagavanmayau || 37-53 || kṛtvaivaṃ dvārayāgaṃ tu tataḥ puṣpaṃ ca saṃmukham | aṅguṣṭhatarjanīmadhyātritayenāstramantrataḥ || 37-54 || ṭippaṇī - 35. tata iti | saṃskṛtatoyapūrṇāt pātrādityarthaḥ | 36. pratisvamiti | pratyekamarghyādipātramityarthaḥ | 39. astreti | oṃ vīryāyāstrāya phaḍiti mantreṇetyarthaḥ | 40. mūlena mūlamantreṇetyarthaḥ | 41. āmukteti | agrathitaiḥ viralairityarthaḥ | 42. udumbaraśabdo dvārasyordhvādhaḥpradeśanikṣiptadārvorvartate | 43. kṣetrapālarūpamāha nīleti | 45. lakṣmīpūjocyate dvāroparīti | 46. śākhā dvārasya pārśvadārukhaṇḍaḥ | 48. abhaktān | devābhaktānityarthaḥ | 49. śākhādvayasya dvārapārśvadārukhaṇḍadvayasya | 50. gaṅgāyamunayoḥ rūpamucyate hastābhyāmityādinā | p.148) mūla - ādāya cābhimantryātha cakraṃ tadupari smaret | niśitāraṃ jvaladrūpaṃ pravarṣadanalāśani || 37-55 || kṣayakṛdvighnajālānāṃ nyasedyāgagṛhāntare | dakṣiṇāṃ tarjanīṃ kuryāt samyagūrdhvamukhīṃ tataḥ || 37-56 || śikhāmantreṇa saṃyuktāṃ vidyudvilasitaprabhām | smṛtvā bhrāmayamāṇastāṃ saṃviśedyāgamandiram || 37-57 || arghyapātrāmbhasāstreṇa prokṣayet svakamāsanam | tasminnādhāraśaktyādi māntramāsanamarcayet || 37-58 || tāṃ tāṃ pradarśayenmudrāṃ yatra yatra ca yā ca yā | tatropaviśya deveśamarcayeddhṛdaye sthitam || 37-59 || lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyaṃ taddhṛdgataṃ paramaṃ mahaḥ | dāṃpatyamanapāyaṃ tadyāpayennetrayordvayoḥ || 37-60 || sarvaṃ tadbhāvamāpādya paśyenniścalalocanaḥ | maṇḍape vedikāyāṃ vā yatra vā yaṣṭumicchati || 37-61 || arghyapuṣpādibhiḥ pūjyamādhārādikamāsanam | dharmādikān yajet paścāttattaddigbhāgagocarān || 37-62 || padmārkamaṇḍalāṃścaiva tato bhāvāsanāvadhi | uparyupari yogena dhyātvā puṣpādinārcayet || 37-63 || maṇḍalasthasya [B, C: omit this line] devasya dakṣiṇe maṇḍalopari | kṛtādiyugaparyante vāyorīśāvadhi kramāt || 37-64 || vibhajya saptadhā kṣetramādau gaṇapatiṃ yajet | padmāsanopaviṣṭaṃ tatkesare tu dale'mbuje [B: kesareṣu dalāmbuje] || 37-65 || dadhānaṃ cordhvabāhubhyāmakṣasūtraparaśvathau | varadābhayamudre ca pūrvahastadvayena tu || 37-66 || kiṃtu mudrā [ā, B: mudrānvitaṃ cintyaṃ] vicintyaivaṃ varadābhayahastayoḥ | tarjanyaṅguṣṭhasaṃsargād vyākhyāmudrāsamākṛtiḥ || 37-67 || pīnaṃ lambodaraṃ sthūlamekadaṃṣṭraṃ gajānanam | kesareṣvaṅgaṣaṭkaṃ ca ṣaṭsu padmasya vinyaset || 37-68 || svamantreṇārcayenmudrāṃ baddhvā puṣpādinā sudhīḥ | tato vāgīśvarīṃ devīṃ svamantreṇārcayetsudhīḥ || 37-69 || sūryenduvahnibimbasthasitapaṅkeruhāsanām | sarvopādhivinirmuktāmapi sākāratāṃ gatām || 37-70 || śaktiṃ śabdātmikāṃ sākṣānmadīyāṃ prathamodgatām [F: prathamodbhavām] | dvinetrāṃ dvibhujāṃ śvetāṃ śaṅkhapaṅkajadhāriṇīm || 37-71 || sphuratpīyūṣakallolasadṛśābharaṇāmbarām | tato guruṃ tadguruṃ ca lokasiddhākṛtī ca tau || 37-72 || lokasiddhākṛtiṃ paścāt tadguruṃ parameṣṭhinam | tataḥ pitṛgaṇaḥ pūjyo hyamūrtaḥ piṇḍasaṃnibhaḥ || 37-73 || ādisiddhān yajet paścādbhagavaddhyānatatparān | śāntān nimīlitākṣāṃśca śubhāṅgāṃstejasādhikān || 37-74 || anujñāṃ prāpya tebhyaśca labdhānujño yathākramam | āvāhya māṃ yajet paścāddevadevāṅkasaṃsthitām || yena yena prakāreṇa taṃ taṃ śṛṇu sureśvara || 37-75 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre bāhyayāgaprakāśo nāma saptatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 60. yāpayet | gamayedityarthaḥ | 75. anujñāṃ prāpyeti | guruparamagurvādīnāmanujñāṃ prāptāmanusaṃdhāyetyarthaḥ | iti saptatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ aṣṭatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇo devaḥ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahaḥ | tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirekāhaṃtā sanātanī || 38-1 || sadhakānugrahārthāya sāhaṃ sākāratāṃ gatā | aṅkasthā devadevasya yathā pūjye [F: pūjyā] tathā śṛṇu || 38-2 || prāpyānujñāṃ gaṇeśāderhṛtsthāmāvāhayettataḥ | bhāvayet paramātmānamantaryāgābhipūjitam [B, C: yāgādipūjitam] || 38-3 || pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyaṃ mayā śaktyābhipūritam [B, C: śaktyādipūjitam] | tārakaṃ tat [F: tu] triruccārya tārikāṃ tu triruccaret || 38-4 || āvāhayet tato mantraṃ puṃliṅgaṃ samudīrayan | puruṣaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ pīnodāracaturbhujam || 38-5 || uccaran [ā, B, ṅ: uccaret] paramaṃ mantraṃ recakena śanaiḥ śanaiḥ | agniṣomadvayāntaḥsthavartmanā nāsikodarāt || 38-6 || divyaśaktisamāvāsaṃ lakṣmīśamavatārayet | anāhatāt padādyadvā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatam || 38-7 || nirgataṃ tu smareddevaṃ vidyutpuñjamivāmbudāt | sapuṣpāñjalimadhyasthaṃ bhāvāsanagataṃ nyaset || 38-8 || saṃnidhiṃ saṃnirodhaṃ ca saṃstambhaṃ sthāpanaṃ tathā | kurvan mudrācatuṣkaṃ tu manasā samyagācaret || 38-9 || uttānau saṃhatau pāṇī kṛtvāṅguṣṭhadvayena tu | svāṃ svāṃ kaniṣṭhikāṃ mṛjyāt saṃnidhīkaraṇaṃ tu tat || 38-10 || anāmayormadhyamayoḥ kuryādunmārjanaṃ tathā [C: tadā; F: tataḥ] | saṃstambhasaṃnirodhau ca dvau kṛtau bhavatastadā || 38-11 || kṛtvā catasṛbhirmuṣṭimaṅgulībhiḥ karadvaye | tiryak ca saṃmukhīkṛtya nyasenmuṣṭidvayopari || 38-12 || aṅguṣṭhadvitayaṃ śakra saṃsthāpanamidaṃ bhavet | evaṃbhūto bhavatyevaṃ tārādiṃ mantramuccaran || 38-13 || kālaṃ pādyārghyadānāntamutthitaṃ bhāvayeddharim | snānābharaṇavastrasragdāne'laṃkaraṇe tathā || 38-14 || anyatra bhogayāgeṣu tattadbhogānukūlataḥ | smarecchāstrīyasaṃsthānaṃ sānukampaṃ susaṃmukham || 38-15 || kḷpte tu vigrahe pūrvaṃ tathārūpo'vatiṣṭhate | bhogeṣu dīyamāneṣu śaktiryā manmayī parā || 38-16 || ṭippaṇī - 5. puṃliṅgaṃ mantramiti | praṇavamityarthaḥ | 7. anāhataṃ hṛdayasthaṃ dvādaśadalaṃ padmam | 9. saṃnidhyādīnāṃ mudrā anantarameva vakṣyante | 14. kālamiti | kāle ityarthaḥ | atyantasaṃyoge dvitīyā | 15. sānukampaṃ susaṃmukhamiti ca hariviśeṣaṇam | p. 150) mūla - tatrasthāṃ tāṃ smaret sākṣādādadāno hariryathā | āhūtasya [F: abhūtasya] tataḥ sārghyaṃ puṣpāṇāṃ pūrṇamañjalim || 38-17 || vikṣipyādhomukhenaiva pāṇiyugmena mūrdhani | tāreṇa tārayā dvābhyāṃ namasa [B: manasā] cārcayet kramāt || 38-18 || puṣpārghyadhūpalepaistu [B, C: lepadhūpaistu] mūlamantrādibhiḥ kramāt | saṃkṣepaṃ vistaraṃ cāpi yathākālaṃ samācaret || 38-19 || śaktiṃ tadaṅgasaṃpūrṇāṃ nirākārāmanūpamām | tārayā pūjayet paścāttattadaṅgeṣu devatāḥ || 38-20 || astrabhūṣaṇaśaktyādyāḥ svaiḥ svairmantraiḥ samarcayet | ayaṃ yāgo layo nāma mahān sarvārthasiddhidaḥ || 38-21 || tato bhagavato viṣṇoḥ śaktisaṃpūrṇavigrahāt | sarvaśaktimayīṃ divyāmekāṃ paramabhāsvarām || 38-22 || ṣāḍguṇyavigrahāṃ devīmanirdeśyāmanūpamām | sarvatra sarvadā viṣṇoḥ sarvathaivānapāyinīm || 38-23 || kṛpayā sādhakārthāya svayaṃ sākāratāṃ gatām | avihāyaiva [C: avibhāntyeva] taṃ devamākāraṃ pṛthageyuṣīm || 38-24 || uktakrameṇa māṃ pūrvaṃ mantreṇāvāhayet sudhīḥ | āvāhanavidhau proktaṃ kramaṃ sarvaṃ samācaret || 38-25 || vāmotsaṅge niṣaṇṇāṃ ca viṣṇormāṃ bhāvayet priyām | bhāvanīyaṃ ca madrūpaṃ pūrvameva nidarśitam || 38-26 || tasyāṃ [B: asyāṃ] layaprakāreṇa mayi sarvaṃ yajet kramāt | tato viniḥsṛtaṃ mattaḥ smarecchaktyādikaṃ kramāt || 38-27 || jvālāyāḥ supradīptāyāḥ sphuliṅganicayaṃ yathā | bhogasthāne yathaikaikaṃ vinyasettattathā śṛṇu || 38-28 || madhyābjakarṇikāmadhye bhāvāsanagatau smaret | puruṣaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ tadaṅkasthāṃ ca paṅkajām || 38-29 || prācyābjakarṇikāmadhye lakṣmīdehādvinirgatām | dvibhujāṃ bhāvayellakṣmīṃ dvinetrāṃ cārukuṇḍalām || 38-30 || śvetamālyāmbaradharāṃ hārakeyūrabhūṣitām | sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ pīnonnatapayodharām || 38-31 || prabuddhotpalavistīrṇalocanāṃ susmitānanām | caladvirephapaṭalaramaṇīyālakāvalim [B: valīm] || 38-32 || lasallalāṭatilakāmāraktādharapallavām | kṛṣṇakuñcitakeśāṃ ca vaṃśamuktāphaladvijām || 38-33 || padmāsanopaviṣṭāṃ ca pāśāṅkuśakaradvayīm | padmagarbhopamākārāṃ saṃmukhīmāvayoḥ smaret || 38-34 || smareddakṣiṇabhāgābjakarṇikodaramadhyagām | veṣabhūṣādibhistulyāṃ lakṣmyāḥ kundanibhāṃ tu vā || 38-35 || kīrtiṃ madrūpaniṣkrāntāṃ sarvakīrtimayīṃ parām | āvayoḥ paścimābjasthakarṇikāsanasaṃsthitām || 38-36 || madrūpaniḥsṛtāṃ dhyāyettādṛśīmaruṇāṃ jayām | smareduttarapadmasthakarṇikodaramadhyagām || 38-37 || māyāṃ madrūpaniṣkrāntāṃ tādṛśīmaruṇāṃ tu vā | āgneye hṛdayaṃ padme śiro yātusaroruhe || 38-38 || śikhāṃ tu vāyavīyābje varma ceśānapaṅkaje | madhyapadmapuraḥpatre netramastraṃ tu koṇake || 38-39 || netrasya purato devaṃ vāsudevaṃ vicintayet | madhyadakṣiṇadikpatre smaret saṃkarṣaṇaṃ prabhum || 38-40 || ṭippaṇī - 17. āhūtasyeti | sāṃnidhyaṃ prāpitasyetyarthaḥ | 19. lepaḥ candanādyanulepaḥ | 20. anūpamām anupamāmityarthaḥ | p. 151) mūla - smarenmadhyasarojasya pradyumnaṃ paścime dale | aniruddhamudaksaṃsthe koṇapatrayugadvaye || 38-41 || astrasya pṛṣṭhato nāgān smaret pīyūṣavarṣmaṇaḥ [ā: varṣiṇaḥ] | gulguluṃ [C: gugguluṃ] ca guruṇyaṃ ca madanaṃ śalalaṃ [B, C, F: galalaṃ] tathā || 38-42 || sudhākumbhakarān [B and C omit three lines from here] śaṅkhakundagaurāṃścatūradān | lakṣmīkamalapatreṣu sarvataḥ kaustubhaṃ nyaset || 38-43 || hṛtpaṅkajadaleṣvevaṃ vanamālāṃ niveśayet | kīrtipaṅkajapatreṣu bhūṣāpadmaṃ niveśayet || 38-44 || jayāpaṅkajapatreṣu varma [B: patra] padmadaleṣu ca | padmeṣu vinyasedevaṃ padmapatracatuṣṭaye || 38-45 || śiraḥpaṅkajapatreṣu nyasedaṅkuśamuttamam [ā, B, C: vinyasetpāśamuttamam] | nyased dvāracatuṣkāgre garuḍaṃ patatāṃ varam || 38-46 || nāgān vā tata ātmīyadvārāgreṣu niyojayet | pūrvadvārabhuvi nyasyet padmahastāṃ balākikām || 38-47 || śvetāṃ kamalapatrākṣīṃ prasannāṃ vāmanākṛtim | dakṣiṇadvāratastadvannīlāṃ tu vanamālikām || 38-48 || paścimadvāramadhye tu raktavarṇāṃ vibhīṣikām | udīcyadvāramadhye tu śaṃkarīṃ madhudīdhitim || 38-49 || prāgādīśānaparyante bahirdvārapradeśataḥ [B: praveśataḥ] | indrādīn saṃsmaredaṣṭau lokapālān savāhanān || 38-50 || ata ūrdhvaṃ ca nāgeśaṃ brahmāṇaṃ ca vicintayet | tadbahiśca tadastrāṇi vajrādīni vicintayet || 38-51 || somaśaṃkaradiṅmadhye khasthitaṃ saṃsmaret prabhum | viṣvaksenamudārāṅgamāyāntaṃ gaganāntarāt || 38-52 || anuktānāmidānīṃ me dhyānaṃ śṛṇu puraṃdara | amṛtātmānamabhrāṅgaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam || 38-53 || śaṅkhacakragadāpadmadharaṃ śrīvatsavakṣasam | pītāmbaraṃ caturbāhuṃ vāsudevaṃ vicintayet || 38-54 || tuṣāranicayākāraṃ nīlavastraṃ caturbhujam | smaret saṃkarṣaṇaṃ sīrasaunandakadharaṃ param || 38-55 || varadābhayahastaṃ ca nimagnoddharaṇakṣamam | pradyumnaṃ saṃsmaredraktaṃ raktavāsasamīśvaram || 38-56 || śārṅgaṃ śarāṃśca bibhrāṇaṃ varadaṃ cābhayapradam | saṃsmaredaniruddhaṃ ca pītaṃ viśadavāsasam || 38-57 || khaḍgakheṭakahastaṃ ca varābhayakaraṃ param | āsīnāḥ sarva evaite puruṣāḥ puṣkarekṣaṇāḥ || 38-58 || paśyanto diśamīśānāṃ māṃ ca viṣṇuṃ ca śāśvatam | siñcanto'mṛtakumbhairnau himaśailanibhā gajāḥ || 38-59 || sitaśoṇitavarṇāṅgaṃ śuklavastraṃ caturbhujam | padmāsanopaviṣṭaṃ ca padmaśaṅkhakarāṅkitam || 38-60 || hṛnmudrālaṃkṛtakaraṃ vāmenābhayadaṃ sadā | sitābharaṇavastrāḍhyaṃ karpūrāliptavigraham || 38-61 || āvayoḥ saṃmukhāsīnaṃ hṛnmantraṃ saṃsmared budhaḥ | bandhujīvopamaṃ raktaṃ padmacakradharaṃ param || 38-62 || kākālikajjalaśyāmaṃ padmakaumodakīdharam | dakṣiṇenātmamudrāḍhyaṃ pareṇābhayadāyinam || 38-63 || liptaṃ mṛgamadenaiva puṣpādyairasitairyutam | āvayoḥ saṃmukhāsīnaṃ kavacaṃ saṃsmaret prabhum || 38-64 || ṭippaṇī - 42. gulgulvādayaḥ nāgānāṃ saṃjñāḥ | 55. saunandakaḥ kāmapālasya gadā | 63. kāka iva aliriva kajjalamiva ca śyāmaḥ tamityarthaḥ | athavā kākāliḥ atyantakṛṣṇavarṇaḥ kākaviśeṣaḥ | p. 152) mūla - haridrāruṇasaṃkāśaṃ gadāpadmadharaṃ kramāt | svamudrākaraṇavyagrapūrvabhāgakaradvayam || 38-65 || sauvarṇāmbarabhūṣāḍhyaṃ [ā, B, F: suvarṇā] pralayānalavikramam | āvayoḥ saṃukhāsīnaṃ smaredastraṃ mahodyamam || 38-66 || nārīrvā saṃsmaredetān hṛdādīn sādhakottamaḥ | uktabhūṣaṇaveṣāḍhyāḥ svānurūpānulepanāḥ || 38-67 || ityuktaṃ dhyānamaṅgānāṃ sarvapāpaharaṃ śubham | kaustubhaṃ dvibhujaṃ dhyāyet sahasrārkasamaprabham || 38-68 || pradīptaveṣabhūṣāḍhyaṃ svamudrāṃ dadhataṃ hṛdi | pañcavarṇakṛtāṃ kāntāṃ vanamālāṃ śubhekṣaṇām || 38-69 || prauḍhastrīsadṛśīṃ mudrāṃ dadhatīṃ hastayordvayoḥ | padmaṃ padmamukhaṃ dhyāyet prasannaṃ candrasaṃnibham || 38-70 || dvibhujaṃ cārusarvāṅgaṃ karābhyāṃ mudrikāṃ dadhat | navadūrvāṅkuraśyāmaṃ pāśeśaṃ pannagānanam [ā, ṅ: pannagāśanam] || 38-71 || dvibhujaṃ yāmyahastena svāṃ mudrāṃ dadhataṃ param | tathā varadahastaṃ ca bhīmarūpaṃ bhayāvaham [ā: bhayānakam] || 38-72 || saṃsmaredaṅkuśaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ dīrghanāsaṃ bhayānakam | yāmyena dadhataṃ mudrāṃ pāṇinā savyato varam || 38-73 || prasiddhā lokapālāste veṣākṛtivibhūṣaṇaiḥ | narākṛtīni śastrāṇi cihnayuktāni mūrdhani || 38-74 || śaṅkhacakradharo dhyeyo viṣvaksenaścaturbhujaḥ | sākṣādviṣṇusamo mudrāvyāpṛto'nyakaradvaye || 38-75 || dvārāgrasthaṃ tato dhyāyedgaruḍaṃ bhīmalocanam | raktatuṇḍaṃ mahāghoṇaṃ taptacāmīkaraprabham || 38-76 || pṛthudaṃṣṭraṃ gṛdhravaktraṃ pakṣamaṇḍalamaṇḍitam | iti te parivārāṇāṃ dhyānamuktaṃ samāsataḥ || 38-77 || āvayoḥ sthūlayorūrdhve smaret sūkṣmāṃ tu tārikām | dāṃpatyaṃ bibhratīṃ sūkṣmāṃ lakṣyālakṣyāmivānaghām || 38-78 || tadūrdhve tu parāṃ tārāṃ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyacinmayīm | dāṃpatyamāvayordivyaṃ tatparaṃ pārameśvaram || 38-79 || sarvataḥpāṇipādaṃ tat sarvato'kṣiśiromukham | śabdārthau bhāsayat svena tejasā nityamudyatā || 38-80 || pratibimbamivaitasmin mantracakramaśeṣataḥ | evaṃ kramotkramākāraistārikāṃ vitatāṃ parām || 38-81 || bhāvena tattvato buddhvā yathānyāsaṃ samarcayet [B, C: samācaret] | āditaḥ sakalāvāsāvarcayennau dhiyānaghau || 38-82 || arghyādiprāpaṇāntena bhogajālena mantravit | śaktyādiviṣvaksenāntaṃ parivāraṃ tato'rcayet || 38-83 || sarvādau garuḍaṃ devīścatasro dvārapālikāḥ | bhogayāgakrameṇāyaṃ [B, F: kramaḥ so'yaṃ] nyasaste śakra darśitaḥ | yāvanto yādṛśā ye ca bhogāstāṃstvaṃ nibodha me || 38-84 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre bahiryāgaprakāśo nāmāṣṭatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 69. vanamālāmiti | dhyāyediti śeṣaḥ | 72. yāmyahastena | dakṣiṇahastenetyarthaḥ | 74. dvārapālikāḥ balākikādayaḥ pūrvaṃ 47, 48, 49 ślokeṣūktāḥ | ityaṣṭatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ekonacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - śṛṇu bhogān sureśāna dattaistuṣyāmi yairaham | yeṣu me vitatā śaktirbhogyabhogāya tiṣṭhate || 39-1 || yathāśaktyanurūpeṇa tattadbhogopakalpane | divyaśaktiprabhedaistairvicitraiḥ styānatāṃ gataiḥ || 39-2 || saṃpūrṇamīśvarārhaṃ tadbhāvanīyamaśeṣataḥ | mṛdvāstaraṇasaṃstīrṇamādāvāsanamuttamam || 39-3 || arghyaṃ pādyaṃ madhūparkastathaivācamanīyakam | praṇāmapūrvakaṃ paścādātmātmīyanivedanam || 39-4 || anujñāpya tataḥ paścāt snānāsanamanuttamam | pādapīṭhamathārghyaṃ ca tataḥ pādyapratigrahaḥ || 39-5 || pādyāmbu pāduke snānaśāṭī mātrā ca śālikā | darpaṇaṃ gandhatoyaṃ ca pāṇiprakṣālanārthakam || 39-6 || dantakāṣṭhaṃ ca vadanaprakṣālācamanāmbunī | gandhatailaṃ ca cūrṇaṃ ca śāligodhūmasaṃbhavam || 39-7 || haridrācūrṇasaṃmiśramīṣatpadmakabhāvitam | udvartanārthaṃ tadanu snānārthaṃ khalisaṃyutam || 39-8 || uṣṇāmbu candanaṃ candramiśritaṃ lepanārthakam | kṣīraṃ dadhi ghṛtaṃ gavyaṃ madhvaikṣavarasaṃ tathā || 39-9 || sugandhāmalakābhiśca lodhratoyaṃ tataḥ param | raktacandanatoyaṃ ca rajanīvāri cottamam || 39-10 || granthiparṇīpayaḥ paścāt tataśca tagarodakam | priyaṅgujaṭilāsiddhārthakasarvauṣadhījalam || 39-11 || puṣpapatraphalāmbhāṃsi bījagandhodake tathā | hemaratnasarittīrthakevalāmbūni ca kramāt || 39-12 || ṭippaṇī - 1. tiṣṭhate svāśayaṃ prakāśayantī tiṣṭhatītyarthaḥ | prakāśanārthe taṅ | 3. bhogaviśeṣā ucyante mṛdvityādinā | bhagavadārādhane ṣaḍāsanāni yathā mantrāsanam snānāsanam alaṃkārāsanam bhojyāsanam punarmantrāsanam paryaṅkāsanaṃ ceti | tatra prathamaṃ mantrāsanamatrocyate | 4. tasminnāsane samarpaṇīyānāha arghyamityādinā | ātmātmīyanivedanaprakāramāha pādme (4-3-140) dāso'haṃ te jagannātha saputrādiparigrahaḥ | preṣyaṃ praśādhi kartavye māṃ niyuṅkṣva hite sadā || iti | 5. dvitīyaṃ snānāsanamatra | atra mantraḥ sāttvate (6-26) sphuṭīkṛtaṃ mayā deva tvidaṃ snānapare tvayi | sapādapīṭhaṃ paramaṃ śubhaṃ snānāsanaṃ mahat | āsādayāśu snānārthaṃ madanugrahakāmyayā || iti | 6. mātrā ca śāliketi | akṣatāgraśubhravarṇaśālitaṇḍulapūrṇapātramatra mātrāpadārthaḥ | tathā ca pādme (4-6-36) śālitaṇḍulamātrayā iti | etacca mātrādānamārādhanamadhyāpatitavaikalyaparihārāya | 8. khaliḥ mṛgamadādivāsanāvāsitaṃ ghanībhūtagandhatailakiṭṭakam | 9. candraḥ ghanasāraḥ | p. 154) mūla - snānīyāmbusametāni deyānyambūnyamūni tu | arghyapātrāttathaivārghyaṃ snānānāmantarāntarā || 39-13 || dadyāt sapuṣpatoyena kṣālanaṃ cāntarāntarā | snānaśiṣṭāmbusaṃpūrṇaṃ haridrāśālisaṃbhṛtam [B: haridrāgranthi] || 39-14 || sragādisaṃyutaṃ kumbhaṃ haste kṛtvāparatra tu | siddhārthairdhūpavat pātraṃ bhrāmayitvā tu mūrdhani || 39-15 || bahiḥ kṣipettato dadyāt sudhaute cāṅgaśāṭike | keśodakāpakarṣārthamambaraṃ dehavārihṛt || 39-16 || antarīyottarīye dve sudhaute vāsasī śubhe | bhāvite gandhadhūpena dadyād bhadrāsanaṃ tataḥ || 39-17 || śodhayet pūrṇakumbhaistu khaplutaṃ bhāvayeddharim | alaṃkārāsanaṃ paścāddeyaṃ mṛdvāstarolbaṇam || 39-18 || tatra sarvaṃ pradātavyamarghyapādyādi pūrvavat | vivecanaṃ [ā: niveśanaṃ] ca keśānāṃ kaṅkatena praśodhanam || 39-19 || śīrṣaṇyāstāḥ sumanasastataścūḍopakalpanam | candanādyāḥ [ā, B: candanādyāstu] sugandhāśca vyajanaṃ śoṣaṇārthakam || 39-20 || makuṭādyā alaṃkārāḥ pradeyāḥ paramādbhutāḥ | srajo nānāvidhākārāḥ sāttvikaiḥ kusumaiścitāḥ || 39-21 || puṣpāñjaliḥ padadvandve prākāraḥ sumanaścayaiḥ | gandhadravyasuśītena hyañjanenāñjanaṃ dṛśoḥ || 39-22 || tathaivālambhanaṃ cāpi lalāṭatilakaṃ tathā | ādarśo vimalo mṛṣṭaḥ paritaśca samīkṣaṇam || 39-23 || pradīpaśca pradhūpaśca vāhanaṃ cetanetarat | stutimaṅgalagītāni nṛttavāditradarśanam || 39-24 || mātrāśca ratnasaṃpūrṇā bhogacchidraprapūraṇāḥ | buddhyā viracitāstāstāḥ rājarājocitāḥ kriyāḥ || 39-25 || alaṃkārāsanasthāya tvete bhogā hi manmayāḥ | atha bhojyāsanaṃ deyamarghyapādyādikaṃ tathā || 39-26 || yajeta madhuparkeṇa yathā [B, F: yathāvat] tadavadhāraya | payaso madhuno dadhnaḥ saṃyogo madhuparkakaḥ || 39-27 || pātraṃ puraḥ pratiṣṭhāpya madhuparkeṇa pūritam | arhaṇaṃ tarpaṇaṃ cārghyāt pṛthak pātradvaye bhavet || 39-28 || arhaṇenārcanaṃ [B: arhaṇaṃ cārcanaṃ] pūrvaṃ tataśca madhuparkakam | tarpaṇaṃ tarpaṇīyābhistato niṣpuṃsanaṃ kare || 39-29 || deyamācamanaṃ paścānmātrā gaurmādhuparkikī | yaṣṭavyamannayajñena sāṅgena madhuparkavat || 39-30 || ṭippaṇī - 14. snapanānantaraṃ nīrājanamucyate snānaśiṣṭeti | 15. haste vāmahaste | aparatra dakṣiṇahaste | 17. bhadrāsanam snānāsanam | 18. khaplutam dvādaśāntasthitam | tṛtīyamalaṃkārāsanamāha alaṃkāreti | 19. kaṅkataṃ keśaprasādhanī | 24. cetanetarat vāhanamiti | suvarṇādinirmitaṃ hastyaśvādi | 25. manmayā ityanenādhyāyādāvukto viṣayaḥ smāryate | turīyaṃ bhojyāsanamupavarṇyate atheti | 27. madhuparkamāha payasa iti | 29. arhaṇamāpośanam | tarpaṇam pānīyatīrtham | niṣpuṃsanam hastodvartanam | 30. punaḥ madhuparkadānasaṃbhāvitavaikalyaparihārāya gavā mātrādānamatrocyate | p. 155) mūla - pradeyā annayajñārthā mātrāḥ śālyannanirmitāḥ | sakarpūraṃ ca tāmbūlaṃ pradeyamanuvāsanam || 39-31 || tataśca viśramārthāya vimānaṃ paramādbhutam | pradeyaṃ tatra dātavyaṃ sarvamarghyādi pūrvavat || 39-32 || japaṃ samācaret paścādalakṣyamitarairjanaiḥ | mantrasaṃskṛtayā samyak śubhayā hyakṣamālayā || 39-33 || prākṛtastvaṅgulībhistu parvabhistu daśottaraḥ | śatottarādisaṃkhyastu vijñeyo hyakṣamālayā || 39-34 || vācikaḥ kṣudrakarmārthamupāṃśuḥ siddhikarmaṇi | mānaso mokṣalakṣmīdo dhyānātmā sarvasiddhikṛt || 39-35 || akṣamālā tathā kāryā na dṛśyā prākṛtairyathā | akṣāsthimātrā maṇaya uttamāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 39-36 || dhātrīphalāsthisadṛśā madhyamāḥ parikīrtitāḥ | adhamā [ā: athavā] badarāsthyābhāḥ śreṣṭhamaṣṭaśatātmakam || 39-37 || tadardhaṃ madhyamaṃ proktaṃ tadardhamadhamaṃ smṛtam | sauvarṇaṃ dravyasiddhyarthe puṣṭyarthe pitṛkarmaṇi || 39-38 || rājataṃ tāmrarūpaṃ tu medhāvīryajayāptaye | trāpuṣaṃ yakṣiṇīsiddhau saisaṃ rakṣaḥpiśācayoḥ || 39-39 || vetālasādhanārthaṃ tu rītijaṃ kāṃsyajaṃ tu tat | akṣasūtraṃ parijñeyaṃ nāgapannagasādhane || 39-40 || āyasaṃ kṣudrakarmārthamiti dhātumayo maṇiḥ | āyurārogyabhūtyarthaḥ [C: vṛddhyarthaḥ] sarvo maṇimayo maṇiḥ || 39-41 || mokṣāya śāntaye caiva sphāṭiko maṇirucyate | saubhāgye vaidrumaḥ kāryaḥ sautraḥ kāryastu muktaye || 39-42 || śāntaye muktaye puṣṭyai tulasīmūlajo maṇiḥ | sarvasiddhipradaḥ pādmo maṇiḥ śāṅkhaḥ śriyai mataḥ || 39-43 || āyuḥprajāyaśodaḥ syānmauktiko maṇiruttamaḥ | ādadyādekameteṣāṃ śubhakāle guṇādhike || 39-44 || astreṇa gandhatoyena kṣālayettadanantaram | śāṇakārpāsajorṇānāṃ kṛtvā sūtraṃ navaṃ dṛḍham || 39-45 || triguṇaṃ triguṇīkṛtya caturdhā vā yathā dṛḍham | kṣālayitvāstratoyena tenaiva grathayenmaṇīn || 39-46 || anūnānadhikāṃstulyānacalān grathitāntarān | iṣṭasaṃkhyāmaṇiprotasūtrāntadvitayopamam || maṇiṃ prakalpayenmerumakṣamālāvidhistvayam || 39-47 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre bahiryāgaprakāśo [ā: bahiryāgo] nāmaikonacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 31. pañcame mantrāsane samarpaṇīyāni tāmbūlādīni | 32. ṣaṣṭhaṃ paryaṅkāsanamucyate tataśceti | 33. japasaṃkhyāgaṇanopakaraṇeṣvakṣamālā praśastā | 35. japaviśeṣo vācikādiḥ | 38. akṣamālāmaṇiviśeṣānāha sauvarṇamityādinā | 40. rītiḥ pittalalohaviśeṣaḥ | 42. sautraḥ tantunirmitaḥ | 47. meruḥ japasūtrapradhānagranthistho bṛhanmaṇiviśeṣaḥ | ityekonacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ catvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namaste vārisaṃbhūte namaste padmasaṃbhave | prakāramakṣamālāyāḥ pratiṣṭhā vadāmbuje || 40-1 || śrīḥ - sādhitāmakṣamālāṃ tu sthāpayedbhājane śubhe | pūjayitvārghyapuṣpādyaistasyāḥ śuddhiṃ samācaret || 40-2 || astreṇa dagdhvā nirvāpya varmaṇāpyāyayecchriyā | paramāmṛtarūpiṇyā tāṃ mālāṃ bhāvayettataḥ || 40-3 || caturbhujāmanaupamyāṃ manmayīṃ māmivāparām | varadābhayahastāṃ ca baddhāñjalikaradvayām || 40-4 || brahmadvārāmbujanmasthāṃ devīṃ dhyāyecchikhopamām | tāṃ parāṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ śaktiṃ manmayīṃ madabhedinīm || 40-5 || dvādaśānte vicintyātha kramāddhyāyeddhṛdambuje | hṛtpadmādutthitāṃ bhūyo brahmarandhrādvinirgatām || 40-6 || śanaiḥ śanairullasantīṃ mālāsthāṃ tāṃ vicintayet | aṅgopāṅgakramopetāṃ [ā, E: kriyopetāṃ] sthūlasūkṣmaparātmikām || 40-7 || māṃ dhyāyet tārikākārāṃ tatra śaktau sureśvara | maṇīn sūtraṃ tathā mālāṃ mālāsthāṃ vaiṣṇavīmapi || 40-8 || ekārṇavīkṛtaṃ sarvaṃ [C: kṛtāṃ sarvāṃ] māyāṃ dhyāyet sureśvara | mayā dattāṃ vibhāvyaināṃ saṃskṛtāmakṣamālikām || 40-9 || japaṃ samācaret paścāt pūrvoktena vidhānataḥ | anunmiṣat paraṃ sūkṣmaṃ sthūlamatmānameva ca || 40-10 || lakṣmīnārāyaṇākāraṃ pañcakaṃ bhāvayedidam | turyātītaṃ tathā turyaṃ suṣuptisvapnajāgarāḥ || 40-11 || avasthāpañcakaṃ tadvat tatkartṛkaraṇādikam | kartrunmeṣaṃ tathā tatsthaṃ karaṇaṃ bāhyakaṃ tathā || 40-12 || mantrākṣaraṃ tathā sthūlaṃ sarvaṃ tattanmayaṃ smaret | hṛtpuṇḍarīkamadhyasthāṃ manmukhāmbhojaniḥsṛtām || 40-13 || smarecchabdamayīṃ śaktiṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ madabhedinīm | tasyā vinirgatāṃ dhyāyenmātṛkāṃ mantramātaram || 40-14 || manmayīṃ saṃsmarenmālāṃ japyamantramayīṃ tataḥ | latāyāmiva puṣpāṇi [ā, B, C: puṣpāṇāṃ] mantrān vai tatra saṃsmaret || 40-15 || sphuraṇaṃ maṇisaṃsparśe hṛllayaṃ ca tadatyaye | bhāvayan mantranāthasya japaṃ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ || 40-16 || hṛdbhāsvarūpasaṃsūtibahirantaḥkramotkramāt [ā, B: suhṛt; F: hṛdbhāsvarūpasaṃsyūti] | iti smaran japedekavāraṃ tatkoṭisaṃmitam || 40-17 || ṭippaṇī - 2. sādhitām nirmitām | 3. nirvāpya viśoṣya | śriyā śrīmantreṇa | bhāvayet vakṣyamāṇarūpeṇa dhyāyet | 5. brahmadvāraṃ brahmarandhrākhyanāḍī | śikhā vahniśikhā | 6. dvādaśānte mūrdhna upari dvādaśāṅgulaparimitasthāne | p. 157) mūla - japaṃ samāpya vidhivannyasyenmayi japaṃ kṛtam | śaktiṃ tāṃ manmukhāntaḥsthāṃ japarūpāṃ vicintayet || 40-18 || dīpe dhūpe tathārghye ca ghaṇṭānādaṃ samācaret | āvāhane tathārghye ca naivedye madhuparkake || 40-19 || prīṇane ca prayuñjīta ghaṇṭānādaṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ | na vinā pūjayā cālyā tāṃ vinā pūjayenna ca || 40-20 || kāryasiddhimabhīpsadbhiriha cāmutra cobhayoḥ | sā hi ghaṇṭābhidhā śaktirvāgīśā ca sarasvatī || 40-21 || vāci mantrāḥ sthitāḥ sarve vācyaṃ mantreṣu cākhilam | etasyāṃ cālyamānāyāṃ mantrā vatsā iva drutam || 40-22 || kāṅkṣamāṇāḥ samāyānti tāṃ ghaṇṭāṃ mantramātaram | adhomukhaṃ tu brahmāṇḍaṃ dhyāyellokakulākulam || 40-23 || nālaṃ tasyāstadūrdhve tu vṛttaṃ padmaṃ smaredbudhaḥ | aṣṭapatraṃ śubhaṃ śvetaṃ karṇikākesarānvitam || 40-24 || tanmadhye cintayeddevīṃ ghaṇṭāmaṣṭabhujānvitām | mukhyahastacatuṣkeṇa pāśaśaṅkhāmbujāṅkuśān || 40-25 || parabāhucatuṣkeṇa dadhatīmakṣasūtrakam | vijñānapustakaṃ samyagabhayaṃ ca varaṃ tathā || 40-26 || padmāsanāmbujākṣīṃ padmagarbhasamatviṣam | padmamālādharāṃ pītasitavastrānulepanām || 40-27 || mantraughamudgirantīṃ ca brahmādiparisaṃstutām | tārikāmuccaran dīrghaṃ [ā: dīrghāṃ] yugmāṃ saṃcālayedimām || 40-28 || anayā pūjayan mantrī mantrasiddhiṃ nigacchati | tato gurūn samānīya manmayān vāpi vaiṣṇavān || 40-29 || pradadyāt prāpaṇārdhaṃ tu tebhyo manmantramuccaran | atha vahnigatāṃ samyagagnīṣomamayīṃ parām || 40-30 || tarpayenmāṃ sureśāna yathāvadavadhāraya | tata uttaradigbhāge devāgārādbahistu vā || 40-31 || bhūbhāge lakṣaṇopete kuṇḍaṃ kuryāt samalakṣaṇam | caturaśraṃ samaṃ yadvā padmākāraṃ manoharam [F: manoramam] || 40-32 || śatārdhahomasaṃkhyāyāṃ kuṇḍaṃ syād dvādaśāṅgulam | aṣṭottaraśate'ratnisamaṃ hastaṃ sahasrake || 40-33 || ayutākhye dvihastaṃ ca lakṣahome catuṣkaram | koṭihome'ṣṭahastaṃ syācchāstrataḥ kārayecca tat || 40-34 || trikoṇamapi vā kuryāddhomakuṇḍaṃ trimekhalam | uddhṛtya tārayā pūrvaṃ tristayā prokṣayedbhuvam || 40-35 || śoṣaṇaṃ dāhanaṃ plāvaṃ tārayā samyagācaret | ādhāraśaktyādyārabhya pūjyaṃ bhāvāsanāvadhi || 40-36 || tatra nārāyaṇākhyāṃ vai śaktiṃ tejomayīṃ parām | manmayīmamṛtākārāṃ sarvātiśayarūpiṇīm || 40-37 || sarvaśaktisamūhasthāṃ sarvavastvantarasthitām | avatārya hṛdambhojāt sṛṣṭimārgeṇa śāśvatīm || 40-38 || tārikāsphuraṇākārāmavatīrya hṛdambujāt | recakena vinikṣipya kuṇḍamadhyāmbujāntare || 40-39 || ṭippaṇī - 30. vahnisaṃtarpaṇamucyate athetyādinā | 33. homasaṃkhyānuguṇyena kuṇḍavistṛtirucyate śatārdhetyādinā | 35. tayā tārayā | 36. bhāvāsanaṃ pūrvamādhāraśaktiprakaraṇoktam | p. 158) mūla - saṃpūjya gandhapuṣpādyaiḥ padmamudrāṃ pradarśya ca | dhyāyedṛtumatīṃ śaktiṃ susnātāmahatāmbarām || 40-40 || dhyāyet sarvātmikāṃ śaktiṃ tāmeva tvadharāraṇim | uttaraṃ cāraṇiṃ dhyāyet sarvatejomayaṃ harim || 40-41 || mathnīyāt tārayā samyak tathā caivānutārayā | utpannaṃ tārayādāya [ā, B, ṅ: āghrāya] kṛśānuṃ śaktisaṃbhavam || 40-42 || abhigūhyāṅgulībhistu [C: abhigṛhya] saṃskuryādvaiṣṇavākhyayā | cūḍāṃ ca tārayā kuryādannaprāśanapūrvakam || 40-43 || upanīya tato vahniṃ tārayā cānutārayā | tataḥ svāhāsvadhābhyāṃ tu devībhyāṃ jātavedasaḥ || 40-44 || pāṇigrahaṇakaṃ kuryāt tārayā tvanutārayā | sarvaṃ dhyānamayaṃ kāryaṃ jātanāmādikarma tat || 40-45 || lohapāṣāṇamaṇyutthavahnau kāryavaśāt kṛte | laukike vāpi saṃskāraṃ niṣekādi samācaret || 40-46 || ādhāya [C: ādāya] taijase pātre mṛnmaye'bhinave tu vā | devīsahāyaṃ svāheśaṃ tārayaivārcayet sudhīḥ || 40-47 || pūraṇenopasaṃhṛtya svātmanyupaśamaṃ nayet | kramādānandaśaktyā taṃ saṃhāreṇa tu yojayet || 40-48 || sṛṣṭimārgeṇa taṃ bhūyo'pyavatārya padāt padam | kuṇḍamadhyāmbujāntaḥsthāṃ tārayā bhuvamānayet || 40-49 || vahniṃ svāhāsvadheśānamagnīṣomamayaṃ yajet | samidbhistisṛbhistārāmuccarannekayaikayā || 40-50 || śālītilākṣataiḥ paścāt tata ājyāhutitrayam | uccārya tārikāṃ pūrvaṃ bodhayeti dviruccaret || 40-51 || tatrastho budhyate vahniryathāvacca hutaḥ [ā, B, ṅ: yo yathā yasya saḥ] svayam | paryagnikaraṇaṃ kāryaṃ tārayaivārdrapāṇinā || 40-52 || stṛṇīyāt tārayā darbhaistredhā tredhā caturdiśam | udagbhāge'gnikuṇḍasya stṛṇīyāddarbhasaṃcayam || 40-53 || praṇītāprokṣaṇīpātre darvīdhmau sruksruvau tathā | ājyasthālīṃ pavitre ca sarvaṃ tatra nidhāpayet || 40-54 || praṇītāṃ tārayāpūrya gandhayuktena vāriṇā | pavitrābhyāṃ trirutpūya māṃ dhyāyet tārayā śriyam || 40-55 || vahnerudak pratiṣṭhāpya prokṣaṇīṃ pūrayecchriyā | tāmutpūya tataḥ prokṣya yāgopakaraṇaṃ samam || 40-56 || ājyapātraṃ samādāya tasminnājyaṃ nidhāya ca | brahma sarpiḥsamudrotthaṃ taddhyātvāgnerudaggatam || 40-57 || tārayā samabhijvālya darbhāgre vinidhāya ca | tayā punarabhijvālya paryagnikṛtimācaret || 40-58 || vahneḥ paścāt pratiṣṭhāpya pavitradvitayena tat | utpūya tārayāgnau tat pavitradvitayaṃ kṣipet || 40-59 || paridadhyāt paridhibhiryajñayogyaiścaturdiśam | agniśarvadiśoḥ sthāpya kuṇḍamadhye samiddvayam || 40-60 || tata idhmaṃ samādhāya śuṣkaṃ pañcadaśātmakam | tārayā pariṣicyāgniṃ sruksruvau [ṅ: sruvau tu] paritāpayet || 40-61 || nimṛjya tārayā paścāttau prokṣyātha srucā tayā | vāyoragnidiśaṃ yāvadyātoḥ śarvadiśāvadhi || 40-62 || dhārayā srāvayedvahnau [C: dhārā āsrāvayet] madhye dadyāt sruvāhutim | aṣṭottaraśataṃ vāpi tadardhaṃ vā tadardhakam || 40-63 || ṭippaṇī - 40. dhyāyedityādinā agnervaiṣṇavīkaraṇamucyate | 43. abhigūhya saṃvṛtya | annaprāśaneti jātakarmanāmakaraṇayorapyupalakṣaṇam | p. 159) mūla - sruveṇājyāhutīrdadyāt svāhāntāṃ tārikāṃ gṛṇan | ayaṃ yogyo bhavedvahnirbhagavaddhavyavāhane || 40-64 || ādadhyāt [F: omits verses 65 to 112] samidhaḥ sapta tatastārikayā sudhīḥ | yajñakāṣṭhamayīrādau brahmakṣatratarūdbhavāḥ || 40-65 || tārayā samidho dadyāt kāṣṭharūpā daśāparāḥ | māmeva bhāvayenmadhye viṣṇoraṅkasthitāṃ parām || 40-66 || brahmānandamayāmbhojakarṇikāsthasya vai vibhoḥ | aṅkasthāṃ bhāvayaṁllakṣmīṃ tā dadyātsamidho'khilāḥ || 40-67 || tataḥ puṣpamayīṃ dadyād dhūpadravyamayīṃ tathā | etāstu trividhā deyā hastenaiva manīṣiṇā || 40-68 || madhuparkamayīṃ paścāt sruveṇa juhuyāt sudhīḥ | srucyannaṃ caturādāya sarpiṣāpūrya pūrvavat || 40-69 || tayaivānnāhutiṃ dadyāt svāhāntāṃ tārikāṃ gṛṇan | sruveṇājyāhutīḥ pūrvasamitsaṃkhyāḥ samācaret || 40-70 || puṣpāñjalimupādāya vahnisthāmarcayeddhiyā | nityayāgo mamaitāvānūrdhvaṃ kāmyāhutiṃ kṣipet || 40-71 || yadi kāmayamānaḥ syāt tattadvidhyanurūpiṇīm | tārayā pariṣicyāgniṃ prāyaścittāhutiṃ kṣipet || 40-72 || daśavāraṃ tārayaiva kṣamasveti vadan dhiyā | praṇītāmupasaṃhṛtya śucisthāne ninīya [ā, B: nidhāya] ca || 40-73 || prahṛtya paridhīn sarvān saḥsrāvaṃ [ā, B: sarpiḥ] samācaret | staraṃ prahṛtya vahnau ca ghṛtenāpūrya ca sruvam || 40-74 || dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ dīrghāṃ svāhāntāṃ tārikāṃ gṛṇan | śaktyā sametāṃ tāṃ tārāṃ vahnisthāṃ manmayīṃ parām || 40-75 || māṃ cāpyaṅkasthitāṃ viṣṇornāsikāsaṃdhimārgataḥ [C: virṣṇornāḍikā] | marucchaktyā samākṛṣya hṛtpadme viniveśya ca || 40-76 || yāgabhūmiṃ sametyātha navapadmasthayā mayā | ekīkṛtya mayi nyasyedarcāsthāyāṃ kṛtiṃ tu tām || 40-77 || prāgeva vibhajedannaṃ prāpaṇāt saṃpradānataḥ | tenānnena yajet samyagviṣvaksenaṃ caturbhujam || 40-78 || maṇḍalāntamupānīya samāhūyāmbarāntarāt | navāmrapatrasadṛśaṃ piṅgabhrūśmaśrulocanam || 40-79 || pītavastraṃ caturdaṃṣṭraṃ svamudrādvitayānvitam | gadākhaḍgadharaṃ devamabhyarcya kramaśaḥ sudhīḥ || 40-80 || sāṅgamudrāmathādarśya gatvā kuṇḍasamīpataḥ | viṣvaksenastato bhaktyā tarpaṇīyastilākṣataiḥ || 40-81 || vauṣaḍantena mantreṇa dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ tataḥ | maṇḍale pūjayitvātha kuryāttasya visarjanam || 40-82 || svamantreṇa suraśreṣṭha [B, C: jyeṣṭha] kṣamasveti padaṃ vadan | mudrāṃ ca darśayettaṃ ca nabhasyutpatitaṃ smaret || 40-83 || viṣvaksenārcanaṃ sarvamagādhe'mbuni nikṣipet | toyenāstraprajaptena plāvayenmaṇḍalaṃ ca tat || 40-84 || tataḥ saṃpūjayet sarvān lokapālānaśeṣataḥ | puṣpārghyairannadānāntairekāhutyā ca vahnitaḥ || 40-85 || ṭippaṇī - 65. brahmataruḥ palāśaḥ | kṣatrataruḥ mucukundanāmā taruḥ | daśāparā iti | avaśiṣṭā daśa samidha ityarthaḥ | 81. ita ārabhya pañcārdhāni jayākhyavacanamanukurvanti | p. 160) mūla - vahnibhirvā [ā, ṅ: vrīhibhirvā] yathāśakti svaiḥ svairmantrairyathāvidhi | pūjayitvā visṛjyaitāṃstadastrāṇyapi [B: visṛjyainān] pūjayet || 40-86 || sarvāṃśca parivārāṃstān svasvasthānakrameṇa tu | arcayet kṣetrapālādīn vahnimadhye ca tarpayet || 40-87 || ādhāraśakterārabhya pīṭhaśaktīśca sarvaśaḥ | gaṇeśādyāśca saṃpūjyāḥ saṃtarpyāśca ghṛtādikaiḥ || 40-88 || sakṛtkṛtyā trivṛtyā vā pūrṇāḥ sarveṣvatha kṣipet | lakṣmyādīnpūjayetsarvān viṣvaksenārcanātpurā || 40-89 || viṣvaksenārcanāt paścāllokapālārcanaṃ kramāt | tato vediṃ viśodhyātha darbhān saṃstīrya dakṣiṇān || 40-90 || pitṝn yajet krameṇaiva prāpaṇārthāvaśeṣataḥ | kṛtvā piṇḍatrayaṃ tena pitṛbhyo nirvapet stare || 40-91 || arghyājjalaṃ [ā, B, ṅ: arghyāñjaliṃ] tathā dadyādekaikasyaikamañjalim | vaiṣṇavāyāthavā dadyādbrāhmaṇāya viśeṣiṇe [B, ṅ: viśeṣataḥ] || 40-92 || pitṝnuddiśya vai bhaktaṃ tattannāmānudeśavat | saṃnyasya mayi tat sarvamantardhānamavekṣya ca || 40-93 || arghyādyamupasaṃhṛtya varmāstre pratihṛtya ca | upasaṃhṛtya ca nyāsamanuyāgaṃ samācaret || 40-94 || astreṇa tārayā prokṣya tārayā pariṣicya ca | upastīrya tayā cāpo dadyāt prāṇāhutīstayā [ā: tadā] || 40-95 || adīkṣitastvanuyajaṃstattanmantrānusaṃhitām | tārikāmuccaran kuryānmāṃ cāntaḥsthāṃ vibhāvayet || 40-96 || somānandamayīṃ divyāṃ kramādannātmatāṃ gatām | vīryarūparasākārāṃ tejovīryabalātmikām || 40-97 || aiśvaryaśaktivijñānarūpaṃ bhoktāramavyayam | ātmānaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ bhāvayet puruṣottamam || 40-98 || tārikāmuccaran paścādapidhāyānnamambhasā | ācamya dvistato nyasyedanuyāgaṃ tato mayi || 40-99 || atha svādhyāyamabhyasyed dinaśeṣaṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ | caturvidhāni śāstrāṇi tadutthaṃ tārikādikam || 40-100 || siddhāntānapi cāśeṣānasaṃlagnena cetasā | svāśayapraviśuddhyarthaṃ samīkṣeta dhiyā svayā || 40-101 || ṭippaṇī - 92. brāhmaṇāya viśeṣiṇe iti | viśiṣṭabrāhmaṇāyetyarthaḥ | etacca dhaniketaraviṣayam | dhanikaviṣaye tu caturo brāhmaṇān tadalābhe ekaṃ vā śrāddhavidhinā bhojayediti sāttvate uktam (6, 167-179) | 94. anuyāgaḥ prāpaṇāvaśeṣopayogo bhojanādiḥ | 95. tayopastīrya tārayā nipīyetyarthaḥ | 96. pūrvoktaṃ tārayā prokṣaṇapariṣecanāpośanaprāṇāhutyādikaṃ dīkṣitaviṣayam | adīkṣitānāṃ tu tattatsūtrakṛduktamantraireva kartavyam | 99. apidhāyāmbhaseti | uttarāpośanaṃ pītvetyarthaḥ | 100. svādhyāyam vedadivyaśāstrādiparicayam | caturvidhāni āgamasiddhāntamantrasiddhāntatantrasiddhāntatantrāntarasiddhānta-pratipādakāni śāstrāṇi | p. 161) mūla - saṃdhyāmupāsya vidhivadabhigamya ca māṃ dhiyā | yogaṃ yuñjīta vidhivacchāstraśuddhena cetasā || 40-102 || pūrvapaścimayornaktaṃ yāmayordhātusāmyavān | iti yāgavidhiḥ śakra vistareṇa pradarśitaḥ || 40-103 || vidhānasya tu saṃkṣepaṃ punarasya nibodha [B: bravīmi te] me | saṃkṣepavistare kuryād deśakālānukūlataḥ || 40-104 || naiva kuryādapacchedaṃ yajedañjalināpi mām | yajetobhau sahaivāvāṃ sūktena puruṣeṇa tu || 40-105 || tathā madīyasūktena tābhyāṃ vā nau yajet pṛthak | sthāne vā sarvamantrāṇāṃ tārikāmeva yojayet || 40-106 || kuryāt saṃkalpasaṃnyāsau dvāvevādyantayoḥ pṛthak | akurvan bhoganirdeśaṃ kevalairvā yajettu taiḥ || 40-107 || tathā tathaiva kurvīta śaknuyāttu yathā yathā | na tveva hāpayedyāgamapi dadyājjalāñjalim || 40-108 || tārikāṃ vāpyadhīyīta dravyābhāve vicakṣaṇaḥ | manasā bhāveyedrūpaṃ yattasyā yādṛśaṃ ca yat || 40-109 || nirāmiṣasya śuddhasya labdhalakṣyasya vai pade | vikṣobhāya kriyāḥ sarvāḥ yā yāḥ śāstreṇa darśitāḥ || 40-110 || ātatasya ca sarvatra samatāmabhyupeyuṣaḥ | kaḥ kiṃ kasmai kimarthaṃ vā kathaṃ vā śaknuyātkriyām || 40-111 || agniṣomamayau hitvā panthānau sārvalaukikau | tayorantaramāviśya mārgamūrdhvaṃ samācaret || 40-112 || layāgnidagdhadurmārgaḥ śitībhūto nirāmayaḥ | sthūlasūkṣmaparātītapadākrāntivicakṣaṇaḥ || 40-113 || paśyañchṛṇvanspṛśañjighrannaśnangacchansvapañśvasan | pralapanvisṛjangṛhṇannunmiṣannimiṣannapi || 40-114 || akurvanneva tat sarvaṃ madbhūto hyanidaṃmayaḥ | avasthādeśakālādyairanavasyūtayākhilaiḥ || 40-115 || ahaṃtayā samākrānto dhūmapītāgnipītavat | antarā vartamāno hi sūryācandramasordvayoḥ || 40-116 || vyaktamuddālya vai tālu [B, C: ratnamuddālya vā tālaṃ] dhruvasthāne niveśayan | manaḥ śūnyamayaṃ bhāvamātiṣṭhan layasaṃmitam || 40-117 || evaṃ yo [B, C, F: ya evaṃ] vartate yogī tārikāmananodyataḥ [ā: tārikāmanunā] | sa karmaṭhaḥ sa vai sāṃkhyaḥ sa yogī sa ca sāttvataḥ || 40-118 || sa ca pāśupato jñeyaḥ sarvasiddhāntagaśca saḥ | ityevaṃ te mayoddiṣṭo madbhāvaḥ pāramārthikaḥ | śṛṇu śeṣamaśeṣaṃ me yatte kiṃcid vivakṣitam || 40-119 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre nityavidhiprakāśo nāma catvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ṭippaṇī - 103. naktaṃ prathamayāmaḥ caramayāmaśca yogakālaḥ | madhye jāyamānā nidrāpi bhagavati svātmasamarpaṇena yogarūpā bhāvanīyā | 105. apacchedaḥ vicchedaḥ | 108. śaknuyāditi | madārādhanasya nityatvāt nityasya ca yathāśaktyanuṣṭhānavidhānāt yathāśakti māmārādhayedityarthaḥ | 115. anavasyūtayeti | aparicchinnayetyarthaḥ | 116. dhūmapītetyādi | yathā dhūmāgnyormadhye vartamāno dhūmenāgninā ca saṃbaddho bhavati tathā sūryācandramasorantarā vartamāna ityarthaḥ | iti catvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ekacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namo nityānavadyāyai jananyai sarvadehinām | ādhāreśātmarūpāyai śuddhāśuddhākhilādhvanām || 41-1 || bāhyāntaravibhāgena śruto yāgaḥ savistaraḥ | saṃprati śrotumicchāmi tvatto dīkṣāvinirṇayam || 41-2 || śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān ṣāḍguṇyamahimojjvalaḥ | tasya ṣāḍguṇyarūpāhaṃ śaktirekā sanātanī || 41-3 || ātmānaṃ vibhajāmyekā pañcadhā devasaṃvidā | śabdarūpārtharūpābhyāṃ vṛttirūpeṇa vāsava || 41-4 || tathaivācāryarūpeṇa dīkṣākhyenāpareṇa tu | yad dyati kleśakarmādīnīkṣayatyakhilaṃ padam || 41-5 || kṣapayitvā malaṃ sarvaṃ dadāti ca paraṃ padam | dīkṣeti tena tattvajñairvarṇyate vedapāragaiḥ || 41-6 || dīkṣā sā trividhā tāvat sthūlasūkṣmaparātmanā | punardīkṣyavibhedena trividhā sā caturvidhā || 41-7 || samayī putrakaścaiva tṛtīyaḥ sādhakastathā | ācāryaśceti dīkṣyāste teṣāmanyatra vistaraḥ || 41-8 || mahāmaṇḍalayāgena [B: yogena] havanādvātha kevalāt | vācā kevalayā vāpi dīkṣaiṣā trividhā punaḥ || 41-9 || vittāḍhyasyālpavittasya dravyahīnasya ca kramāt | ānīya dṛḍhasaṃkalpaṃ cirakālaparīkṣitam || 41-10 || ācāryaḥ praṇataṃ śiṣyaṃ saṃsārānalatāpitam | navāmbujaṃ vidhāyādau tasmin kumbhaṃ samijya ca [F: samīkṣya ca] || 41-11 || nirṇiktapāpmanaḥ [ā, B, C: nirṇīta] śiṣyān prāyaścittaiḥ pṛthagvidhaiḥ | susnātān dhautavastrāṃśca pavitrīkṛtavigrahān || 41-12 || ānīya bhagavadbhaktān śubhāḥ kanyāḥ striyastathā | pañcagavyena pūtāṃśca dantadhāvanapūrvakam || 41-13 || puṣpāñjalibhṛtaścaiva baddhākṣānnavavāsasā | āpādamūrdhaparyantamekasūtraṃ prakalpayet || 41-14 || triguṇaṃ triguṇagranthīṃstatsūtre tattvasaṃkhyayā | kṛtvā mūrdhādipādāntaṃ bhāvayettattvapaddhatim || 41-15 || īśakālādibhūmyantaṃ saptaviṃśatisaṃkhyayā | tattvāni granthayo jñeyā granthisthāstu guṇāstrayaḥ || 41-16 || māyāvidyākriyātmānaste pāśāḥ parikīrtitāḥ | sthūlasūkṣmātmako dehaḥ śubhāśubhaphalapradaḥ || 41-17 || ṭippaṇī - 5. dīkṣāśabdanirvacanaṃ yadityādinā | dyati khaṇḍayati | do avakhaṇḍane iti dhātuḥ | 6. nirvacanāntaraṃ kṣapayitveti | 11. samijyeti | saṃpūjyetyarthaḥ | 13. kanyāḥ striyastatheti tāsāmapi tāntrikadīkṣādhikāramāha | 15. triguṇeti | sattvarajastamomayagranthīnityarthaḥ | tattvasaṃkhyā saptaviṃśatiḥ | p. 163) mūla - rañjito'yaṃ guṇaiścitrairaśeṣakaluṣāspadam | saṃpātahomakarmānte dehaṃ sūtramayaṃ svayam || 41-18 || chitvā chitvā tu hotavyaṃ bhoganirmūlakāraṇam | lalāṭe ceśvaraṃ dhyāyeccidrūpaṃ sarvatomukham || 41-19 || svabījena sthitaṃ dhyātvā juhuyāttattvasaṃkhyayā | sindūrapuñjasaṃkāśaṃ pradhānaṃ bhrūyuge smaret || 41-20 || tālumūrdhni sthitāṃ buddhiṃ pūrṇendukiraṇopamām | tālumadhye tvahaṃkāraṃ kusumābhaṃ vicintayet || 41-21 || tālukarṇāntare dhyāyenmano rājopaladyuti [B: rājaphaladyuti] | kaṇṭhahṛtpadmayormadhye [ā: hṛtkaṇṭha] vibhakte pañcadhā same || 41-22 || prasphurattārakākārāñchrotrādīn pañca cintayet | hṛnnābhyoḥ pañcadhā madhye vāgādīni smarettathā || 41-23 || smarecchabdāditanmātrā nābhibastyagramadhyame | ūrvorācaraṇadvandvāt sthūlabhūtāni saṃsmaret || 41-24 || svaiḥ svairbimbaiḥ sametāni tārākārāṇi tānyapi | uccārya praṇavaṃ tatra tattadbījaṃ samuccaret || 41-25 || tattvasaṃjñāṃ tataḥ svāhā saṃpātāhutirīdṛśī | guruḥ saṃpātahomānte svayaṃ lakṣmīmayo bhavan || 41-26 || pūrṇāhutiṃ tato dadyāttārayā vauṣaḍantayā | evaṃ saṃpātahomānte sūtraṃ tadgranthimad dṛḍham || 41-27 || śarāvasaṃpuṭāntaḥsthaṃ vinivedya madantataḥ | ānītasyātha śiṣyasya netrabandhaṃ vighaṭṭayet || 41-28 || pradattapustakaṃ samyagguruṃ svamabhivādayet | sa śiṣyo'gnisamīpastho juhuyāttārayā dhiyā || 41-29 || aṅgairupāṅgairlakṣmyādiparivāraiśca sarvaśaḥ [B, F: sarvataḥ] | adhikārī bhavatyevaṃ jape'gnau [B, F: japane] śravaṇe'rcane || 41-30 || dīkṣāyāmadhvaśuddhyarthaṃ mūlādyairjuhuyāttataḥ | tilena cāpi juhuyācchatādyaṃ tu daśāvaram || 41-31 || pūrṇāhutiṃ ghṛtenaiva tārayaiva tu pātayet | eṣā dīkṣā bhavenmāntrī sarvamantraniyojanī || 41-32 || etāvatyadhikāre tu śiṣyān bhogaikalampaṭān | grāhayedīpsitān mantrān prakṛtiprākṛtāṃstu vā || 41-33 || sidhyanti [ṅ: omits this line] saṃmukhā mantrāḥ sarve prakṛtisaṃbhavāḥ | tattvāni tvasya śodhyāni vakṣyamāṇaprakārataḥ || 41-34 || śuddhatattvādhvavargasya mantragrahaṇamiṣyate | eṣā [B: omits four lines from here] dīkṣā bhavenmāntrī tattvadīkṣāṃ nibodha me || 41-35 || oṃ bījaṃ tattvasaṃjñāṃ ca śodhayasvābhidhānvayāt [C: śuddhayā svāhayā] | āhutīnāṃ daśāvṛttyā samyagdhyānasamanvayāt || 41-36 || kṣityādirīśvarāntaḥ syattattvagrāmo viśodhitaḥ | homādau dīkṣaṇīyasya saṃjñā yojyā yathārthataḥ || 41-37 || baddhapadmāsane śiṣye sadguruḥ svasamīpage | dhyāyedbhūmyantamīśādyaṃ samagrāṃ tattvapaddhatim || 41-38 || nirīkṣya lakṣmīnetrābhyāṃ lakṣmīhastena saṃspṛśet | upasaṃhṛtya bhūmyādyāmīśādyāṃ tu punaḥ sṛjet || 41-39 || ṭippaṇī - 18. saṃpātahomaḥ tattvāhutiḥ | 19. avayavabhedena tattvadhyānamāha lalāṭa iti | 22. rājopalaṃ vajram | 39. gurorlakṣmīmayatvasya pūrvamuktatvāt tannetre lakṣmīnetre ityucyete | lakṣmīhastena tārikāyuktahastena | p. 164) mūla - itthaṃ śiṣyatanusthānāṃ tattvānāṃ jaḍarūpiṇām | āvahatyāśu saṃbodhaṃ dīkṣā dhyānamayī tviyam || 41-40 || pāśasūtramathādhāya śarāvadvayamadhyagam | gatvā kuṇḍasamīpaṃ tu tadutsārya nidhāya ca || 41-41 || tārayā [B, C: omit six lines from here] sāṅgayā hutvā sahasrādyaṃ śatāvaram | puṣpamekamathādāya bahuśo'pyabhimantrya ca || 41-42 || hṛdaye tāḍayecchiṣyaṃ tārayā huṃphaḍantayā | śiṣyaṃ bhūtattvagaṃ smṛtvā tadbhogān bhojayeddhiyā || 41-43 || samāptākhilabhūbhogaṃ tata uddhṛtya yojayet | aptattve tatra cāpyevaṃ matveśādvidhirīdṛśaḥ || 41-44 || tārayā sāṅgayā hutvā chitvā granthiṃ tu pārthivam | nidhāya sruci saṃpūrya sarpiṣā juhuyāttayā || 41-45 || tārikāyāḥ pare bhāve kuṇḍasthe jvalanatviṣi | aptattvaṃ krāmayetsūkṣmaṃ tadapyevaṃ tu homayet || 41-46 || tatsūkṣmaṃ krāmayedvahniṃ juhuyāt pūrṇayā ca tat | evaṃ krameṇa hutvā tu pūrṇāhutiparaṃparām || 41-47 || prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ nītvā puruṣaṃ ceśvaraṃ nayet | īśvarāt paramaṃ tattvaṃ tattvagrāme na vidyate || 41-48 || sthūlasūkṣmaparākārā śaktirīśvararūpiṇī | puruṣo hīśvarāttattvādadho yāto yato'śuciḥ || 41-49 || prāpya tat paramaṃ tattvaṃ śucireva bhavatyayam | viśvātmā viśvataścakṣustato dīkṣyo bhavatyayam || 41-50 || bhogamokṣaprasiddhyarthaṃ syātāṃ pūrṇāhutī tataḥ | sakalaṃ niṣkalaṃ śiṣyaṃ dhyātvā sruci ghṛtaṃ tathā || 41-51 || dvayaṃ tadekīkurvan vai parātītaḥ sthito guruḥ | dhyāyan vijñānaśabdātmā paśyantīrūpamuttamam || 41-52 || tārikāyāḥ paraṃ bhāvamanucchrāyamanāhatam | tena śiṣyaṃ samīkurvaṃstārayā vauṣantayā || 41-53 || pūrṇāhutyātha śiṣyasya sthitaye dehapātanāt | namo'ntayā dhruvādyevaṃ tārayā juhuyādbahu || 41-54 || tatra pūrṇāhutiṃ datvā mahāpūrṇamatha kṣipan | śiṣyaṃ guruḥ svamātmānaṃ māṃ ca lakṣmīṃ sanātanīm || 41-55 || kṣīre kṣīramiva dhyāyet sarvaṃ mayi samīkṛtam | evaṃ lakṣmīmayīkṛtya śiṣyaṃ vijñānavāyunā || 41-56 || ākṛṣya kramato mantramimaṃ saṃśrāvayet punaḥ | hṛdaye sthāpayitvā māṃ tārāmupadiśettataḥ || 41-57 || angopāngādikaṃ sarvaṃ śāstrīyaṃ kramameva ca | diśet sāmayikaṃ dharmaṃ mantraguptyādikaṃ hi yat || 41-58 || viṣṇuhastaṃ tato dadyānmūrdhni pṛṣṭhe hṛdantare | tadangaṃ mudrayālabhya śiṣyeṇārādhayettu [B: dhārayettu] mām || 41-59 || tārayā kumbhamādāya yatreṣṭaṃ guruṇā purā | angopāngādisaṃyuktāṃ tārikāṃ manasā gṛṇan || 41-60 || abhiṣiñcedguruḥ śiṣyaṃ prasannenāntarātmanā | labdharūpastataḥ śiṣyaḥ saṃsārāmbudhipāragaḥ || 41-61 || mahatā vibhavenātha guruyāgaṃ samācaret | kṛtvā tvādhāraśaktyādi guruṃ tatra niveśya ca || 41-62 || arghyādyaiḥ pūjayet sarvaiḥ svarṇaratnādibhistathā | āśitaṃ tarpitaṃ paścānmantreṇānena pūjayet || 41-63 || ajñānagahanālokasūryasomāgnimūrtaye | duḥkhatrayāgnisaṃtāpaśāntaye gurave namaḥ || 41-64 || p. 165) mūla - gṛhītvā tu tato'nujñāṃ mantramāvartayettataḥ | sādhayecca yathākāmaṃ yāvadyāvadabhīpsati [āfter verse 65, the ṭelgu printed edition has the following additional passages within brackets : śakraḥ - padme tvayoktadīkṣāyāṃ dīkṣitā ye madhudviṣaḥ | pūjāyāmadhikāro hi teṣāṃ vānyasya neśvari || śrīḥ - indredaṃ paramaṃ guhyaṃ snehātte kathayāmyaham | mokṣārthaṃ dīkṣitā bhūmau santi varṇatrayeṣu ca || sarve te'nadhikārā hi parārthayajane tathā | teṣāṃ madhye mahābhāgā viṣṇupādārpitāśayāḥ || paramaikāntino loke munayo'ṣṭau śataṃ hi te | kāṇvamādhyaṃdinavidaḥ pañcarātraparāyaṇāḥ || śaraṇāgatidharmajñā dvayāgryamanutatparāḥ | kātyāyanamuniproktasūtrakarmakriyāśritāḥ || kāśyapo gautamaścātha bhṛgurāśvalāyano'ṅgirāḥ | ityādayo muniśreṣṭhāḥ parārthayajane hareḥ || sādhikārā bhavantyanye yajane nādhikāriṇaḥ | ete bhaktā mama hareḥ priyā bhāgavatā ime || anye bhāgavatā naiva pūjāyāmāvayordvayoḥ | bhaktyā bhāgavatāścānye yadvā bhagavato hareḥ || subhaktāścetare loke proktā bhāgavatā iti | kāśyapādimuniśreṣṭhagotrajairhi parārcanā || kāryā bhāgavatairanyaiḥ kṛtā yadi parārcanā | mohena rājarāṣṭrāṇāṃ balāddoṣo bhaviṣyati || tataḥ samastayatnena kāryo bhāgavataiḥ sadā | kāśyapādyanvayabhavo dīkṣito yo nirakṣaraḥ || sa evārādhane yogyaḥ pāvano brahmavinmahān ||] || 41-65 || iti dīkṣābhiṣekau te varṇitau balasūdana || samyaksamādhisaṃpādyaṃ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 41-66 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre dīkṣābhiṣekaprakāro [ṅ: prakāśo] nāmaikacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 65. itaḥ paraṃ kāśyapādyanvayabhavā eva parārthayajanādhikāriṇa iti pratipādanaparo grantho na sārvatriko dṛśyate kiṃ tu āndhrākṣaramudritapustaka eva dṛśyate | sa ca kuṇḍalitaḥ | ato bhāgo'yaṃ kaiścit devālayeṣu sveṣāmeva parārthayajanādhikāraṃ sthāpayitukāmaiḥ saṃyojitaḥ syādityastyunnetumavakāśaḥ | ādyatvikānuṣṭhānaviruddhaścāyaṃ bhāgaḥ | ityekacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ dvicatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - saṃsārasāgarottārapotapādāmbujadvaye | hṛṣīkeśamahiṣyai te bhūyo bhūyo namo namaḥ || 42-1 || tvatprasādānmayā devi śruto dīkṣāvidhiḥ kramāt [B, F: vidhikramaḥ] | tārikāyā vadābjasthe pauraścaraṇikīṃ kriyām || 42-2 || śrīḥ - ahaṃ nārāyaṇī nāma śaktirnārāyaṇāśritā | tasyā me paramā mūrtistārikā bhuvaneśvarī || 42-3 || tasyā me piṇḍabhūtāyāḥ śṛṇu sādhanasaṃpadam | kṛṣṇāṣṭamīṃ samārabhya yāvatkṛṣṇacaturdaśī || 42-4 || sa kālastārikāsiddhau tantrajñaiḥ saṃpradarśitaḥ | mahāpāpairasaṃspṛṣṭaḥ prakhyātairatipātakaiḥ || 42-5 || nāstikyātpracyuto bhāvānninditābhyāsavarjitaḥ | bhūteṣu bhāvayanmaitrīṃ kṛtapāpānutāpavān || 42-6 || uccāvacāni pāpāni prāyaścittaiḥ śamaṃ nayet | brahmacārī haviṣyāśī satyavādī dṛḍhavrataḥ || 42-7 || saṃnidhau manasā viṣṇoroṃkāraṃ niyutaṃ japet | mahāvyāhṛtibhirhomānayutaṃ sarpiṣācaret || 42-8 || sāvitryā ca tilairhomaṃ tāvatsaṃkhyaṃ samācaret | mahāpāpātipāpmānau vihāya prathitau kṛtau || 42-9 || etādṛśaṃ vidhiṃ kṛtvā praṇavāditrayeṇa tu | mahāpāpātipāpādyairaprakāśairvimucyate || 42-10 || upavāsādibhistadvat prakāśairapi cetaraiḥ | tisro vopavasedrātrīraghamarṣaṇatattvavit || 42-11 || trirahnastrirniśāyāśca savāsā jalamāviśet | pratisaṃdhyaṃ nimajjaṃstristrirjapannaghamarṣaṇam || 42-12 || pratimajjanamevaṃ tu kṣapayettat trirātrakam | caturthe'hani vai dadyād brāhmaṇāya payasvinīm || 42-13 || evaṃ pūto bhavet prāgvadaśeṣeṇāpi cāṃhasā | ātmānamabhiṣiñcedvā trisaṃdhyaṃ pañcagavyataḥ || 42-14 || tisro nītvā kṣapā evaṃ mucyate sarvakilviṣaiḥ | tārādipañcakaṃ teṣāmekaikamathavā [B, F: api vā] dhiyā || 42-15 || japan piban samīkṣeta vaiṣṇavaṃ vimalojjvalam | ahorātrakṛtairevaṃ mucyate sarvapātakaiḥ || 42-16 || bhuvane yānti ye viṣṇumapāpā dharmatatparāḥ | tatpaṅktistho'pi vā bhuktvā mucyate sarvapātakaiḥ || 42-17 || ṭippaṇī - 2. puraścaraṇaṃ nāma gurūpadeśāt gṛhītasya mantrasya svābhīṣṭaphalapradatvasaṃpādanārthaṃ kriyamāṇo vratahomādiḥ | 4. piṇḍabhūtāyā iti | piṇḍamantrarūpāyā ityarthaḥ | 8. niyutaṃ daśa lakṣāṇi | ayutaṃ daśa sahasrāṇi | 9. prathitau vihāyeti | aprakāśakṛtau ityarthaḥ | 11. upavāsādibhirityanena prakāśakṛtānāṃ prāyaścittamucyate | 15. tārādipañcakamiti | tāraṃ vyāhṛtīḥ sāvitrīṃ tārikām anutārikāṃ cetyarthaḥ | 16. vaiṣṇavaṃ samīkṣeteti kṛtasya karmaṇaḥ sādguṇyārthamuktam | 17. vaiṣṇavamahimānamāha bhuvana ityādinā | viṣṇuṃ śaraṇyatvena prapannā vaiṣṇavā ityarthaḥ | p. 167) mūla - dharmaiḥ pāpaṃ kṣayaṃ nītvā maharṣigaṇasaṃmataiḥ [ṅ: saṃmitaiḥ] | tārikāmāśrayet paścādbhavasāgaratārikām || 42-18 || upoṣya vidhivanmantrī kṛṣṇapakṣasya saptamīm | sthitvā saṃdhyāmathāṣṭamyāṃ tārikājapamācaret || 42-19 || anujjhan vihitaṃ karma kāmyāntaravivarjitaḥ | divye saiddhe tathaivārṣe viṣṇorāyatane'male || 42-20 || parvatāgre nadītīre goṣṭhe bilvavane'pi vā | payoyāvahaviṣyāṇāmaśnannanyatamaṃ sakṛt || 42-21 || japaṃ dvādaśasāhasraṃ kuryādvai sapta vāsarān | daśāṃśaṃ tarpaṇaṃ kuryādāhutīścāpi sarpiṣā || 42-22 || anena vartamānasya vidhinā tārikāvidhau | caturdaśīniśīthe cecchubhaṃ paśyati darśanam || 42-23 || surākumbhasya lābho vā surāpānamathāpi vā | striyā kāmābhiṣeko vā darśanaṃ sudṛśo'thavā || 42-24 || tayā vāliṅganaṃ bhāvāt saha bhogo'thavā tayā | mantrasiddhestayoktirvā phalalābho'thavā tataḥ || 42-25 || saumyasya darśanaṃ vāpi mithunasya surūpiṇaḥ | rājño vā darśanaṃ rājamahiṣyā vātha darśanam || 42-26 || nārāyaṇasya vā sākṣāt svapne dṛṣṭirmamāpi vā | pativratādarśanaṃ vā vaiṣṇavairvā samāgamaḥ || 42-27 || yaccānyat svapnaśāstreṣu śabdyate śubhadarśanam | labdhāśastata utthāya tyaktanidro jitaklamaḥ || 42-28 || ācamya prayato mantrī smarenmāṃ saṃstare niśām | atha prātaḥ samutthāya kṛtasaṃdhyāvidhikramaḥ || 42-29 || tulyaśīlavayorūpau surūpau dharmatatparau | adīnākṛpaṇākārau rūpavantau manasvinau || 42-30 || daṃpatī yauvanāvasthau prasannamṛdubhāṣiṇau | āhūya snāpayitvā tau lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakau || 42-31 || bhūṣayitvā ca vastrādyairakurvan vittavañcanām | āśitau liptagandhaṅgau dakṣiṇāparitoṣitau || 42-32 || prārthayettārikāsiddhiṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmanā | astvevamiti vākyānte tāvāvāṃ [C: natvā tau] śaraṇaṃ vrajet || 42-33 || vācayitvā tataḥ svasti vaiṣṇavān vedavittamān | dvijāgryāṃstarpayitvātha vartetābhīṣṭasaṃpade || 42-34 || caturdaśīniśāyāṃ cenna paśyet svapnadarśanam | amāvāsyāṃ samārabhya yāvatkṛṣṇasya saptamī [B, ṅ: pañcamī] || 42-35 || tāvantaṃ vratavāneva vartayet kālamapyatha | trisahasraṃ japaṃ kurvannekabhuktena vartayan || 42-36 || madhye kaumāradārāṇāmṛtuṃ prāptamalaṅghayan | anindan kāminīvṛttaṃ daṃpatī nandayan dhiyā || 42-37 || ṛte pāpaṃ priyaṃ kurvan kāminīnāmalolupaḥ | tataḥ kṛṣṇāṣṭamīṃ prāpya pūrvavajjapamācaret || 42-38 || kurvan homādikaṃ sarvaṃ svapnadṛṣṭau nivartayet | yāvaccihnāni saṃpaśyet tāvadevaṃ samācaret || 42-39 || siddhāyāṃ tārikāyāṃ tu sarvaṃ ca labhate naraḥ | samyakkartā ca śāstrāṇāmadhyātmagatikovidaḥ || 42-40 || sarvatantravidhānajñaḥ sarvavedāntapāragaḥ | sarvasaṃdehanirbhedī sarvanirṇayapāragaḥ || 42-41 || ṭippaṇī - 29. saṃstare śayyāyām | niśāmityatyantasaṃyoge dvitīyā | 33. tāvāvāmiti | lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyāsmadrūpiṇau tau daṃpatī ityarthaḥ | 36. ekabhuktena ekavārabhojanena | p. 168) mūla - yathārthavāgṛjurvāgmī dharmasāgarapāragaḥ | parasya svasya vāyaṃ hi viniyogaṃ cikīrṣati || 42-42 || nigrahe'nugrahe vāpi sa sa sidhyati sarvadā | śakraḥ - namaḥ saṃpūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahāyai haripriye || 42-43 || aravindagṛhāyai te govindagṛhamedhini | tvanmukhābjācchrutā siddhistārikāyā viśeṣiṇī || 42-44 || sthūlasūkṣmaparākārā yathāvacca pradarśitāḥ [C: prakāśitā] | sādhitāyā vidhānena tārāyāstrividhātmanaḥ || 42-45 || viniyogamidānīṃ me vaktumarhasi padmaje | śrīḥ - ekaḥ ṣāḍguṇyapūrṇātmā haṃso nārāyaṇo vaśī || 42-46 || haṃsī śaktirahaṃ tasya vaśinī sarvakāmadā | haṃso haṃsī ca tāvāvāmuditau tārikātmanā || 42-47 || tasyā asmatsvarūpāyā viniyogaṃ nibodha me | nānāvidheṣu mantreṣu bāhyāntaravibhāgataḥ || 42-48 || yāvanto yādṛśā ye ca mantrāḥ santi parāvarāḥ | tadīyā viniyogā ye yāvantaḥ santi yādṛśāḥ || 42-49 || tāvantastādṛśāste'syā viniyogā na saṃśayaḥ | tathāpi viniyogānme kāṃścicchakra niśāmaya || 42-50 || dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu sadyaḥ pratyayakārakān | kṛṣṇājinottarāsaṅgāṃ kṛṣṇājinanivāsinīm || 42-51 || kṛṣṇājināmbarāṃ trastakṛṣṇaśābaśubhekṣaṇām | pūrṇacandranibhāṃ dhyātvā brahmamudrākṣasūtriṇīm || 42-52 || saroruhe dadhānāṃ cāpyaparasmin karadvaye | itthaṃ māmambujākṣaṃ vā devadevaṃ janārdanam || 42-53 || dhyātvā lakṣaṃ japettārāṃ dharmaḥ pratyakṣatāmiyāt | vibhusaṃkhyāmitānprasthāñśālīnāṃ taṇḍulātmanām || 42-54 || sarpiṣastāvataḥ prasthān śarkarāyāḥ palāni ca | guḍasya vāpi tāvanti pācayedekapātragān || 42-55 || payasā tāvatā tulyaṃ vidhinā suśṛtaṃ haviḥ | śuklapratipadaḥ prātarudite'rdhena bhāskare || 42-56 || ekāhutyaiva juhuyānmahāpātrasthitaṃ haviḥ | triṣṭubhā jātavedasyā tārikādyantaruddhayā || 42-57 || mahākuṇḍe mahāvahnau yantrayogena buddhimān | atha prātaḥ samārabhya yāvadastamayaṃ raveḥ || 42-58 || avicchinnaṃ ca [B, C: tu] juhuyāt sruveṇaiva gataklamaḥ | sarpiṣā saṃskṛtenaiva tādṛśyā triṣṭubhā sudhīḥ || 42-59 || prātarārabhya śālyannaṃ payodadhyājyasaṃskṛtam | ekaikaṃ bhojayedvipraṃ prātarārabhya saṃtatam || 42-60 || vācayitvā dvijānante tarpayedvedavittamān | daṃpatī vaiṣṇavau caivaṃ lakṣmīlakṣmīśasaṃjñayā || 42-61 || ya evamācareddhīro vyavasāyasahāyavān | koṭisaṃkhyamanaupamyamakṣayaṃ labhate nidhim || 42-62 || imaṃ śṛṇu mahāścaryaṃ prayogaṃ pākaśāsana | tārāmādāya pūrvaṃ tu yojayet subhagepadam || 42-63 || svāhāṃ saṃyojayet paścāttārikeyaṃ ṣaḍakṣarā | upoṣyaiva [B: evaṃ] caturdaśyāṃ paurṇamāsyāmupakramet || 42-64 || japeddaśasahasraṃ tāmārāme śobhanadrume | āsīno madhyataḥ samyakpūrṇakumbhapradīpayoḥ || 42-65 || ṭippaṇī - 57. jātavedasyeti | jātavedase sunavāma somam ityādikayā ṛcā | p. 169) mūla - dhyāyanmāṃ padmagarbhābhāṃ paṅkajadvayadhāriṇīm | dvibhujāmasitāpāṅgīṃ nīlakuñcitamūrdhajām || 42-66 || smitapūrṇamukhīṃ ramyāṃ pīnonnatapayodharām | sarvābharaṇasaṃpūrṇāṃ dukūlottamavāsinīm || 42-67 || suśubhāṃ subhagāmitthaṃ dhyāyañjapamathācaret | tarpayejjuhuyāccaiva daśāṃśaṃ tārayānayā || 42-68 || baliṃ dadyācca śālyannaṃ payoghṛtaguḍānvitam | striyaṃ lakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ pūjitāṃ bhojayetsudhīḥ || 42-69 || haviṣyaṃ svayamaśnīyādbrahmacārī sakṛnniśi | evamaskhalitaṃ kuryāt triṃśadrātraṃ vrataṃ tvidam || 42-70 || japatarpaṇahomādyamavicchinnamatandritaḥ | parasyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ tu vrataṃ kṛtvā samāpayet || 42-71 || vratānte sā samāyāti subhagā nāma manmayī | yakṣī kiṃ karavāṇīti sādhakaṃ sā vadiṣyati || 42-72 || mātaraṃ bhaginīṃ bhāryāṃ sakhīṃ vā tāṃ prakalpayet | mātṛtvena prapanā sā sarvāpadbhyo'pi rakṣati || 42-73 || bhaginīti prapannā sā sarvānarthān dadāti ca | priyeti svīkṛtā kāmān yāvajjīvaṃ dadāti ca || 42-74 || sakhīva svīkṛtā sā tu sarvāṃ saṃprāpayeddiśam | mokṣakāmo japennityaṃ sthūlasūkṣmaparātmikām || 42-75 || padaṃ tadvaiṣṇavaṃ divyaṃ prasannā prāpayāmyaham | vakṣyante viniyogā ye parastātparamantragāḥ || 42-76 || te sarve tārikākāryā ye ca mantrāntarāśritāḥ | pauraścaraṇiko mārgaḥ proktaste viniyogavān | tasyāḥ pratyayasiddhyarthaṃ siddhimārgaṃ nibodha me || 42-77 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre tārāmantropāsanakramo [B: tārāmantrasaṃkramo; F: tārakamantropāsano] nāma dvicatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 73. prakalpayet manvītetyarthaḥ | 76. tārikopāsanasya mokṣaphalatvamapyāha padaṃ taditi | 77. tasyā iti | tārikāyā ityarthaḥ | iti dvicatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ tricatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śrīḥ - śṛṇu vakṣye parāṃ siddhiṃ nānāyogasamutthitām | vidyāyāḥ piṇḍabhūtāyāstārikāyāḥ sureśvara || 43-1 || yuñjīta vidhivadyogī tārikāṃ dehagocare | nāsikāgre ca jihvāgre jihvāyā madhyamūlayoḥ || 43-2 || kaṇṭhorasoruro'nte ca dhārayettattvapaddhatim | kṣityādyāṃ [B: omits this line] buddhiparyantāṃ svasvakāryasvabhāvavat || 43-3 || tattvāttattvāntaraṃ yāsyan saṃkhyayā saṃkhyayā japet | dviścatuḥ ṣaṭ tathāṣṭau ca daśaṣoḍaśavārakam || 43-4 || caturviṃśativāraṃ [C: saṃkhyaṃ] ca buddhyante prakṛtiṃ smaret | aśītiṃ saṃsmarettārāṃ tatra jīvaṃ vicintayet || 43-5 || yāvān yādṛk ca yaścāyaṃ śataṃ tatrācarejjapam | avyaktacetanādhāraṃ puṣkaraṃ tadadhaḥ smaret || 43-6 || tattvādyavayavādhāramanantaṃ tattvavāhakam | padmākāraṃ vicintyaitajjapetsārdhaṃ śataṃ sudhīḥ || 43-7 || tatastannālamavyaktakālajīvākṣarātmakam | khaṃ yattu [B: yatra] tatra kālastattamo'ntaḥsuṣirūpakam || 43-8 || yastvantaścetanaḥ so'yamiti tattritayātmakam | cintayitvā yathāvattadācared dviśataṃ japam || 43-9 || nālādadho'niruddhākhyaśaktiṃ [C, ṅ: aniruddhākhyāṃ śaktiṃ] māṃ bhagavanmayīm | saṃsmaran rūpakālādyairācarettu śataṃ japam || 43-10 || pradyumraśaktiṃ tadadho japasaṃkhyā ca tādṛśī | adhaḥ sāṃkarṣiṇīṃ śaktiṃ japasaṃkhyā ca tādṛśī || 43-11 || sarvādho vāsudevākhyaṃ [C: vāsudevākhya] dāṃpatyaṃ sthūlarūpakam | tataḥ sūkṣmaṃ paraṃ tasmāt parātītaṃ tu sarvataḥ || 43-12 || lakṣmīnārāyaṇābhāsamanirdeśyamanaupamam | sarvataḥ śaktiśaktīśaspandamānamanāvilam || 43-13 || prāpya yogamayīṃ nidrāṃ nidrāmevaṃ samāviśet | utthāyāpararātre tu dvādaśaitāstu dhārayet || 43-14 || vāsudevādibhūmyantaṃ tatsaṃkhyānavidhikamāt | hṛdi vā dhārayedetāḥ samastā api dhāraṇāḥ || 43-15 || dhāraṇā dvādaśaivaitāstārikāyāmathāpi vā | eṣa sarvahito yogo yattattvaistatra bhūyate || 43-16 || pratisaṃhṛtya vā sarvaṃ vyaktāvyaktamayaṃ padam | nirālambaṃ manaḥ kṛtvā śūnyabhāvaṃ samāviśet || 43-17 || śūnyākārasamākāraṃ saṃpūrṇamiva vāridhim | āviśāmi mahāyogaṃ śūnyabhāvaniveśitam || 43-18 || ṭippaṇī - 3. buddhirmahattattvam | 4. tattvādityādi | pṛthivītattvāt aptattvagamane ityādirītyetyarthaḥ | 14. dvādaśeti | vāsudevādicatuṣkajīvaprakṛtibuddhibhūtānīti dvādaśa dhāraṇāḥ | 17. kalpāntaramāha pratisaṃhṛtyeti | sarvāṇyapi tattvāni svasvakāraṇeṣu pravilāpya mano nirviṣayaṃ kuryāt | nirviṣaye manasi yaḥ paramānandānubhavaḥ sa eva paramo yoga iti | p. 171) mūla - yadā stimitaniḥśabdanīradānandasaṃnibham | yogī bhavati yuñjānaḥ sa yogī matpriyaḥ sadā || 43-19 || yatra dhyeyamavacchinnaṃ naiva [B: omits this and the next quarters] kiṃcana vidyate | ajñeyamanavacchinnaṃ tadrūpaṃ madvapuḥ sphuṭam || 43-20 || ātmasātkurute yogī jñeyaṃ sakalamakramam | vitatā sā mahājvālā nistaraṅgā tanurmama || 43-21 || hūyante manasā yatra bhūtāni bhuvanāni ca | sarvabhāvastadā śaśvadbhāvo me pravijṛmbhate || 43-22 || srucā ca manasā hutvā bhūtākṣabhuvanādikam | tāṃ ca srucaṃ prahṛtyātha yoginā bhūyate mayā || 43-23 || yadavacchidyate yena tattu tasmānmahattaram | dhiyāvacchidyate sarvaṃ yadyadasti ca nāsti ca || 43-24 || sā nāvacchidyate'nyena tanuḥ sā me nirañjanā | dhiyo naitau bahirbhūtāvabhāvo bhāva eva vā || 43-25 || anālīḍhau dhiyā na staḥ sā me tanuranañjanā | yadātikramya maryādāṃ jaladhiḥ plāvayejjagat || 43-26 || tadā na sthalanimne stastathā mayyakhilaṃ jagat | nedamalpātmanā śakyamāsthātuṃ paramaṃ padam || 43-27 || kuryādvicchidya vicchidya yogametadavāptaye | bhāve bhāve śubhe'nyatra bhūte bhavati bhāvini || 43-28 || smaret sārataraṃ rūpaṃ paramaṃ pārameśvaram | saṃbharanti prasūneṣu madhu sarveṣu ṣaṭpadāḥ || 43-29 || saṃbharanti tathaikāṃ māṃ sarvabhāveṣu yoginaḥ | yatra yatra mano yāti lakṣmīṃ tatraiva cintayet || 43-30 || calitvā tat kuto yāti sarvaṃ tanmanmayaṃ hi yat | tattvānāṃ paddhatiṃ mālāṃ matsūtragrathitāṃ smaret || 43-31 || mayi vā bhittibhūtāyāṃ citravat saṃsmarejjagat | stimitāpāragambhīre phenapiṇḍaṃ yathāmbudhau || 43-32 || smaret kramotkramābhyāṃ vā pramātrādicatuṣṭayam | prabhavantīṃ madākārādapi [ṅ: madākārāmapi] yāntīṃ ca tāṃ punaḥ || 43-33 || pumānādyo madunmeṣaḥ sa matsaṃkalpakalpitaḥ | antaḥkaraṇasaṃjño'nyo madunmeṣo'dharāvanau || 43-34 || bahiṣkaraṇarūpo'nyastṛtīyastadadhaḥ kṣitau | bhāvarūpaḥ prameyātmā turyo'yamadharādharaḥ || 43-35 || matsaṃkalpavaśenaiva sadānandacidātmikām | bhāvayannaniśaṃ śaśvat kramavyutkramato dhiyā || 43-36 || imāṃ catuṣṭayīṃ hitvā madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate | vijñānādhārabhūteṣu dvātriṃśatyambujeṣu vā || 43-37 || dhyāyeddīpaśikhābhāṃ māmathavā rūpasundarīm | ādhārapadmādārabhya nābhipadmādadho bhuvi || 43-38 || ṭippaṇī - 20. avacchinnaṃ parimitam | 22. sarvabhāvaḥ viśvātmanā vartamānatā | bhāvaḥ sattā | 23. mayā bhūyate madātmanā bhūyata iti bhāve prayogaḥ | 24. devyā jñānasvarūpatvamucyate yadavacchidyata ityādinā | 26. yogaparipākadaśāyāṃ sarvamapi jagat dhīrūpamevāvabhāsata ityatra laukikaṃ nidarśanamāha yadātikramyeti | 29. sarvabhāvānāṃ svātmanā bhāvyatve nidarśanamāha saṃbharantīti | 33. catuṣṭayamiti | pramātā pramākaraṇam prameyam pramitiriti catuṣṭayamityarthaḥ | prabhavantīmiti tattvānāṃ paddhatimityanenānveti | 37-46. dvātriṃśati ambujeṣviti padacchedaḥ | dvātriṃśadambujāni nirdiśati ādhāreti | vyucchantyādīni ṣaṭ | paśyantyādīni pañca | bodhayantyādīni pañca | ghoṣayantyādīni pañca | grāhayantyādīni pañca | p. 172) mūla - ṣaṭ padmā yogināṃ cintyāsteṣāṃ nāmāni me śṛṇu | vyucchantī vyuṣitā vyuṣṭā vyuṣuṣī vyoṣuṣī ramā || 43-39 || nābhipadmāddhṛdambhojāt pañca padmān pracakṣate | paśyantī nābhipadmākhyā paśyā paśyetarātmikā || 43-40 || dṛśyā ca dṛśyamānā ca hṛdayaṃ paṅkajāhvayāḥ | hṛtkaṇṭhāntaramadhyācca pañcapadmāhvayāñśṛṇu || 43-41 || bodhayantī ca boddhrī ca budhyamānā tathetarā | ghoṣonmeṣā ca saṃjñāḥ syuḥ kaṇṭhahṛnmadhyapadmagāḥ || 43-42 || kaṇṭhatālvantarāmbhojapañcakākhyā imāḥ śṛṇu | ghoṣayantī ca ghuṣyantī ghuṣṭā [B: puṣyantī puṣṭā] ghoṣā tathetarā || 43-43 || tālubhrumadhyadeśasthā pañcapadmāhvayā ime | grāhayantī ca gṛhṇānā jighṛkṣā ca gṛhītikā || 43-44 || nirṇītiriti tālubhrūmadhyāmbhojagaṇābhidhāḥ | bhrūmūrdhamadhyapadmānāṃ ṣaṇṇāmākhyā imāḥ śṛṇu || 43-45 || prāṇayantī prāṇatī ca prāṇā prāṇāvabodhinī | parā bodheti tā etā bhrūmadhyāntaḥsthapadmagāḥ || 43-46 || ratnadīpaśikhābheṣu bhāvayenmāṃ kramotkramāt | gṛnanmāṃ tārikāṃ dīrghāṃ dīrghaghaṇṭānadopamām || 43-47 || itthaṃ māṃ cintayan yogī surūpāṃ vāpi saṃsmaran | vihāya sakalaṃ kleśaṃ madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 43-48 || lakṣayedvāpi padmeṣu navasveṣu kramotkramāt | ādhāre trīṇi padmāni hṛdayādho'mbujatrayam || 43-49 || mūrdhno'dhastrīṇi padmāni navapadmavidhikramaḥ | dvādaśasvathavābjeṣu mūrdhādyeṣu dvike dvike || 43-50 || ṣaṭsu vā prathamābjeṣu triṣu vā mūlahṛdbhuvi | bhrūmadhye cintayedvāpi tārikāṃ tāranādinīm || 43-51 || tadbinduṃ cintayet pūrvaṃ mudgamātraṃ subhāsvaram | tataḥ sarṣapamātraṃ tu tataścitramanākṛtim [ā, B: tataścitta] || 43-52 || yo yo vā gṛhyate bhāvo ghaṭakuḍyādirūpavān | cintayettatra tattvāni yāni yāvanti śāstrataḥ || 43-53 || manmayīkṛtya tatraitānyahaṃbhāvanayā smaret | hetumaddhetubhūtāni loke vastūni yāni vā || 43-54 || āśritāśrayarūpāṇi yāni svacchaghanāni vā | bhāvatadvatsvarūpāṇi śubhāśubhamayāni ca || 43-55 || prasavāprasavātmāni guṇaguṇyākṛtīni vā | ādhārādheyabhūtāni śaktitadvanmayāni vā || 43-56 || bhogyabhoktṛsvarūpāṇi nārīnaramayāni vā | kriyākartṛsvarūpāṇi hyupāyopeyakāni vā || 43-57 || strīpuṃpratyayarūpāṇi śabdarūpāṇi yāni vā | dvandvabhūtāni vastūni loke'smin yāni kānicit || 43-58 || tāni yogī dhiyā paśyellakṣmīnārāyaṇātmanā | tantrasya paramaṃ guhyaṃ vrataṃ śṛṇu puraṃdara || 43-59 || yoginā yadanuṣṭheyaṃ lakṣmīyogavidhikrame | pravartamānayā pūrvamādidevājjagadvidhau || 43-60 || āttaṃ sīmantinīrūpaṃ mayā sābhiniveśayā | cikīrṣurmatpriyaṃ [B, C: priyān] yogī lakṣmītantravicakṣaṇaḥ || 43-61 || na smaret kāminīnindāṃ karmaṇā manasā girā | yatrāhaṃ tatra tattvāni yatrāhaṃ tatra devatāḥ || 43-62 || p. 173) mūla - yatrāhaṃ tatra puṇyāni yatrāhaṃ tatra keśavaḥ | vanitāyāmahaṃ tasmānnārī sarvajaganmayī || 43-63 || yo'bhinindati tāṃ nārīṃ sa lakṣmīmabhinindati | yo'bhinandati tāṃ lakṣmīṃ trailokyamabhinandati || 43-64 || yo dveṣṭi vanitāṃ kāṃcit sa dveṣṭi harivallabhām | yo harervallabhāṃ dveṣṭi sa dveṣṭi sakalaṃ jagat || 43-65 || jyotsnāmiva striyaṃ dṛṣṭvā yasya cittaṃ prasīdati | nāpadhyāyati yatkiṃcit sa me priyatamo mataḥ || 43-66 || yathā nārāyaṇe nāsti mayi vā śakra kilviṣam | yathā gavi yathā vipre yathā vedāntavedini || 43-67 || vanitāyāṃ tathā śakra duritaṃ naiva vidyate | akalmaṣā [C: vikilviṣā] yathā gaṅgā yathā puṇyā sarasvatī || 43-68 || aruṇā hyāpagā yadvattathā sīmantinī varā | yadasmi jananī nāma trayāṇāṃ jagatāmaham || 43-69 || tadidaṃ nāryavaṣṭambhāt sā hi me paramaṃ balam | trailokyajananī devī sarvakāmasamṛddhinī || 43-70 || mattanurvanitā sākṣādyogī kasmānna pūjayet | na kuryād vṛjinaṃ nāryāḥ kuvṛttaṃ na samret striyāḥ || 43-71 || ṛte pāpāt priyaṃ nāryāḥ kāryaṃ yogamabhīpsatā | jananīmiva tāṃ paśyeddevatāmiva māmiva || 43-72 || yo dveṣṭi vanitāṃ mohāttatsāhāyyaṃ na cācaret | idaṃ ca śṛṇu deveśa yadvakṣyāmi priyo'si me || 43-73 || śrutvā tvayāpyanuṣṭheyaṃ naiva vācyaṃ hi kasyacit | yā rūpiṇī varārohā kācid dṛṣṭipathaṃ gatā || 43-74 || tasyāṃ māṃ bhāvayedyogī tārikāṃ manasā gṛṇan | alolupena cittena tasyā rūpamanusmaret || 43-75 || prāṇaṃ sūryaṃ parātmānaṃ nārīhṛdayapūrupam | saṃsmaredanalaṃ tatra rūpalāvaṇyasaṃpadam || 43-76 || aśeṣasaṃpadopetāṃ tāṃ nārīṃ māmanusmaret | anusmṛtya gṛṇan brahma bhāvayedeva māṃ dhiyā || 43-77 || tataḥ samādhisaṃpattau tatrāviṣṭā bhavāmyaham | stabdhasarvāṅgavisraṃso madāveśasya lakṣaṇam || 43-78 || alolupena cittena māṃ samārādhya yatnataḥ | viramedeva yuñjānaḥ pāpmānaṃ parivarjayan || 43-79 || etattu paradāreṣu naiva kāryaṃ vijānatā | ayaṃ samādhiryatrāsīt sānurajyati tad dhruvam || 43-80 || svastriyāmeva kurvīta sādhāraṇyāmathāpi vā | viplavo'pi na doṣo'tra yato madbhāvabhāvanā || 43-81 || saṃsparśajeṣu bhogeṣu yaḥ saṃharṣamahodayaḥ | madrūpaṃ tadanudhyāyedavikṣiptena cetasā || 43-82 || praśastaviṣayotthaṃ yat sukhaṃ lekhanamanthanāt | smaratastatpraharṣo yastadbhāvamanuśīlayet || 43-83 || cakṣuṣā viṣaye dṛṣṭe yā prītirupajāyate | rasite ca śrute ghrāte sā me sukhamayī tanuḥ || 43-84 || yadṛcchopanateṣvevaṃ śabdasparśarasādiṣu | upapattiriyaṃ proktā ceto damayato yateḥ || 43-85 || ye hi saṃsparśajā bhogā duḥkhayonaya eva te | ādimanto'ntavantaśca na teṣu ramayenmanaḥ || 43-86 || nirastarajasā dhvastatamasā sattvavartinā | yadantaḥkaraṇenāntarvyajyate sukhamuttamam || 43-87 || ādyantavidhuraṃ tanme sukhaṃ jñānamayaṃ vapuḥ | tattādṛgvyajyate naiva saṃsparśairviṣayāśritaiḥ || 43-88 || anubadhnanti yad duḥkhaṃ viṣayāḥ sukhavāhinaḥ | madhvantarviṣasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ madhuraṃ yadi bhakṣaṇe || 43-89 || kiṃ tenānantaraṃ yattadvyāpādayati bhakṣiṇam | kruddhasya phaṇinaśchāyāṃ yaḥ śrayedātapārditaḥ || 43-90 || p. 174) mūla - sa seveta naro bhogān sukhāya sparśasaṃbhavān | sādhyān duḥkhavyayāyāsaiḥ sudarśān duḥkhamiśritān || 43-91 || tanīyasaḥ kṣayiṣṇūṃśca kaḥ śrayedviṣayān sukhī | japyapūtamitāhāradivyasattvatanūkṛtau || 43-92 || rajastamoguṇau kṣiṇvanmatpriyācārakarmaṇā | yogī samādhaye śaśvadyatnena damayenmanaḥ || 43-93 || jite manasi vai śaśvadviśvaṃ tena vijīyate | jite manasi śuddhā me tanurunmiṣati svayam || 43-94 || śakraḥ - samastacidacidbhedatantrayantravidhāyini | vidhātri sarvabhogānāṃ namaste paṅkajāsane || 43-95 || viṣayapravaṇaṃ śaśvaccapalaṃ balavad dṛḍham | āśu dūragamavyaktaṃ damyate kena tanmanaḥ || 43-96 || śrīḥ - durdamaṃ durdharaṃ śaśvadaṇu durbodhamutkramam | vairāgyābhyāsanigrāhyaṃ tanmanaḥ śakra cañcalam || 43-97 || rāgastu viṣaye raktiḥ svabhāvābhyāsayogajā | tadabhāvaśca vairāgyaṃ tattvajñānena janyate || 43-98 || daurātmyaṃ viṣayāṇāṃ yattattvajñānaṃ tu tanmatiḥ | caturdhā lakṣayettacca daurātmyaṃ prajñayā sudhīḥ || 43-99 || yo yādṛśo yato yasmai bhāvo'yamiti cintayet | viṣayā bandhanātmāno viṣiṇvanti svasevinaḥ [ā: nām] || 43-100 || avyaktādvyaktimāpannāḥ sarve te sukhaduḥkhayoḥ | te ca naiva svasaṃsiddhā viṣayā viṣayaiṣiṇām || 43-101 || anekāntavyayāyāsaduḥkhasādhanajā hi te | sukhameva na te kuryurduḥkhaṃ ca suvate hi te || 43-102 || sukhaṃ ca tatkṣaṇadhvaṃsi svadaśāduḥkhasaṃmitam | citrarūpamidaṃ cintyaṃ bhāve bhāve vipaścitā || 43-103 || tattvajñānamidaṃ proktaṃ saṃgṛhya ca vigṛhya ca | viṣayeṣu ca rāgastu sukhahetutvaniścayāt || 43-104 || sa mithyājñānarūpatvāttattvajñānairapohyate | tadviniścyabādhe ca hetutvaṃ naiva sidhyati || 43-105 || ahetūn viṣayān kaścinnādadīta svasiddhaye | yadidaṃ tattvavijñānaṃ tasya yacchīlanaṃ [C: yaccintanaṃ] muhuḥ || 43-106 || so'bhyāsa iti tattvajñaistattvaśāstreṣu śabdyate | sūkṣme mahatyaṇau sthūle sthire ca calavastuni || 43-107 || yatra tiṣṭhati yaccittaṃ dhāryate'bhyāsa eṣu vai [ā, ṅ: eṣa vā] | vairāgyābhyāsayogena yatamānena yoginā || 43-108 || damyate mana uddāmaṃ tataḥ śāmyati tad dhruvam | śakraḥ - tattvāravindasaṃdohavihāracaturakrame || 43-109 || madhujinmānasāvāse namaste paṅkajāsane [C: paṅkajānane] | abhyāsena yathā cittaṃ damyate balavad dṛḍham || 43-110 || taṃ pradarśaya panthānaṃ namaste padmasaṃbhave | śrīḥ - viyatyūrdhvaṃ tanūbhūte javāt patati patriṇi || 43-111 || arundhatyāṃ tathā sūkṣme śanaiścittaṃ nirodhayet | śaile mahati vā cittamanante vā vibhāvayet || 43-112 || ṭippaṇī - 100. viṣiṇvanti badhnantītyarthaḥ | ṣiñ bandhane iti dhātuḥ | 111-112. prathamaṃ vastūni yathā pratīyante tathaiva teṣu cittaṃ niveśya krameṇa tato vairāgyamāpādya paścāt tattvānusaṃdhāne tanniveśanīyamitīmamarthaṃ sadṛṣṭāntamāha viyatītyādinā | tanūbhūta iti | dūradeśotplavanenālpaparimāṇatayā dṛśya ityarthaḥ | p. 175) mūla - paribhramati vā cakre yat sūkṣmamaṇu vidyate | manastatraiva saṃyojya bhrāmayedbhramatā samam || 43-113 || tathāśvatthadalāgreṇa calatā cālayenmanaḥ | tiṣṭhati sthāpayeccittaṃ gacchatā gamayenmanaḥ || 43-114 || pradarśanārthamuktaste prakāro'yaṃ puraṃdara | anena damayaṃścittaṃ paraṃ yogamavāpsyati || 43-115 || īśeśitavyasaṃbhedaṃ yatpuṃrūpaṃ parāvaram | sūryasthaṃ saṃsmarettattu strīrūpaṃ pañcabindukam || 43-116 || iti te tārikārūpaṃ sarvataḥ saumya darśitam | itthaṃ vijñātatattvasya jñeyaṃ naivānyadiṣyate || 43-117 || itīyaṃ piṇḍasiddhiste leśataḥ śakra darśitā | saṃjñāmūrtividhānaṃ ca sādhanaṃ cātha me śṛṇu || 43-118 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre nānāyogaprakāśo nāma tricatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī - 113. evaṃ cakrādi dṛṣṭānte'pi | iti tricatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ catuścatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ śakraḥ - namaste cidacidvargasaṃrakṣaṇavicakṣaṇe | jagadvidhānaśilpinyai viṣṇupatnyai namo'stu te || 44-1 || sthūlasūkṣmaparātmāno bhedāḥ pūrvaṃ pradarśitāḥ [B, C, F: nidarśitāḥ] | tārāyā bījapiṇḍādibhedaṃ darśaya me'mbuje || 44-2 || śrīḥ - eko nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahaḥ | ekāhaṃ paramā tasya śaktiḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā || 44-3 || lokānanujighṛkṣantī śaśvajjñānakriyātmanā | sāhaṃ tārikayā tanvā poṣayāmi punāmi ca || 44-4 || tasyāḥ parādibhāvaste śakra pūrvaṃ nidarśitaḥ [C, F: niśāmitaḥ] | bījapiṇḍādikān bhedān gadantyā me niśāmaya || 44-5 || yā parā darśitā pūrvaṃ yādṛśī sā tridhātmanā | sāhaṃtā tādṛśī śakra tārikābījamucyate || 44-6 || sūryānalasthitā viṣṇupiṇḍavyomeśaśekharā | pauraścaraṇiko yogastasyāḥ siddhiśca darśitā || 44-7 || saṃjñākhyā tārikāyā hi yogibhiḥ śakra sevyate | tāmadyāvadadhānastvaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 44-8 || śuddhamekamupādāya svāhayā śakra yojayet | ayaṃ saṃjñāmanuryogidevabrahmādipūjitaḥ [ā, C: brahmarṣipūjitaḥ] || 44-9 || yogibhiryatamānairvā mayā nārāyaṇena vā | śakyaḥ prabhāva ākhyātuṃ saṃjñāyāstridaśeśvara || 44-10 || śubhānubandhamātraṃ tu saṃjñeṣṭaṃ paramakṣaram | piṇḍitāyā ivāsyāśca siddhayaḥ sādhanāni ca || 44-11 || smaran satatamabhyāsāttanmayīkṛtavigrahaḥ | yogī manmayatāṃ prāpya madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 44-12 || ahaṃ vā bodhitā tena sākṣātkāramupeyuṣī | vidadhe sakalaṃ kāmaṃ [C: sakalān kāmān] sa yogī yaṃ yamicchati || 44-13 || iti saṃjñāmanuḥ śakra leśataḥ saṃpradarśitaḥ | padamantramidānīṃ me śṛṇu tvaṃ sarvasādhakam || 44-14 || vibhajya nāyamuddhāryo na ca lekhyastathāpi ca | aviplavāya rūpasya svarūpamupadiśyate || 44-15 || oṃ 3, hrīṃ 3, śrīṃ [B: hauṃ 3, haṃsaḥ 3, śrīṃ namo viṣṇave; ī. omits śrīṃ 3, oṃ, āṃ 3] 3 oṃ āṃ 3 hauṃ 3 haṃsaḥ 3 oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo viṣṇave | oṃ [F: śrīṃ hraṃ] hrīṃ śrīṃ namo nārāyaṇāya | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ jitaṃ [ī: jitaṃ te puṇḍarīkākṣa mahāpuruṣapūrvaja | namaste'stu hṛṣīkeśa namaste viśvabhāvana ||] te puṇḍarīkākṣa namaste viśvabhāvana | namaste'stu hṛṣīkeśa mahāpuruṣa pūrvaja || 44-16 || oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ bhagavan viṣṇo nārāyaṇa vāsudeva puṇḍarīkākṣa lakṣmīpate puruṣottama jagadāde jaganmadhya jagannidhana śrīnivāsa bhagavantamabhigacchāmi | ṭippaṇī - 7. hrīṃ iti bījamantraḥ | 9. śuddhaṃ bījamityarthaḥ | 11. śubhaḥ śakāraḥ | tatsaṃbandha eva viśeṣa | śrīṃ svāhā iti saṃjñāmantraḥ | p. 177) bhagavantaṃ prapadye | bhagavantaṃ gato'smi | bhagavantamabhyarthaye | bhagavadanudhyāto'ham | bhagavatparikarabhūto'ham | bhagavadanujñāto'ham | bhagavati sṛṣṭo'ham | bhagavatprasādāt bhagavanmayīṃ bhagavatīṃ tārikāmayīṃ lakṣmīṃ padairāvartayiṣyāmi | tadyathā oṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ gurubhyo gurupatnībhyaḥ | oṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ paramagurubhyaḥ paramagurupatnībhyaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ [C, F: śrīṃ hnīṃ] parameṣṭhine parameṣṭhinyai | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ pūrvasiddhebhyaḥ pūrvasiddhābhyaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ lakṣmīyogibhyo lakṣmīyoginībhyo namo namaḥ | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ īṃ namaḥ saṃsiddhisamṛddhyādipradāyai paramaikarasyāyai paramahaṃsi samastajanavāṅmanasasvātmātivartinyai nirārambhastimitanirañjanaparamānandasaṃdohamahārṇavasvarūpe paraparāyai viṣṇuviṣṇupatnyai viviṣṇu īṃ svāhā | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ īṃ [ā: īśa] namo nirantaraprathamānaprathamasāmarasyāyai svasvātantryasamunmiṣitanimiṣonmeṣaparaṃparārambhe svacchandaspandamānavijñānavāridhaye parasūkṣmāyai viṣṇupatnyai māyāyai īṃ svāhā | oṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ īṃ namaḥ svasaṃkalpabalasamunmīlitabhagavadvyāptibhāvasvabhāve svecchāveśavijṛmbhamāṇasattāvibhūtimūrtikāracaturaguṇagrāmayuga-trikamahormijālāyai viṣṇupatnyai pañcabindave īṃ [ā: īśa] svāhā | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ hiṃ hiṃ hiṃ [ī: omits hiṃ hiṃ] namo nityoditamahānandaparamasundarabhagavadvigrahaprakāśe vividhasiddhāñjanāspade ṣāḍguṇyaprasaramayaparamasattvarūpaparamavyomaprabhāve [ī: prabhāvāyai] vicitrānandanirmalasundarabhogajālaprakārapariṇāmapravīṇasvabhā-vāyai paramasūkṣmasthūlarūpasūkṣmāyai [B: rūpāyai] viṣṇupatnyai pañcabindave hiṃ hiṃ hiṃ svāhā | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ āṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ namaḥ svasaṃkalpasamīraṇasamīryamāṇabahuvidhajīvakośadṛṣatpuñjāyai kalitakālakālyavikalpabhedaphenapiṇḍanivahāyai vilāsanidarśitabhoktṛbhogyabhogopakaraṇabhogasaṃpadekamahāsindhave paramasūkṣmasthūlarūpasthūlāyai viṣṇupatnyai pañcabindave hrīṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ svāhā | oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namaḥ samastajagadupakārasvīkṛtabuddhimano'ṅgapratyaṅgasundarāyai vidhācatuṣṭayasamunmeṣitasamastajanalakṣmīkīrtijayāmāyāprabhā-vātmasamastasaṃpadekanidhaye samastaśakticakrasūtradhārāyai samastajanabhogasaubhāgyadāyini vividhaviṣayopaplavapraśamani nārāyaṇāṅkasthitāyai oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo nārāyaṇāya lakṣmīnārāyaṇābhyāṃ svāhā | śrīṃ hrīṃ oṃ | iti te darśitaḥ so'yaṃ padamantro mahādbhutaḥ | grāhyo gurumukhādeva kṛtadīkṣaṃ manīṣibhiḥ || 44-16 || asyāmadhīyamānāyāmādarśa iva nirmale | vidyāyāṃ saṃprakāśe'haṃ yāvatī yāsmi yādṛśī || 44-17 || saṃbodhitasvatattvārthā [B: subodhita] sarvasiddhābhinanditā | aṅgasaṃtatimasyāstu gadantyā me niśāmaya || 44-18 || prakāśānandasārāhaṃ tadante sarvadarśini | satsattvavyañjike cātha parabrahma tadantike || 44-19 || tato bhagavatītyeva viṣṇupatni tadantike | jñānaṃ jātiyutaṃ vācyaṃ hṛnmantro'yaṃ mahādbhutaḥ || 44-20 || ṭippaṇī - 19. oṃ prakāśānandasāre sarvadarśini satsattvavyañjike parabrahmarūpe bhagavati viṣṇupatni jñānāya hṛdayāya namaḥ | jātiḥ svāhāśabdaḥ | p. 178) mūla - avyāhatānandagate tadante parameśvari | sarvopari [F: sarveśvari] sthite śeṣaṃ hṛnmantra iva jātiyuk || 44-21 || ahaṃ ca [B, C: hi] śaktisaṃpūrṇe jagatprakṛtike tathā | jñānavaiśvānaraśikhe śeṣaṃ pūrvavadiṣyate || 44-22 || prāṇāprāṇamayonmeṣamahāspandamayīti ca | sarvāśramapadātīte kavacaṃ pūrvaśeṣavat || 44-23 || vikāravidhure cātha svasvabhāvastathocyate | mahāvīryamayītyevamastraṃ pūrvoktaśeṣavat || 44-24 || parānapekṣasāmarthye sarvaprasavinīti ca | ante bodhamayītyevaṃ netraṃ pūrvoktaśeṣavat || 44-25 || pañcake brahmaṇāṃ kūṭe śāntānalavihāriṇī | brahmaśrīrnāma māyeyaṃ vyomeśakṛtaśekharā || 44-26 || catuṣke dhāraṇākūṭe sūkṣmānalavihāriṇī | dhāraṇāśrīriyaṃ [ā: dhāriṇī] māyāvyomeśakṛtaśekharā || 44-27 || pradhānānalapīṭhasthā vyomeśakṛtaśekharā | puruṣaśrīriyaṃ jñeyā cetanaughaprasāriṇī || 44-28 || dhruvānalasthitā māyāvyomeśakṛtaśekharā | pradhānaśrīriyaṃ jñeyā sarvacetanakāriṇī || 44-29 || vāmanādipavitrānte pavitrānalagāminī | antaḥkaraṇaśrīrmāyāvyomeśakṛtaśekharā || 44-30 || narāditālalakṣmānte sragdharānalacāriṇī | jñānaśrīriyamuddiṣṭā māyāvyomeśabhūṣitā || 44-31 || kūṭe vaikuṇṭhapūrve [B, F: omit four lines from here] tu viśvāpyāyānalasthitā | karmaśrīriyamuddiṣṭā māyāvyomeśabhūṣitā || 44-32 || uttamādikarālānte kapilānalacāriṇī | bhūtaśrīriyamuddiṣṭā māyāvyomeśabhūṣitā || 44-33 || brahmaśrīpūrvikā etā aṣṭau padmadalāṣṭagāḥ | padamūrtestārikāyāḥ parivārāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 44-34 || sarvāstāḥ padmagarbhābhāḥ prasannānanapaṅkajāḥ | bāhudvandve dhārayantyaḥ praphullaṃ paṅkajadvayam || 44-35 || brahmaśrīḥ pūrvahastābhyāṃ brahmāñjalikarī śubhā | pūrvābhyāṃ dhāraṇālakṣmīḥ śuddhāśuddhavibhājinī || 44-36 || pūrvābhyāṃ puruṣaśrīstu prasādāñjalikāriṇī | pūrvābhyāṃ prakṛtiśrīstu pāśāṅkuśavidhāriṇī || 44-37 || antaḥkaraṇalakṣmīstu tarkamudrāvidhāriṇī | adhomukhe pāṇitale kaniṣṭhānāmikādvayam || 44-38 || kuñcayeddhārayedanyadaṅgulyordvitayaṃ saha | viśliṣya dhārayettadvadaṅguṣṭhaṃ pronnataṃ balāt || 44-39 || unnate dakṣiṇatale bahirmukhamavasthite | saṃniveśastathā kārya eṣā mudrā tu tārkikī || 44-40 || tathāvidhe karadvandve vyākhyāmudrā tu yā bhavet | jñānaśriyastu sā mudrā karmalakṣmyā nibodha me || 44-41 || karaṇavyāpṛtau pāṇī sasaṃrambhodyamau sadā | eṣā mudrā samuddiṣṭā karmalakṣmyā mahāmate || 44-42 || ṭippaṇī - 21. oṃ avyāhatānandagate parameśvari sarvopari sthite jñānāya śirase namaḥ | 26. oṃ 5 śrīṃ iti brahmaśrīmantraḥ | 27. aṃ 4 yrīṃ iti dhāraṇāśrīmantraḥ | 28. mrīṃ iti puruṣaśrīmantraḥ | 29. bhrīṃ iti pradhānaśrīmantraḥ | 30. baṃ phaṃ paṃ prīṃ iti antaḥkaraṇaśrīmantraḥ | 31. naṃ dhaṃ daṃ thaṃ taṃ trīṃ iti jñānaśrīmantraḥ | 32. ṇaṃ ḍhaṃ ḍaṃ ṭhaṃ ṭaṃ ṭrīṃ iti karmaśrīmantraḥ | 33. ñaṃ jhaṃ chaṃ caṃ ṅaṃ ghaṃ gaṃ khaṃ kaṃ krīṃ iti bhūtaśrīmantraḥ | p. 179) mūla - bhūtalakṣmyāḥ karau pūrvau nānābhogapradāyinau | mahālakṣmīmayaṃ kūṭamekaṃ sarvasukhāvaham || 44-43 || śṛṇu me sāvadhānena cetasā balasūdana | garuḍādikarālāntaṃ taṃ naraḥ proddharetkramāt || 44-44 || karālānalagāṃ māyāṃ savyomeśāmathoccaret | mahālakṣmīmayaṃ kūṭaṃ mahāśrīrasya devatā || 44-45 || ekānekasvabhāvā sā sākārā ca nirākṛtiḥ | anantavaktrānantapadā tathānantakarā parā || 44-46 || ādhārādheyabhāvena sarvatrāvasthitā sadā | nānāvarṇā tathā nānāśastragrāmaughasaṃkulā || 44-47 || krūrā saumyā samāsīnā nānāsaṃpatprakarṣiṇī | sarvatra sulabhā [ā, F, ṅ: subhagā] dhyeyā kamalodarabhāsvarā || 44-48 || iyameva viparyastā garuḍāntā mahāmate | pūrvavadrūpato dhyeyā pūrvoktaphaladayinī || 44-49 || svaradvisaptakaṃ devyāḥ kiraṇatvena saṃsthitam | bindurādhārabhāvena sṛṣṭiḥ svaṃ rūpamūrjitam || 44-50 || iti te tārikāmūrtiḥ padākhyā saṃpradarśitā | avadhānavadasyāṃ tvaṃ sadā ceto niveśaya || 44-51 || śatakoṭipravistārāllakṣmītantramahārṇavāt | ayaṃ sāraḥ samuddhṛtya snigdhayā darśito mayā || 44-52 || aṅkasthāyāṃ mayi purā devadevo janārdanaḥ | ujjahārāravindākṣo vidyāṃ matprītaye parām || 44-53 || yathā hi candrikāṃ dṛṣṭvā nṛṇāṃ cetaḥ prasīdati | vidyāmimāṃ tathā dṛṣṭvā yogināṃ hṛtprasīdati || 44-54 || na yamādiparikleśa āsanavyasanaṃ na ca [ā: tathā] | na prāṇāyāmataḥ kleśo naiva kiṃcidiheṣyate || 44-55 || sukhāsīnaḥ prasannātmā yatheṣṭāsanavigrahaḥ | abhyasya manasā vidyāmimāṃ siddhiṃ niyacchati || 44-56 || yathā nadyo nadāścaiva saṃplavante mahodadhau | evaṃ sarvāḥ parā vidyāḥ saṃplavante padātmani [ā, ṅ: padādhvani] || 44-57 || asaṃkhyeyāni ratnāni yathā nadanadīpatau | asaṃkhyeyāni tejāṃsi padamūrtau tathā viduḥ || 44-58 || yathānnaṃ madhusaṃsṛṣṭaṃ madhu cānnena saṃyutam | evaṃ bījādayo bhāvāstārāyāḥ prītidāyinaḥ || 44-59 || ahaṃ nārāyaṇāṅkasthā sarvalokamaheśvarī | sarvasaṃpanmayī [C, F: saṃpatsamṛddhyai] dhyeyā padamūrtirvivakṣitā || 44-60 || ahameva punaḥ śakra parā karuṇayodyatā [ā, ṅ: parākārā yathodyatā] | sādhakānāṃ hitārthāya manaso bhāvanāya ca || 44-61 || akhaṇḍā paripūrṇā hi caturdhātmānamātmanā | imāṃ vidyāmayīṃ mūrtiṃ vibhajāmi hitaiṣīṇī || 44-62 || vibhaktānāṃ tu mūrtīnāṃ manmayīnāṃ puraṃdara | vidhiṃ catasṛṇāṃ tvaṃ me yathāvacchrotumarhasi [C: jñātumarhasi] || 44-63 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: pāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre [F: lakṣmītantre sāre] rahasyaprakāśo nāma catuścatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 44-44 || ṭippaṇī - 44. mahālakṣmīmantraḥ kṣaṃ ityārabhya kaṃ iti paryantaṃ paṭhitvā krīṃ iti paṭhet | 52. śatetyādi | anena mūlabhūtaṃ lakṣmītantraṃ śatakoṭigranthaparimitamityuktaṃ bhavati | 62. caturdheti | lakṣmīkīrtijayāmāyākhyāścatasro vidhā anantarādhyāye vakṣyante | iti catuścatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ pañcacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- ahaṃ nārāyaṇī devī pūrveṣāmapi pūrvajā | sākṣādbhagavato viṣṇorlakṣmīḥ śrīranapāyinī || 1 || vibhajāmi svayā śaktyā caturdhātmānamātmanā | lakṣmīḥ kīrtirjayā māyā catasro mūrtayaśca tāḥ || yā sā śaktiḥ parā lakṣmīrahaṃtāhaṃ [F, ṅ: lakṣmīḥ parā śaktiḥ] vibhorhareḥ | vibhajantī svamātmānaṃ caturdhā jagato hite || 3 || ahameva parāhaṃtā bhavāmi prathamā tanuḥ | lakṣmīrnāma mahābhāgā sarvaiśvaryaphalapradā || 4 || kītirnāma dvitīyā me tanuḥ satkīrtidāyinī | jayā nāma tṛtīyā me tanurvijayadāyinī || 5 || māyā nāma caturthī me sarvāścaryakarī tanuḥ | lakṣmīḥ kītirjayā māyetyevaṃ nārāyaṇāśrayāḥ || 6 || nārāyaṇāśrayāyā me mūrtayaḥ paramojjvalāḥ | svaśaktinicayopetā nirākārāstu niṣkalāḥ || 7 || sūryasya raśmayo yadvadūrmayaścāmbudheriva | sarvaiśvaryaprabhāve tu lakṣmīrlakṣmīpateḥ sthitā || 8 || nānāviśeṣalakṣmībhiḥ koṭisaṃkhyābhirāvṛtā | kīrtistathāvidhā naiva vibhinnā vigrahe vibhoḥ || 9 || tannāsti yanna hi tayā vyāptaṃ sāmānyadehayā | yasya yatra ca yā kīrtiḥ svasāmarthyātprajāyate || 10 || sā sā rūpaviśeṣo'syāḥ sāmānyātmana utthitā | jayā jayeśvarasyaivaṃ vyāptibhāvena saṃsthitā || 11 || yā kācidvidyate māyā jagatyasmin surādiṣu | bhagavanmāyayodbhūtāṃ tāṃ māṃ viddhi sureśvara || 12 || tadīyaṃ niṣkalaṃ rūpaṃ madīyaṃ ca vihāya vai | ko'smiṃstattvodadhau cāsti [F, ī: tattvodadhāvasti] caturdhā surasattama || 13 || bhagavacchaktibhiḥ samyagābhiryogavibhāvitāḥ | svālokajñānasāmarthyāt sākāratvamupāgatāḥ || 14 || dhyātavyāḥ sādhakaśreṣṭhairijyāḥ pūjyāśca siddhaye | tāsāṃ mamādibhūtāyā lakṣmyā mūrtiṃ [F: mūrtīḥ] niśāmaya || 15 || saumyavaktrā saumyanetrā dvibhujā cārukuṇḍalā | padmagarbhopamā kāntyā mekhalādāmamaṇḍitā || 16 || ṭippaṇī- 8. lakṣmīpateḥ sarvaiśvaryaṃ prabhāva ityādikaṃ lakṣmyāyattamityarthaḥ | na caitāvatā bhagavataḥ pāratantryaṃ nyūnatā vā | guṇāhito hyatiśayo guṇini prāśastyaṃ vardhayati | āhuścābhiyuktāḥ - śvataḥ śrīstvaṃ viṣṇoḥ svamasi tata evaiṣa bhagavāṃstvadāyattarddhitve'pyabhavadaparādhīnavibhavaḥ | svayā dīptyā ratnaṃ bhavadapi mahārghaṃ na viguṇaṃ na kuṇṭhasvātantryaṃ bhavati ca na cānyāhitaguṇam || iti | 13. caturdhā vāsudevasaṃkarṣaṇādyātmanā lakṣmīkīrtyādyātmanā ca | 14. yogavibhāvitā lakṣmīkīrtyādayaḥ dhyātavyā ityanvayaḥ | 15. prathamaṃ lakṣmīrūpamāha tāsāmityādinā | p. 181) mūla- śvetamālyāmbaradharā hārakeyūramaṇḍitā | sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannā pīnatuṅgaghanastanī || 17 || prabuddhotpalavistīrṇalocanā susmitānanā | caradvirephapaṭalatulyairyuktā [ī: cala] tathālakaiḥ || 18 || lalāṭe tilakaṃ citraṃ vahantī ca manoharam | āraktādhararatnā ca vaṃśamuktāphaladvijā || 19 || ardhacandralalāṭā ca nīlakuñcitamūrdhajā | pāśāṅkuśadharā devī dharmakāmārthamokṣadā || 20 || baddhapadmāsanā caiva makuṭottamaśobhitā | evaṃ dhyeyāhamīśānā lakṣmīvyūhasthitā satī || 21 || mantramasyāḥ pravakṣyāmi taṃ me nigaditaṃ [ā: nigadataḥ ] śṛṇu | tārikā nāma yadbījaṃ hṛdayaṃ tatparaṃ mama || 22 || pūrvaṃ praṇavamādāya tadante tāṃ niyojayet | dvyakṣaraṃ tu tato lakṣmyai namaścānte niyojayet || 23 || tataḥ paramaśabdaṃ tu tadante puruṣeśvaram | ānandinaṃ ca garuḍaṃ varuṇaṃ ca samuddharet || 24 || sthitāyaipadamasyānte bhūyo maddhṛdayaṃ paṭhet | anubījaṃ tadante ca madbījaṃ punaruttamam || 25 || vahnijāyāṃ tadante ca mūrtimantro mamedṛśaḥ | viṃśatyarṇaḥ smṛtaḥ so'yaṃ sākṣāllakṣmīsamāhvayaḥ || 26 || aṅgamantraṃ nibodhāsyā yathāvad vṛtrasūdana | śāntamādāya tasyānte vinyaset puruṣeśvaram || 27 || analaṃ tadadhaḥsthaṃ ca piṇḍametattrayaṃ smṛtam | ante [B, C: antaryāgādi] yugādimāyojya hyādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ [B: hṛdyante] || 28 || candriṇaṃ vyāpinaṃ caiva sarveṣāmupari nyaset | viddhi ṣaḍ hṛdayādīni tānyastrāntāni vāsava || 29 || lakṣmīsakhīnāmadhunā mantrānetānniśāmaya | satyaṃ tatsthaṃ varāhaṃ ca māyāntamamṛtaṃ [ī: māyāktaṃ] tathā || 30 || varuṇaṃ rāmayuktaṃ ca catvāro bījanāyakāḥ | candrī vyāpī kramādyojyau sarveṣāṃ mūrdhni vai tataḥ || 31 || ṛddhirvṛddhiḥ samṛddhiśca vibhūtiśca sakhīgaṇaḥ | tāraṃ bījaṃ tataḥ saṃjñā svāhā cāsāṃ manuḥ smṛtaḥ || 32 || sakhyaścatasra etāḥ syurdvibhujāḥ saumyadarśanāḥ | padmakośapratīkāśāḥ śrīvṛkṣacamarāṅkitāḥ || 33 || padmāsanopaviṣṭāśca prekṣamāṇā madānanam | evaṃ dhyeyāstu sakhyastāścaturo'nucarāñśṛṇu || 34 || ṭippaṇī- 18. carantīti carāḥ | bhramaṇaśīlā ityarthaḥ | 22. tārikā hrīṃmantraḥ | 23-26. oṃ hrīṃ lakṣmyai namaḥ paramalakṣāvasthitāyai hrīṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ svāhā iti viṃśatyakṣaro mūrtimantraḥ | 27-29. aṅgamantra iti | hṛdayādyaṅgamantra ityarthaḥ | mantrānuddharati śāntamityādinā | ślraṃ ślriṃ ślruṃ śllraṃ ślreṃ ślroṃ ityetaiḥ pratyekaṃ ṭaṃ iti saṃyojanena mantrā uddhṛtā bhavanti | 30. ṛddhiḥ vṛddhiḥ samṛddhiḥ vibhūtiriti catasro lakṣmīsakhyaḥ | tāsāṃ bījamantrāḥ ṛṃ vṛṃ siṃ viṃ iti pratyekaṃ ṭaṃ iti sahitāḥ | 32. oṃ ṛṃ ṭaṃ ṛddhyai svāhā ityādayo mantrāḥ | p. 182) mūla- lāvaṇyaḥ subhagaścaiva saubhāgyaśca tṛtīyakaḥ | caturthaḥ saumanasyaśca catvāro'nucarā mama || 35 || caturbhujāḥ saumyavaktrā nīlakauśeyavāsasaḥ | dadhataḥ padmakumbhau ca nalinīdhvajameva ca || 36 || praphullāmalavṛkṣaṃ ca caturbhiḥ svabhujaiḥ śubhaiḥ | mantrāneṣāṃ pravakṣyāmi tattvatastānnibodha me || 37 || vibudhastvādidevāḍhyaḥ somo'tha bhuvanasthitiḥ [B, ī: sthitaḥ] | dvidhāmṛtaṃ samādāya bhūdharābhyāṃ niyojayet || 38 || candrivyāpisametāni smaredbījāni tattvataḥ | tāraṃ bījaṃ tataḥ saṃjñā namaścānte manoḥ smṛtaḥ || 39 || etat sāṅgaparīvāraṃ lakṣmīrūpaṃ nidarśitam | kīrtyākhyāyā dvitīyāyā mūrte rūpādikaṃ śṛṇu [ā, ṅ: rūpādi tacchṛṇu] || 40 || rūpeṇa sadṛśī lakṣmyā varṇataścampakaprabhā | śeṣe lakṣmīsamā rūpe mūrtimantrānnibodha me || 41 || tāraṃ maddhṛdayaṃ paścāt karālo viṣṇusaṃyutaḥ | sragdharaścānalārūḍha aiśvaryaparibhūṣitaḥ || 42 || namaḥ sadoditānandavigrahāyaipadaṃ tataḥ | sadbījaṃ kamalārūḍhamanalaṃ viṣṇubhūṣitam || 43 || vyāpinā ca samāyuktamante bījamidaṃ smaret | svāhāpadaṃ manuḥ so'yaṃ viṃśatyarṇastu kīrtitaḥ || 44 || aṅgamantrānnibodhādya gadantyā me niśāmaya | karālamanalārūḍhaṃ kṛtvā saṃyojya pūrvavat || 45 || ānandādyaiḥ svaraiścandrivyāpiyuktaiḥ śriyo yathā | aṅgamantrā ime kīrteḥ sakhīrūpamanūñchṛṇu || 46 || dyutiḥ sarasvatī medhā śrutiḥ sakhya imāḥ smṛtāḥ | dvibhujā hemavarṇābhāḥ kīrtirūpāḥ smitānanāḥ || 47 || supustakaṃ kare vāme dakṣiṇe cāmaraṃ kare | mantrān kīrtisakhīnāṃ tu gadantyā me niśāmaya || 48 || madanaṃ cāmṛtaṃ caiva pradhānaṃ śaṃkaraṃ tathā | etān kṛtvānalārūḍhān māyayā paribhūṣayet || 49 || candriṇaṃ vyāpinaṃ dadyāt sakhīmantrānimān smaret | kīrteranucarāṇāṃ tu [B, C, F: ca] nāmarūpādikaṃ śṛṇu || 50 || vāgīśo jayadaścaiva [B, C, F: abhayadaścaiva] prasādastrāṇa eva ca | dhyeyāḥ kiṃśukavarṇābhāḥ kāntarūpā [B, F: kānti] manoharāḥ || 51 || śvetāmbarāścaturhastāḥ sarvābharaṇabhūṣitāḥ | vāmadakṣiṇahastābhyāṃ mukhyābhyāṃ teṣu cintayet || 52 || śaṅkhaminduśatābhaṃ ca kadambākhyaṃ mahādrumam | sapuṣpaṃ paṭpadopetamaparābhyāṃ nibodha me || 53 || pūrṇacandropamaṃ vāme darpaṇaṃ dakṣiṇe kare | mayūravyajanaṃ śubhraṃ dadhataścārulocanāḥ || 54 || ṭippaṇī- 35. lakṣmyanucarā lāvaṇyādayaḥ | 38. anucaramantrā ucyante vibudha ityādinā | lāṃ suṃ sauṃ sauṃ ṭaṃ iti bījamantrāḥ | 39. oṃ lāṃ ṭaṃ lāvaṇyāya namaḥ ityādayo mantrāḥ | 42. oṃṃ hrīṃ krīṃ traiṃ namaḥ sadoditānandavigrahāyai hrīṃ krīṃ svāhā iti viṃśatyarṇo mantraḥ | 45. aṅgamantrāḥ krāṃ krīṃ ityādikā lakṣmyā iva jñeyāḥ | 46. sakhītyādi | sakhīḥ tāsāṃ rūpāṇi manūṃśca śṛṇvityarthaḥ | 49. madanamityādi | mrīṃ strīṃ mrīṃ śrīṃ ṭaṃ iti mantrāḥ | 51. kīrteranucarāḥ vāgīśādayaḥ | raktetyādi | p. 183) mūla- varāhamādidevāḍhyamaprameyaṃ ca kevalam | pavitramanalārūḍhaṃ sragdharaṃ ca tathāvidham || 55 || ādidevānvitaṃ kṛtvā teṣāmūrdhvaṃ suyojayet [ā, ṅ: mūrdhasu yojayet] | candriṇaṃ vyāpinaṃ cānte mantrā anucarāśritāḥ || kīrterdvitīyamūrtervai kramo'yaṃ parikīrtitaḥ | rūpādikaṃ tṛtīyāya jayāyā me niśāmaya || 57 || rūpeṇa sadṛśī lakṣmyā jayā paramaśobhanā | tāraśca tārikā caiva janmahantā caturgatiḥ || 58 || ādidevānvitaḥ paścāt sa evaiśvaryasaṃyutaḥ | tāramādāya [ā, B, F: naram] tasyānte kālaṃ saparameśvaram || 59 || vyāpako janmahantā sarāmo'tha sragdharastathā | ādidevānvito dhartā pradhānaśca tathāvidhaḥ || 60 || varuṇo'thāmṛtasthaśca dhanvī rāmavibhūṣitaḥ | vairājaścādidevāḍhyaḥ śaṅkha aiśvaryabhūṣitaḥ || 61 || tārikā śāśvato'śeṣabhuvanādhāraviṣṇumān | vyomeśabhūṣitaścātha vahnipatnī tataḥ param || 62 || jayāyā mūrtimantro'yamaṅgamantrān nibodha me | janmahantāramādāya kālapāvakabhūṣitam || 63 || svarairvibhūṣayet prāgvaccandrivyāpisamanvitaiḥ | aṅgāni hṛdayādīni jayāyāstāni saṃsmaret || 64 || jayantī vijayā caiva tṛtīyā cāparājitā | siddhiścaturthī vijñeyā jayāsakhya imāḥ smṛtāḥ || 65 || ajitaṃ viṣṇusaṃyuktaṃ varuṇaṃ ceddhasaṃyutam [ā: siddhasaṃyutam; C: ceddhasaṃjñitam; F: cendrasaṃyutam] | kevalavyāpakaṃ caiva somamiṣṭavibhūṣitam || 66 || candrivyāpisamāyuktaṃ kṛtvā saṃyojya saṃjñayā | svāhāmante samāyojya sakhīmantrānimān smaret || 67 || nīlanīradavarṇābhāḥ [C. and ṅ. omit three lines from here; ā: kundakuḍmalavarṇābhāḥ prasannavadanekṣaṇāḥ | pītāmbaradharāḥ sarvāḥ prasannamukhapaṅkajāḥ ||] prasannavadanekṣaṇāḥ | pītāmbaradharāḥ sarvāḥ sakhyaḥ kanakakuṇḍalāḥ || 68 || sitacāmarahastāśca [F: omits this line] citravetralatākarāḥ | nirīkṣamāṇā vadanaṃ jayāyā ajitasya ca || 69 || pratāpī jayabhadraśca tṛtīyastu mahābalaḥ | utsāhaśceti vargo'yaṃ jayānucarasaṃjñitaḥ || 70 || raktāmbaradharāḥ sarve caturhastā mahābalāḥ | dhanurbāṇakarāścaiva gadācakradharāstathā || 71 || itthaṃ te'nucarā jñeyāḥ [ā, B: dhyeyāḥ] puṣpābharaṇabhūṣitāḥ | padmanābho'nalārūḍho'jitaḥ kālastathaiva ca || 72 || p. 184) mūla- uddāmaśca sureśaite candrivyāpivibhūṣitāḥ | praṇavādyā namo'ntāśca saṃjñayā ca samanvitāḥ || 73 || jayānucaramantrāste vijñeyā vṛtrasūdana | ayaṃ tṛtīyamūrterme jayāyā vidhiradbhutaḥ || 74 || caturthyāḥ saṃvidhānaṃ me māyāmūrterniśāmaya | sarvāścaryakarī devī devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 75 || māyā nāma mahāśaktisturīyā me tanuḥ parā | rūpeṇa sadṛśī lakṣmyā mūrtimantraṃ niśāmaya || 76 || ādāya tārakaṃ pūrvaṃ tārikāṃ tadanu smaret | māyāyai ca namaḥ paścāt kāla odanasaṃsthitaḥ || 77 || vāmabhrūsaṃyutaḥ sūryaḥ sragdharo viṣṇubhūṣitaḥ | kevalo'sau narāntyo'tha madano gopanānvitaḥ || 78 || puṇḍarīko'nalārūḍho rāmavāṃstadanantaram | tālalakṣmādidevāḍhyaḥ śaṅkha aiśvaryasaṃyutaḥ || 79 || tataḥ kālo'nalārūḍho māyāvyāpisamanvitaḥ | māyābījamidaṃ divyaṃ tārikordhvasthitaṃ smaret || 80 || vahnijāyā tadante syādviṃśatyarṇo manuḥ smṛtaḥ | aṅgānyasya pravakṣyāmi tāni me tvaṃ niśāmaya || 81 || māyābījaṃ samādāya gopanādyaiḥ svaraiḥ kramāt | vibhedya pūrvavat kāryā hyaṅgakḷptirvipaścitā || 82 || mohinī bhrāmaṇī durgā preraṇī ca sureśvara | māyāsakhyaścatasrastā vijñeyā ratnabhāsurāḥ || 83 || lāvaṇyena ca vīryeṇa saundaryeṇa ca tejasā | māyātulyā imā devyaḥ sitavastrānulepanāḥ || 84 || cāmarāṅkuśahastāśca baddhapadmāsanasthitāḥ | mantrānāsāṃ pravakṣyāmi śṛṇu tvaṃ balasūdana || 85 || pradhāna odanārūḍho dhruvo rephādidevavān | madano bhuvanārūḍho yo'nalaiśvaryasaṃyutaḥ || 86 || candrivyāpiyutā hyete sarve praṇavapīṭhegāḥ | saṃjñāsvāhāyujo māyāsakhīmantrā ime smṛtāḥ || 87 || māyāmayo mahāmohaḥ śambaraśca kalīśvaraḥ | catvāro'nucarā ete kākālīkajjalopamāḥ || 88 || caturbhujā mahākāyāḥ saumyavaktrāḥ smitānanāḥ | keyūrābharaṇopetāḥ pītakauśeyavāsasaḥ || 89 || hāranūpurasaṃyuktā nānākusumabhūṣitāḥ | tuṣāradhūlidhavalāḥ khaḍgapāśakarodyatāḥ || 90 || bāṇaṃ kārmukamanyasminnātapatraṃ karadvaye | pradhāno gopanopetaḥ kevalastadanantaram || 91 || śaṃkaraḥ kevalaścaiva kevalaḥ kamalastathā | candrī vyāpī ca sarveṣāṃ kramānmūrdhasu vinyaset || 92 || tārakādyā namo'ntāśca saṃjñayā ca samanvitāḥ | mantrā māyāmayādīnāṃ caturṇāṃ balasūdana || 93 || sarveṣāmaṅgamantrāṇāṃ dhyānaṃ sāmānyamīritam | mudrāścāṅgasametānāṃ devānāmapi vāsava || 94 || yāḥ purastānmayā proktā darśayettā yathāyatham | ekaikaśaḥ samastā vā devīretā bhajannaraḥ || 95 || yathāmati yathotsāhaṃ yujyate parayā śriyā | etāścatasrastanvyo me bhagavatkiraṇātmikāḥ || 96 || ṭippaṇī- 72. padmanābhaḥ pakāraḥ | ajitaḥ jakāraḥ | kālaḥ makāraḥ | uddāmaḥ ukāraḥ | 77. odanaḥ okāraḥ | 78. naraḥ nakāraḥ | madanaḥ makāraḥ | gopanaḥ ākāraḥ | 79. puṇḍarīkaḥ śakāraḥ | tālalakṣmā takāraḥ | 86. dhruvaḥ bhakāraḥ | bhuvanam ukāraḥ | p. 185) mūla- yābhiḥ sa bhagavān devaḥ pūrṇarūpo'vatiṣṭhate | ekaikasyā asaṃkhyātāḥ śaktayastattadātmikāḥ || 97 || anantaparivārāstā iti śaktimayaṃ jagat | āsāṃ catasṛṇāmekāṃ śaktīnāṃ parameśvarīm || 98 || mūlabhūtāṃ parāhaṃtāṃ viṣṇostaddharmadharmiṇīm | sarvaśaktimayīṃ tāṃ māṃ śakticakrasya nāyikām || 99 || prakāśānandayorantaranusyūtāmanusmaret | agnīṣomadvayāntaḥsthāṃ madhyamārgānuvatinīm || 100 || aparācyā manovṛttyā manvīta [F: omits four quarters from here] matimānnaraḥ | astamānāyya sauṣumne mārge sūryaniśākarau || 101 || aparācīnayā vṛttyā kurvīta mayi saṃsthitim | śakraḥ- devadevamaye devi sarasīruhasaṃsthite || 102 || mudrā devīsakhīnāṃ ca kiṃ karāṇāṃ ca me vada | śrīḥ- devīnāṃ darśitā mudrāḥ puraiva balasūdana || 103 || tatsakhīnāmidānīṃ tu ṣoḍaśānāṃ nibodha me | saṃmukhau tu karau kṛtvā suspaṣṭau suprasāritau || 104 || kaniṣṭhānāmikābhyāṃ vai yugalaṃ yugalaṃ haret | melayennakhadeśācca yathā syādekapiṇḍavat || 105 || aṅgulībhiścatasṛbhiḥ pāṇimadhye nirāśrayam | aṅguṣṭhau daṇḍavatkṛtvā prāntalagnau prasāritau || 106 || aṅgulīnāṃ catasṛṇāṃ viśrāntau codarāvadheḥ | sarpakuṇḍalavatkṛtvā prayatnāttarjanīdvayam || 107 || prasārya cāgrato lagne madhyame dve sureśvara | kanīyasyau ṛjūbhūte samārabhya karadvayam || 108 || kuryāccaivātisaṃlagnaṃ maṇibandhāvasānataḥ | īṣadaṅguṣṭhamūle tu maṇibandhaṃ karadvayāt || 109 || kuryādvikasitaṃ caiva mudraiṣā balasūdana | mahāyonyabhidhānā ca trilokajananī parā || 110 || vaśīkuryājjagat sarvaṃ kāmato yadi yojitā | atrānuṣṭhānayattā strī baddhvā dūrāt pradarśayet || 111 || munīnāṃ gatasaṅgānāṃ kṣobhaṃ janayate kṣaṇāt | puruṣo'trābhiyukto vā darśayedvanitāsu ca || 112 || nivṛttakāmadharmāsu cābalāsvathavā muneḥ | kṣubhyantyamadanāstāśca sakāmāyāstu kā kathā || 113 || eṣā sādhāraṇī mudrā sarvāsāmapi vāsava | vakṣye'thānucarāṇāṃ tu ṣoḍaśānāṃ samāsataḥ || 114 || pṛṣṭhalagnau karau kṛtvā mokṣayettadanantaram | pradeśinīyugaṃ caiva kaniṣṭhāyugalaṃ tathā || 115 || adhomukhaṃ tu suspaṣṭaṃ tābhyāṃ madhyaṃ [C, F: madhyāṃ ] mahāmate | kaniṣṭhikādvayaṃ lagnaṃ viralaṃ tarjanīyugam || 116 || madhyamānāmikāyāṃ tu yugmaṃ yugmaṃ tu dhārayet | ekalagnaṃ nakhoddeśādyāvatparva [ā: padmaṃ] tu madhyamam || 117 || ūrdhvavaktraṃ suraśreṣṭha samena dharaṇena tu | suspaṣṭau lambamānau cāpyaṅguṣṭhau cāpyadhomukhau || 118 || parasparaṃ tu dūrasthau mudraiṣā sarvakāmadā | svasvamantrayutā kāryā sarveṣāmiyamekikā || 119 || p. 186) sādhāraṇyāvime prokte mudre sakhyanucāriṇām | itthaṃ saparivārābhistāṃ māṃ catasṛbhiryutām || 120 || vibhūtibhirupāsyaivaṃ māmevānte samaśnute | vibhūtayo hyanantā me tattvatāttvikasaṃśrayāḥ || 121 || koṭikoṭiparīvārā ekaikāstāśca vāsava | etāḥ pradhānabhūtāstāścatasraḥ parikīrtitāḥ [B, C: te ca kīrtitāḥ] || 122 || iti me mūrtimantrāṇāmaṅgamantrādibhiḥ saha | kathitaste samuddeśaḥ sādhanādīni me śṛṇu || 123 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre mūrtiprakāśo nāma pañcacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ṭippaṇī - 120. catasṛbhiriti | lakṣmīkīrtijayāmāyābhirityarthaḥ | iti pañcacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ṣaṭcatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- anukrameṇa deveśa lakṣmyādīnāṃ ca sādhanam | vividhāni ca karmāṇi tanmantrebhyo'vadhāraya || 1 || caturaśraṃ caturdvāraṃ kṛtvā pūrvoditaṃ puram | tanmadhye'ṣṭadalaṃ padmaṃ likhecchuklāruṇaprabham || 2 || sitāni caturālikhya koṇeṣu svastikāni ca | vyāpakatvena tu purā maṇibandhamukhāditaḥ || 3 || vinyasya mūlamantraṃ ca haste dehe ca kevalam | paścādādau ca [B, C: tu ] hastābhyāṃ lakṣmīmantraṃ tathā nyaset || 4 || tadaṅgāni ca vinyasya haste dehe yathā purā | tasyānugacatuṣkaṃ yaddevīnāṃ tadanu nyaset || 5 || pradeśinyādito hastadvaye tadanu vigrahe | uttamāṅge tu hṛnmadhya [B: bhrūmadhye] ūrvorjānudvaye tathā || 6 || lāvaṇyādyāṃśca caturo hyanāmādi [C, ṅ: anāmādau] karadvaye | aṅguṣṭhāntaṃ ca vinyasya haste dehe ca vāsava || 7 || dakṣiṇe ca tathā vāme skandhe pakṣadvaye tataḥ | nyāsaṃ kṛtvā yathānyāyaṃ śrīkāmo'tha yajeddhṛdi || 8 || layayāgaprayogeṇa lakṣmīmantraṃ tu kevalam | kṛtvāvalokanādyaṃ tu tato bāhye tu vinyaset || 9 || mūrtimantrayutaṃ mūlaṃ karṇikopari vāsava | sakalākaladehaṃ ca sarvamantrānvitaṃ vibhum || 10 || tadutsaṅgagatāṃ lakṣmīṃ svamantreṇāvatārya ca | pūrvoktadhyānasaṃyukto bhogamokṣaprasiddhaye || 11 || tadāgneye tadīśāne yātavīye'tha vāyave | catvāri hṛdayādīni netraṃ kesarasaṃtatau || 12 || tadagre dakṣiṇe pṛṣṭhe vāmapārśve kramānnyaset | catuṣṭayaṃ tu ṛddhyādyaṃ dvibhujaṃ tu tathākṛti [C: yathākṛti] || 13 || padmagaurapratīkāśaṃ [C: piñcha] śrīvṛkṣacamarāṅkitam | padmāsanenopaviṣṭaṃ prekṣamāṇaṃ tadānanam || 14 || svastikānāṃ tadīśādikoṇasthāne niveśya tu | lāvaṇyādyacatuṣkaṃ tu saumyavaktraṃ caturbhujam || 15 || nīlakauśeyavasanaṃ padmakumbhakarānvitam | nalinīdhvajahastaṃ ca saphalāmalavṛkṣadhṛt || 16 || ṭippaṇī- 1. ādiśabdena kīrtijayāmāyā gṛhyante | 2. puranirmāṇamāha- caturaśramityādinā | 5. anugeti | ṛddhyādicatuṣkamantramityarthaḥ | 7. anucaramantrāṇāṃ nyāsamāha-lāvaṇyādyāniti | 10. karṇikoparīti | aṣṭadalapadmakarṇikoparītyarthaḥ | akalo niṣkalaḥ | p. 188) mūla- dvāreṣvastraṃ caturdikṣu nyasya pūjya yathā purā | mūlamantrayutāṃ devīṃ lakṣmīṃ tridaśanandana || 17 || mudrāśca darśayet sarvā yatra yatra hi yāḥ smṛtāḥ | japtvā kṛtvā tato homaṃ saghṛtaistu tilākṣataiḥ || 18 || sāmalaiḥ śrīphalaiścaiva sati [ā, C: satilaiścaiva] lābhe tu paṅkajaiḥ | yathāśakti [B, C: omit three lines from here] hyasaṃkhyaistu homānte vṛtrasūdana || 19 || lakṣmīrūpastato bhūtvā sādhakaḥ kṛtaniścayaḥ | japellakṣāṇi vai pañca śuddhāhāro jitendriyaḥ || 20 || homaṃ kuryājjapānte tu kramādbilvāmalāmbujaiḥ | yathāśakti hyasaṃkhyaistu ayutāyutasaṃkhyayā || 21 || dadāti darśanaṃ śakra [B, ṅ: tatra] homānte parameśvarī | putra siddhāsmi te brūhi yatte manasi cepsitam [ā, B, C: ceṣṭitam] || 22 || kuru kāryāṇyabhīṣṭāni manmantreṇākhilāni ca | adya prabhṛti niḥśaṅko dvandvopadravavarjitaḥ || 23 || evamuktvā tu sā devī yāti yatrāgatāśu vai | tataḥ karmāṇi vai kuryāllakṣmyā anumate mama || 24 || sa eṣa tuṣṭo'bhīṣṭaṃ tu śriyaṃ dadyādyathārthinām | saṃkruddho nirdhanaṃ kuryādvāṅmātreṇa dhaneśvaram || 25 || śulbaṃ kuryāt sakṛddhyāyan mantrajāpācca hāṭakam | pūrayitvāmbhasā kumbhaṃ kṣīreṇa madhunāthavā || 26 || nidhāya dakṣiṇe haste vāmaṃ tadupari nyaset | śatamaṣṭādhikaṃ mantraṃ japeddhyānasamanvitam || 27 || rasendrābhiniveśastho hyekacittaḥ samāhitaḥ | rasendratvaṃ samāyāti tatkumbhe tvāhṛtaṃ jalam || 28 || saraso lakṣavedhī syācchastrādīnāṃ puraṃdara | karoti kāyamamaraṃ jarārogavivarjitam || 29 || aṅguṣṭhākāramātraṃ tu purā pāṣāṇamāharet | dakṣiṇodarahastena vāmena badarīsamam || 30 || abhimantrya tu tau muṣṭī dve śate ṣoḍaśādhike | dakṣiṇasthaṃ tu pāṣāṇaṃ ratnatvamupayāti ca || 31 || vāme muktāphalatvaṃ ca mahāmūlye tu te ubhe | yadyadicchati jātyā vai tattadratnaṃ bhavettadā || 32 || tathā [B, C, F: yathā] muktāphalaṃ tattat pratibhāti karoti ca | gogajāśvasamudbhūtamasthi cādāya pāṇinā || 33 || śatārdhaṃ mantritaṃ kṛtvā pravālatvaṃ [ā, ṅ: prāṇayuktaṃ bhaveddhi tat] prayāti tat | śatābhimantritaṃ kṛtvā trapu sīsaṃ tathāyasam || 34 || jāyate kaladhautaṃ tu rajataṃ vātinirmalam | yadyad gṛhītvā devendra yaṃ yaṃ dhātuṃ samīhate || 35 || kruddho vā parituṣṭaśca tattat kuryāttu so'nyathā | evamaśmamayānāṃ tu anyatvamupapadyate || 36 || ṭippaṇī- 34. kṛtveti | dhārayati cediti śeṣaḥ | p. 189) mūla- yā yā manasi vai yasya vibhūtiḥ pratibhāti ca | tāṃ tāṃ dadāti tasyāśu dhanadhānyagavādikām || 37 || likhitvā bhūrjapatre tu yāganyāsakrameṇa [ṅ. omits this and the next quarter] tu | rocanākuṅkumābhyāṃ tu saṃdhārayati yaḥ sadā || 38 || suvarṇaveṣṭitaṃ cāṅge lakṣmīmantraṃ śatakrato | tasyāyuṣo bhaved vṛddhiḥ sarvatra vijayī mahān || 39 || prāpnuyānmahatīṃ pūjāṃ yatra yatra ca saṃviśet | idamārādhanaṃ proktaṃ śrīkāmānāṃ viśeṣataḥ | lakṣmyāstridaśaśārdūla mama yā prathamā tanuḥ || 40 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra ; B: pāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre lakṣmīmantrasiddhiprakāśo [ā. ṅ. omit lakṣmīmantra] nāma ṣaṭcatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || ṭippaṇī- 38. rocanākuṅkumābhyāmiti | likhitveti pūrveṇānvayaḥ | iti ṣaṭcatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ saptacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- vyūhānāṃ prathamā lakṣmīrmatsaṃjñaivoditā hi yā | tasyāḥ siddhiriyaṃ proktā dvitīyāyā niśāmaya || 1 || nyāsopāyaṃ padmayāgaṃ sarvaṃ viddhi puroditam | pūrvoktaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā sitapītaṃ tadantare || 2 || kiṃtu vai paṅkajaṃ kuryādvinyasettadanantaram | vibhorutsaṅgagāṃ kīrtiṃ hṛdādīni yathā purā || 3 || kramāddhyānaṃ sakhīnāṃ ca yathā tadavadhāraya | dvibhujā hemavarṇā ca kīrtirūpā [ṅ. omits this and the next quarter] smitānanā || 4 || supustakaṃ kare vāme dakṣiṇe cāmaraṃ kare | dhyāyet kiṃśukavarṇābhaṃ kāntarūpaṃ manoramam [C: haram] || 5 || tatrānugacatuṣkaṃ tu caturhastaṃ sitāmbaram | vāmadakṣiṇahastābhyāṃ mukhyābhyāṃ teṣu cintayet || 6 || śaṅkhaminduśatābhaṃ ca kadambākhyaṃ mahādrumam | sapuṣpaṃ ṣaṭpadopetamaparābhyāṃ nibodha me || 7 || pūrṇacandropamaṃ vāme darpaṇaṃ dakṣiṇe kare | mayūravyajanaṃ śubhraṃ dhyātvaivaṃ darśayettataḥ || 8 || mudrāḥ sarvāḥ pratisvaṃ yāḥ sādhakaḥ pūjayettataḥ | arghyapuṣpādinā samyagjaptvā śaktyātha homayet || 9 || tilāni cājyasiktāni gandhaśālyanvitāni ca | devīrūpaṃ tu homānte kṛtvā puṣpāñjanāmbaraiḥ || 10 || ekānte vijane sthitvā maunī mūlaphalāśanaḥ | japellakṣatrayaṃ mantraṃ [B, F: mantrī] japānte homamācaret || 11 || lakṣaikasaṃkhyaṃ devendra taṇḍulaistilamiśritaiḥ | kāpilena ghṛtenaiva tādṛkkṣīrayutena ca || 12 || ekaikaṃ ca hṛdādīnāṃ sahasraṃ cātha homayet | dadyātpūrṇāhutiṃ paścāt kṣīreṇājyānvitena ca || 13 || patitāyāṃ tu pūrṇāyāmāyāti parameśvarī | sādhu sādhviti vai brūte sthitvāgre sādhakasya tu || 14 || ehyehi paramaṃ dhāma tyajedaṃ bhautikaṃ puram | upabhuṅkṣvāmarān bhogān martyamadhyagato'pi ca || 15 || madīyenākhilaṃ karma mantreṇa kuru sādhaka | evamuktvā tu sā devī gaganaṃ ca vrajettataḥ || 16 || sādhakaḥ kīrtimantreṇa kuryāt karma yathepsitam | dadāti yasya yatkiṃcittattasyāpyakṣayaṃ bhavet || 17 || tenāsau labhate kīrtiṃ yāvaccandrārkatārakam | pracaṇḍānāṃ [B, C: omit three lines from here ] manuṣyāṇāṃ madhyastho yadi budhyate || 18 || vakti saṃsadi vā kiṃcit prāpnuyādvipulaṃ yaśaḥ | abhibhūya janān sarvānutkṛṣṭatvaṃ prapadyate || 19 || japtvā siddhānnabhāṇḍaṃ tu svalpakāle'nnasaṃkaṭe | yadecchati janānāṃ tu yathecchamaśanaṃ bhavet || 20 || dadāti cākṣayaṃ tasya saptāhamaniśaṃ yadi | prāpnuyānmahatīṃ kīrtiṃ yāvadābhūtasaṃplavam || 21 || subhikṣe lavamātraṃ tu ādāya kanakasya ca | parijapya sahasraṃ tu vidhinā paritaḥ sthitam || 22 || p. 191) mūla- prayāti tat prabhūtatvaṃ dīyate'rthijanasya ca | avyucchinnaṃ dvisaptāhaṃ saṃśayaṃ nādhigacchati || 23 || tenāsau mahatīṃ kīrtiṃ prāpnuyāllokasatkṛtām [B, F: viśrutām] | ādāya toyakalaśaṃ nāgendrabhavanahradāt || 24 || prayāyānmarubhūmiṃ vai tatra nimne tu bhūtale | nikṣipet parvatāgre vā sahasraparimantritam || 25 || sa pannageśvarastatra parivārasamanvitaḥ | rakṣannudakamātiṣṭhedyāvattiṣṭhati medinī || 26 || tenāsau mahatīṃ loke kīrtimāpnoti vāsava | kāle tu bījarohī ca yadi devo na varṣati || 27 || ādāya mṛtkaṇaṃ haste taṭākajalamarditam | tanmadhyasthaṃ ca vā klinnaṃ [B: kumbhaṃ] parijapya śatatrayam || 28 || mukhavātaistu saṃtaptaṃ kṛtvā kīrtimanuṃ smaret [B, F: kīrtimanusmaret] | prakṣipedgagane tadvai meghatvaṃ pratipadyate || 29 || pūrayenmedinīṃ [ā, B: pūrayan] sarvāṃ jalena jaladastu saḥ | tadājñayā vasettāvattasmin deśe sa megharāṭ || 30 || varṣaṃstadupayogyaṃ ca yāvat saṃpadyate jalam [ṅ: akhilam] | tenāsau mahatīṃ kīrtiṃ prāpnuyācca trilokagām || 31 || saṃpādayati tattasya yasya yanmanasepsitam | prabhāvaṃ mantrarājasya kīrtyākhyasya surottama || 32 || likhitaṃ pūrvavadbaddhvā haste vā dakṣiṇe kare | prāpnuyānmahatīṃ kīrtiṃ pūjāmṛddhiṃ [F. omits eight quarters from here] sarasvatīm || 33 || etat saṃkṣepataḥ proktaṃ kīrtermantrasya vāsava | dvitīyāyā vidhānaṃ me tanvāstanubhṛtāṃ vara || 34 || etadvidhānamātiṣṭhan kīrtimantrasya śobhanam | prāpnuyādvimalāṃ kīrtiṃ saṃtaterapi bhūtidām || 35 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpāñcarātra, B: śrīpañcarātre] lakṣmītantre kīrtimantrasiddhiprakāśo nāma saptacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ aṣṭacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- vidhiṃ tṛtīyatanvā me jayāyā vṛtrasūdana | śṛṇu siddhiprakāraṃ ca siddhasaṃghairabhiṣṭutam || 1 || kṛtvā tu pūrvavannyāsamiṣṭvā ca hṛdaye jayām | maṇḍalaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā tanmadhye paṅkajaṃ likhet || 2 || nīlotpalābhatulyena rajasā ca supatrakam | tatrotsaṅgagatāṃ viṣṇorhṛdayādyojayejjayām || 3 || karṇikopari mantrāṃśca nyaset pūrvakrameṇa tu | kiṃtu dhyānāni sarveṣāṃ yathāvadavadhāraya || 4 || nīlanīradavarṇāśca prasannavadanekṣaṇāḥ | pītāmbaradharāḥ sarvāḥ sakhyaḥ kanakakuṇḍalāḥ || 5 || sitacāmarahastāśca citravetralatodyatāḥ | nirīkṣamāṇā vadanaṃ jayāyā ajitasya ca || 6 || kundakuḍmalavarṇābhāḥ prasannamukhapaṅkajāḥ | raktāmbaradharāścaiva caturhastā mahābalāḥ || 7 || dhanurbāṇakarāścaiva gadācakrakarānvitāḥ | catvāro'nucarā dhyeyāḥ puṣpābharaṇabhūṣitāḥ || 8 || sarvāśca darśayenmudrāḥ pratisvaṃ yāḥ prakīrtitāḥ | pūjayecca tato bhaktyā homaṃ kuryādanantaram || 9 || tilaiḥ siddhārthakopetairhaviṣā gulgulena [F: guggulena] ca | homāvasāne mantrī svaṃ kṛtvā rūpaṃ jayātmakam || 10 || jayāhamiti vai buddhvā cetasopasthitaṃ mahat | tīrasthānaṃ samāsādya niḥśaṅkaṃ janavarjitam || 11 || varmaṇāstreṇa [ṅ: varmāstreṇa ca] digbandhaṃ kṛtvā duṣṭanibarhaṇam | prārabheta japaṃ paścāt payo'nnaphalabhuk sadā || 12 || praṇipatya hariṃ bhaktyā prāk svamantreṇa vāsava | ekāntaśīlo laghvāśī maunī dhyānaparāyaṇaḥ || 13 || japellakṣacatuṣkaṃ tu japānte homamācaret | samit prādeśamātrā tu raktacandanasaṃbhavā || 14 || tāsāmayutamavyagro ghṛtāktānāṃ tu homayet | siddhārthairniyute dve ca madhumiśrairmahāmate || 15 || ayutaṃ niyutaṃ cātha juhuyādasitaistilaiḥ | madhutritayasaṃyuktairante pūrṇāhutitrayam || 16 || madhukṣīraghṛtaiḥ śakra krameṇa parihomayet | tato bhagavatī devī samāyāti jayā svayam || 17 || siddhāsmīti ca te putra manmantreṇa samācara | yadabhīṣṭaṃ tu vai kāryaṃ niḥśaṅko vigatajvaraḥ || 18 || ityuktvādarśanaṃ yāti śaktirnārāyaṇātmikā | tataḥ karmāṇi kurvīta vividhāni tvanekaśaḥ || 19 || loke'smin yānyabhīṣṭāni svātmanaśca parasya vā | tatrāpyuddeśato vakṣye śṛṇu tattvena vajradhṛt || 20 || jvālāvadrasanāṃ dhyāyeddevīmantreṇa sādhakaḥ | udgrāhayati vai yasya yasmin yasmin hi vastuni || 21 || vijitya nyāyatastaṃ vai jayamāpnotyayatnataḥ | gajāśvaśastrabhṛtpūrṇamapi sainyaṃ balānvitam || 22 || p. 193) dṛṣṭvānyasya samāyuktaṃ [ā, F, ṅ: samāyāntaṃ] hantumabhyudyataṃ [B: abhyutthitaṃ] raṇe | parijapya dhanuḥ khaḍgaṃ kheṭakaṃ bāṇapañcakam || 23 || prerayedyasya vai dattvā sa gatvā tu camūmukham | vidārayati caikākī jayamāpnoti śāśvatam || 24 || dhyātvā dakṣiṇapāṇisthaṃ trikoṇaṃ cāgnimaṇḍalam | tanmadhye cintayeddevīṃ parivārasamanvitām || 25 || mattebhasiṃhasarpāṇāmaśanīnāṃ ca darśane | kṣipraṃ parāṅmukhā yānti dṛṣṭvā hastatalaṃ tu tat || 26 || khādiraṃ musalaṃ spṛṣṭvā cādāya śatamantritam | kṛtvā gatvā biladvāraṃ caturvarṇaṃ jayānvitam || 27 || musalāhananānyaṣṭau dadyāt tatra śanaiḥ śanaiḥ | devīmantreṇa deveśa svāstrasaṃpuṭitena tu || 28 || phaṭkārāntena tu tato bilayantraṃ yajedatha | samastajanasaṃyukto viśet sādhakasattamaḥ || 29 || bhittvā yantrāṇyanekāni jitvā dānavapuṃgavān | janānāṃ yojanaṃ tatra kṛtvā kāntāgaṇaiḥ saha || 30 || pītvā tu sāttvikaṃ pānaṃ svahastena mahābalaḥ | sa niryāti svamārgeṇa tenaiva svaniveśanam || 31 || karoti yadi deveśa matiṃ mantrī jagattraye | jayaṃ pratyavicāreṇa gadācakrakarodyataḥ || 32 || pāśāṅkuśadharo vātha jayaṃ prāpnoti nānyathā | likhedrocanayā bhūrje kuṅkumena ghanena ca || 33 || saṃpuṭīkṛtya vai nāma nidhāya janamadhyagam | tadā sujayamāpnoti divyaiḥ sarvaistu līlayā || 34 || vilikhya candanenaiva payasā kuṅkumena ca | dhārayedyo gale vaktre [ā, C, ṅ: vastre] kare vāme'tha dakṣiṇe || 35 || sarvadā tu jayaṃ śakra saṃprāpnotyavicārataḥ [F: anivāritaḥ] | jayārthaṃ tridaśeśān mantraṃ vai yatra kutracit || 36 || mantrī prayojayecchaśvat tatra tatrāpnuyājjayam | jayā nāma tṛtīyā me yā tanuḥ parikīrtitā | tasyā vidhānamityetat tava śakra pradarśitam || 37 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra ; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre jayāmantrasiddhiprakāśo nāmāṣṭacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ekonapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- caturthī yā tanurmāntrī māyākhyā mama vāsava | tasyā vidhānamadhunā śṛṇu mantrakriyānvitam || 1 || mūrtyaṅgasakhidāsākhyāṃ māyīyāṃ mantrasaṃtatim | svahaste pūrvavannyasya vigrahe tadanantaram || 2 || hṛdayāntargatāṃ ceṣṭvā bhogaiḥ sarvaiśca pūrvavat | bāhye tu maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā madhye ca kamalaṃ śubham || 3 || tatrotsaṅgagatāṃ viṣṇorhṛdayādavatārya ca | ārādhayettato māyāmaṅgasakhyādisaṃyutām || 4 || bhrāmaṇyādyāstato dhyeyāḥ sakhyaḥ kamalalocanāḥ | sitāmbaradharā [C: pītāmbara] divyāścatasro ratnabhāsurāḥ || 5 || cāmarāṅkuśahastāśca baddhapadmāsanasthitāḥ | māyāmayādayo dhyeyāścatvāro'nucarāstathā || 6 || saṃpūrṇasarvāvayavāḥ snigdhālikulasaṃnibhāḥ | caturbhujā mahākāyāḥ saumyavaktrāḥ smitānanāḥ || 7 || keyūrābharaṇopetāḥ pītāmbaradharāstathā | hāranūpurasaṃyuktā nānākusumamaṇḍitāḥ || 8 || tuṣāradhūlidhavalāḥ khaḍgapāśakarodyatāḥ | bāṇaṃ kārmukamanyasminnātapatraṃ karadvaye || 9 || darśayitvā tathā mudrā yasya yasya hi yāḥ smṛtāḥ | homaṃ tadanu kurvīta tilaiḥ siddhārthakānvitaiḥ || 10 || tato niyamamāśritya kṛtvā tadanu vāsava | devīrūpaṃ svamātmānaṃ bhāvenāvyabhicāriṇā || 11 || prayāyādvijanasthānaṃ [ī: vijayasthānaṃ ] prauḍhottarasahāyavān | japellakṣāṇi vai sapta pūrvoktavidhinā vratī || 12 || kṣīramūlaphalāhāro deśakālavaśāttu vai | ayācitaikabhikṣāśī yāvakenāpi vartayan || 13 || svaśiṣyasādhitaṃ vānnaṃ mantrapūtamasaindhavam [B, ṅ: pūtaṃ sutaṇḍulam] | tailamāṃsavinirmuktaṃ saṃdhyākāle hyupasthite || 14 || ātṛpterabhibhuñjīta [ī: ātṛptiṃ] bhāvitaṃ madhusapiṣā | japānte vidhivanmantrī homaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ || 15 || balāṃ moṭāṃ tathā māṃsīṃ cakrāṅgīṃ nāgakesaram | candanaṃ kuṅkumakṣodaṃ rajanīcūrṇameva ca || 16 || melayet sughṛtānāṃ ca tilānāṃ [C: tilānnaṃ ; ī: tilāṃstān] madhunā tataḥ | bhāvayet saghṛtenaiva [ī: svadhitānnaṃ ca] trilakṣaṃ juhuyāt tataḥ || 17 || madhyamānāmikābhyāṃ ca sāṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ puraṃdara | ante'yutatrayaṃ caiva samidhāṃ parihomayet || 18 || prāgrājārkatarūtthānāṃ khādirāṇāṃ tataḥ param | suradārumayīnāṃ ca tṛtīyamayutaṃ tataḥ || 19 || dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ samyak suśuddhenāntarātmanā | patitāyāṃ tu pūrṇāyāmāyāti gaganāntarāt || 20 || ṭippaṇī- 6. cāmarāṅkuśahastā ityanena dvibhujatvaṃ dyotyate | māyāmayādayo'nucarāḥ pañcacatvāriṃśādhyāye'traiva nāmnā nirdiṣṭāḥ | 19. rājataruḥ karṇikāraḥ | suradāruḥ devadāruḥ | p. 195) mūla- parivārānvitā māyā bhāṣate sādhu sādhviti | kuru kāryamabhīṣṭaṃ ca manmantreṇādhunā vraja || 21 || idamuktvā vrajet tūrṇaṃ devī viṣṇuniketanam [F: viṣṇorniketanam] | tatastu [B, C, ī: tataḥ sa] sādhakavaraḥ karmāṇi vividhāni ca || 22 || prārabhetāñjasā śakra yānyabhīṣṭāni cetasā | ātmārthe vā parārthe vā leśatastāni me śṛṇu || 23 || prajapyāmalakaṃ bilvaṃ sakṛnnṛpagṛhaṃ [C: bhūpagṛhaṃ] viśet | kośasyāgre vinikṣipya yatra yatra sthitaḥ sa tu || 24 || gaganāt prapatet tūrṇaṃ yadyadvittaṃ samīhate | yadyaccābharaṇaṃ ślāghyaṃ yadyadvā vasanaṃ śubham || 25 || evaṃ vai vrīhigulikāṃ [ā, ī: gulikaṃ] tathaiva tilataṇḍulam | kṣipeddhānyakule pūrṇe goṣṭhāgāre'tha khātake || 26 || rājakīye tathātmīye yatra yatra sthitastataḥ | yadyat samīhate dhānyaṃ sasyaṃ vā taṇḍulānvitam || 27 || tattadagre'tha gaganāt patatyeva yathepsitam | evameva tu siddhānnagulikāṃ parijapya ca || 28 || kṣiptvā mahānasoddeśe siddhānnaṃ karṣayet kṣaṇāt | gulikāṃ gomayenaiva kṛtvā tu badarīsamām || 29 || nikṣipya govrajasyāntaḥ saptavārābhimantritām | dhyānamātrāt kṣaṇasyānte dadhikṣīrājyapūritān || 30 || bhāṇḍāṃśca pṛṣṭhataḥ paśyedyatra yatra sthito vratī | prajapya badaraṃ samyak phalamanyattu vā kvacit || 31 || kṣipenmadhuvane rājñaḥ phalākṛṣṭiṃ karoti ca | supuṣpavāṭikāyāṃ tu puṣpamekaṃ vinirdiśet || 32 || japtvā vāratrayaṃ mantrī puṣpāṇyākarṣayet kṣaṇāt | yatra yatra tadaṅgotthaṃ saptajaptaṃ vinikṣipet || 33 || tatra tatra tu tat tiṣṭhet saṃkalpe tu kṛte sati | yathecchaṃ [C: yatheṣṭaṃ] tu samākṛṣṭaṃ tatra tatra tu tad vrajet || 34 || na cāpi sādhakavaraḥ saṛṇo [B, C: jīrṇo] jāyate kvacit | kṛtvāṅgārakaṇaṃ caiva śataṃ japtaṃ samāhitaḥ [C: samāhritam] || 35 || kṣipet salilamadhye tu jvalat tad dṛśyate jalam | kuśāgrasthaṃ jalakaṇaṃ śatavārābhimantritam || 36 || kṛtvā hutāśarāśau tu jvalamāne vinikṣipet | bhavet pānīyamiva ca sa vahnirdṛśyate kṣaṇāt || 37 || vālukāparipūrṇaṃ cāpyaraṇyaṃ tu tṛṇojjhitam | dṛṣṭvā tatra vinikṣipya tṛṇaṃ dviśatamantritam || 38 || puṣpapatrasamākīrṇaṃ patrapallavasaṃkulam | kuryānnandanatulyaṃ tat toyarāśisamāvṛtam || 39 || nānāvihagasaṃpūrṇaṃ [ī: nānāvibhava] pattanopavanānvitam | puraprākārasaṃpūrṇaṃ devatāyatanānvitam || 40 || geyavedadhvaniyutaṃ lalanābhiśca śobhitam | nṛpāṇāmetadāścaryaṃ [B: ācaryaṃ] darśanīyaṃ sadaiva hi || 41 || tanūdakeṣvaraṇyeṣu [ā. omits this line] niranneṣu sadaiva hi | icchayāpastathānnāni bhogāṃśca vividhānapi || 42 || karoti mantritairloṣṭairgomayenāṣṭasaṃkhyayā | arivarge gṛhītāstre saṃmukhe sati tiṣṭhati || 43 || krodhāccaiva tathodyukta ekākī yadi tiṣṭhati | japamānastu vai mantraṃ saṃkalpya manasā mahat || 44 || ātmīyaṃ ca balaṃ pattisyandanāśvagajākulam | tasya saṃpadyate kṣipraṃ camūrghoraparākramā || 45 || dṛṣṭvā tāṃ vimukhaṃ yāti hataujaskaṃ riporbalam | karoti śakra yatkiṃcinmanasā mantramuccaran || 46 || p. 196) mūla- vyalīkaṃ [ī: alīkaṃ] satyabhūtaṃ ca tattathā paridṛśyate | dṛṣṭvā tu pādapaṃ śuṣkaṃ tāḍayeccaraṇena tu || 47 || japamāno mahāmantraṃ sa [ī: syātsa] syāt puṣpaphalākulaḥ | patrapuṣpaphalopetaṃ pāṇibhyāṃ mantramuccaran || 48 || pīḍayet pādapaṃ mantrī sa śoṣamadhigacchati | parvatāgrasthito mantraṃ tannāśārthaṃ [ī: nāśārthāya] japedyadi || 49 || patedadhastācchailastu yāvadicchati sādhakaḥ | tuṣṭaḥ protthāpayet paścāt pātālāt parvatottamam || 50 || cāndanena rasenaiva mantraṃ padmodare nyaset | patreṣvaṅgāni cālikhya suśubhe divase tataḥ || 51 || pūjayitvātha puṣpādyairveṣṭanairveṣṭayettathā | pūrvavad dhārayedyantraṃ tasya sarvā vibhūtayaḥ [ṅ: hi siddhayaḥ] || 52 || samyagāvirbhavantyatra [ṅ: omits three lines from here] loke niṣkaṇṭakaḥ sa ca | subhagaścaiva dīrghāyuḥ paratra sukhamāpnuyāt || 53 || mūrteścaturthyā vṛtrāre prabhāvo'yaṃ mahādbhutaḥ | leśato darśitastasyāḥ sākalya mama durvacam || 54 || devīcatuṣṭayasyaiṣa siddhisaṃghaḥ samāsataḥ | kiṃcittu leśataḥ proktaḥ sādhakānāṃ hitāptaye || 55 || tebhyo divyāni bhautāni prayacchati śubhāni ca vimalāṃ ca manaḥśuddhimante ca paramaṃ padam || 56 || prakāśayati bhaktānāṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ cāvināśitam | vistīrṇāmiti māṃ lakṣmīmiyatībhirvibhūtibhiḥ || 57 || bhajeta vividhairbhāvaiḥ kṣemaṃ kṛtvā manaḥsthitam | śakraḥ- namo devādidevyai te namo vaikuṇṭhavallabhe || 58 || kasmin lakṣe manaḥ kṛtvā bhajeyaṃ tvāṃ saroruhe | śrīḥ- eko nārāyaṇo haṃsaḥ ṣāḍguṇyāmṛtavāridhiḥ || 59 || tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirviṣṇoranapagāminī [B, ṅ: śrīranapāyinī] | sāhamaṅkasthitā tasya yathā te pūrvamīritā || 60 || lakṣaṃ tadeva te śakra manasaḥ sthairyakāraṇam | sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ suvarṇarajatādibhiḥ || 61 || nirmāya māṃ vibhoraṅkasthāyinīṃ śāstradarśanāt | pratiṣṭhāpya vidhānena taistairbhāvairbhajasva mām || 62 || śakraḥ- namaste jagadāvāse manonayananandini | yuvayoḥ sthāpanaṃ kīdṛgbimbe ṣāḍguṇyanirmite || 63 || śrīḥ- sarvabhūto yathā viṣṇurdevaḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahaḥ | sarvabhūtātmabhūtasthā tādṛśyevāhamadbhutā [F: mahādbhutā] ||64 || pratiṣṭhitāyāḥ sarvatra mama nārāyaṇasya ca | vastutaḥ kā pratiṣṭhā syāt sarvaṃ yadvaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 65 || tamimaṃ vāstavaṃ bhāvamārūḍhaṃ mānasaṃ yateḥ | arcā pratiṣṭhā cetyete vikalpāḥ pravijṛmbhitāḥ || 66 || śṛṇu tatra pratiṣṭhāṃ me yathāvadbalasūdana | yayā vihitayā dehī kṛtārthatvaṃ prapadyate || 67 || nirmāpya śāstrataḥ samyagyogoktaṃ rūpamāvayoḥ | sūktābhyāṃ sapavitrābhyāṃ snāpayet tīrthavāriṇā || 68 || ācchādya navavastreṇa viprairadhyāpayet saha | vimalairdharmatattvajñaistrayīsāttvataśāstrayoḥ || 69 || p. 197) mūla- tārakaṃ tārikāṃ caiva tathaivāpyanutārikām | sūktaṃ ca śākunaṃ caivāpyadhīyīran pavitravat || 70 || sūryasyāstamayaṃ prāpya tadbimbaṃ vastraveṣṭitam | ṛtaṃ cetyādisūktena tathā sārasvatena ca || 71 || ṛgbhirhiraṇyavarṇābhiḥ kuryādvāryadhivāsanam | udgate vimale sūrye kuryāddiksthāpanaṃ tataḥ || 72 || uttiṣṭha brahmaṇa iti prāpayeyuśca vedikām | apanīya tato vastraṃ snāpayecchuddhavāriṇā || 73 || yāmye ca vedibhāge tu mṛdvāstaraṇaśobhite | bimbaṃ pūrvaśiraskaṃ tu śāyayejjapapūrvakam [B: pūrvavat] || 74 || tataḥ śalākāṃ sauvarṇīṃ gṛhītvāstrābhimantritām | ullikhennayane [ī: ullikhecca tato netre] netramantrajāpī śalākayā || 75 || snātaḥ śuddhāmbaraḥ śilpī divyadṛṣṭyāvalokitaḥ | astramantritaśastreṇa [ī: astramantreṇa śastreṇa] netre prakaṭatāṃ nayet || 76 || pūrayenmadhusarpirbhyāṃ tatpātre ca pradarśayet | sālaṃkāraṃ dhenuyugmaṃ tasmin kāle nivedayet || 77 || nayanonmīlanīyaṃ tat sarvaṃ dadyāttu śilpine | tataḥ sitena sūtreṇa baddhvā rājīḥ suvāsasi [ī: vāsasī ] || 78 || badhnīyāttārayā tasya kautukaṃ dakṣiṇe kare | bhadrapīṭhe samāropya tathā bimbaṃ tu susthire || 79 || ādhārādikramopete samyagbhāvena pūjite | tato bimbaṃ nirīkṣeta dhiyā [ī: tāvat] ṣāḍguṇyapūritam || 80 || tāḍayitvāstramantreṇa kavacenāvakuṇṭhya ca | sarvauṣadhyudakenaiva snāpayet kevalena ca || 81 || saṃmṛjyāhatavastreṇa kautukaṃ mocayettataḥ | mantraviccakramantreṇa dadyādarghyaṃ tu mūrdhani || 82 || bhāvayitvā tato bimbaṃ bimbaṃ cāruruceriva | pūjitairmantritaiḥ śuddhaiḥ kalaśairdravyapūritaiḥ || 83 || ṣoḍaśacchadapadmotthapatraṣoḍaśakasthitaiḥ | prathamaṃ pañcagavyena gomūtreṇa dvitīyakam || 84 || tṛtīyaṃ gomayāmbhobhisturyaṃ tretāgnibhasmanā | gajagovṛṣaśṛṅgāgravalmīkorvyambunā param || 85 || śālikṣetranadīpadmavanādyurvyambunā param | saptamaṃ sarṣapāmbhobhiḥ sarvauṣadhibhiraṣṭamam || 86 || kṣīreṇa navamaṃ dadhnā daśamaṃ sarpiṣā param | dvādaśaṃ madhunā sarvabījāmbhobhistrayodaśam || 87 || phalaiḥ paraṃ paraṃ dhānyaiḥ sugandhādbhistu [ī: susugandhaistu] ṣoḍaśam | abhimantrya hṛdā pūrṇamekaikaṃ kalaśaṃ purā || 88 || snāpayenmūlamantreṇa taiḥ ṣoḍaśabhirādarāt | udakāntaritaiḥ sārghyapuṣpadhūpapradīpakaiḥ || 89 || masūramāṣagodhūmacūrṇairatha [ī: masūramatha] vighṛṣya ca | prakṣālya payasā mūrdhni tārikāṃ vinyaset parām || 90 || tataḥ sūkṣmāṃ tataḥ sthūlāṃ sthāneṣveṣu kramāt sudhīḥ | mūrdhni vaktreṃ'sayoḥ karṇe hṛdi nābhau tu pṛṣṭhataḥ || 91 || kaṭimūle tathorvośca jānugulphe'tha pādayoḥ | tārakaṃ binyasedevaṃ tathaivāpyanutārikām || 92 || nyasyaivaṃ pauruṣaṃ sūktaṃ nyasecchrīsūktamapyatha | śiro [ī: omits four lines from here] me śrīryajurbhiśca nyaselliṅgānurūpakam || 93 || ṭippaṇī- 70. śākunaṃ sūktam ṛgvede (ma0 2. sū0 42. ṛ. 1) draṣṭavyam | 78. rājiḥ kṛṣṇasarṣapaḥ | 93. śiro me śrīrityādi | taittirīyabrāhmaṇe (2-6-5-3) draṣṭavyam | p. 198) mūla- kuryācca hotṛvinyāsaṃ yathā proktaṃ yajurmaye | evaṃ vinyasya puruṣe mayi paścāt samācaret || 94 || vinyasya pūrvaṃ śrīsūktaṃ śiro me śrīryajūṃṣi ca | tataśca hotṛvinyāsaṃ vidhāyaivaṃ tanudvaye || 95 || kuṇḍe pūrvavidhānānte juhuyāt sarvaśāntaye | uktāśca vartamānāśca yāvantyo mantrajātayaḥ || 96 || juhuyāt tāvatībhistu sarvadoṣapraśāntaye | ṛcaḥ pūrvadiśābhāge dakṣiṇasyāṃ yajūṃṣi ca || 97 || pratīcyāṃ caiva sāmāni saumya ātharvaṇāni ca | samīpe sāttvatānmantrānevamadhyāpayed dvijān || 98 || pūrvaṃ ṣoḍaśapatrābjakarṇikāsthaiścaturdiśam | kalaśaiḥ snāpayenmantraistāratārānutāravat || 99 || vasavastveti mantreṇa puṣpāmbhaḥkalaśena tu | rudrāstvā gandhatoyena svarṇāmbhaḥkalaśena tu || 100 || ādityāstveti viśveti ratnodakalaśena tu | tāratārānutārābhirabhiṣiñcecca mantravit || 101 || tataḥ śuddhodamādāya parāditrividhātmanā | tārayā tvabhiṣicyātha tathārghyaṃ mūrdhni nikṣipet || 102 || samālabhya tato bimbaṃ candanādyanulepanaiḥ | vāsaḥprabhṛtibhirbhogaiḥ prāpaṇāntaiḥ samarcayet || 103 || mudrāṃ vaddhvārcayet paścāt pīṭhaṃ brahmaśilānvitam | samastādhvamayaṃ pīṭhaṃ dhyāyedvaiṣṇavamujjvalam || 104 || ādhāraśaktibhūtāṃ ca divyāṃ brahmaśilāṃ smaret pīṭhabrahmaśile [ā: pīṭhaṃ brahmaśilā ; B: pīṭhabrahmaśilā] tvevaṃ sahabhāvena nirmite || 105 || pṛthagvinirmite te ca kuryāttu śayanottare | śayanaṃ sthirabimbasya vakṣyamāṇaṃ vidhīyate || 106 || prāsādagamanaṃ caiva pīṭhabrahmaśilāsthitiḥ | tatpratiṣṭhāpanaṃ caiva bimbasyāvāhanaṃ tataḥ || 107 || dvādaśāṅgakalānyāsastryahādyutsavasādhanam | tathāvabhṛthakarmādi [ā, B: tathā prabhṛti] sarvametadvidhīyate || 108 || calabimbapratiṣṭhāṃ ca catuṣkalaśasecane ārādhyāvāhanaṃ kuryādyathā tadavadhāraya || 109 || kāryamāvāhanāt pūrvaṃ bhogānāṃ tritayaṃ kramāt | svarūpe'vikṛte [ā. B. C. omit three lines from here] śuddhe nistaraṅge nirāmaye || 110 || parātīte guruḥ sthitvā punaḥ svahṛdayāmbuje | śaktiṃ sattāmayīṃ viṣṇoranurūpāmanusmaret || 111 || yadbimbaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ pūrvaṃ tanmayaṃ tadanusmaret | agnīṣomamayau bhāvau svadehasthāvanusmaret || 112 || ūrdhvādhovyāpakatvena sthitau paramabhāsvarau | yathātmani tathā bimbe yathā bimbe tathātmani || 113 || dakṣiṇena tato yāyādagnimārgeṇa dehataḥ | praviśedvāmamārgeṇa bimbasya hṛdayaṃ dhiyā || 114 || yathātmanātmā hṛdaye svānubhūto hyanūpamaḥ | tathā taddhṛdayāntaḥsthamātmānamanusaṃsmaret || 115 || ṭippaṇī- 94. hotṛvinyāsamiti | daśahotrādayo mantrāḥ taittirīyāraṇyake paṭhitāḥ | teṣāṃ vinyāsamityarthaḥ | 100. vasavastveti | rudrāstveti | (taittirīyabrāhmaṇam 2-7-15-5). 101. ādityāstveti | viśveti | (taittirīyabrāhmaṇam 2-7-15-5). p. 199) dṛṣṭvā svaraśmikhacitamānandāpūritaṃ mahaḥ | tasmiṃstasmin parabrahmaṇyaikadhyaṃ [ī: ekatvaṃ] tasya cintayet || 116 || evamekārṇavīkṛtya vaiṣṇavaṃ tat paraṃ mahaḥ | tiṣṭhet samādadhānastadaspandaṃ svamano dadhat || 117 || manasi [F: manasvī] spandamāne'tha smṛtvā taṃ svaṃ dhiyā [ā, ṅ: dvidhā] punaḥ | bimbād dakṣiṇamārgeṇa bahirniṣkramya medhayā || 118 || saṃviśedvāmabhāgena svameva hṛdayāmbujam | yogo'yaṃ dravyabimbasya nāḍībṛndapravartakaḥ [ā: nāḍībimba ; ī: nānābimba] || 119 || yogāntaramathātiṣṭhet tasya sarveśitāptaye | dhyāyītāto hṛdambhojāt tārikāṃ tāriṇīṃ gṛṇan || 120 || yāyādūrdhvapravāheṇa paraṃ padamanāmayam | tataḥ smaret paraṃ [ī: padaṃ] tacca bhogaṃ [ī: kṣobhaṃ] prāptaṃ svayecchayā || 121 || tatastatspandamādāya vijñānaiśvaryaśaktimat | anākulaṃ punaryāyāt pathā tena hṛdambujam || 122 || dakṣiṇena viniṣkramya parasparasahāyavān | tadbimbahṛdayāmbhojaṃ vāmenaiva tu saṃviśet || 123 || dhyātvā pūrvavadekatvaṃ viniṣkramyordhvamārgataḥ | dvādaśāntaṃ samāviśya pūrvavat spandametya ca || 124 || yathābimbaṃ hṛdambhojaṃ tenaiva praviśet sudhīḥ | tato'gninā viniṣkramya savyena hṛdayaṃ viśet || 125 || smaret spandamathaiśvaryaṃ svacakṣurdvayagolakam | parasparaṃ nirīkṣyātha tanvānāvekatāmiva || 126 || anyonyālokanābhyāṃ tāvanuviddhāvanusmaret | etadīśvarasaṃdhānaṃ nāma yogo'nuvarṇitaḥ || 127 || yena sarveṣu bimbeṣu sarveśitvaṃ sadā bhavet | atha śabdānusaṃdhānaṃ mantrabimbaikatā hi yā [ī: abhidhā] || 128 || sā smṛtā [ṅ, ī: sattā] vaiṣṇavī sūkṣmā śaktirviṣṇornirañjanā | tatsāmānyamayo bhūtvā tasmin svaṃ lopayed dhvanim || 129 || sarvasaṃkalpahīnaṃ tacchabdamātravivarjitam | śāntaṃ [ī: omits this line] viddhi paraṃ sūkṣmaṃ tatparaṃ [ṅ: tadbheraṃ] bodhanirmitam || 130 || tataḥ śabdārthasaṃskārasārdhaspandodyamo hi yaḥ | tat smaret paramaṃ sūkṣmaṃ paśyantīpadamunmiṣat || 131 || saṃkalpapadavīrūḍhastattatsaṃskārarañjitaḥ | svakaṃ vācyaṃ pṛthakkṛtya taduddiśyodayo hi yaḥ || 132 || śābdaṃ tanmadhyamaṃ rūpaṃ smareddhṛtpadmamadhyagam | nānāsthānaprayatnotthaiḥ karaṇaśvasaneritaiḥ || 133 || ṭippaṇī- 119. nāḍībṛndeti | atredaṃ pārameśvaravacanamanusaṃdheyam- yogo'yaṃ muniśārdūla bimbasya dravyajasya ca | āpādamūrdhaparyantaṃ nāḍībṛndasya vyañjakaḥ || yena sarveśitā vipra bimbasyāsya prajāyate | taṃ yogamadhunā vacmi ekāgramavadhāraya || (15-447, 448) iti | 122. spandaṃ kṣobham | tathā ca pārameśvare- avyucchinno'pyatho'kṣubdhaḥ svecchayā kṣobhameti ca | (15-451) iti | ityekonapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ p. 200) mūla- taraṅgairvyaktimāyāti sphuṭo varṇapadādikaiḥ | yo vācakasvarūpeṇa [ī: yena vācakarūpeṇa] tatpadaṃ vaikharīṃ viduḥ || 134 || bodhaśabdātmakaṃ tasmāt parasūkṣmādibhedavat | vapurityanusaṃdhāya tadbimbaṃ bhāvayet tataḥ || 135 || śabdasaṃhārayogena svaṃ vapustacca bimbakam | niṣkampabodhaśabdātma [F: śabdārthau] smṛtvā taddvitayaṃ tathā || 136 || pūrvoktakramayogena śabdabrahma hyanāhatam | paśyantyādikrameṇaiva śabdabimbamayaṃ [ṅ: brahmamayaṃ] smaret || 137 || evaṃ śabdānusaṃdhānaṃ kṛtvā mantrānusaṃhitam | ārabheta sudhīḥ karma tasya yogo'yamucyate || 138 || anāhataṃ paraṃ nābhau paśyantīpadamāgatam | nālasūtramivāntaḥsthaṃ madhyame hṛdayāmbuje || 139 || sthitvā tadvaikharīdvārā bimbāntaḥ saṃviśat smaret | sphurannādasvarūpaṃ ca mantrairvyāptaṃ tathākhilaiḥ || 140 || mantrātmānaṃ [ī: mantranāthaṃ] jagannāthaṃ bimbahṛnmadhyagaṃ smaret | evaṃ saṃsthāpitaṃ bimbaṃ bhuktimuktiphalapradam || 141 || āvāhanaṃ tataḥ kuryād bimbe'smin harimedhasaḥ | pūrvamāvāhayāmīti tathā sarvāṅgamantrataḥ || 142 || praveśanirgamau lakṣmyāḥ smareddevasya dehataḥ | ṛgbhiḥ pañcabhirādyābhistasyā āvāhanaṃ smṛtam || 143 || dvādaśāṅgakalānyāsaṃ devanyāsavadācaret | bhavataṃ naḥ sumanasāviti dvāvanusāntvayet || 144 || etāvatī cale bimbe pratiṣṭhānyatra tu sthire | kuryāt pūrvoktamārgeṇa sāttvatādividhānavit | 145 || yadetadanusaṃdhānatritayaṃ [B: tṛtīyaṃ] pūrvamīritam | etadeva pratiṣṭhānamubhayatreti [ī: pratiṣṭhāyāṃ] me matiḥ || 146 || itthaṃ saṃskārasaṃpanne tadbimbadvitaye sudhīḥ | lakṣmīṃ lakṣmīpatiṃ caiva dhiyā paśyannupasthitau || 147 || tanmanāścaiva tadbhaktastadyājī tajjapodyataḥ | tadyogī satataṃ bhūtvā tāvevānte prapadyate || 148 || pratiṣṭheyamiti proktā sākṣājjñānamayī parā | jñānaṃ vinā na caivānyannarāṇāṃ tārakaṃ smṛtam [ī: matam] || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra ; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre pratiṣṭhāvidhānaṃ [B, F: māyāsiddhiprakāśaḥ] nāmaikonapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ pañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śakraḥ- viśvāraṇe namastubhyaṃ namo viśvavibhūtaye sarvāsāmapi siddhīnāṃ namaste mūlahetave || 1 || ādidevātmabhūtāyai nārāyaṇakuṭumbini | samastajagadārādhye namaste padmayonaye || 2 || tvatprasādācchrutā mantrāstvadīyāḥ siddhayo mayā | ārādhanaṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yathāvadavadhāritam || 3 || idānīṃ śrotumicchāmi tvadvaktrāmbujaniḥsṛtam | tvatsūktasya vidhiṃ kṛtsnamupasanno'smyadhīhi bho || 4 || śrīḥ [B, F, ī: śrīruvāca] devo nārāyaṇo nāma jagatastasthuṣaspatiḥ | ātmā ca sarvalokānāṃ ṣāḍguṇyānandavigrahaḥ || 5 || sarvaprakṛtirīśānaḥ sarvajñaḥ sarvakāryakṛt [ī: vit] | niraniṣṭo'navadyaśca [ī: niradhiṣṭhaḥ] sarvakalyāṇasaṃśrayaḥ || 6 || tamasāṃ tejasāṃ caiva bhāsakaḥ svaprakāśataḥ | antaryāmī niyantā ca bhāvābhāvavibhāvitaḥ [ā, B, C: vibhāvanaḥ] || 7 || śaktimān sakalādhāraḥ sarvaśaktirmadīśvaraḥ | tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirekā śrīrnāma śāśvatī || 8 || nirastanikhilāvadyā sarvakāmadughā vibhoḥ | ātmabhittisamunmīlacchuddhāśuddhādhvavargiṇī || 9 || anuvratā hṛṣīkeśaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā | tāvāvāṃ parame vyomni pitarau jagataḥ parau || 10 || anugrahāya lokānāṃ sthitau svaḥ parayā śriyā | kadācitkṛpayāviṣṭau jīvānāṃ hitakāmyayā || 11 || sukhinaḥ syurime jīvāḥ prāpnuyurnau kathaṃ nviti [ā, B, ṅ: tviti ] | upāyānveṣaṇāyattau [C: upāyānveṣaṇe] parameṇa samādhinā || 12 || mathnīvaḥ smātigambhīraṃ śabdabrahmamahodadhim | mathyamānāttatastasmāt sāmargyajuṣasaṃkulāt || 13 || tat sūktimithunaṃ divyaṃ dadhno ghṛtamivotthitam | anāhatamasaṃdigdhamanaspaṣṭamanaśvaram || 14 || sarvaiśvaryaguṇopetamanākulapadākṣaram [ī: anākulamanāturam] | ādyostathāntayoḥ śaśvadanyonyākṣaramiśritam || 15 || ṭippaṇī- 1. viśvāraṇe | viśvotpattisthānabhūte ityarthaḥ | 2. ātmabhūtāyai | prāṇavallabhāyai ityarthaḥ | 4. tvatsūktasya ; śrīsūktasya | 5. jagata ityādi | jaṅgamasthāvarāṇāṃ patirityarthaḥ | 6. prakṛtiḥ ; upādānakāraṇam | 7. tasya bhāsā sarvamidaṃ vibhāti, iti śrutyarthopabrṃhaṇamatra | bhāvābhāveti | bhāvābhāvapadārtharūpatayā nirdhārita ityarthaḥ | 9. sarvakāmeti | mayaiva saḥ avāptasamastakāma iti bhāvaḥ | ātmabhittīti | śuddhāśuddharūpaḥ prapañcaḥ sarvo'pi madekāvalambana ityarthaḥ | 12. samādhinā; dhyānena | 13. mathnīvaḥ smeti | amathnīvetyarthaḥ | 14. sūktamithunam; puṃsūktaṃ śrīsūktaṃ ca | anāhatam; avyāhatam | anaspaṣṭam; atispaṣṭam | p. 202) śaktiśaktimadāviddhaṃ [l: omits this line] tattadakṣaramiśritam | tatra puṃlakṣaṇaṃ sūktaṃ sadbrahmaguṇabhūṣitam || 16 || svīcakārāravindākṣaḥ svamahimni pratiṣṭhitam | tatra strīlakṣaṇaṃ sūktaṃ sadbrahmaguṇabhūṣitam || 17 || svīcakārāhamavyagrā svamahimni pratiṣṭhitam | te ete parame sūkte maharṣigaṇasevite || 18 || adhīte [C: omits four lines from here] ca vimṛṣṭe ca nayetāṃ paramāṃ gatim | vihitāni vidhānāni kalpakṛdbhiḥ purātanaiḥ || 19 || aghorāṇyamarādhyakṣa tāni tāni sahasraśaḥ | tatra saṃprati matsūktavidhānaṃ [B: matsūkte] vihitaṃ śṛṇu || 20 || māmevāsya [l: ādyaṃ] muniṃ vidyācchandaḥ śrīrnāma kathyate | devatā sakalādhārā viṣṇupatnyahamīśvarī || 21 || viniyogo'sya sūktasya lakṣmīnārāyaṇārcane | aṅkasthāṃ bhāvayellakṣmīṃ viṣṇormāṃ parameśvarīm || 22 || vāmenāliṅgitāṃ śaśvadbāhunā paramātmanā [ā: paramātmanaḥ] | tadaṃsalagnabāhuṃ [ī: tadaṅgalagnāṃ māṃ caiva] ca divyapaṅkajadhāriṇīm || 23 || atha māmarcayedṛgbhiḥ prayataḥ parameśvarīm | vāmotsaṅganiṣaṇṇāṃ māṃ devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 24 || kuryāt prathamaya carcā tvāvāhanamatandritaḥ | dvitīyayāsanaṃ dadyād devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 25 || tṛtīyayārghyamīśāne pādyaṃ [ī: paścātpādyaṃ] cāpi prakalpayet | caturthyācamanaṃ caiva pañcamyā copahārakam || 26 || ṣaṣṭhyā snānaṃ prakurvīta saha nau sādhakottamaḥ | saptamyā vāsasī dadyādaṣṭamyā bhūṣaṇāni ca || 27 || gandhaṃ dadyānnavamyā tu daśamyā sumanaścayam | parābhyāṃ dhūpadīpau [B: dīpadhūpau] tu parayā madhuparkakam || 28 || prāpaṇaṃ ca caturdaśyā pañcadaśyā namaskriyāḥ | tārikāmanutāraṃ ca prayuñjīyādathāntataḥ || 29 || pratyṛcaṃ niyato mantrī japecchaktyā yathāvidhi | sūktasya vilayaṃ paścāttārikāyāmanusmaret || 30 || tārikāsthau ca nau dhyātvā smaret sarvagatiṃ ca nau | ṛgbhiścatasṛbhiryadvā pūrvamāvāhanakriyā || 31 || pañcamyā tu prapadyeta śriyaṃ māṃ śuddhacetasā | āpa ityanayā kuryādarghyapādyācamakriyāḥ || 32 || ārdrāmiti ca matsnānaṃ kardameneti cāmbaram | gandhadvāreti [C, F, ī: dvāreṇa] gandhāḥ syurūpaitu syādalaṃkṛtiḥ || 33 || ṭippaṇī- 17. svīcakāreti | tanmantradraṣṭṛtayā tadṛṣitvena tatpratipādyatvena taddevatātvena cātmānamabhāvayadityarthaḥ | aravindākṣa ityanena tasya yathā kapyāsaṃ puṇḍarīkamevamakṣiṇī iti śrutyupavarṇita iti sūcyate | 19. adhīte; śabdataḥ | vimṛṣṭe; arthataḥ | kalpakṛdbhiḥ; śaunakādibhiḥ | 20. aghorāṇi | phaladaśāyāmiva sādhanadaśāyāmapi paramabhogyānītyarthaḥ | 22. aṅkasthāmiti | vāmāṅkasthāmityarthaḥ | 28. parābhyāmiti | ekādaśīdvādaśībhyāmṛgbhyāmityarthaḥ | 29. tārikāmityādi | hrīṃ śrīṃ iti mantradvayamityarthaḥ | 31. pakṣāntaramāha-ṛgbhiriti | 32. āpa iti | āpaḥ sṛjantu ityādidvādaśyetyarthaḥ | 33. ārdrāmityādi | trayodaśyā caturdaśyā cetyarthaḥ | kardameneti | ekādaśyetyarthaḥ | gandhadvāreti | navamyetyarthaḥ | upaitviti | saptamyetyarthaḥ | p. 203) kāṃ sosmi dhūpadīpau [B: dīpadhūpau] ca ṣaṣṭhyā caivopahārakam | manasaḥ kāmamityevaṃ madhuparkaṃ prakalpayet || 34 || kṣutpipāsāmiti hyeṣā prāpaṇapratipādikā | antyayā tu namaskāraḥ śiṣṭaṃ pūrvavadācaret || 35 || sūkte'smin mama nāmāni pañcāśat trīṇi cāpyuta | teṣāṃ niruktiṃ mattastvaṃ śṛṇu jambhaniṣūdana || 36 || nihitā sarvabhūteṣu raṇe [C: vraṇe] bhṛṅgavadhūriva | janayantī paraṃ nādaṃ tailadhārāvadacyutam || 37 || nimeṣonmeṣayormadhye sūryācandramasoḥ sthitā | mūlamādhāramārabhya dviṣaṭkāntamupeyuṣī || 38 || uditānekasāhasrasūryavahnīndusaṃnibhā | cakrakāt [ī: omits three lines from here] pavanādhārācchāntā paśyātha madhyamā || 39 || vaikharīsthānamāsādya tatrāṣṭasthānavartinī | varṇānāṃ jananī bhūtvā bhogān prasnaumi gauriva || 40 || hiraṇyavarṇetyevaṃ māṃ prajāpatirudāradhīḥ | stutvā tu [ī: atha] matprasādāt sa yogānāṃ dharmamūcivān || 41 || praṇavādirnamo'nto'yaṃ mantro mama navākṣaraḥ | śabdabrahmamayaḥ sākṣādyogināṃ yogasādhakaḥ || 42 || dūrād dūrataraṃ yāmi hariṇī yogimānasāt | bhaktyā badhnanti nijayā yogino māṃ yatavratāḥ || 43 || ṣaṣṭiraṣṭau sahasrāṇi yogino matparāyaṇāḥ | hariṇīṃ māmanudhyāya pratyāhāraṃ paraṃ gatāḥ || 44 || hariṇājinasaṃvītāṃ hariṇājinasaṃstarām | hariṇāśliṣṭamadhyāṃ tāṃ hariṇāyatalocanām || 45 || hariṇīṃ māmanusmṛtya parāṃ śāntimavāpnuyāt | hariṃ [ī: omits nine lines from here] nayāmi kāryeṣu nīye ca hariṇā svayam || 46 || sadā hariṇabhāsāhaṃ hāriṇī duritaṃ satām | praṇavādirnamo'ntaśca mantro'yaṃ me ṣaḍakṣaraḥ || 47 || ṭippaṇī- 34. kāṃ sosmīti | caturthyetyarthaḥ | asyā ācamane'pyupayogaḥ pūrvamuktaḥ | ṣaṣṭhyeti | ādityavarṇe ityanayetyarthaḥ | manasa iti | daśamyetyarthaḥ | 35. kṣudityādi | aṣṭamyetyarthaḥ | antyayeti | tāṃ ma āvaha iti pañcadaśyetyarthaḥ 36. pañcāśat trīṇīti | tripañcāśadityarthaḥ | 37. nihitetyādinā hiraṇyavarṇetināmaniruktiḥ | hiśabdārtho nihiteti | raṇe; śabdaṃ karomītyarthaḥ | tādātvikanādasya vivaraṇam-bhṛṅgavadhūriveti | acyutam; avicchinnamityarthaḥ | 39. varṇaśabdaṃ nirvakti-cakrakāditi | ādhāracakrādityarthaḥ | śāntā; paretyarthaḥ | paśyā; paśyantī | 40. vaikharīsthānam; kaṇṭhādīnyaṣṭau | 42. oṃ hiraṇyavarṇāyai namaḥ iti navākṣaro mantraḥ 43. hariṇīti nāma nirucyate'tra | hariṇīvat dūradhāvanāditi, haranti badhnanti yogina enāmiti ca nirvacanadvayam | 45. nirvacanāntaramāha-hariṇetyādi | hariṇasyevāśliṣṭamasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ madhyaṃ yasyāḥ, hariṇā viṣṇunā āśliṣṭaṃ madhyaṃ yasyā iti vā nirvacanam | 46. nirvacanāntaraṃ harimiti | yadiṅgitaparādhīno vidhatte'khilam ityabhiyuktāḥ | 47. hariṇabhāseti hāriṇīti ca nirvacanadvayam | oṃ hariṇyai namaḥ | p. 204) mūla- savārthasādhakaḥ sākṣādyogasādhanamuttamam | sauvarṇaiḥ kalpitā nityaṃ mama mālā saroruhaiḥ || 48 || sṛjāmi śobhanān varṇān suṣṭhu [ā, ṅ: sraṣṭuṃ] viśvaṃ vṛṇāmi vā | sṛtāścāpi mayājasra baddhamuktādayo hyajāḥ || 49 || suvarṇasrajamityevaṃ guhyakānāmadhīśvaraḥ | merau ciramupasthāya dhaneśatvamavāptavān || 50 || rājatairme srajaḥ padmai rājante ca srajo'malāḥ | rājitāśca [ī: rājatāśca] srajaḥ sarve sraṣṭāro jagatāṃ mayā || 51 || rajatasrajamityeva rudrāṇāṃ pravaraḥ purā | kailāse [ī: kailāsaṃ] samupasthāya rajatādhipatāṃ yayau || 52 || aṣṭākṣarāvimau mantrau satārau [ā, B: satāra] namasā yutau | japārcanahutadhyānādabhīṣṭaṃ sādhayiṣyataḥ || 53 || caṃkramyamāṇā bhaktānāṃ drāvayāmi ca duṣkṛtam | candravat satataṃ cittaṃ bhaktānāṃ drāvayāmi ca || 54 || udemi yogināmantarānandaspandalakṣaṇā | caturthīṃ tu daśāṃ teṣāṃ candravadbhāsayāmi ca || 55 || yogāntarāyanihato vasiṣṭhaḥ paramo muniḥ | antaścandramayīṃ śuddhāṃ cidānandamahodadhim || 56 || nāḍīsthāṃ [ī: nābhisthāṃ] māmanusmṛtya punaḥ [ā, ṅ: punastaṃ] svaṃ yogamāptavān | ānandajanakaḥ sadyo mantro'yaṃ me ṣaḍakṣaraḥ || 57 || bhavadāvāgnidagdhānāṃ nirvṛtiṃ prakarotyayam | ādhārābjād dviṣaṭkāntaṃ sūryabhāsā hiraṇmayī || 58 || udemi satataṃ proktā śabdasaṃkalpakorakaiḥ | prakṛteśca pare vyomni maṇḍale ca trayīmaye || 59 || hiraṇmaye'vatiṣṭhe'haṃ hitāya jagatāṃ sadā | tāṃ māṃ hiraṇmayītyevaṃ munayo vedapāragāḥ || 60 || stutvā samāpnuvan kāmaṃ yogino yogamuttamam | saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmārthasādhakaḥ || 61 || ṭippaṇī 48. suvarṇasrak rajatasragiti nāmadvayam | 49. sṛjāmītyādinā nirvacanāntaram | suṣṭhu viśvamityādinā tṛtīyaṃ nirvacanam | viśvaṃ viṣṇuḥ iti nāmapāṭhāt viṣṇuṃ patitvena vṛṇe iti vā, viśvaṃ lokaṃ vāsasthānatayā vṛṇe iti vā nirvacanaṃ bhāvyam | srakśabdanirvacanamāha-sṛtā iti | 50. upākhyānamucyate-guhyakānāmiti | 51. rajatasragiti nāma nirucyate-rājatairiti | nirvacanāntaraṃ rājanta iti | rājitā iti ca nirvacanāntaram | 52. upākhyānamucyate-rudrāṇāmiti | 53. oṃ suvarṇasraje namaḥ | oṃ rajatasraje namaḥ | 54. candreti nāma nirucyate-caṃkramyamāṇeti | kramdhātoryaṅi caṃkramyeti rūpam | tatra caṃ iti padamādāya drā ityanena yoge candreti bhavati | drā iti padaṃ nirvakti-drāvayāmīti | drā ityasyaiva nirvacanāntaraṃ candravaditi | 55. nirvacanāntaramāha-udemīti | caturthī daśā turīyāvasthā | 56. upākhyānamukhena nirvacanāntaramāha-yogetyādinā | 57. oṃ candrāyai namaḥ | 58. hiraṇmayīti nāma nirucyate-ādhāretyādi | dviṣaṭkāntam; dvādaśāntam | sūryasyeva bhāsā yasyā iti ākārāntaḥ śabdaḥ | 59. śabdasaṃkalpāḥ paśyantyādayaḥ | tadātmanodemīti itthaṃbhūtalakṣaṇe tṛtīyā | niruktyantaraṃ prakṛterityādi | 61. oṃ hiraṇmayyai namaḥ | p. 205) mūla- sākṣiṇī sarvabhūtānāṃ lakṣayāmi śubhāśubham | lakṣmīścāsmi harernityaṃ lakṣyaṃ sarvamiteraham || 62 || dadatī kṣepaṇī cāsmi nityā tripreraṇī tathā | tathā jñānasvarūpāhaṃ lakṣaṇīyā mitau mitau || 63 || laye nivāse nirmāṇe preraṇī prakṛteraham | lakṣaṇākhyasya bhāvasya kalākāṣṭhādirūpiṇī || 64 || avyaktavyaktasattvasthā prerayitrī sadāsmyaham | lakṣaṃ nayāmi cātmānaṃ lāmi cānte kṣipāmi ca || 65 || kṣipāmi kṣapayāmyekā kṣiṇomi duritaṃ satām | kṣame kṣamā hi bhūtānāṃ mime manye ca māmi ca || 66 || ityetān mayi dṛṣṭvārthān paramarṣirudāradhīḥ | lakṣmīrlakṣaya [ī: lakṣmīlakṣaṇalakṣmīṃ māṃ ] metyeva kapilo muniruktavān || 67 || pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ pātālagatisādhanaḥ | divyāntarikṣabhaumānāṃ bhogānāmupapādanaḥ || 68 || tanurjñānamayī sā me viṣṇorhṛdi [ī: viṣṇoriva vivartate] ca vartate | ātmajñānamidaṃ puṇyaṃ yogajñānamidaṃ [ī: yogarūpasamanvitam] param || 69 || bhānāmiva [ī: omits this line] gatā kāntiḥ śītaraśmau sadā tathā | śaktiḥ śaktimato viṣṇoḥ sthitāhamanapāyinī || 70 || apaścāhamayāmyekā dravo bhūtvā guṇo mahān | apāvāhayamādau ca muniṃ bhūtvā sarasvatī || 71 || sārasvate jale pūrvaṃ viśvāmitroditā [ī: viśvāmitre sitātmani] satī | apovāha vasiṣṭhaṃ taṃ satyasandhā sarasvatī || 72 || ṛṣayaḥ prāhurevaṃ māṃ vasiṣṭhe srotasā hṛte | satye satyapriyaṃ pāhi vasiṣṭhaṃ śātravāditi || 73 || ṭippaṇī- 62. ita ārabhya sapta ślokāḥ lakṣmīnāmanirvacanaparāḥ | darśanārthāt lakṣadhātornirvacanamāha-sākṣiṇīti | lakṣmīśceti | hareḥ lakṣmīḥ sarvasaṃpadityarthaḥ | atra sraddhayā devo devatvamaśnute aprameyaṃ hi tattejo yasya sā janakātmajā ityādikaṃ bhāvyam | lakṣyamiti | sarvapramiteḥ prameyetyarthaḥ | 63. kṣipdhātornirvacanamāha-kṣepaṇīti | tasyaiva vivaraṇaṃ tripreraṇīti | kāyavāṅmanasānāṃ prerayitrītyarthaḥ | atra lā dāne kṣipa preraṇe iti dhātudvayānniṣpattirabhipretā | tathāhaṃ jñānasvarūpā lakṣaṇīyā | 64. laye iti | sṛṣṭisthitisaṃhāreṣu prakṛtiṃ prerayāmīti lakṣmīraham | lakṣyante pramīyante iti lakṣaṇāni sarve bhāvāḥ | teṣāṃ kṣepaṇī iti niruktiḥ | 65. lakṣamītyādi niruktyantaram | tathā lāmītyapi | līnā bhavāmītyarthaḥ | kṣipāmi; prerayāmi | līdhātuṃ kṣipadhātuṃ cādāya nirvacanam | 66. nirvacanāntaramāha-kṣipāmīti | kṣamadhātoḥ vyutpatīmāha-kṣame iti | mīśabdavyutpattimāha-mime ityādinā | 67. he lakṣmīḥ mā māṃ lakṣaya kaṭākṣayeti kapilo muniruvācetyarthaḥ | 68. oṃ lakṣmyai namaḥ | 69. anapagāminīti nāma nirvakti-tanuriti | viṣṇoranapāyitvāt anapagāminīti nāma | 71. nirvacanāntaramāha-apaśceti | apsu dravākhyo guṇo'ham | tasmāt tābhyo nāpaimītyarthaḥ | nirvacanāntaramāha-apāvāhayamiti | apopasargāt vāhayaterlaṅ | 72. viśvāmitreṇoktā satī tatpratidvandvinaṃ vasiṣṭhaṃ jale ahamapovāheti liṭ | 73. evamapagāminīśabdaṃ niṣpādyādhunā tadviparyayavācitāmāha - ṛṣaya iti | śātravāt pāhīti māṃ prāhurityanvayaḥ | p. 206) mūla- sāhaṃ sarasvatī bhūtvā tamapovāha śātravāt | ṛṣayo nāma cakrurme tadā hyanapagāminīm || 74 || navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvāpadvinivāraṇaḥ | aśvā pūrvāhanī cāsmi vasāmi ca pure sadā || 75 || buddhiprāṇaśarīrākhye trividhe trividhātmanā | aśvānāṃ heṣavannādaṃ [ī: heṣaṇānādaṃ] yogārambhe karomi ca || 76 || nāḍīmadhyaṃ samāyātā karomi rathavad dhvanim | vyomarandhramanuprāptā hastinādavinādinī || 77 || yogino yatamānā māṃ tridhaivaṃ pratipedire | ādyāvaṣṭākṣarau mantrāvantya ekādaśākṣaraḥ || 78 || abhīpsitapradā hyete trayo mantrā hi manmayāḥ | śṛṇomi karuṇāṃ vācaṃ śṛṇāmi duritaṃ satām || 79 || śṛṇāmi ca guṇairviśvaṃ śaraṇaṃ cāsmi śāśvatam | śarīraṃ ca harerasmi śraddhayā cepsitā [F, ī: sevitā] suraiḥ || 80 || śāntādhārapadasthāsmi paśyā [ī: viśvatantrī] rantī ca nābhijā | preraṇī ca dhiyāṃ madhyā sṛṣṭirvaktre tathārṇasām || 81 || catuḥsthānasthitā caivaṃ śāntāpaśyādibhedinī | śrayāmi śrayaṇīyāsmi śaktibhī [ā: śaknomi] remi rāmi ca || 82 || śakterujjvalinī cāsmi śaṃtamā ratirīpsitā | iti trayyantatattvajñāḥ śriyaṃ māṃ vidurañjasā || 83 || api [ī: ahaṃ nātho vibhūtiśca trailokyaṃ ca sureśvara] nātho vibhūtirme trailokyaṃ seśvarāmaram | parāṃ madīyavarṇasya kalāṃ nārhati ṣoḍaśīm || 84 || ādye padatraye varṇāḥ śrīṃhrīmomiti manmayāḥ | eṣa [ā, ṅ: eṣu] vaibhiścaturbhistairmadīyaṃ dhāryate vapuḥ || 85 || ṭippaṇī- 74. ahaṃ taṃ vasiṣṭhaṃ śātravādapovāha apāvāhayam; apāsārayamityarthaḥ | 75. oṃ anapagāminyai namaḥ | ahaṃ buddhyādirūpe pure aśvarūpā pūrūpā vāhanī cāsmi | tatra vasāmi ca | buddhiṃ nānāviṣayeṣvākṛṣya dhāvanāt aśvā | prāṇāvāsasthānabhūtā pūḥ | ātmatayā śarīravahanāt vāhanī | ataḥ aśvapūrveti nāma | 76. pakṣāntaramāha-aśvānāmiti | pūrvaṃ yogārambhe aśveva nadāmi | aśvapūrvāyai namaḥ | 77. rathamadhyānāmanirvacanam-nāḍīti | hastinādaprabodhinīti nāma nirvakti- vyometyādi | oṃ aśvapūrvāyai namaḥ | oṃ rathamadhyāyai namaḥ | oṃ hastinādaprabodhinyai namaḥ | 79. śrīnāmanirvacanamārabhate-śṛṇomītyādinā | śru śravaṇe, śṝ hiṃsāyām, śṝ vistāre iti dhātavaḥ | 80. śraddhayeti | asmāt śakāraṃ rephaṃ cādāya īpsitapadādīkāraṃ saṃyojya śrīśabda iti bhāvaḥ | 81. śāntetyādi | śāntāpadāt śakāraṃ rantīpadāt rephaṃ preraṇīpadādīkāraṃ cādāya śrīśabda iti bhāvaḥ | arṇasāṃ varṇānāṃ sṛṣṭiriti vaikharīrūpamucyate | 82. śrayāmi viṣṇum | śrayaṇīyā; śaktibhiḥ jayādibhiḥ sevyā | remi; āśritapāpāni kṣiṇomi | rāmi; sarvān kāmān dadāmi | 83. śakteḥ prakāśayitrī | śaṃtamā; maṅgalatamā | ratirūpā | īpsitā; prārthanīyā | atrāpi padatrayāt śakārarephekārān saṃyojya śrīśabdaniṣpattirabhipretā | 85. eṣa veti | oṃ śriyai namaḥ iti mantraścetyarthaḥ | ebhiścaturbhiriti | śrīṃ, hrīṃ, oṃ, oṃ śriyai namaḥ ityetaiścaturbhirityarthaḥ | p. 207) mūla- ekaikaśo dviśo vāpi triśo vā sarva eva vā | japtārcitahutadhyātāḥ sādhayeyurabhīpsitam || 86 || prayatnenaiva gopyaṃ tadetadratnacatuṣṭayam | anyonyaphalitaṃ sarvairaśeṣairadhikaṃ guṇaiḥ || 87 || mime [ī: śuṣmiṇo me'khilairmāyairmahimā hi jagatkṣaye] mīye'khilairmānairmayi māti jagat kṣaye | ātmeśvaravatī cāhaṃ vyāptāyāṃ mayi meti dhīḥ || 88 || ātmavaccepsitātyarthamato māṃ madvido viduḥ | pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmaphalapradaḥ || 89 || pradātrī sarvakāmānāmavitrī sarvakarmaṇām | devasya dayitā cāsmi devīṃ māṃ munayo viduḥ || 90 || pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro bhuktimuktiphalapradaḥ | śabdāye sarvabhūtānāmantaḥsthā cinmayī sadā || 91 || kāye ca nikhilairvedairanviṣye keti cākhilaiḥ | brahmarūpadharā cāhaṃ jaṭāmaṇḍaladhāriṇī || 92 || sṛjāmi vividhān bhāvānsvādhyāyādhyāyatatparān [ā, B, C: sarvān] | ataḥ kāmiti māṃ prāhurmunayo vedapāragāḥ || 93 || pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ svādhyāyaphaladāyakaḥ | uditi brahmaṇo nāma vikastistasya tu smitam || 94 || mayyāyattā vikastiḥ sā sosmitāṃ māṃ tato viduḥ | saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro vikastiṃ bhūyasīṃ vahet [ā, B, C: sahet] || 95 || hitā ca ramaṇīyā ca madīyā prakṛtiḥ parā | tāṃ sattvarūpāmālambya taranti munayastamaḥ || 96 || ato [ī: omits this line] hiraṇyaprākārāmṛṣayo māmupāsate | daśākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhidaḥ || 97 || ṭippaṇī- 88. meti nāmanirvacanam-mime ityādinā | sarvaṃ praminomi | mīye; pramīye | māti; parimitaṃ bhavati | ātmetyādi; asmacchabdānniṣpannaṃ maśabdamādāyārtha upavarṇyate | meti dhīriti | ahamarthadhīrityarthaḥ | 89. ātmavaditi | ma iva meti vyutpattiriti bhāvaḥ | oṃ māyai namaḥ | 90. devīśabdaṃ nirvakti-pradātrati | dādhātumavadhātuṃ cādāya nirucyate | devasya dayiteti | puṃyoge ṅīṣiti bhāvaḥ | oṃ devyai namaḥ | 91. kāṃ sosmitām, ityatra kāmiti pṛthak padam | keti nāma nirvakti-śabdāye iti | śabdaṃ karomītyarthaḥ | 92. kāye iti | pratipādye ityarthaḥ | kiṃśabdamādāyāha-anviṣye iti | ka iti brahmaṇo nāmeti matvāha-brahmetyādi | oṃ kāyai namaḥ | 94. sosmiteti nāma nirvakti-uditīti | tasyoditi nāma, iti śrutyartho'trābhipretaḥ | tasya brahmaṇo yā vikastirvikāso bṛhattvamiti yāvat; sā vikastireva smitam | usmitamiti rūpam | tena sahitā sosmitā | bhagavato nārāyaṇasya yat bṛhattvaṃ, tat etadāyattamityuktaṃ bhavati | yadāhuḥ-apāṅgā bhūyāṃso yadupari paraṃ brahma tadabhūt iti | oṃ sosmitāyai namaḥ | 96. hiraṇyaprākāreti nāma nirucyate-hitā ceti | prākāraśabdaḥ prakṛtiparaḥ | oṃ hiraṇyaprākārāyai namaḥ | p. 208) mūla- ārādaśeṣadoṣāṇāṃ drāviṇī māmupeyuṣām | adhomukhācchiraḥpadmāt srutayāmṛtadhārayā || 98 || abhiṣiktā sadārdrāsmi dayayārdrāntarāsmi ca | jvalāmi sarvabhūtāntargagane [ī: bhūtagagane parācca] parame sadā || 99 || śuddhā nirañjanā satyā bhāsayantī jagat tviṣā | aśikhā triśikhā cāhaṃ pañcapañcaśikhāvatī || 100 || saptadhā ca punastredhā jvalāmi vapuṣi sthitā | ṣaḍakṣarāvimau mantrau nirvṛtyaujjvalyadāyakau || 101 || harau prītimatī nityaṃ tṛptā bhakteṣu nityadā | prākṛtaiśca vinā bhogairnityatṛptāsmyahaṃ svataḥ || 102 || tāṃ māṃ tṛptāmanudhyāya munayo vedapāragāḥ [F, ṅ, ī: yoga] | jñānamūlāṃ parāṃ tṛptiṃ nityāṃ prāptāḥ sudhāmayīm || 103 || ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastarpayatyakhilaṃ jagat | tarpayāmi guṇairviṣṇumātmānaṃ tadguṇairapi || 104 || dvisaptatyā sahasreṇa nāḍīnāṃ dehasāgaram | tarpayāmi rasairnityaṃ prāṇānāṃ [ī: prāṇāyāmavaśāt sadā] preraṇāvaśāt || 105 || sauṣumnenādhvanā nityaṃ paraṃ bhāvamupeyuṣām | bimbabhāvamupetāhaṃ [ī: viśva] vimale yogadarpaṇe || 106 || ātmabimbasamudbhūtaiḥ paramārthaḥ sudhārasaiḥ | cinmayaistarpayāmyantaryogināṃ sattvamuttamam || 107 || prakṛtyādi viśeṣāntaṃ pariṇāmonmukhaṃ sadā | kāryabhāvaṃ samāpannamakṣiṇvantī nijairbalaiḥ || 108 || āpagābhirivāmbhodhiṃ prāṇādhānena [B, C, F, ī: prāṇadānena] tarpaye | sneheneva sadā dīpaṃ prāṇināṃ karaṇāni ca || 109 || nijasaṃvidrasenaiva tarpayāmyakṣayātmanā | tarpayantīti māṃ prāhuryogino yogapāragāḥ || 110 || saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastarpayatyakhilaṃ [ā, B, ī: aniśaṃ] jagat | padyamānaṃ minotīti [ā, B: manotīti] kālaṃ padmaṃ pracakṣate || 111 || ṭippaṇī- 98. ārdreti nāma nirvakti-ārāditi | dūre ityarthaḥ | nirvacanāntaram- adhomukhāditi | 99. jvalantīti nāma nirvakti-jvalāmīti | 100. śabdabrahmasvarūpatvamāha-śuddheti | aśikheti parārūpamucyate | paśyantīmadhyamāvaikharībhedena triśikhā | sparśātmanā pañcaviṃśatiśikhā | 101. yādisāntadhāraṇāvyūhātmanā saptadhā | halakṣātmanā tridhā cetyarthaḥ | oṃ ārdrāyai namaḥ | oṃ jvalantyai namaḥ | 102. tṛptete nāmno nirvacanamāha-harāviti | prākṛtairvineti | aprākṛtairityarthaḥ | oṃ tṛptāyai namaḥ | 104. tarpayantīti nāmāha-tarpayāmīti | tarpaṇaṃ ca bahūnāṃ bahubhiḥ sādhanairvarṇayati-guṇairityādinā | 105. dehe dvāsaptatirnāḍyaḥ yogaśāstraprasiddhāḥ | atra dehasya sāgaratvena, nāḍīnāṃ nadītvena, prāṇānāṃ vāyutvena, rasānāṃ jalatvena cādhyavasāyo vivakṣitaḥ | 106. prakārāntaramāha-sauṣumneneti | 108. prakārāntaramāha-prakṛtyādīti | sadā pariṇāmonmukhamityanena prakṛteḥ nityapariṇāmasvabhāvatvamuktaṃ bhavati | 109. tātparyāntaramāha-sneheneti | 111. oṃ tarpayantyai namaḥ | padme sthiteti nāma nirvakti-padyamānamiti | sakalaṃ prameyamityarthaḥ | minoti; paricchinatti | oṃ padme sthitāyai namaḥ | p. 209. mūla- kālamapyakhilaṃ śaśvat kalayantī sthitā sadā | stutvā tvanena nāmnā māṃ kālātītaḥ kṛtī bhavet || 112 || puṃpradhāneśvarānnityaṃ varṇayāmyātmatejasā | padmākāraiśca varṇairme bhūṣitā tanuruttamaiḥ || 113 || padmavarṇeti māṃ stutvā śāstravaiśadyamāpnuyāt | udgataḥ prathamo yoṃ'śuḥ kṣīrasāgaramanthane || 114 || candrākhyaḥ sa madīyoṃ'śurudgacchantyāḥ puraḥsaraḥ | ṛṣayo matprabhāvajñā māṃ tu candrāṃ pracakṣate || 115 || yaḥ sa candro madaṃśūnāṃ koṭikoṭyaṃśakoṭijaḥ | ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantro manovaimalyadāyakaḥ || 116 || prakṛṣyamāṇā bhāso me sarvāvasthāsu sarvadā | yenecchati tirodhātuṃ tanme bhāsā tirohitam || 117 || yathā hi svaśiraśchāyā svapadā naiva laṅghyate | sā padādagrato yāti yena laṅghanamicchati || 118 || nityoditacidānandā matprabhāḥ satatojjvalāḥ | śraddhāṃ somamapo'nnaṃ ca vīryaṃ haviriti kramāt || 119 || bhogyaśaktiprabhā etā asyantī ṣaṭsu vahniṣu | prabhāsā munibhiḥ procye tantravedāntapāragaiḥ || 120 || saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastejaḥsaṃtatisādhakaḥ | yaśo yadujjvalaṃ loke vidyādānādisaṃbhavam || 121 || madīyaṃ tadyaśastacca nānārūpaṃ vibhajyate | māmeva bhājanaṃ viddhi yaśasastejasaḥ śriyaḥ || 122 || ato yaśasvinīṃ tāṃ māṃ yaśaseti vidurbudhāḥ | saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro yaśodo [C: yaśastejaḥprado] japato bhavet || 123 || svargaparjanyabhū puṃstrīvaiśvānaravibhāgataḥ | ādadānā haviḥ prāptaṃ śraddhāsomādisaṃjñitam || 124 || ṣoḍhātmānaṃ vibhajyāhamagnibhāvamupāgatā | jvalantī munibhirgītā bhoktṛśaktiprabhojjvalā || 125 || agnīṣomavibhāgena viśvamevaṃ bhajāmyaham [ā, B, ṅ: bhavāmyaham] | mantreṇānena māṃ stutvā sādhayedyadabhīpsitam || 126 || devena hariṇā juṣṭā sadā devaiśca sevitā | devāśca māmupāśritya viṣayān pratyavasthitāḥ [ā, B: pratyavasthitān] || 127 || ṭippaṇī- 113. padmamānatvāt puṃpradhāneśvarāḥ padmaśabdārthāḥ | tātparyāntaraṃ padmākārairiti | oṃ padmavarṇāyai namaḥ | 114. candreti nāma nirucyate-udgata iti | oṃ candrāyai namaḥ | 117. prakṛṣyamāṇā ityādi | prabhāsānāmanirvacanamatra | bhāsāṃ prakarṣamevāha-yeneti | sūryādiryena tejasānyeṣāṃ tejastirayitumicchati, tadapi mattejasā tirodhīyate | 118. apradhṛṣyatve laukikaṃ nidarśanamāha-yatheti | 119. prakārāntaramāha-nityetyādi | śraddhāmityādi | etacca chāndogye prasiddham | dvitīyāntānāṃ śraddhāmityādīnām asyantītyuttareṇānvayaḥ | 120. ṣaṭsu vahniṣu; svargādiṣvityarthaḥ | prabhā asyatīti vyutpattiḥ | oṃ prabhāsāyai namaḥ | 121. yaśaseti nāma nirucyate-yaśa iti | 122. tacca yaśaśca nānārūpaṃ bhavati | tadevāha-yaśasa ityādinā | 123. oṃ yaśasāyai namaḥ | etadanusāreṇa candrāṃ prabhāsāṃ yaśasāṃ jvalantīm, iti sūktapāṭhaḥ | 124. jvalantīti nāma nirvakti-svargetyādinā | 125. bhoktṛśaktītyanena bhogyaśaktitātparyakaprabhāsānāmavailakṣaṇyaṃ pratipāditaṃ bhavati | oṃ jvalantyai namaḥ | 127. devajuṣṭānāmanirvacanaṃ devenetyādinā | devaśabdasyendriyaparatvamādāyocyate-devāśceti | p. 210) mūla- pariṇāmaviśeṣatvāt prakṛteste hyacetanāḥ | ato macchaktimādāya śuddhasaṃvitkriyāmayīm || 128 || viṣayeṣu pravartante śrotravāṅmana-ādayaḥ | vṛttyartha [ī: pratyakṣe] sevitāmakṣairdevajuṣṭāṃ tu māṃ viduḥ || 129 || sarvaśaktipradāmantardevajuṣṭāmavasthitām | śaśvanmāmanusaṃcintya devān vijayate'khilān || 130 || matta evodgatānīha vijñānāni maharṣiṇām | śaktayaśca kriyāścaiva yāstā uccāvacā nṛṇām || 131 || viśṛṅkhaleṣṭadāṃ cāpi māmudārāṃ vidurbudhāḥ | saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvamiṣṭaṃ prayacchati || 132 || tanomi pañca kṛtyāni tāye ca jagadātmanā | tāṃ [ī: tāṃ tu māmiti] māṃ tāmiti tattvajñāḥ prāhurvedāntapāragāḥ || 133 || pa~cākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastanoti śubhavistṛtim | prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ caiva nayāmi svena tejasā || 134 || kālāccāpi bahirbhūtvā padmanemīṃ tato viduḥ | saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvasaṃpatsamṛddhidaḥ || 135 || ādityaṃ [B, C: ādityavarṇaṃ] varṇayāmyekā tejasā yaśasā śriyā | ādityasthā ca varṇātmā bhūtvā divyā trayīmayī || 136 || prakāśayantī sarvārthānatītānāgatānapi | pitṛdevamanuṣyāṇāṃ cakṣurasmi sanātanam || 137 || ādibhūtaśca varṇo me tāraḥ prathamavācakaḥ | tatra śāntoditānandā nandāmyātmānamātmanā || 138 || tailadhārāvadacchinnā dīrghaghaṇṭāninādinī [F: vinādinī] | praṇavasya śikhā sūkṣmā sā me śabdamayī tanuḥ || 139 || tatra brahmaṇi niṣṇāto māṃ drāgadhigamiṣyati | ādityavarṇajātaṃ me śabdamayyā upasthitam || 140 || śāntāpaśyādirūpeṇa vaikharī varṇanādinī | duhānā sakalānarthān dhenuḥ kāmadughā sthitā [ā, B: dughāsmi sā] || 141 || etānādityavarṇeti mayyarthānṛṣayo [ī: omits six quarters from here] viduḥ | navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmaprapūrakaḥ || 142 || kirantī kiraṇān loke kirantī [ā, B: kiratī] cottarottaram | vāyunā devamitreṇa maṇinādhāravahninā || 143 || 129. devaśabdasyendriyaparatvādāha-śrotretyādi | vṛttyarthe; viṣayavyāpṛtirūpārthe | akṣaiḥ; indriyaiḥ | oṃ devajuṣṭāyai namaḥ | 131. udārānāmaniruktiḥ matta evetyādinā | oṃ udārāyai namaḥ | 133. tāṃ padmanemīm, ityatra tāmiti pṛthak nāmābhipretya nirvacanamāha- tanomīti | pañca kṛtyāni sargādīni | tāye; vistṛtā bhavāmītyarthaḥ | tāyṛ saṃtānapālanayoḥ, iti dhātuḥ | oṃ tāyai namaḥ | 134. padmanemīnāmanirvacanam-prakṛtimityādinā | nayāmīti padadhātvarthaḥ | nemiśabdārthaḥ bahiriti | oṃ padmanemyai namaḥ | 136. ādityavarṇeti nāmāha-ādityamiti | varṇayāmi; varṇavantaṃ tajasvinaṃ karomi | varṇaśabdasyākṣaraparatvamabhisaṃdhāyāha-varṇātmeti | 137. cakṣuriti | cakṣurmitrasya varuṇasyāgneḥ, iti śrutyartho jñātavyaḥ | 138. ādau tyaḥ siddha ityarthaṃ matvāha-ādibhūta iti | 140. tatra brahmaṇīti | praṇavaśikhāyāmityarthaḥ | ādityavarṇajātaṃ praṇavājjātaṃ sarvamapi vāṅmayamityarthaḥ | oṃ ādityavarṇāyai namaḥ | 143. kīrtināmanirvacanam-kirantītyādi | kṝ vikṣepe | vikṣepaḥ kiraṇānāṃ śabdānāṃ ca | tatra śabdānāmāha-uttarottaramiti | paśyantīmadhyamāvaikharīrūpeṇetyarthaḥ | śrutau devasakhaḥ, iti vyatyayena tṛtīyārthe prathamā | maṇinetyasya vivaraṇam-ādhāravahnineti | p. 211) mūla- śanairviśramya viśramya patreṣu jalajanmanām | dvādaśānāṃ tataścordhvaṃ bhajāmi dvādaśāntimam || 144 || kīrtayanti tataḥ kīrtiṃ munayo māṃ manīṣiṇaḥ | pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro yogavaimalyadāyakaḥ || 145 || ṛddhāsmyahaṃ [ī: ṛdhyāmyahaṃ] guṇaiviṣṇorardhayāmi ca yoginaḥ | patreṣu yogapadmānāmādhārāntaracāriṇām || 146 || uttarottaramṛdhyāmi bhajantī [ī: bhaje'haṃ] vistṛtiṃ parām | ṛddhiṃ [ī: omits five lines from here] vṛddhāstataḥ prāhuryogino yogadīpinīm || 147 || gandhādayaḥ pṛthivyādyā dvārāṇi mama vedane | sarveṣāṃ puṇyagandhānāṃ dvārabhūtāsmi śāśvatī || 148 || gandhadvāreti māṃ prāhurviprā vedāntapāragāḥ | durādharṣāsmi sarveṣāṃ daityadānavarakṣasām || 149 || śuddhā saṃvit kriyā cāhaṃ nārhā kairapi bādhitum | sarveṣāmātmabhūtāyā mama saṃvitkriyātmanaḥ || 150 || jñātṛtvamapi kartṛtvaṃ yo nāmāpaninīṣati | jñātvā kartā niṣedhasya sa nirvakṣyati tat katham || 151 || śakto dharṣayituṃ kaścinnaiva saṃvidgatiṃ mama | tadabhāvā vicintyaivaṃ hyabhāve saṃvideva sā || 152 || durādharṣeti māṃ prāhuḥ sāṃkhyajñānavicakṣaṇāḥ | aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastamogativimocanaḥ [ī: bhītivimocanaḥ] || 153 || nityena [ī: nityā ca] viṣṇunā puṣṭā nityaṃ puṣṭā ca sadguṇaiḥ | viṣayairme vinā puṣṭā nityaṃ saṃvit parā tanuḥ || 154 || saiva puṣṇāti viṣayānajaḍābhirjaḍātmanaḥ | nityapuṣṭāṃ tu māṃ prāhuḥ siddhāḥ saṃvidvicakṣaṇāḥ || 155 || aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro nityaṃ puṣṇāti saṃvidam | kariṇo nāma kartārastriśuddhāstrikriyāparāḥ || 156 || tānicchāmi sadā draṣṭuṃ manasā yāmi [B: dhāritān] tān sadā | himaśailendrasaṃkāśā gajendrā mama vāhanāḥ || 157 || ṭippaṇī- 144. śrutau 'upaitu' ityasyārthavarṇanam-bhajāmīti | oṃ kīrtyai namaḥ | 146. ṛddhiriti nāma nirvakti-ṛddheti | samṛddhetyarthaḥ | ardhayāmi; prīṇayāmi | vṛddhimevāha-patreṣviti | 147. ṛdhyāmi; vṛddhiṃ prāpnomi | oṃ ṛddhyai namaḥ | 148. gandhaśabdo rūparasādīnāmapyupalakṣakastadāśrayapṛthivyādīni lakṣayati | 'annaṃ brahmeti vyajānāt' ityatrānnamayakośo brahmajñānadvāratvena śrutau vihitaḥ | 'pṛthivī vā annam' iti śrutirevānnaśabdaṃ pṛthīvīparamācaṣṭe | ato devījñāne pṛthivyādayo dvārabhūyamāpadyante | oṃ gandhadvārāyai namaḥ | 151. tat; apanayanam | 152. tadabhāvā; dharṣaṇābhāvarūpetyarthaḥ | oṃ durādharṣāyai namaḥ | 154. nityapuṣṭānāmanirvacanam-nityenetyādinā | sadguṇaiḥ; jñānaśaktyādiguṇaiḥ | viṣayairvināpi me saṃvidrūpā parā tanuḥ puṣṭetyanvayaḥ | oṃ nityapuṣṭāyai namaḥ | 156. karīṣiṇīti nāma nirvakti-kariṇa iti | kartāra iti | karinśabdaḥ kṛdhātorniṣpanna iti bhāvaḥ | triśuddhāḥ; kāyavāṅmanasaśuddhāḥ | trikriyāḥ; yajanadānādhyayanarūpāḥ 157. icchārthakamudhātumādāyārthamāha- tānicchāmīti | 'iṣa gatau' ityetadabhisandhāyāha-manasā yāmīti | kariśabdasya gajaparatvaprasiddhimabhipretyāha-gajendrā iti | oṃ karīṣiṇyai namaḥ | p. 212) mūla- tairīśvarā sadā yāmi kartrī cāntavatī [ī: annavatī] sadā | karīṣiṇīti māṃ tena tattvajñāḥ saṃpracakṣate || 158 || saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhidaḥ | bhūtānāmīśvarā cāsmi priyeṇeśena [ī: priyā ceśena] sarvadā || 159 || varadā bhuvaneśānā vanitā [ī: bhuvaneśānāmīḍitā] ca sadākhilaiḥ | vṛddhidā vardhamānā ca kṣapaṇī ca sadāṃhasām || 160 || īśvarītyeva me nāma tena vede nirūpitam | ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvaiśvaryasamṛddhidaḥ || 161 || bhaumāntarikṣadivyākhyā ye cāpyaprākṛtāḥ pare | sadānandamayāstvete sarve kāmā mayi śritāḥ || 162 || manorathānāṃ sarveṣāṃ parāhaṃ vibhramasthalī | viṣṇośca manasaḥ kāmaḥ sāhaṃ sarvātiśāyinī || 163 || manasaḥ kāma ityeva tena māṃ tuṣṭuvuḥ surāḥ | navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhidaḥ || 164 || laukikyo'pyatha vaidikyastathā vāhyāgamodbhavāḥ | nirghoṣā ghoṣavatyaśca yā vācaḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 165 || māmabhipretya sarvāsāṃ tāsāmuccāraṇakriyā | māmabhiprayate sarvo janaḥ sarvātmanā sthitām || 166 || tena tena prakāreṇa vācāmuccāraṇakrame | ākūtirvacasāṃ tena vedajñairasmi bhāvitā || 167 || aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvaśabdārthasiddhidaḥ | sacca tyacca jagad dvedhā yat pramāṇena dṛśyate || 168 || tat sarvamahamasmīti satyaṃ māmṛṣayo'bruvan | ṣaḍa"kṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvasatyaphalapradaḥ || 169 || paśyanti paśavo jīvā vidhābhistisṛbhiḥ sthitāḥ | teṣāṃ rūpaṃ tu yacchakra caitanyaṃ hayavarjitam || 170 || tadrūpamahamevāsmi cidghanānandarūpiṇī | macchaktileśāste sarve jīvāścicchaktisaṃjñakāḥ || 171 || āgneyī yā hi macchaktiḥ sā hi jātā tathā tathā | paśūnāṃ rūpamityevaṃ sāṃkhyā māṃ saṃpracakṣate || 172 || navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ samyagjñānaphalapradaḥ | traiguṇyaṃ ṣaḍguṇotthaṃ [B, F: ṣāḍguṇotthaṃ] ca dvidhānnaṃ parikīrtitam || 173 || ṭippaṇī- 159. īśvarīti nāma nirāha-bhūtānāmityādinā | īśvareti; īṣṭe ityarthe stheśabhāsa ityādinā varaci rūpam | bhūtaśabdo nikhilacetanācetanaparaḥ | priyeṇeśeneti sahayoge tṛtīyā | vanitā; dhyātetyarthaḥ | oṃ īśvaryai namaḥ | 163. manasaḥ kāma iti nāmno nirvacanāntaramāha-manorathānāmiti | oṃ manasaḥ kāmāya namaḥ | 165. vāca ākūtiriti nāma nirvakti-laukikya iti | 166. abhipretyeti | ākūtiśabdo'bhiprāyapara iti bhāvaḥ | sarvavacasāṃ tātparyabhūmirityarthaḥ | oṃ vāca ākūtyai namaḥ | 168. satyamiti nāma nirāha-sacceti | sacca tyaccābhavat iti śrutiratrābhipretā | oṃ satyāya namaḥ | 170. paśūnāṃ rūpamiti nāma nirāha-paśyantīti | paśuśabdo jīvaparaḥ | tisṛbhirvidhābhiriti | devatiryaṅmanupyarūpābhiḥ, baddhamuktanityarūpābhirvetyarthaḥ | 172. āgneyī śaktiḥ; bhoktṛśaktiḥ | oṃ paśūnāṃ rūpāya namaḥ | 173. annasya yaśa iti nāma nirāha- traiguṇyamiti | traiguṇyamannaṃ prākṛtabhogyajātam | ṣāḍguṇyamannam aprākṛtabhogyajātam; yadabhipretya 'ahamannādo'hamannādo'hamannādaḥ' iti muktānāṃ gānaṃ śrutirāha | p. 213) mūla- traiguṇyamanubaddhānāmitareṣāmathetarat | dvividhasyāpi cānnasya yadyaśo rūpamuttamam || 174 || tadahaṃ sarvabhūtātmā tattvajñaiḥ parikīrtitā | prākṛtāprākṛtā bhogā macchaktipravijṛmbhitāḥ || 175 || somaśaktirmadīyā yā sā hi jātā tathā tathā | annasya yaśa ityeva māṃ vidustattvacintakāḥ || 176 || navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro bhogasarvasvadāyakaḥ | mime ṣaḍadhvano vyagrā mīye mānaistathākhilaiḥ || 177 || mitiśca sarvamānānāṃ māti cāntarmamākhilam | tārayāmi jagat sarvamapāraṃ [ī: sarvaṃ paramaṃ] bhavasāgaram || 178 || uttīrṇā sarvadoṣābdheḥ plave bhūteṣu cetasā | plāvayāmi jagadviśvaṃ [ī: sarvaṃ] payasā meghatāṃ gatā || 179 || priyaṃ hitaṃ ca sarveṣāṃ cintayāmi karomi ca | tena māṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ mātaraṃ yogino viduḥ || 180 || pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvabhogasamṛddhidaḥ | suṣumnā nāma yā nāḍī nāḍīcakrasya nāyikā || 181 || muktiyānaṃ mahāyānaṃ yogiyānamiti śrutā | śaktiryā vaiṣṇavī sūkṣmā manmayī parikīrtitā || 182 || saṃkalpaviṣayaḥ sarvo yāmālambyāvatiṣṭhate | ūrdhvaṃ cādhaśca yā bhittvā pratijīvaṃ vapurgatim [B, F: punargatim] || 83 || vyāptā paramamākāśaṃ sā suṣumneti gīyate | muktaye'khilajīvānāṃ saṃsārākhilakhedinām || 184 || sāhaṃ suṣumnārūpeṇa varte deheṣu dehinām | ā vastiśīrṣādā mūrdhnastasyāṃ śaktau puraṃdara || 185 || ādhārākhyāni padmāni dvātriṃśat saṃsthitāni vai | padmānāṃ mālayā vyāptā tato'haṃ padmamālinī || 186 || prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ caiva kālaṃ caiva sanātanam | dhārayāmi svarūpeṇa tato'haṃ padmamālinī || 187 || aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakarmaphalapradaḥ | poṣaṃ karomi sarveṣāṃ rūpeṇa yaśasā śriyā || 188 || puṣkaraṃ ca nayāmyekā kālākhyaṃ padmarūpakam | tena puṣkariṇītyevamṛṣayo māṃ pracakṣate || 189 || ṭippaṇī- 176. somaśaktiḥ; bhogyaśaktiḥ | oṃ annasya yaśase namaḥ | 177. 'mātaraṃ padmamālinīm' ityatratyaṃ māteti nāma nirvakti-mime iti | bhuvanapadamantratattvakalāvarṇākhyān ṣaḍadhvanaḥ paricchinadmītyarthaḥ | 178. mitiḥ; jñānam | māti; parimitaṃ vartate | evaṃ māśabdārthamuktvā tṛśabdārthamāha-tārayāmīti | 'tṝ plavanataraṇayoḥ' iti dhātuḥ | 179. plavanārthamāha-plāvayāmīti | oṃ mātre namaḥ | 182. suṣumnāparyāyanāmānyāha-muktiyānamiti | 184. paramamākāśam; brahmarandhram | 185. vastiḥ; nābheradhobhāgaḥ | 186. dvātriṃśaditi | yogaśāstraprasiddhāni ādhārapadmāni | 187. prakṛtyādīnāṃ padmaśabdārthatvaṃ pūrvamevoktam | oṃ padmamālinyai namaḥ | 188. puṣkariṇīnāma nirvakti-poṣamiti | puṣdhātuṃ kṛdhātuṃ cādāya niruktirvivakṣitā | 189. padmaparyāyāt puṣkaraśabdāt vyutpattimāha-puṣkaramiti | oṃ puṣkariṇyai namaḥ | p. 214) mūla- saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvapoṣaphalapradaḥ | iṣṭāsmi sarvadevānāṃ saṃgatā hariṇā sadā || 190 || dātrī ca sarvakāmānāmakhilasyāvalambanam | māmālambyāvatiṣṭhante pradhānapuruṣādayaḥ || 191 || yaṣṭirityevamṛṣayo māṃ tataḥ saṃpracakṣate | ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvayogaphalapradaḥ || 192 || piṅgalāsmi svayā bhāsā prataptakanakābhayā | piṅgāya cāpyadāṃ pūrvaṃ yakṣeśāya mahāśriyam || 193 || yakṣeśo māṃ purā śakra piṅgaletyevamūcivān | saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro yogatejaḥsamṛddhidaḥ || 194 || toṣayāmi guṇairviṣṇuṃ tuṣyāmi ca harerguṇaiḥ | mayi tuṣṭiḥ samastānāmīḍitāyāṃ svakarmabhiḥ || 195 || tuṣṭirnirūpitā tena sāhaṃ yogābdhipāragaiḥ | ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantro manaḥsaṃtoṣadāyakaḥ [ī: kārakaḥ] || 196 || suvarṇayāmi saṃsiddhānaparaṃ parameva vā | anidaṃprathamā varṇāḥ śobhanā mama vācakāḥ || 197 || nityā sarasvatī bhūtvā śobhanaṃ varṇayāmyaham | suvarṇeti tato vipraistattvajñaiḥ parikīrtitā || 198 || saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvasaṃpatsamṛddhidaḥ | haimaṃ [B, C: hemanaṃ] ca parvataṃ divyaṃ candrārkagrahapūritam || 199 || dhārayāmi dharā bhūtvā vedhasaḥ sthitisiddhaye | tuṣṭāva māṃ purā tena viriñco hemamālinīm || 200 || aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro mānavānāṃ dhṛtipradaḥ | hitāya sarvajīvānāṃ prasūye tattvapaddhatim || 201 || ramayāmi punastatra bhuktyā muktyā yathārhataḥ | niyacchāmi tathā kālaiḥ sajīvāṃ tattvapaddhatim || 202 || sūribhyaśca hitā nityaṃ sūryarūpārkamaṇḍale | sūryeti sūribhiḥ proktā tato'haṃ tattvacintakaiḥ || 203 || ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantro bhogamokṣaphalapradaḥ | iti nāmnāṃ tripañcāśat sūktasthānāṃ prakīrtitā || 204 || kṛtārthayanti māṃ prāpya dhīrāḥ svaiḥ svairabhīpsitaiḥ | yadyapyeṣāṃ mayā proktā vyavasthā phalagocarā || 205 || ṭippaṇī- 190. yaṣṭiriti nāmāha-iṣṭāsmīti | sarvadevaiḥ pūjitetyarthaḥ | 191. yaṣṭiśabdasya daṇḍārthakatvābhiprāyeṇāha-avalambanamiti | oṃ yaṣṭaye namaḥ | 193. piṅgalānāmāha-piṅgāyeti | 'lā dāne' iti dhātumabhisaṃdhāyāha-adāmiti | oṃ piṅgalāyai namaḥ | 195. tuṣṭināmanirvacanam-toṣayāmītyādinā | oṃ tuṣṭaye namaḥ | 197. suvarṇeti nāma nirāha-suvarṇayāmīti | suvaḥ nayāmīti chedaḥ | ārṣaṃ ṇatvam | aparaṃ suvaḥ svargaḥ | paraṃ suvaḥ paramapadam | su śobhanāḥ varṇā vācakāḥ yasyā iti vyutpattimāha-anidamityādi | 198. arthāntaramāha-śobhanamityādi | oṃ suvarṇāyai namaḥ | 199. hemamālinīti nāma nirucyate-haimamiti | mahāmerumityarthaḥ | oṃ hemamālinyai namaḥ | 201. sūryeti nāma nirvakti-hitāyeti | prasūye iti sūśabdārthaḥ | 202. ramayāmīti rephārthaḥ | yathārhataḥ; adhikāribhedenetyarthaḥ | niyacchāmīti yakārārthaḥ | 203. arthāntaramāha-sūribhyaśceti | hiteti; yatpratyayārtha iti bhāvaḥ | oṃ sūryāyai namaḥ | p. 215) mūla- na tāvadeva māhātmyameṣāṃ cintyaṃ vipaścitā | ā [ī: āmokṣaṃ] mokṣānnirvicāreṇa sarvā sarvaphalapradā || 206 || nāmāvalī yato hyasyāḥ śrīrahaṃ devatā parā | nakṣatrāṇi yathā vyomni yathā ratnāni vāridhau || 207 || vasudhāyāṃ yathā bhogā yathā kāmāḥ suradrume | mahimāno yathā goṣu tejāṃsi brāhmaṇe yathā || 208 || yathānantā guṇā divyā devadeve janārdane | mahimāno hyasīmānastathāsmin sūktake mama || 209 || yāvān hi bhagavān kālaḥ kalākāṣṭhādilakṣaṇaḥ | tāvatā naiva śaknomi vaktuṃ sūktaguṇānaham || 210 || saiṣā vedavidāṃ niṣṭhā saiṣā tantravidāṃ [ī: mantra] gatiḥ māṃ prapadyeta satataṃ sūktenānena mānavaḥ || 211 || sūktārthamanusaṃsmṛtya ciraṃ sūktamadhītya ca | labdhe cittaprasāde tu māṃ prapadyeta vai gatim || 212 || prapadyamāno māṃ nityaṃ devaṃ vā puruṣottamam | ityevamanusaṃdadhyācchraddadhāno jitendriyaḥ || 213 || prātikūlyaṃ parityaktamānukūlyaṃ ca saṃśritam | mayā sarveṣu bhūteṣu yathāśakti yathāmati || 214 || apāyebhyo nivṛtto'smi pātakebhyo bhavodadhau | tathāpyatra pravṛttiryā tvatsmṛteḥ sāpi [sādhu] naśyatu || 215 || alasasyālpaśakteśca yathāvaccāvijānataḥ | upāyāścoditāḥ śāstrairna me syustārakāstrayaḥ || 216 || tathāpyatra pravṛttiryā tvadājñāpālanaṃ tu [ī: hi] tat | tato'hamanupāyatvāt kṛpaṇo'kiṃcano'gatiḥ || 217 || chāyāmāśritya varte'haṃ tvadīyāṃ tāpahāriṇīm | nirupādhiḥ svatantrā ca svāminī naḥ kṛpānidhiḥ || 218 || tvameva sarvaśāstreṣu śaraṇatvena gīyase | ātmātmīyaṃ ca yatkiṃcid dustyajaṃ durbharaṃ matam || 219 || tat [F: omits six lines from here] sarvaṃ tava vinyastaṃ śubhayoḥ pādapadmayoḥ | upeyāyāstava prāptyai tvāmupāyaṃ tathā vṛṇe || 220 || upāyo bhava me devi śaraṇaṃ bhava me'mbuje | pluṣya me duritaṃ sarvaṃ puṣya me tvadgatāṃdhiyam || 221 || ṭippaṇī- 211. saiṣetyasya pratisaṃbandhī yaditi śabda adhyāhāryaḥ | māṃ prapadyeteti yat saiṣeti niṣṭhāśabdānuguṇaḥ strīliṅganirdeśaḥ; śaityaṃ hi yat sā prakṛtirjalasya, itivat | 213. ityevamiti | vakṣyamāṇarītyetyarthaḥ | 214. prātikūlyamityādinā saptadaśe'dhyāye proktānyaṅgānyatra smāryante | 216. trayaḥ karmajñānabhaktyādaya upāyā ityarthaḥ | 217. tathāpīti | coditānāmanupāyatve'pītyarthaḥ | atra; upāyeṣu | ājñāparipālanamiti | 'brāhmaṇā vividiṣanti yajñena dānena tapasānāśakena' 'omityevaṃ dhyāyatha' 'omityātmānaṃ yuñjīta' 'mumukṣurvai śaraṇamahaṃ prapadye' 'niyataṃ kuru karma tvam' 'māmekaṃ śaraṇaṃ vraja' 'prapadyenniyataḥ śriyam' ityādividhirūpājñāparipālanamityarthaḥ | 218. chāyāmiti; tvatkṛpāmiti yāvat | 220. sarvaṃ vinyastamityanenātmātmīyanikṣepa ucyate | 221. puṣya dhiyamityanena phalabhaktiḥ prārthyate | p. 216) ityevamanusaṃdhāya māṃ prapadyeta vai gatim | ādidevaṃ jagannāthamīśaṃ vā puruṣottamam || 222 || paraṃ svastyayanaṃ śakra sarvālakṣmīnibarhaṇam | śrāvayet karmakāleṣu matsūktasya vidhiṃ naraḥ || 223 || samarthayati karmāṇi śrotāraṃ poṣayatyuta | nirṇudatyakhilāṃ māyāmalakṣmīṃ ca malaiḥ saha || 224 || etadabhyasyamānaṃ hi karmaṇā manasā girā | trāyate mahataḥ pāpācchriyaṃ cāvahati dhruvam || 225 || iti te kathitaṃ śakra tantrametadanuttamam | yatra sarvāṇi vartante vijñānāni vipaścitām || 226 || mokṣaśāstraṃ yathā śreṣṭhaṃ śāstrāṇāṃ vividhātmanām | dvipadāṃ brāhmaṇaḥ śreṣṭho yathā gauśca catuṣpadām || 227 || lohānāṃ kanakaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ ratnānāṃ kaustubho yathā | mātā śreṣṭhā gurūṇāṃ ca putraḥ pravadatāṃ yathā || 228 || indriyāṇāṃ manaḥ śreṣṭhaṃ calatāṃ ca marudyathā | meruḥ śreṣṭho girīṇāṃ ca trisrotāḥ saritāṃ yathā || 229 || āśramāṇāṃ gṛhasthaśca vasiṣṭho japatāṃ yathā | tattvānāṃ sarvasaṃnyāso dhīrlābhānāṃ yathottamā || 230 || tathottamamidaṃ tantraṃ tantrāṇāṃ tattvavādinām | bhagavān vāsudevo'smin viṣṇurnārāyaṇo guruḥ || 231 || ahaṃ ca kīrtitau samyak svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ | asyāṃ hi manmatau saktā viśuddhajñānaniścayāḥ || 232 || etāṃ niśreṇikāṃ gṛhya hyārohanti paraṃ padam | tantrāṇāṃ paramaṃ [ī: me paraṃ tantraṃ mantritaṃ] tantraṃ mudritaṃ matsamākhyayā || 233 || nātratasnāyine deyaṃ na kṛtaghnāya [ī: vrata] vai tathā | na cātantravide nityaṃ nāsūyādūṣitāya ca || 234 || nāvāsudevabhaktāya na cābhaktimate mayi | deyametat suśīlāya susnātāya tapasvine || 235 || nirṇītavedatantrāya madbhaktāya viśeṣataḥ | bhūyasīṃ [ī: bhūya udvahate] vahate bhaktiṃ vāsudeve janārdane || 236 || śucivratāya dakṣāya sadanuṣṭhānaśīline | etatte kathitaṃ sarvaṃ yatpṛṣṭāhamiha tvayā || prītāhaṃ tvayi deveśa kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 237 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre [ā: śrīpañcarātra ; B: śrīpāñcarātre] lakṣmītantre śrīsūktaprabhāvaprakāśo nāma pañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ [B: adds the following after the colophon: lakṣmītantraṃ samāptam | ślokasaṃkhyā 3500] ṭippaṇī- 224. samarthayati; phalapradānasamarthāni karoti | māyām; prakṛtisaṃbandham | alakṣmīṃ ca malaiḥ sahetyanena 'kṣutpipāsāmalāṃ jyeṣṭhāmalakṣmīṃ nāśayāmyaham' iti śrīsūktārthaḥ smāryate | 225. trāyata ityādinā aniṣṭanivṛttiriṣṭaprāptiścocyate | 230. āśramāṇāmiti | āśramiṇāmityarthaḥ | śrīvāsābhidhasaṃyamīndravarivasyāsāditādhyātmadhīrāmnāyāntanitānta- cintanarataḥ śrīkṛṣṇanāmā sudhīḥ | lakṣmītantramanāvilena supathā vyācaṣṭa satprītaye prīṇātu priyabhaktarakṣaṇavidhādakṣā mukundapriyā || iti pañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ madrapurīrājakīyaprācyalikhitapustakālayasthe (ī) iti saṃketite kośe adho nirdiṣṭā adhyāyā adhikāḥ paṭhyante- ekapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śakraḥ- utpattipralayau [Evidently one or two verses are missing in the beginning] caiṣāṃ phalaṃ caivāvadhāritam | pratipattiviśeṣāśca yeṣu teṣu yathā tathā || 1 || nityāni pañca kṛtyāni kādācitkāni caiva te | caryāpādakriyāpādau pādau ca jñānayogayoḥ || 2 || iti nānāvidhaṃ tantraṃ catuṣpādopabṛṃhitam | purākṛtyā purākalpairitihāsaiśca saṃmitam || 3 || rahasyānekasaṃbhedaṃ nānāvākyopaśobhitam | lakṣmītantrāhvayaṃ samyak sadyaḥ pratyāyakaṃ nṛṇām || 4 || mayā samāhitenaiva yathāvadavadhāritam | asya vistṛtarūpatvāt samyakkālaviparyayāt || 5 || cetaso'lpavalatvācca yathāvannaiva bhāsate | asmānmahārṇavāddevi tvajjñānaparipūritāt || 6 || sarvataḥ sāramuddhṛtya lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā | tantrasaṃkṣepamākhyāhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 7 || nāradaḥ- iti saṃcoditā devī vatseneva payasvinī | snihyatā manasā padmā pākaśāsanamabravīt || 8 || śrīḥ- sādhu saṃbodhitā samyag vatsa vṛtraniṣūdan | śṛṇu saṃkṣepamākhyāmi tantrādasmāt samuddhṛtam || 9 || ahaṃtā sarvabhūtānāmahamasmi sanātanī | āroheṇāvaroheṇa viśvasiddhikarī smṛtā || 10 || paramaṃ yadahaṃtākhyaṃ turyātītaṃ taducyate | paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ tu tat || 11 || na tatra pravibhāgo nau bhavadbhāvavyavasthitau | unmeṣastatra yo nāma yathā candrodaye'mbudhau || 12 || ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktiḥ sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā tathā | turyāvasthā ca sā me syāt pariṇāmodbhavātmikā || 13 || śuddhāśuddhamayo bhāvaḥ sarvo'pyantargatastadā | vyūhāśca vibhavāścaiva tathā vyūhāntarādikāḥ || 14 || ayaṃ śuddhamayo bhāvo yaccānyadbhagavanmayam | vyūhe ca vibhave caiva tathā vyūhāntarādike || 15 || suṣuptādyā avasthā me pratyekaṃ caivamunnayet | avyaktamahadādyāśca tathā vaikārikaṃ jagat || 16 || śuddhetarastvayaṃ bhāvastisro'vasthāśca tatra vai | pratyekamunnayeccaivaṃ tatra tatra divaspate || 17 || bhūte sthite ca vijñeyā daśā etāścaturvidhāḥ | aparo'sti kramastvevaṃ śuddhāśuddhamaye'dhvani || 18 || pramātṛkaraṇajñeyeṣvāroheṣu madātmake | śūnyaprāṇādibhedena kramānmātṛgaṇā daśa || 19 || p. 218) mūla- karaṇaṃ dvividhaṃ viddhi bāhyamābhyantaraṃ tathā | ubhayorapi tāvaddhi tūṣṇīṃbhāvādike krame || 20 || jñeyaṃ bahuvidhaṃ proktaṃ tatrāpyevaṃ samunnayet | turyātītatvameteṣāṃ bhagavadbhāvavedanam || 21 || avaroho'yamuddiṣṭa ārohamapi me śṛṇu | caramāṃ koṭimārabhya madanto'bhūdvyavasthitaḥ || 22 || ārohaḥ sa tu vijñeyaḥ śuddhāśuddhamaye'dhvani | ārohamavarohaṃ ca saṃtataṃ bhāvayannaraḥ || 23 || maccitto madgataprāṇo madbhāvaṃ samupāśnute | ākārakāladeśānme paricchedo'sti naiva ca || 24 || mayaiva jñānarūpiṇyā vyāptāste pākaśāsana | ātmabhittau jagat sarvamicchayonmīlayāmyaham || 25 || tadrūpatāratamyena grāhyagrāhakasaṃsthitiḥ | vācyātmapariṇāmo'yaṃ leśataste pradarśitaḥ || 26 || vācakātmānamasya tvaṃ samāhitamanāḥ śṛṇu | śuddhasaṃvinmayī pūrvaṃ vivarte prāṇarūpataḥ || 27 || tattatsthānaprasaṅgena vivarte śabdatastathā | śāntā sūkṣmā tathā madhyā vaikharīti vivekinī || 28 || catūrūpaṃ catūrūpavāci vācyaṃ svanirmitam | śāntā vivartamānāhaṃ prapadye sūkṣmasaṃsthitim || 29 || śaktirnāda iti dvedhā sūkṣmarūpavyavasthitiḥ | sūkṣmā vivartamānāhaṃ prapadye madhyamāṃ sthitim || 30 || bindusaṃskārasaṃpattiḥ sāvasthākṣarasaṃtateḥ | madhyā vivartamānāhaṃ prapadye vaikharīsthitim || 31 || pañcāśadādibhedena sāvasthākṣarasaṃtateḥ | ārohamavarohaṃ ca saṃtataṃ bhāvayannimau | śabdabrahmaṇi niṣṇātaḥ śabdātītaṃ prapadyate || 32 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe ekapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ dvipañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- atha mantramayaṃ mārgaṃ śṛṇu vatsa puraṃdara | prakāśānandarūpāhaṃ pūrṇāhaṃtā hareraham || 1 || mantramāteti māṃ viddhi prāṇākhyāṃ śuddhacinmayīm | udyanti matta evaite yānti cāstaṃ mayi dhruvam || 2 || ahaṃ ca valameteṣāṃ madrūpatvaṃ vidanti te | ekadhā ca dvidhā caiva tridhā caivāhamūrjitā || 3 || caturdhā pañcadhā ṣoḍhā saptadhā cāṣṭadhā tathā | tathā ṣoḍaśadhā caiva pañcaviṃśatidhā tathā || 4 || pañcāśaddhā punaścaiva punaścāhaṃ triṣaṣṭidhā | udemi bahudhā caiva cintāmaṇiriveśvarī || 5 || svarāśca vyañjanāścaiva svaravyañjanasaṃhatiḥ | akṣarāṇi padānyevaṃ vākyaprakaraṇaiḥ saha || 6 || āhnikādhyāyayoścaiva śāstratantravyavasthitiḥ | āgamā bahudhā caiva bāhyābāhyavyavasthitiḥ || 7 || laukikā vaidikāścaivaṃ bhāṣāśca vividhāstathā | mantrarūpamidaṃ viddhi sarvaṃ madrūpavedinām || 8 || bhāvanātāratamyena grāhyagrāhakasaṃsthitiḥ | āsattiviprakarṣau ca bhāvanātāratamyataḥ || 9 || bījaṃ piṇḍaṃ padaṃ saṃjñetyevaṃ mantrāścaturvidhāḥ | teṣāṃ pradhānato viddhi pañca ratnāni vāsava || 10 || matsūkte tāni bījāni dadhni sarpirivāhitam | sūryasomāgnikhaṇḍotthaṃ nādavat pākaśāsana || 11 || yadatra sūryarūpaṃ tajjāgratpadamudāhṛtam | vahniḥ svāpnaṃ suṣuptiśca somo māyā parāhvayā || 12 || khaṇḍaṃ yadindukhaṇḍākhyaṃ turyaṃ nādastataḥ param | śaktiḥ śāntātmikāvasthā nādasyaiva tu saṃsthitiḥ || 13 || tataḥ paraṃ tu yad brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ tu tat | svarāṇāṃ ṣaṭcatuḥṣaṭkaṃ sūryāgnīndusamudgatam || 14 || śeṣāḥ varṇāḥ svarotpannā itīyaṃ varṇasaṃsthitiḥ | itīdaṃ paramaṃ bījaṃ sarvakāmaphalapradam || 15 || putradaṃ putrakāmānāṃ rājyakāmasya rājyadam | bhūtidaṃ bhūtikāmānāṃ mokṣakāmasya mokṣadam || 16 || vidhvaṃsayati śatrūṃścāpyākarṣayati vāñchitam | cintāmaṇiridaṃ nāma naiva cintāmaṇirmaṇiḥ || 17 || tasyaiva cānugaṃ bījaṃ śakādyaṃ sarvakāmadam | yugmairmāyākṣarādeśairādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 18 || aṅgakḷptiriyaṃ kāryā jātimudrāsamanvitā | śiṣṭabījacatuṣkasyāpyevameva vyavasthitiḥ || 19 || pūrṇāhaṃtāsamāveśādādibījasamanvayāt | nānāvidho mantragaṇo madīyatvaṃ prapadyate | 20 || mantrāṇāṃ devatā yā sā sā macchaktyadhiniṣṭhitā | madbhāvabhāvinī caiva tasmāddhyeyāsmi tatra vai || 21 || tāṃ tāṃ vai devatāṃ tatra nārīrūpāmanusmaret | tattadvarṇāyudhākārabhūṣaṇādisamanvitāḥ || 22 || madīyatvaṃ samāsādya tāḥ śīghraphaladāstathā | iti te mantramārgo'yaṃ leśataḥ śakra varṇitaḥ || 23 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe dvipañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ tripañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- kriyāpādaṃ pravakṣyāmi saṃkṣepeṇa puraṃdara | paricyutamalaḥ snāto yathāvacchāstradarśanāt || 1 || ekāntaṃ sthānamāsādya sthānaśuddhipuraḥsaram | jñānabhāvanayā śakra bhūtaśuddhiṃ samācaret || 2 || pṛthivyādi prakṛtyantaṃ yat prakṛtyaṣṭakaṃ viduḥ | sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tatra rūpadvayaṃ smṛtam || 3 || cakṣurgocarasaṃsthānaṃ sthūlarūpaṃ tu varṇyate | kāraṇākāratā tatra sūkṣmaṃ tanmātramucyate || 4 || sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tattvametad dviraṣṭakam | viṣayendriyavṛttīstu tatra tatra niveśayet || 5 || upasthaghrāṇagandhādipañcakeṣu trayaṃ trayam | pṛthivyādimahābhūtapañcakaistatkramānnayet || 6 || mano'bhimāna ityetadahaṃkāre śamaṃ nayet | prāṇamadhyavasāyaṃ ca buddhitattve nigūhayet || 7 || sattvaṃ rajastamaścāpi mūlāvyakte śamaṃ nayet | dviraṣṭake tu varge'smin mūlāṣṭakamanusmaret || 8 || tattatsaṃjñā dhruvādyā huṃphaḍantāḥ pākaśāsana | māṃsaṃ medastathāsṛk ca reto vyomākṣaratrayam || 9 || paraṃ paraṃ binduyutaṃ sūkṣmāṣṭakamanusmaret | asmin bījāṣṭake māyāmindukhaṇḍena saṃyutām || 10 || mantrānimān vijānīyācchaktyaṣṭakagatān budhaḥ | nivṛttiśca pratiṣṭhā ca vidyā śāntistathaiva ca || 11 || śāntyatītābhimānā ca prāṇā guṇavatī tathā | pṛthivyādiprakṛtyantāḥ śaktīretāḥ smared budhaḥ || 12 || bījāṣṭake tu tatraiva vahnimāyārdhacandrakān | saṃyojya mantrān jānīyādadhiṣṭhātṛgatānimān || 13 || kālāgnyarkasahasrābhāṃ nirdhūmāṅgārasaṃnibhām | māṃ smṛtvā manmukhotthena vahninā nirdahed bhuvam || 14 || somāyutābhamadvaktrajena siñcettathāmbunā | sthānaśuddhirbhavedevaṃ bhūtaśuddhimataḥ śṛṇu || 15 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe tripañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ catuṣpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- caturaśrāṃ samāṃ pītāṃ vajracihnāṃ vasuṃdharām | mantreṇākṛṣya dehāntaḥ svasthāne ca layaṃ nayet || 1 || gandhamātre tatastacca svabījenāstamānayet | svabījena nivṛttau tāṃ svamantreṇāstamānayet || 2 || mayyadhiṣṭhānabhūtāyāṃ māṃ ca bāhye'mbhasi kṣipet | mantreṇārdhendusaṃkāśaṃ padmāṅkaṃ tacca dehataḥ || 3 || svasthānasthaṃ layaṃ nītvā rasamātre svamantrataḥ | mantreṇa tatpratiṣṭhāyāṃ tacca mayyānayellayam || 4 || māṃ ca vahnimanāvṛttyā prakṛtyā ca tataḥ kramāt | sarvatra naikaṃ budhyeta macchaktervilayaṃ budhaḥ || 5 || yathā hi sarpirāsiñcet kṣīre tanmathanodbhavam | sarpiranyatra ca kṣīre tatsarpirapi cānyakam || 6 || evamā prakṛteḥ śaktimadhiṣṭhātrīṃ smared budhaḥ | evaṃ māṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ śaktisaptakasaṃyutām || 7 || dvādaśāntāntamunnīya mantramayyāṃ mayi kṣipet | agnīṣomārkakoṭyābhā sarvato'kṣiśiromukhī || 8 || sarvajīvopakārāya sā me mantramayī tanuḥ | śakraḥ- kāni sthānāni dehe'smin yatra kāryo layaḥkramāt || 9 || kīdṛśāni ca bimbāni bhūrādīnāṃ vadāmbuje | śrīḥ- ā jānuto bhuvaḥ sthānamā kaṭyāḥ payasaḥ smṛtam || 10 || ā nābhestejasaḥ sthānaṃ vāyoḥ sthānaṃ tadā hṛdaḥ | ā kaṇṭhānnabhasaḥ sthānamā bilāccāpyahaṃkṛteḥ || 11 || ā bhruvormahataḥ sthānamākāśe tu paraṃ smṛtam | caturaśraṃ bhavedbimbaṃ vajrāṅkaṃ pārthivaṃ mahat || 12 || ardhendusadṛśaṃ śuklaṃ padmāṅkaṃ payasaḥ smṛtam | trikoṇaṃ svastikāṅkaṃ ca raktaṃ tejasa ucyate || 13 || dhūmraṃ ṣaḍbindusaṃyuktaṃ vṛttaṃ vāyavyamucyate | añjanābhaṃ tathākāśaṃ bimbamātraṃ smṛtaṃ padam || 14 || evaṃ tattvopasaṃhāre kṛte hṛtkoṭarodgatam | jñānarajjvavalambaṃ ca suṣumnāmadhyamārgagam || 15 || ūrdhvamātmana unnīya śaktisopānapaṅktibhiḥ | dvādaśāntaṃ mahāpadmamadhyasthāyāṃ mayi kṣipet || 16 || dvādaśāntaṃ mahāpadmaṃ sahasradalasaṃyutam | sūryakoṭisahasrābhamindukoṭyayutaprabham ||17 || agnīṣomadvayāntaḥsthā mahānandamayī tanuḥ | anirdeśyopamā saṃvinmāyā sā māmikā tanuḥ || 18 || aṃśataḥ prasarantyasyā jīvānandā saridvarā | svānandamenamānīya mahānandamayīṃ nayet || 19 || tato lavaṇakūṭābhaṃ piṇḍamasmanmukhodgataiḥ | mahājvālāvalījālaiścinmayaiḥ parito dahet || 20 || raktatāmarasaḥ ṣaṣṭho bindumān dehapāvakaḥ | somamayyā mamāsyotthaiḥ pīyūṣaiḥ plāvayettataḥ || 21 || sisṛkṣāyā mamodyantyā saṃvitprāṇopagūḍhayā | preritāstāḥ smarecchaktīrmantramayyāṃ tanau sthitāḥ || 22 || tatastābhiḥ svaśaktībhiścodanadvārapūrvakam | prakṛtyādi viśeṣāntaṃ nirmitaṃ saṃsmaret kramāt || 23 || tataḥ piṇḍasamutpattiṃ kāraṇavyañjanojjvalam | evaṃ piṇḍaṃ samutpādya śuddhalakṣmīmayaṃ mahat || 24 || p. 222) pūrvoktagatimārgeṇa vyutkrameṇānayeddhṛdi | mahānandāt svamātmānaṃ saṃvidānandalakṣaṇam || 25 || tataḥ karaśarīreṣu mantranyāsaṃ samācaret | aṅguṣṭhādikaniṣṭhāntamaṅgulīstheṣu parvasu || 26 || talayoḥ pṛṣṭhayoścaiva karayorubhayorapi | nābhitaścāṅghriparyantaṃ nābherā mūrdhatastathā || 27 || nyasya saṃdhiṣu madbījaṃ hṛdādyaṅgāni ca nyaset | punarhṛdādiṣaṭkena nābhipṛṣṭhakaroruṣu || 28 || jaṅghāpadośca jñānādi ṣāḍguṇyaṃ vinyased budhaḥ | evamutpādite dehe śuddhe lakṣmīmaye śubhe | ādhāraṣaṭkavinyāsaṃ jñānadṛṣṭyā samācaret || 29 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe catuṣpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ pañcapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- ādhārān saṃpravakṣyāmi śṛṇu tvaṃ pākaśāsana | atha meḍhrāntare meḍhre nābhimadhye dhanādhipa || 1 || hṛdi kūpe bhruvormadhye ṣaṭ padmāni smared budhaḥ | vedai rasaiḥ prajānāthairarkaiścaiva vikārakaiḥ || 2 || aśvibhyāṃ ca dalairyuktān sūryakoṭisamaprabhān | kāditāntaiḥ svaraiḥ sūryavarṇāntābhyāṃ ca saṃyutān || 3 || paṅkajeṣveṣu māṃ devīṃ ratnadīpākṛtiṃ smaret | yatra yatra bhavedvāñchā tatrastho yogamabhyaset || 4 || prathamādhāramārabhya dvādaśāntāmbujātatām | ekāṃ dīpākṛtiṃ dhyāyeddehasthāmādikāṃ parām || 5 || kramotkramābhyāṃ smaratastāmimāṃ cinmayīṃ parām | yadā layaṃ mano yāti sā sattā vaiṣṇavī parā || 6 || dehabanghe ca vāñchā ceddehaṃ tvaṃ māmakaṃ śṛṇu | ekasmin hṛdaye toyaṃ māhendraṃ maṇḍapaṃ smaret || 7 || caturdvārayutaṃ tatra saṃsmared dvārapālikāḥ | balākinīṃ puraḥ śyāmāṃ vanamālāṃ tathāpare || 8 || śvetāṃ vibhīṣikāṃ paścāduktavarṇāmanusmaret | uttare śāṃkarīṃ śakra dhūmravarṇāmanusmaret || 9 || tatra maṇḍapamadhye tu sahasrādityasaṃnibham | aṣṭapatraṃ smaret padmaṃ karṇikākesarojjvalam || 10 || pūrve dale vāsudevaṃ saṃkarṣaṃ caiva dakṣiṇe | pradyumnaṃ paścime patre tvaniruddhamathottare || 11 || śaṅkhacakradharān sarvān vanamālāvibhūṣitān | yugānusārikāntīṃśca smaredabhimukhān mama || 12 || gulguluṃ ca guruṇyaṃ ca madanaṃ śalalaṃ tathā | gajendrān saṃsmaret koṇe sudhāṃ māmabhiṣiñcataḥ || 13 || karṇikābījamadhyasthāṃ sarvalokamaheśvarīm | māṃ smarettaptahemābhāṃ paṅkajadvayadhāriṇīm || 14 || varadābhayahastāṃ ca sarvābharaṇabhūṣitām | anirdeśyāmanaupamyāṃ viṣṇupatnīmaninditām || 15 || smitajyotsnānugairdivyairasitāpāṅgasaṃbhavaiḥ | siñcantīṃ kiraṇaiḥ śītaistaptataptaṃ jagattrayam || 16 || utpādya jñānato bhogāṃstairyajet parameśvarīm | brahmānandamayaiḥ samyaṅ manmayairdoṣavarjitaiḥ || 17 || yadvā nārāyaṇāṅkasthāṃ tatsaṅgāhlādabhūṣitām | kareṇa dakṣiṇeneśamāśliṣyantīṃ nirantaram || 18 || pratipattistu kartavyā tadā vaimānikī tanau | dāṃpatyaṃ datamīmāṃsyamāvayoḥ śrutigahvaram || 19 || bījasya sthāna [īt is written in the original ṃṣ. that about twelve pages of matter are missing after this. Evidently, the end of the 55th chapter, the whole of the 56th chapter and the beginning of the 57th chapter are missing.] saptapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ mūla- śrīḥ- * * * * * ko devaḥ sthitikartā ca bhāvagā | trimūrtistvadhikā śaktirityayaṃ paramo japaḥ || 1 || śabdārthapravibhāgena dvidhā lakṣmīḥ pravartate | śāntā paśyātha madhyā ca vaikharī ceti saṃjñayā || 2 || śabdonmeṣaścaturdhāyamarthonmeṣastathāvidhaḥ | pratyastamitasaṃskārā svaravarṇādivarjitā || 3 || śābdī yā saṃsthitiḥ prācyā sā śāntā śāntasādhanā | arthabodhakarūpaṃ yacchabdaśakterasaṃskṛtam || 4 || kevalo yaḥ samunmeṣaḥ paśyantī sā prakīrtitā | arthabodhakarūpaṃ yat sa śabdaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 5 || na hiṃsayanti saṃskārā yadā madhyātha sā tadā | evaṃ saṃskārasaṃpannā vikalpaśataśālinī || 6 || vividhaṃ ramate vaiṣu yato na prākṛtīṣvatha | rūpaṃ śakalaśaḥ kṛtvā sthāneṣvaṣṭasu sā tadā || 7 || vaikharī nāma sā vācyā vividhaṃ vakti varṇinī | śāntā nāma parā yā sā sarvatra samatāṃ gatā || 8 || koṭikoṭisahasrāṃśastasyā vāgatha madhyamā | koṭikoṭisahasrāṃśastasyā vāgatha vaikharī || 9 || varṇāḥ padāni vākyāni trividhā vaikharīgatiḥ | saṃkocaṃ kramaśo yāti seyaṃ varṇādivartmanā || 10 || iyaṃ caturvidhā śaktiḥ pratilomānulomajā | caturdhā sodayaṃ yāti śāntāpaśyādibhiḥ kramāt || 11 || caturdhāstamayaṃ yāti vaikharīmadhyamādibhiḥ | vyaktā vyaktasamāvyaktā sā vijñeyā tridhā punaḥ || 12 || vyaktā prāṇiśarīrasthā yodetyastamupaiti ca | vīṇāveṇumṛdaṅgādyairvyaktā tadvyajyate hi yā || 13 || vivakṣākaraṇodyogaiḥ prāṇibhiḥ sātha tatsamā | marudāghaṭṭanāt sindhusaridgiridarīmukhaiḥ || 14 || vyajyate śabdaśaktiryā sā tvavyaktā samīritā | udaye'stamaye cāsāṃ pūrvoktau vyutkramotkramau || 15 || vācyaṃ caturvidhaṃ jñeyaṃ śāntādipravibhāgavat | evaṃ vyavasthitā śaktistāriketi nirūpaṇam || 16 || japo'sau madhyamo nāma parito varṇavarṇanam | varṇarūpā ca śaktiryā yā ca saṃyogasaṃbhavā || 17 || śaktinaddhānuviddhā yā vivakṣāsaṃbhavā ca yā | etacchakticatuṣkaṃ tadvinirṇayapuraḥsaram || 18 || arthādhyāsastu śabde yaścaramo'sau prakīrtitaḥ | vācyaṃ buddhvā pṛthag buddhvā tāṃ tridhākārasaṃsthitām || 19 || tatsaṃbodho hi yo mantraiḥ sa japastu parāvaraḥ | lakṣmītantre samuddiṣṭā tvagnīṣomamayī hi yā || 20 || tattadrūpamatikramya vācyavācakasaṃjñitam | lakṣmīmayīṃ niśāṃ tīrtvā tārikārūparūpiṇīm || 21 || nistaraṅgamahānandasaṃvittārāmahodadhau | viśodhya sakalān mantrāṃstadbhāvanyāsasaṃyutaḥ || 22 || tānupāsya tatastasyāṃ tattadāpyāyanojjvalān | tatsāmānyaviśeṣābhyāṃ bhāvayenmantradevatām || 23 || tathā yukto japenmantrān nityo'yaṃ pūjito japaḥ | tattacchāstroktasaṃsthānasaṃskārakramaśālinīḥ || 24 || p. 225) taistairbhāvaiḥ sametāśca bhāvayanmantradevatāḥ | japeta sarvadarśī yajjapo'yaṃ paramaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25 || nāradaḥ- idaṃ rahasyaṃ paramaṃ nāpātre deyamityuta | uktvā vidyudivākāśe sādarśanamupeyuṣī || 26 || vittaṃ prāpya paraṃ śakro mumude vigatajvaraḥ | atriḥ- ityuktvā bhagavān bhadre nārado virarāma ha || 27 || pūjitā puruhūtena subhagā śrīrvarānane | indro'pi vismitaḥ śaśvadbrahmaṇaḥ sadanaṃ yayau || 28 || pṛṣṭaśca brahmaṇā tasmai provāca vidhivattadā | brahmā prajāpatibhyaśca pṛṣṭaḥ provāca tattvavit || 29 || munayo nāradenātha śrāvitā malayācale | aṅgirāḥ śrāvayāmāsa pāvakaṃ tantramuttamam || 30 || kātyāyanaṃ pāvakaśca sa ca gautamamāśrame | gautamo'tha bharadvājaṃ sa ca gargaṃ mahāmunim || 31 || asitaṃ devalaṃ gargo jaigīṣavyaṃ muniṃ sa ca | sa muniḥ śrāvayāmāsa pitṝn bheje'tha lobhajit || 32 || ekāñjanānānnapiko (?) mānasī duhitā ca yā | sā sutaṃ śrāvayāmāsa pārāśaryaṃ mahāmunim || 33 || pārāśaryaḥ sutaṃ cāpi śukaṃ yoginamuttamam | śrāvayāmāsa ca śukaḥ svarbhānvākhyaṃ prajāpatim || 34 || vasiṣṭho'rundhatīṃ prājñāṃ nāradasya śaśāsa sā | tantraṃ lakṣmyāstataḥ prāpuryoginaḥ kapilādayaḥ || 35 || pārvatīṃ śrāvayāmāsa śaṃkaraścandraśekharaḥ | hiraṇyagarbho yogānāṃ vaktā cāpi sarasvatīm || 36 || pativratā hi yā devyo devabrahmarṣiyoginām | tāsāṃ pārāyaṇaṃ śaśvallakṣmītantramiti smṛtam || 37 || sakāśādbrahmaṇaḥ śrutvā mayā te kathitaṃ budhe | iṣṭāsi me priyā ceti na kiṃcidavaśeṣitam || 38 || bhūyastvaṃ śṛṇu saṃkṣepamanasūye'nasūyayā | śrutvā ca kuru yatnena rakṣa cāpyapramādinī || 39 || lakṣmīnārāyaṇākārā bhavitrī te manaḥsthitiḥ | apāyān saṃparityajya pātakān bhavasāgare || 40 || daivādvā yadi vā mohādapāyasya pariplave | bhajamānā tathā caiva lakṣmīnārāyaṇāvubhau || 41 || śaśvaccāśu kṛtān sarvānapāyān jahatī svayam | alubdhā karaṇe teṣāṃ lokasaṃgrahaṇe ratā || 42 || ākiṃcanyaṃ samāropya buddhyaiva dṛḍhayā svayam | sarvadā sarvadeśeṣu sarvāvasthāsu sarvathā || 43 || rakṣiṣyati hariḥ śrīmānāśritāniti niścayāt | ātmātmīyaṃ paraṃ sarvaṃ nikṣipya śrīpateḥ pade || 44 || upāyaṃ vṛṇu lakṣmīśaṃ tamupeyaṃ vicintaya | iti te sakalaṃ bhadre śāstraśāstrārthatatphalam || 45 || darśitaṃ paramaṃ tattvaṃ sāvadhānena cetasā | sarahasyaṃ sasaṃkṣepaṃ lakṣmītantramidaṃ param || 46 || nāvāsudevabhaktāya tvayā deyaṃ kathaṃcana | lakṣmīrlakṣmīpatiścaiva cetaso'napagāminau || 47 || yasya tasmai tvayā vācyaṃ yattadetadanuttamam | nāstikānāṃ samīpe tu naivādhyeyamidaṃ bhavet || 48 || nāvratasnāyināṃ tadvanna mātāpitṛvidviṣām | nānāśāstradviṣāṃ caiva na gurudveṣiṇāṃ tathā || 49 || dāṃpatyavidviṣāṃ caiva vanitāvidviṣāṃ tathā | yo hi vedavratasnāto mātāpitṛgurupriyaḥ || 50 || anindakaśca śāstrāṇāṃ parāparavidhānavit | āstikaḥ śraddadhānaśca lakṣmīlakṣmīpatipriyaḥ || 51 || p. 226) kriyāyajñavibhāgajñastantrāntaravidhānavit | sāṅgayogavidhānajñaḥ sarvaśāstrārthatattvavit || 52 || vedavedāṅgatattvajño vettā paśupatermatam | ūhāpohavidhānajño mānatarkapadārthavit || 53 || sarvādhyātmikaśāstrārthatattvavit prāptumarhati | oṃ namo vāsudevāya tasmai śrīryasya sā priyā || 54 || oṃ namo viṣṇupatnyai ca yasyā nārāyaṇaḥ priyaḥ | namo nityānavadyāya jagataḥ sarvahetave | jñānāya nistaraṅgāya lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmane || 55 || iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre (tantrārthasaṃgrahe) rahasyaśāstrārthasāro nāma saptapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ lakṣmītantraṃ samāptam ########### END OF FILE #######